SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

¨    REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
þ    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended 31 March 20122014
OR
¨    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨    SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    Date of event requiring this shell company report                    
    For the transition period from                to                

Commission file number: 001-14958

NATIONAL GRID PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Helen MahyAlison Kay

011 44 20 7004 3000

Facsimile No. 011 44 20 7004 3004

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and General Counsel

National Grid plc

1-3 Strand London WC2N 5EH, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each The New York Stock Exchange*
American Depositary Shares, each representing five The New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each 
6.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2018 The New York Stock Exchange
6.30% Guaranteed Notes due 2016 The New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock ($100 par value-cumulative): 
3.90% Series The New York Stock Exchange
3.60% Series The New York Stock Exchange

 

 

 *Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing Ordinary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d)Section15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None.

The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of 31 March 31, 20122014 was

Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each 3,700,949,5423,854,339,684

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: Yes þ  No ¨o

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes ¨  No þ

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:  Yes þ  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files):  Yes ¨  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ  Accelerated filer ¨  Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ¨    International Financial  Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board þ     Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  Item 17 ¨    Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨  No þ

This constitutes the annual report on Form 20-F of National Grid Plcplc (the “Company”) in accordance with the requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the year ended 31 March 20122014 and is dated 125 June 2012.2014. Details of events occurring subsequent to the approval of the annual report on 1618 May 20122014 are summarised in the section titled “Further Information” which forms a part of this Form 20-F . The content of the Group’s website (www.nationalgrid.com/uk) should not be considered to form part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

 

 


Form 20-F Cross Reference Table

 

Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page      Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)  

1

  

Identity of directors, senior management and advisors

  

Not applicable

   –        

 

Identity of directors, senior management and advisors

  

 

Not applicable

   –      

2

  

Offer statistics and expected timetable

  

Not applicable

   –        

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

  

 

Not applicable

   –      

3

  

Key Information

      

 

Key Information

    
  

3A Selected financial data

  

“Summary consolidated financial information”

   194-195  
    

“Financial performance”

   56-63  
    

“Additional disclosures—Exchange rates”

   189    

3A Selected financial data

  

“Additional Information—Summary consolidated financial information”

   186-187  
          

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9  
    

“Exchange Rates”

   
 

“Further
Information”

  
  
    

“Financial Statements—Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement—Net debt”

   91  
          

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures”

   182  
  

3B Capitalization and indebtedness

  

Not applicable

      

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Exchange rates”

   178  
             

“Exchange Rates”

   
 
“Further
Information”
  
  
  

3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

    

3B Capitalization and indebtedness

  

Not applicable

   –      
           

3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

3D Risk Factors

  

“Risk Factors���

   41-43    

3D Risk Factors

  

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors”

   167-169  

4

  

Information on the company

      

 

Information on the company

    
  

4A History and development of the company

  

“Delivering our strategy—How do we deliver?—Financial outperformance—Capital investment programme”

   36    

4A History and development of the company

  

“Want more information or help?”

   

 

192-

Back cover

  

  

    

“Delivering our strategy—What we delivered this year—Disciplined investment”

   54-55      

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Key milestones”

   179  
    

Financial position and resources—Summarised balance sheet”

   72-73      

“Strategic Report—Chief Executive’s review”

   4-5  
    

“Additional information—Key milestones”

   185   ��  

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy”

   14-15  
    

“Useful Information”

   196      

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-13  
  

4B Business overview

  

“Operating across two geographies”

   15      

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Articles of Association”

   176-177  
    

“Our business model—What we do”

   16-23      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Property, plant and equipment”

   89  
    

“Our operating environment—Regulatory environment”

   24-29      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement—Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement—Net capital expenditure”

   91  
    

“Risk factors—Infrastructure security and IT systems—We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non network operations”

   41      

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Commentary on consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2013”

   183-185  
  

4C Organizational structure

  

“Note 36 to the consolidated financial statements—Principal subsidiary undertakings”

   169      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—(c) Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation”

   95  
  

4D Property, plants and equipment

  

“Operating across two geographies”

   15      

“Strategic Report—How our strategy creates value”

   21  
    

“Delivering our strategy—How do we deliver?—Environmental responsibility”

   34-35    

4B Business overview

  

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Where we operate”

   166  
    

“Financial position and resources—Summarised balance sheet—Property, plant and equipment”

   72      

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-13  
    

“Additional disclosures—Property, Plant and equipment”

   185      

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy”; “—What we do—Electricity”; “—What we do—Gas”; “—How we make money from our regulated assets”; and “—How our strategy creates value”

   14-21  
     

“Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements—Borrowings”

   142  

4A

  

Unresolved staff comments

  

“Additional disclosures—Unresolved staff comments”

   185  

5

  

Operational and financial review and prospects

    
  

5A Operating results

  

“Financial performance”

   56-63  
    

“Principal operations”

   64-71  
    

“Financial position and resources—Net debt”

   74-76  
    

“Note 32 to the consolidated financial

   156  

 

i


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   PagePage(s)    
    

statements—“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy—Our business model”

14

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

29-38

“Strategic Report—Non-financial KPIs”

10-11

Financial risk—(a) Market risk—(i) Foreign exchange risk”Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis” and “—unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

93-96

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors—Infrastructure and IT systems—We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non network operations due to the failure of technology supporting our business-critical processes”; “—Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us”; and “—Customers and counterparties—Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations”

167

168

169

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—UK regulation”; “—US regulation”; and “—Summary of US price controls and rate plans”

160-165

“Strategic Report—How we make money from our regulated assets”

20

4C Organizational structure

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates—Principal subsidiary undertakings”

146

4D Property, plants and equipment

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Where we operate”

166

“Strategic Report—What we do—Electricity”; “—What we do—Gas”; and “—How we make money from our regulated assets”

16-20

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

29-38

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy—Embed sustainability” and “—Drive growth”

15

“Strategic Report—Operating environment—Changing energy mix”; “—Energy policy”; “—Regulation”; and “—Innovation and technology”

12-13

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Property, plant and equipment”

89

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Property, plant and equipment”

179

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—11. Property, plant and equipment”

111-112

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—19. Borrowings”

119-121

4A

Unresolved staff comments

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Unresolved SEC staff comments”

181

ii


Item

Form 20-F captionLocation in the documentPage(s)  

5

Operating and financial review and prospects

  
  

5A Operating results

  

Our operating environment—EconomicStrategic Report—Financial review”

6-9

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   2412-13

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—UK regulation”; “—US regulation”; and “—Summary of US price controls and rate plans”

160-165

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

29-38

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement—Unaudited commentary on the consolidated income statement”

85

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

96

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information”

182-185

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(d) Currency risk”

140-141  
  

5B Liquidity and capital resources

  

Strategic Report—Financial position and resources”review”

   72-776-9  
    

Chief Executive’s review—Delivering on strategy”Corporate Governance—Going concern”

   6

“Delivering our strategy—How we deliver?—Financial Outperformance—Capital investment programme”

3652  
    

“Financial position and resources—Commitments and contingencies”Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement”

   76-7790-91  
    

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors—Financing and liquidity—An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our business”

169

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

96

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—26. Net debt”

130-131

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—19. Borrowings”

119-121

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

114-116

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Federal Energy Regulatory Commission—Short-term borrowing extension”

164

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Material interests in shares”

   184174  
    

“Material interestsInterests in Shares”

   
 
“Further
Information”
  

“Our shareholder proposition”

Cover  
  

5C Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

  

“Additional information—Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Research and development”

   185174  
  

5D Trend information

  

Strategic Report—Financial performance”review”

   56-636-9  
    

Strategic Report—Principal operations”

   64-7129-38

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

12-13  
  

5E Off-balance sheet arrangements

  

“Financial position and resources—Off-balanceStatements—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial condition—Off balance sheet items”

   7689

iii


Item

Form 20-F captionLocation in the documentPage(s)    
  

5F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

  

Note 28Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—27. Commitments and contingencies”

   151132  
  

5G Safe Harbor

  

“Important notice”

   21  
      

Want more information or help?—Cautionary Statement”statement”

   Back cover  

6

  

Directors, senior management and employees

    
  

6A Directors and senior management

  

Board of Directors”Corporate Governance—Our Board”

   8-943

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Board biographies”

171-173  
  

6B Compensation

  

Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report”

   90-10658-73  
    

Note 2Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(c) Key management compensation”

   12798  
    

Note 23Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits”

   145-146122-125  
    

Note 30Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits”

   152-155133-136  
    

“Share ownership”Ownership”

   
 
“Further
Information”
  
  
  

6C Board practices

  

“Corporate Governance—TheOur Board”

   84-8943-48  
    

Board of Directors”Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures”

   8-9171-175  
    

Corporate Governance—Audit Committee”; “—Finance Committee”; “—Safety, Environment and Health Committee”; “—Nominations Committee”; “—Executive Committee”; and “—Management committees”

49-57

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Annual statement from the Remuneration Committee chairman”

58-59

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Future policy table—Executive Directors”

60-63

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Future policy table—Non-executive Directors (NEDs)”

63

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office” and “—Dates of Directors’ service contracts,

termination and mitigation” and “—Non-executive Directors’ contracts/letters of appointment”

   99-10065  
  

6D Employees

  

Note 2Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(b) Number of employees”

   12797  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Employees”

   185178

6E Share ownership

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Shareholding requirement” and “—Differences in remuneration policy for all employees”

64

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)”

70-71  

 

iiiv


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   PagePage(s)    
  

6E Share ownership

  

Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—All-employee share plans” and “—Shareholding for Executive Directors”Annual report on remuneration”

   9767-73

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—The All-employee Share Plans”

181  
      

Remuneration Report—Remuneration during the year ended 31 March 2012—Directors’ interests in share options”, “—Directors’ interests in the LTPP, PSP and DSP”, and “—Directors’ beneficial interests”Share ownership”

   
103-106“Further
Information”

  

7

  

Major shareholders and related party transactions

    
  

7A Major shareholders

  

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Material interests in shares”

   184174

“Material interests in shares”


“Further
Information”

  
  

7B Related party transactions

  

Note 29Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—28. Related party transactions”

   152133  
  

7C Interests of experts and counsel

  

Not applicable

   –      

8

  

Financial information

    
  

8A Consolidated statements and other financial information

  

Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting policies”Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

   112-11881  
    

AdoptionFinancial Statements—Basis of new accounting standards”preparation”

   11982-83  
    

Consolidated primary statements”Financial Statements—Recent accounting developments”

   120-12483  
    

Notes to the consolidatedFinancial Statements—Consolidated income statement”; “—Consolidated statement of comprehensive income”; “—Consolidated statement of changes in equity”; “—Consolidated statement of financial statements”position”; and “—Consolidated cash flow statement”

   125-15084-91  
    

Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—statements – analysis of items in the primary statements”

92-131

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements – supplementary information”

   151-176132-154  

“Strategic Report—Chairman’s statement”

2-3
  

8B Significant changes

  

“Subsequent Events”

   
 

“Further
Information”

  
  

9

  

The offer and listing

    
  

9A Offer and listing details

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—The offer and listing—Price history”

   186181  
    

“Price history”History”

   
 

“Further
Information”

  
  
    

Useful information—Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Share price”

   196175  
    

“Exchange Rates”

   
 

“Further
Information”

  
  
  

9B PlacePlan of distribution

  

Not applicable

  
  

9C Markets

  

Useful information—Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Share price”

   196175  
  

9D Selling shareholders

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

9E Dilution

  

Not applicable

   –      
   

9F Expenses of the issue

  

Not applicable

   –      

10

  

Additional information

    
  

10A Share capital

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

10B Memorandum and articles of association

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Additional information—Articles of association”

186-187

10C Material contracts

“Additional disclosures—Material contracts”

187

10D Exchange controls

“Additional disclosures—Exchange controls”

187

10E Taxation

“Additional disclosures—Taxation”

187-189

10F DividendsAssociation” and paying agents

Not applicable

–    

10G Statement by experts

Not applicable

–    

10H Documents on display

“Additional disclosures—Additional information—Documents on display”

189

10I Subsidiary information

Not applicable

–    

11

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

11A Quantitative information about market risk

“Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements—Supplementary information on derivative financial instruments”

155-156

Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements—

157-162

iii


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page    
    

Financial risk”

  
    

“Note 33 to the consolidated financial statements—Commodity risk”

   162-164  
    

“Financial position and resources”

   72-77  
  

11B Qualitative information about market risk

  

“Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements—Supplementary information on derivative financial instruments”

   155-156  
    

“Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements—Financial risk”

   157-162  
    

“Note 33 to the consolidated financial statements—Commodity risk”

   162-164  
      

“Financial position and resources”

 

   72-77  

12

  

Description of securities other than equity securities

    
  

12A Debt securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12B Warrants and rights

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12C Other securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12D American depositary shares

  

“Additional disclosures—Description of securities other than equity securities

depositary fees and charges”

   189  
      

“Definitions and glossary of terms”

 

 

   190  

13

  

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

  

Not applicable

   –      

14

  

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –      

15

  

Controls and procedures

  

“Internal control over financial reporting”

   47  

16

  

16A Audit committee financial expert

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—Experience”

   88  
  

16B Code of ethics

  

“Additional disclosures—Code of Ethics”

   184  
  

16C Principal accountant fees and services

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—External Audit”

   89  
    

“Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements—(e) Auditors’ remuneration”

   128  
  

16D Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

16E Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

16F Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

16G Corporate governance

  

“Additional disclosures—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards”

   184  
   

16H Mine safety disclosure

  

Not applicable

   –      

17

  

Financial statements

  

Not applicable

   –      

18

  

Financial statements

  

“Accounting policies”

   112-118  
    

“Adoption of new accounting standards”

   119  
    

Consolidated primary statements”

   120-124  
    

“Notes to the consolidated financial statements”

   125-150  
    

“Notes to the consolidated financial statements—supplementary information”

   151-176  
      

“Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”

   111  

19

  

Exhibits

  

Filed with the SEC

   –      

iv


LOGO


Business Review

Our shareholder proposition

An energy networks business focused on generating shareholder value through both dividends and asset/equity growth by investing in essential assets under predominantly regulated market conditions to service long-term, sustainable, consumer led demands.

Investing in

essential assets

We plan to invest over £40bn in our regulated networks over the period to 2021, primarily in core UK transmission infrastructure.

LOGO

Regulated and sustainable business

 Balance of activities

Regulated

income growth

ŸUK and USŸInflation linked UK revenues
ŸElectricity and gasŸAsset growth leading to increased
ŸTransmission and distributionrevenues
Ÿ

Local expertise and global functions

ŸUpdated rate cases

 Macro economic

 protection

Commodity and

volume protection

ŸBad debt trackers and creditŸRevenue decoupling
protectionŸEnergy commodity cost pass
ŸInflation linked UK assetsthrough
Ÿ

Price control ‘reopeners’

 Sustainable consumer led demands

ŸLow carbon economy and long-term growth in demand
ŸReplacing ageing assets
ŸSecurity of supply and system resilience

Core competencies

 Operations and asset management

ŸMaximise the use of our existing asset base
ŸMaintain reliability and security
ŸPlan and deliver the future systems
ŸBalance the ever more complex supply and demand mix
ŸDeliver incentive income
ŸDrive cost savings and efficiency
Ÿ

Focus on customer satisfaction and stakeholder engagement

 Regulatory engagement

Financial planning

and execution

ŸSecure the right rate plansŸMaintain an efficient
for customers and investorsbalance sheet
ŸAgree appropriate incentiveŸFund our growth
schemesŸMinimise funding costs

LOGO

More features online

www.nationalgrid.com/

annualreports/2012

LOGO


www.nationalgrid.com

Delivering value

£3,495m-3%

Adjusted operating profit2010/11: £3,600m

+8% excluding the impact of timing and major storms

51.3p+1%

Adjusted earnings per share 2010/11: 50.9p (i)

$14.5bn+1%

US rate base 2010/11: $14.3bn

39.28p+8%

Ordinary dividends 2010/11: 36.37p

£3,539m-6%

Operating profit 2010/11: £3,745m

+5% excluding the impact of timing and major storms

57.1p-9%

Earnings per share 2010/11: 62.9p (i)

£22.2bn+7%

UK regulatory asset value 2010/11: £20.8bn

10.9%

Group return on equity 2010/11: 10.8%

LOGO

Excludes the impact of exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. See page 57 for more information about these adjusted profit measures
Prior year restated for consistency. See page 57 for more information

(i)Comparative earnings per share data has been restated for the impact of the scrip dividend issues.

Our financial results are reported in sterling. The average exchange rate, as detailed on page 57, was $1.60 to £1 in 2011/12 compared with the average rate of $1.57 to £1 in 2010/11. Except as otherwise noted, the figures in this Report are stated in sterling or US dollars. All references to dollars or $ are to the US currency.

LOGO

LOGO

Business analysis 2011/12

LOGO

Geographical analysis 2011/12

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc01


Business Review

Contents

National Grid is an international electricity and gas company based in the UK and northeastern US. We play a vital role in connecting millions of people safely, reliably and efficiently to the energy they use.

Directors’ Report

The Directors’ Report, prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing, and Disclosure and Transparency rules, comprising pages 8 to 107 and 184 to 189 was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Helen Mahy

Company Secretary & General Counsel

16 May 2012

The location within the main body of the Annual Report of the specific requirements of the Directors’ Report can be found in the checklist on page 81.

LOGO

We use a number of technical terms and abbreviations within this document. In the interest of saving paper, we do not define terms or provide explanations every time that they are used; please refer to the glossary on pages 190 to 193 for this information.

Segmental reporting

The performance of our principal businesses is reported by segment, reflecting the management responsibilities and economic characteristics of each activity.

Throughout this report, the following colours are used to indicate references to a particular segment:

UK Transmission
UK Gas Distribution
US Regulated

Activities which do not fall within these segments are reported separately and are identified as:

Other activities

Discussion relating to the Company as a whole is identified as:

Company activities

If you require a full search facility, please go to the pdf of the Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12 in the investor relations section of our website and use a word search.

Important notice

This document contains certain statements that are neither reported financial results nor other historical information. These statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. For a description of factors that could affect future results, reference should be made to the full cautionary statement on the back cover of this document and to the risk factors section on pages 41 to 43.

02National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Business Review

IFC to 79

IFCOur shareholder proposition
01Delivering value
02Contents
04Chairman’s statement
06Chief Executive’s review
08Board of Directors
10Board diversity and succession
12Management structure
14Our business model:
14Driven by strategy
15Operating across two geographies
16What we do:
16UK electricity industry
18US electricity industry
20UK gas industry
22US gas industry
24Our operating environment:
24Energy policy
24Economic environment
24Regulatory environment:
24UK regulation
26US regulation
29Summary of US price controls and rate plans

30Delivering our strategy:
32How do we deliver?
38Measuring performance - our KPIs
40Risks to delivery
41Risk factors
44Responding to our risks
47Information assurance
47Internal control over financial reporting
48What we delivered this year
48Operational excellence
50Innovation & efficiency
52Engaging externally
54Disciplined investment

56Financial performance:
64Principal operations:
64UK Transmission
66UK Gas Distribution
68US Regulated
70Other activities
72Financial position and resources
78Accounting policies

Corporate Governance

80 to 107

80Chairman’s foreword
80Governance framework
81The Board
81Board composition
81The Board and its Committees
81Non-executive Director independence
82Director induction, development and support
82Board evaluation and effectiveness
84Board and Committee governance structure
86Executive Committee
86Finance Committee
86Risk & Responsibility Committee
87Nominations Committee
88Audit Committee
90Remuneration Report
90Remuneration Committee
91Remuneration policy
93Salary
100Performance graph
101Remuneration during the year ended 31 March 2012

107Shareholder and share capital information

Financial Statements

108 to 183

109Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
110Intentionally Left Blank
111

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated financial statements under IFRS

112Accounting policies
119Adoption of new accounting standards

Primary statements
120Consolidated income statement
121Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
122Consolidated balance sheet
123Consolidated statement of changes in equity
124Consolidated cash flow statement
125Notes to the consolidated financial statements - analysis of items in the primary statements

151Notes to the consolidated financial statements - supplementary information
Company financial statements under UK GAAP
177Company accounting policies
Primary statement
179Company balance sheet
180Notes to the Company financial statements

Additional Information

184 to 198

184Additional disclosures
184Change of control provisions
184Charitable donations
184Code of Ethics
184Conflicts of interest
184“—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards
184Directors’ indemnity
184Material interest in shares
185Policy and practice on payment of creditors

185Political donations and expenditure
185Post balance sheet events
185Research and development
185Shareholder analysis
185Key milestones
185Capital gains tax (CGT)
185Property, plant and equipment
185Employees
185Unresolved SEC staff comments
186The offer and listing

186Articles of Association
187Material contracts
187Exchange controls
187Taxation
189Exchange rates
190Definitions and glossary of terms
194Summary consolidated financial information
196Useful information
196Want more information or help?

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc03


Business Review

Chairman’s statement

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon, Chairman

LOGO

LOGO

(i)Comparative earnings per share data has been restated for the impact of the scrip dividend issues.

Results

I am pleased to announce a good set of results for 2011/12. Adjusted earnings per share increased by 1% to 51.3 pence per share, compared to 50.9(i) pence per share in 2010/11. This increase is particularly pleasing in light of the significant timing differences and major storm costs incurred this year.

Dividend policy

The Board is proposing a final dividend of 25.35 pence per share making a total of 39.28 pence per share for the 2011/12 financial year. This represents an increase of 8% from last year.

Our dividend is an important part of our returns to shareholders along with growth in the value of the asset base attributable to equity holders. This year is the last of our current dividend policy, which has been in place since January 2008. The Board has agreed a new one year dividend policy under which we plan to increase the dividend by 4% in nominal terms over the proposed dividend of 39.28 pence for 2011/12. This policy reflects the outcome from the one year TPCR4 rollover review and forecast inflation of around 3% for the same period. It will apply to the interim dividend to be paid in January 2013 and the final dividend to be paid in August 2013. We expect to announce a longer-term dividend policy after the current regulatory review is complete and its implications are clear.

Safety

This year has seen three fatalities occur. Any fatality associated with our business, whether an employee, contractor or member of the public, is deeply regrettable. Following thorough investigations, we are undertaking a wide range of measures to ensure we learn from these tragic events.

Safety is a top priority and will remain at the forefront of our core objectives. The Board’s governance arrangements for the oversight of safety are being strengthened and the Chief Executive is leading a new drive to further improve our safety performance. We will always be exposed to high risk working environments on a daily basis and embedding safety procedures and principles in our people is a key part of improving our performance. We continue to foster the belief across our businesses that all accidents can be avoided.

Operating responsibly

We are mindful of our responsibility to the environments in which we operate and ensuring we continue operating in a socially responsible manner is fundamental to our continued delivery of sustainable profits and creating long-term value for our investors.

This year, we have made significant contributions across a number of areas including new education initiatives, such as the opening of the London tunnels energy education centre, our ongoing partnership with Special Olympics Great Britain and our work in the US on the engineering our future initiative. Our UK and US employees also continue to give up their time to volunteer and support community projects such as City Year. Details of a range of activities we and our employees support are available on our website.

Innovation is a key driver in our business, especially when it comes to connecting new sources of energy. The UK public debate around overhead lines versus underground cables provokes strong opinion and we are mindful of Government guidance when developing new connections and consider carefully the impact of our work on local communities. What is clear is that, at higher voltages, undergrounding is much more expensive. The right balance between landscape and affordability needs to be struck with society deciding whether it is

04National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

willing to accept the higher cost. We continue to work with those concerned to inform the debate, while also exploring innovative solutions to issues such as the visual impact of pylons (see page 50).

We have established a new energy partnership with the Buffalo Niagara medical campus which engages community stakeholders in innovative energy initiatives and helps support economic development and growth in the region. This partnership aims to set the benchmark for future energy efficient living and offers valuable insight into how people can embrace smart technologies in their everyday lives.

People

I am privileged to have taken over the role as Chairman of National Grid and would like to thank Sir John Parker for his personal contribution to the Company’s success during his time as chairman, and for all the guidance and support he offered during my induction. I am delighted to be his successor.

A balance of skills, experience, knowledge and diversity is key to an effective Board and will remain a priority as we continue to refresh the composition of our Board over the next two years, as outlined on page 81. During the year, we welcomed Ruth Kelly and Paul Golby as Non-executive Directors. Both bring with them independence, knowledge and experience which will be invaluable as we address future opportunities and challenges.

Furthermore, Nora Brownell will join our Board as a Non-executive Director from 1 June 2012. Nora brings with her a vast amount of experience of the US energy industry and regulatory environment that will help further strengthen our Board.

Stephen Pettit and Linda Adamany will step down from the Board with effect from 30 July and 31 October 2012 respectively. Both have made an invaluable contribution to the Board, with Stephen chairing our Risk & Responsibility Committee for a number of years. I would like to thank them both for their committed service.

We must continue to develop robust succession planning for our Directors and senior management by actively looking to recruit new and diverse talent into the business, and by ensuring our existing employees are developed and challenged to reach their full potential. Attracting new talent into the business through innovative recruitment drives, the development of new recruits, our apprentice schemes and the maintenance of our graduate programme as one of the industry leading programmes, will continue to form part of our focus.

The Board is aware of the ongoing discussions and opinions being voiced with regard to executive remuneration and the heightened profile of this topic. We acknowledge this is an important area for shareholders. Our new chair of the Remuneration Committee is focused on this matter and we have taken steps to enhance our disclosures as part of the Remuneration Report starting on page 90.

The Chairman’s Awards, a global employee recognition scheme, are an excellent initiative introduced by my predecessor and I am delighted to offer these my full support. This year attracted more than 160 submissions and the winners will be announced in June. They provide a perfect illustration of the talent and tireless effort of our employees to make National Grid an improved place to work and to make positive contributions to local communities. We were particularly interested in ideas to improve safety and wellbeing in the workplace and are pleased that a number of the initiatives submitted really strove to go the extra mile and demonstrate innovation.

Governance

We are again committed to setting the tone at the top and look to adopt best practice in corporate governance. Personally, I am dedicated to this approach and will continue to ensure that, as a Board, we remain engaged in exploring ways that can further improve our performance. Further details on Board evaluation and effectiveness are provided on page 82.

Outlook

The Board and I remain committed to delivering increased shareholder value and returns. We are more focused than ever on improving our safety performance, recognising the need for all our employees and contractors to be able to operate safely on a day-to-day basis to enable our business to continue to operate at an optimum level.

I extend my thanks to our US employees, who demonstrated outstanding commitment in responding to the severe storms experienced earlier this year, as well as to all our employees for their hard work and dedication to the success of the Company. This reinforces my belief that we are well positioned to meet the future opportunities and challenges we face.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc05


Business Review

Chief Executive’s review

LOGO

Steve Holliday, Chief Executive

Over the course of 2011/12, we have made good progress on our key priorities: disciplined investment; delivering improved performance and returns in the US; preparing for the new regulatory arrangements in the UK; and focusing on operational excellence across all our principal operations, in particular, through our restructuring of the US business and UK Gas Distribution. We remain at the centre of the challenge to connect future energy solutions in both the UK and northeastern US and continue to progress these through ongoing engagement with our stakeholders.

Financials

Throughout 2011/12, we have delivered good financial performance. Adjusted operating profit is up 8%, excluding the timing differences that benefited 2010/11 and the impact of two major storms in the US. We delivered another significant year of capital expenditure with £3.4 billion reflecting the sustained investment in our regulated activities. The launch of our first UK RPI linked retail bond proved a great success, raising further capital as well as securing a new investor base. We continued to manage our portfolio of businesses in a disciplined manner, releasing value through sales of two of our non-regulated businesses, OnStream in the UK and Seneca-Upshur in the US.

In November, Ofgem published final proposals for the one year (2012/13) transmission price control rollover for our UK Transmission business (TPCR4). These included real increases in revenues for electricity and gas transmission, reflecting the capital investment we have made over the current price control period.

Safety

Safety remains a top priority, as our financial and business performance must always be underpinned by a strong safety record. I must reiterate the message from our Chairman; the three fatalities associated with our business are deeply regrettable.

During 2011/12, our injury frequency rate was unchanged at 0.18. This remains an area where we must increase our efforts and strive to achieve zero injuries. Last year we focused on trends associated with high potential incidents and mitigating actions, our incident review process, and ever increasing engagement across the entire leadership team. These actions will continue to be in place going forward as we accept that more must be done to ensure all employees and contractors operate safely.

Delivering our strategy

We own and manage the networks to which many different energy sources are connected. That puts us at the heart of one of the greatest challenges facing our society: creating new sustainable energy solutions for the future and developing an energy system that can support economic prosperity in the 21st century.

This year, our programme of capital expenditure continued to be largely driven by our UK electricity and gas businesses and improvement of our networks. Highlighted in our business plans, submitted in support of the new regulatory framework RIIO (revenue = incentives + innovation + outputs), the level of investment in this area is planned to reach £31 billion through to 2021. We continue to work with Ofgem to reach an acceptable RIIO outcome for our UK regulated businesses. Details on the new framework can be found on page 25.

Following last year’s announcement of the changes in our US business, we have an increased local focus that has helped improve, in particular, our performance and responsiveness when interacting with our customers and regulators. Through the reorganisation, we were also able to achieve the targeted annualised cost saving of $200 million. The increased local engagement has already seen positive results. In December 2011, NYPSC approved our request to recover certain deferred costs and a portion of recent storm costs in our Niagara Mohawk electricity business. In April 2012, we also submitted important new rate filings for our Niagara Mohawk and Narragansett businesses.

In December, the UK Government published its technical update for the Electricity Market Reform bill, which is expected to be passed into legislation during the current parliamentary session. The changes proposed will be key in shaping investment decisions in new generation capacity and it is envisaged that we will assume responsibility for administration of the new framework for renewable and low carbon generation payments.

Operational

Maintaining a safe and reliable supply is a critical part of our job. Operationally we have performed well, with reliability of the UK electricity and gas transmission network at more than 99%. However, during the severe winter of 2010/11 we failed standards for uncontrolled gas escapes in all four of our networks and for controlled gas escapes in two of them, resulting in a fine of £4.3 million from Ofgem. The lessons we learnt were used to improve plans for the winter of 2011/12 when we met all our targets.

06National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

LOGO

In the US, our reliability was 93%. However, these figures always exclude major storms and 2011/12 was an exceptional year for weather events. Over the summer we faced tropical storm Irene, flooding and tornadoes, while in Massachusetts, an unseasonal snow storm in October affected 92% of the communities we serve. The level of devastation experienced as a result of these storms was huge and the process of rebuilding communities and replacing infrastructure was a challenge. The response, passion and commitment of our teams and the support we received from neighbouring states, were exceptional. The process of restoring power to communities can always be improved, but in such exceptional circumstances I am proud of the efforts of all those involved.

In December 2011, LIPA announced that we had not been selected to continue to manage and operate Long Island’s electricity system beyond the term of the current agreement, expiring on 31 December 2013. We are naturally disappointed by this decision, but our substantive assets on Long Island are not affected. We will continue to provide high quality services for the remainder of our contract and support the complex transition.

Customer

We remain determined to improve customer service and further understand customers’ needs so we can serve them in the most effective and efficient manner. This year has seen the opening of our new UK Gas Distribution customer centres, specifically designed to provide a more responsive and integrated service. The result of this and other initiatives implemented are already showing, with our customer satisfaction increasing by an average of 5.5% this year. Further improvement is important to us and will have even greater significance under the new regulatory framework, with incentives being introduced. Embedding customer focus now should enable us to be ready for this.

In the US, our results have been mixed. However, the success of the new structure and the deeper engagement with our stakeholders is already starting to improve relationships, with positive feedback being received. The ‘elevate 2015’ programme aims to design and implement more customer focused processes better aligned to meeting their needs, and by doing so, will enable greater improvement in our customer service performance.

We continue to progress efficiency initiatives across all our businesses. The UK Gas Distribution front office programme has successfully implemented replacement systems and streamlined core business processes that should help us move to upper quartile

customer performance. In addition, our US foundations project, which will integrate multiple information systems and improve control processes, is on target for late 2012 implementation. It aims to deliver a single financial system, a single cost allocation methodology and enhanced jurisdictional and functional reporting.

People

Our people form the foundation of our business. Personally, I remain committed to developing all of them to the best of their abilities. We need to deliver the planned increase in capital expenditure and without the correct people and capabilities we will be unable to meet this challenge.

In the UK, over the next nine years we are looking to recruit in the region of 2,500 engineers – a mixture of experienced engineers and development programme trainees – to support our investment programme. In the US, we also expect to fill around 800 management roles requiring an engineering background over the next 10 years. Developing talent is vital to our success and we recognise our role in enthusing the next generation of young people to pursue science, technology and mathematics at school and beyond. We are working with schools and partnerships to bring alive the opportunities that exist via the different routes into industry. Over the last year, our UK employees interacted with more than 3,900 students through work experience, Imagineering clubs and open days, and our US employees continue to be active in supporting local schools and communities. Our focus on inspiring the younger generation into engineering and science will continue on both sides of the Atlantic.

This year saw an 84% response rate to the employee survey. I am pleased with this, as the results provide a true reflection of how we are doing. Overall, our results have improved from the last survey, with customer and safety both scoring higher. There is still more work to be done on engagement and, as a leadership team across the Company, we are already starting to address this area.

Looking forward

The scale of the challenges we face over the next decade is significant, as we must deliver the networks to support future needs. Our job remains to connect people safely and reliably to the energy they use; this is a privileged position.

Our priorities for 2012/13 are focused towards:

driving a marked improvement in our safety performance;

delivery of our ongoing capital investment programme;

continuing to work with Ofgem on the final RIIO proposals;

driving improved performance and returns across our US Regulated business;

further improving our operational processes, both in the US, following our reorganisation, and in the UK, as we prepare to operate within a RIIO framework; and

further developing key leadership and business capabilities to support our long-term strategic ambitions.

LOGO

Steve Holliday

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc07


Business Review

Board of Directors

1. Sir Peter Gershon CBE,

Chairman

Appointment to the Board: 1 August 2011 as Deputy Chairman, Chairman with effect from 1 January 2012

Committee membership: N (ch)

Career experience: Previous appointments include Chairman of Premier Farnell plc, Chief Executive of the Office of Government Commerce and Managing Director of Marconi Electronic Systems.

External appointments: Chairman of Tate & Lyle plc, member of the UK Defence Academy Advisory Board and HM Government Efficiency Board.

2. Steve Holliday,

Chief Executive

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to National Grid Group plc 2001, Chief Executive with effect from January 2007

Committee membership: E (ch), F

Career experience: Formerly Executive Director of British Borneo Oil and Gas; he also spent 19 years within the Exxon Group, where he held senior positions in the international gas business and managed major operational areas such as refining and shipping.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Marks and Spencer Group plc and Chairman of the UK Business Council for Sustainable Energy, Crisis UK, the Technician Council and a member of the Board of Trustee Directors for Business in the Community and Infrastructure UK Advisory Council.

3. Andrew Bonfield,

Finance Director

Appointment to the Board: November 2010

Committee membership: E, F

Career experience: Chief Financial Officer at Cadbury plc until March 2010; he also spent five years as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and has previous experience in the energy sector as Finance Director of BG Group plc.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Kingfisher plc.

4. Tom King,

Executive Director, US

Appointment to the Board: August 2007

Committee membership: E

Career experience: President of PG&E Corporation and Chairman and CEO of Pacific Gas and Electric Company from 2003 to 2007, having held a number of senior positions within the PG&E group since joining in 1998. Senior management positions with Kinder Morgan Energy Partners and Enron Corporation.

5. Nick Winser,

Executive Director, UK

Appointment to the Board: April 2003

Committee membership: E

Career experience: Previously Chief Operating Officer of the US transmission business for National Grid Transco plc having joined The National Grid Company plc in 1993, becoming Director of Engineering in 2001. Prior to this, Nick had been with Powergen since 1991 as principal negotiator on commercial matters.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Kier Group plc and co-Chair of the Energy Research Partnership.

6. Ken Harvey CBE,

Non-executive Director and

Senior Independent Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to Lattice Group plc board in 2000, Senior Independent Director with effect from October 2004

Committee membership: N, R (ch), R&R

Career experience: Formerly Engineering Director and then Deputy Chairman of London Electricity and Chairman and Chief Executive of NORWEB plc.

External appointments: Chairman of Pennon Group Plc.

7. Linda Adamany,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: November 2006

Committee membership: A, N, R&R

Career experience: Various executive roles for BP in both the UK and US, including Chief Executive of BP Shipping and Group Vice President and Commercial Director, BP Refining & Marketing and until April 2008, Group Vice President, BP plc.

8. Philip Aiken,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: May 2008

Committee membership: A, N, R&R

Career experience: Formerly Group President of BHP Billiton’s Energy business, Executive Director of BTR plc, held senior roles in BOC Group plc and was senior advisor to Macquarie Capital (Europe) Limited.

External appointments: Chairman of Robert Walters plc, Deputy Chairman of AVEVA Group plc, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Kazakhmys PLC and Non-executive Director of Miclyn Express Offshore Limited and Essar Energy plc.

9. Paul Golby CBE,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 1 February 2012

Committee membership: N, R, R&R

Career experience: Formerly Executive Director of Clayhithe plc before joining East Midlands Electricity plc in 1998 as Managing Director. Appointed as Chief Executive of E.ON UK plc in 2002, and later additionally as Chairman, stepping down from the E.ON Board in December 2011.

External appointments: Non-executive Chairman of AEA Technology Group plc, Chairman of Engineering UK, Chair of the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and a member of the Council for Science and Technology.

10. Ruth Kelly,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 1 October 2011

Committee membership: A, F, N

Career experience: Various senior roles in Government from 2001 to 2008, including Secretary of State for Transport, Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government, Secretary of State for Education and Skills and Financial Secretary to the Treasury.

External appointments: Managing Director at HSBC and Governor for the National Institute of Economic and Social Research.

11. Stephen Pettit,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to Lattice Group plc board in 2001

Committee membership: F, N, R, R&R (ch)

Career experience: Formerly Chairman of ROK plc, Executive Director of Cable & Wireless plc and Chief Executive, Petrochemicals at British Petroleum.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Halma p.l.c and a member of BT Group plc’s Equality of Access Board.

12. Maria Richter,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2003

Committee membership: A, F (ch), N

Career experience: With Morgan Stanley from 1993 to 2002, latterly as Managing Director of its Corporate Finance Retail Group; Vice President of Independent Power Group for Salomon Brothers and Vice President of Prudential Capital Corporation and Power Funding Associates.

External appointments: Non-executive Chairman of Pro Mujer UK and Non-executive Director of The Pantry, Inc., The Vitec Group plc and The Bessemer Group Inc.

08National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

13. George Rose,

Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to Lattice Group plc board in 2000

Committee membership: A (ch), N, R

Career experience: Formerly a member of the Financial Reporting Review Panel, Non-executive Director of Orange plc and Saab AB and Finance Director of BAE Systems plc.

External appointments: Member of the UK Industrial Development Advisory Board, Non-executive Director of Genel Energy plc and Laing O’Rourke plc.

14. Helen Mahy,

Company Secretary

& General Counsel

Appointment as Company Secretary: October 2002

Committee membership: E

Career experience: A barrister and an Associate of the Chartered Insurance Institute. Formerly a Non-executive Director of Aga Rangemaster Group plc and Chair of the GC100 Group.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Stagecoach Group plc and a member of the Opportunity Now Advisory Board.

standards”

  LOGO

Key: A = Audit Committee

        E = Executive Committee

        F = Finance Committee

        N = Nominations Committee

        R = Remuneration Committee

        R&R = Risk & Responsibility Committee

        (ch) = chairman of Committee

176-177
  

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc09v


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    
    

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Share capital”

   174-175  
  

10C Material contracts

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Material contracts”

   179  
  

10D Exchange controls

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Exchange controls”

   178  
  

10E Taxation

  

“Additional Information——Other disclosures—Taxation”

   179-181  
  

10F Dividends and paying agents

  

Not applicable

     
  

10G Statement by experts

  

Not applicable

     
  

10H Documents on display

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Documents on display”

   178  
   

10I Subsidiary information

  

Not applicable

     

11

  

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

    
  

11A Quantitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   114-116  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   137-144  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9  
  

11B Qualitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   114-116  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   137-144  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9  
    

“Additional Information—Risk factors”

   167-169  

12

  

Description of securities other than equity securities

        
  

12A Debt securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12B Warrants and rights

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12C Other securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12D American depositary shares

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges”

   178  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Depositary payments to the Company”

   177  
    

“Additional Information—Definitions and glossary of terms”

   188-191  

13

  

 

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

  

Not applicable

   –      

14

  

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –      

15

  

 

Controls and procedures

  

“Additional Information—Internal control— Disclosure controls” and “—Internal control over financial reporting”

   170  

vi


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    

16

  

16A Audit committee financial expert

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—Experience”

   49  
  

16B Code of ethics

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Code of Ethics”

   177  
  

16C Principal accountant fees and services

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—External audit”

   51  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(e) Auditors’ remuneration”

   98  
  

16D Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

  

Not applicable

   –    
  

16E Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

  

Not applicable

   –    
  

16F Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

  

Not applicable

   –    
  

16G Corporate governance

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards”

   177  
   

16H Mine safety disclosure

  

Not applicable

   –    

17

  

Financial statements

  

Not applicable

   –    

18

  

Financial statements

  

“Financial Statements—Company accounting policies”

   155  
    

“Financial Statements—Basis of preparation”

   82-83  
    

“Financial Statements—Recent accounting developments”

   83  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement”; “—Consolidated statement of comprehensive income”; “—Consolidated statement of changes in equity”; “—Consolidated statement of financial position”; and “—Consolidated cash flow statement”

   84-91  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—analysis of items in the primary statements”

   92-131  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—supplementary information”

   132-154  
    

“Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

   81  

19

  

Exhibits

  

Filed with the SEC

   –    

vii


Business ReviewLOGO


LOGO

Board diversity and succession

We believe creating an inclusive and diverse culture supports the attraction and retention of talented people, improves effectiveness, delivers superior performance and enhances the success of the Company. While criteria such as gender or ethnicity are important, we also value diversity of skills, experience, knowledge and expertise, as can be seen below. Our Board brings together people with different experience and backgrounds, and sometimes divergent opinions, but with shared goals.


LOGO

LOGOLOGOLOGO
Nora BrownellSir Peter GershonPaul GolbyRuth Kelly
Effective 1 June 2012Under 1 year’s tenureUnder 1 year’s tenureUnder 1 year’s tenure
Committee membership:Committee membership:Committee membership:Committee membership:
N, R, R&RNN, R, R&RA, F, N
Experience:Experience:Experience:Experience:

   US Government and regulatory

   US utilities – energy

   FERC

   Various non-executive directorships

   US

   Chairman

   Engineer, FREng

   Government

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   High tech industry

   US

   International

   Chairman and chief executive

   Engineer, FREng

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Financial and economic

   Infrastructure projects

         

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

01

LOGO

Contents

Strategic Report pages 02 to 41

02

Chairman’s statement

04Chief Executive’s review
06Financial review
10Non-financial KPIs
12Operating environment
14Our vision and strategy
16What we do
20How we make money from our regulated assets
21How our strategy creates value
22Internal control and risk management
26How executive remuneration aligns to Company strategy
29Principal operations
40

People

Corporate Governance pages 42 to 73

The Corporate Governance Report, introduced by the Chairman, contains details about the activities of the Board and its committees during the year, including reports from the Audit, Nominations, Remuneration, Finance, and Safety, Environment and Health Committees, as well as details of our shareholder engagement activities.

42Corporate Governance contents
57Directors’ Report statutory and other disclosures

58

Remuneration Report

Financial Statements pages 74 to 159

Including the independent auditors’ reports, consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and notes to the consolidated financial statements, as well as the Company financial statements prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.

74Contents of financial statements
75Introduction to the financial statements
76Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
77Independent auditors’ report

81

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Additional Information pages 160 to the inside back cover

Additional disclosures and information, definitions and glossary of terms, summary consolidated financial information and other useful information for shareholders, including contact details for more information or help.

160Contents of Additional Information

188

Definitions and glossary of terms

Glossary

We use a number of technical terms and abbreviations within this document. For brevity, we do not define terms or provide explanations every time they are used; please refer to the glossary on pages 188 to 191 for this information.


         
         
 

02    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

  

 

LOGO

LOGOLOGOLOGO

Linda AdamanyChairman’s

statement

Our vision statement ‘Connecting you to your energy today, trusted to help you meet your energy needs tomorrow’ emphasises the importance of trust, which we earn not just by meeting our commitments, but by making sure that we do so in the right way. 

Maria RichterNick WinserStephen Pettit
5 years’ tenure8 years’ tenure8 years’ tenure10 years’ tenure*
Committee membership:LOGO 

Committee membership:Committee membership:Committee membership:
A, N, R&RA, F, NEF, N, R, R&R

It has been an important and challenging year for National Grid – and the energy sector in general – on both sides of the Atlantic.

Although we did not experience any major storm-related outages in our service areas during 2013/14, severe winter weather conditions – the polar vortex in the US and serious flooding in the UK – continued to test the resilience of our networks. I am pleased to report these have performed well as a result of prudent investments in past years, as well as the commitment of our people.

Energy policies in both the UK and US strive to find an acceptable balance between affordability to the ultimate consumers, security of supply and sustainability considerations. Particularly since last September, the focus of UK media and political attention has been moving between each of these three factors, with no enduring consensus of what constitutes the optimum position.

In the UK, the eight year RIIO settlement we accepted in February 2013 incentivises us to be as efficient as possible while ensuring that savings we achieve can be shared with consumers. Through these incentives we can maximise our efforts to help hard-pressed consumers and deliver good returns to our shareholders.

Experience:Transparency

In our continuing efforts to be fair, balanced and understandable in our reporting we are including additional information this year and explaining some technical matters in greater detail, so that we are as transparent as we can be.

In particular, I draw your attention to one aspect of our results. There have always been differences between IFRS reported results and underlying economic performance; however, one of the benefits of the RIIO price control regime is that it provides greater transparency of regulatory adjustments to

  

revenue in our principal UK businesses. The commentary on ‘timing differences and regulated revenue adjustments’ contained in the Financial review on page 08 aims to help understanding of this matter.

The Board has recommended an increase in the final dividend to 27.54p per ordinary share ($2.3107 per American Depositary Share). If approved, this will bring the full-year dividend to 42.03p per ordinary share ($3.4801 per American Depositary Share), an increase of 2.9% over the 40.85p per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 March 2013.

Experience:Effective governance

We have developed a new remuneration policy to align more closely with RIIO, the continued evolution of our US business and shareholder value creation. The policy will be subject to shareholder approval at the AGM in July – a requirement of recent legislation. You can read our full Remuneration Report, introduced by Jonathan Dawson, our new Remuneration Committee Chairman, on page 58.

As we describe on page 07, the high level of take-up of the scrip dividend in the last couple of years led to concerns about the potential dilutive effect of this option. This meant that we decided not to offer the scrip element for the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, as our forecast capital investment programme was already fully funded. I do appreciate, from the letters sent to me, that this caused some dissatisfaction. We have now identified a way of offering the scrip option for both the full-year and interim dividend, which balances shareholders’ appetite for the scrip dividend option with our cash requirements. At the AGM we are seeking approval for the allotment and buy-back authorities we need to do this. The scrip dividend option has been offered for the 2013/14 final dividend subject to shareholder approval of the relevant resolutions at the AGM.

 Experience:Experience:

The Board is proposing
a recommended final
dividend of

   Accountant27.54p

   Energy

   Oil and gas

   US

   International(2012/13: 26.36p)

 


   City

   Financial services

   Emerging markets

   US

   International

   Engineer, FREng

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

   Chairman

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Construction

   Oil and gas

         
         
 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

03

Nick Winser, Executive Director UK, will step down from the Board in July 2014 at the AGM. He will continue with his roles as President of the European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-E) and as Chairman of National Grid Electricity Transmission (NGET) and National Grid Gas (NGG) through to July 2015 before leaving the Company. After July 2015, the role of President of ENTSO-E will no longer be undertaken within the Company, and arrangements for a smooth handover of Nick’s other responsibilities will be announced in due course.

This year we have welcomed Therese Esperdy and John Pettigrew to our Board and we will be saying goodbye to Maria Richter following the AGM.

During Maria’s 10 years with the Company she has made a significant contribution to the Board and Finance Committee in particular and I would like to thank her for her commitment and wish her all the best in her future endeavours.

Therese, who will be taking over as chairman of the Finance Committee from Maria, brings a wealth of corporate finance and debt market experience to our Board. We have also appointed a new Executive Director, John Pettigrew. John joined National Grid as a graduate entrant in 1991 and has been a member of the Executive Committee for nearly two years.

The appointments of Therese and John have been part of a significant transition of the Board over the last three years through which we have secured a broad range of skills, experience, perspectives and challenge. Together with strong teamwork, I believe these qualities are contributing towards an effective Board, which will continue to set the right tone from the top, helping to meet the challenges ahead.

   

contributed £1.4 billion in taxes in the UK alone. Additionally, we estimate we support more than 28,500 jobs in the first tier of our supply chain – companies that are our suppliers across the globe.

We aim to develop and operate our business with an inclusive and diverse culture. You can read more about our approach to diversity on page 41, as well as our Board diversity policy on page 56.

Looking ahead

Over the next 12 months the UK and US will see a dynamic political environment. In the UK, the Scottish independence referendum later this year and the general election in 2015 are likely to increase the focus on issues such as the affordability and security of energy supply, as will the proposed review of the energy industry by the Competition and Markets Authority.

In the US, the mid-term US Congressional elections are on the horizon, together with the gubernatorial elections (election of the state governor) in New York, Rhode Island and Massachusetts. We expect debate to continue on essential infrastructure, resilience and sustainability, including our Connect21 dialogue with stakeholders. You can read more about Connect21 on page 35.

Our people have a crucial role to play in meeting the opportunities ahead. I would like to thank our employees for their hard work and dedication over the past year. Rising to the challenges brought by severe weather and changes within the industry, they have continued to make National Grid a company we can be proud of.

LOGO

Governance

pages 42 – 57

Being a responsible business

Our vision statement ‘Connecting you to your energy today, trusted to help you meet your energy needs tomorrow’ emphasises the importance of trust, which we earn not just by meeting our commitments, but by making sure that we do so in the right way. That is why how we work is as important as what we do, and why doing the right thing is at the core of everything we do.

During 2013/14 we spent time reinforcing the standards we expect of our employees in terms of ethical behaviour. As part of this, we have sent our employees a refreshed copy of ‘Doing the Right Thing’, which is our guide to ethical business conduct.

We contribute to the communities in which we operate directly and indirectly in many ways. We maintain and operate the critical infrastructure needed to keep the lights on and the heating working across the UK and northeastern US; we employ more than 23,000 people; and in 2013/14

   LOGO


10National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Davies Review

In relation to gender diversity, as a result of the transition of our Board, see page 81, we expect the number of female Board members to fluctuate in coming months. We aspire to meet the targets set by Lord Davies by 2015 and the Board will be considering a formal diversity policy during the year ahead.

Our executive and leadership population is regularly and rigorously assessed against achievement of individual objectives and key leadership qualities to help build a sustainable development and succession plan. The Board reviews the talent pipeline to the

Executive Committee and the quality and diversity of talent further down the organisation. Individuals who are identified as potential successors to the Executive Committee within a three year timeframe also undergo an external benchmarking and assessment process carried out by an independent third party. At the same time, we have initiated a programme of executive sponsorship and mentoring of high potential female and minority ethnic managers in order to ensure increased diversity throughout the leadership of the Company.

LOGO

Andrew Bonfield

1 year’s tenure

Committee membership:

E, F

Experience:

   Finance Director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

   International

LOGO

Philip Aiken

3 years’ tenure

Committee membership:

A, N, R&R

Experience:

   Chairman

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Emerging markets

   Natural resources

   International

LOGO

Tom King

4 years’ tenure

Committee membership:

E

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   FERC

   Generation

   US

Key:  

A = Audit Committee

E = Executive Committee

F = Finance Committee

N = Nominations Committee

R = Remuneration Committee

R&R = Risk & Responsibility

Committee

(ch) = chairman of Committee    

   
      
         
 

04    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Chief

LOGOExecutive’s

   

LOGOWe need to be even more flexible and agile as customer needs change, so we can respond faster and more efficiently.

LOGOreview

    

LOGO

It has been a year of solid performance for National Grid against a backdrop of intense public focus on energy prices, as well as new regulatory frameworks in both the UK and US.

Safety is, as always, at the heart of the way we operate. In the UK we achieved an employee lost time injury frequency rate (IFR) of below 0.1. This is a world-class performance and I am incredibly proud of our teams who have worked so hard to get us to this significant milestone. You can read more about this achievement on page 10. The challenge now is to replicate this performance in the US, where we have more work to do. We will never let up on our relentless focus on safety.

Despite the freezing and protracted winter in the US and the wettest winter on record in the UK, we achieved one of our best years in terms of reliability, keeping the lights on and the gas flowing. The investment we made in bolstering our flood defences in the UK protected potentially vulnerable assets such as substations, even though in some cases the surrounding areas suffered considerable flooding.

In the US, our reliability performance was excellent as a result of continued targeted resiliency investment and management of our networks.

The introduction of RIIO in the UK has been an appropriate development for our industry. If we can outperform against the incentives it offers and find ways to reduce our costs, the benefits are shared with our customers. Getting ready for RIIO has been a significant challenge for the UK business, but I am delighted to say that we have made a good start.

There have also been significant Government and regulatory policy changes affecting our business in the UK, including the introduction of Electricity Market Reform (EMR) and the evolution of the system operator role in the long-term planning of the network.

We have adapted our ways of working so we can meet the needs of our customers and stakeholders and deliver value under RIIO. For example, we used innovative techniques to protect a section of the pipeline that carries gas from the liquefied natural gas (LNG) importation terminal in west Wales, prior to the construction of a new road. This meant we were able to meet the timescales of the local authority building the road without disrupting gas supply to consumers.

In the US, it has been the first year of working under the new upstate New York and Rhode Island regulatory contracts and I am pleased that we have performed well in both cases. You can read more about developments in our US rate filings and regulatory environment on page 164.

We have introduced Connect21, our thinking on advancing the USA’s natural gas and electricity infrastructure beyond its 20th century limitations (see page 35). Another priority in the US was the transition of the operation and maintenance of the Long Island Power Authority’s (LIPA) electric transmission and distribution system on Long Island to Public Service Electric and Gas Company – Long Island (PSEG-LI). We successfully handed over the contract on 31 December 2013 and have entered into a transition services agreement with LIPA/PSEG-LI.

US enterprise resource planning system stabilisation continued, remedying the errors of poor implementation from the prior year. Over the course of the year, the US business made significant progress in the activities required to upgrade the system, with implementation expected in mid-2014. The focus is now on reducing the ongoing costs associated with the complex manual processes that are required to compensate for identified weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting in the US. While these control weaknesses have not reduced the quality of financial statements


Ken HarveyGeorge RoseSteve Holliday   
11 years’ tenure*11 years’ tenure*11 years’ tenure^
Committee membership:Committee membership:Committee membership:
N, R, R&RA, N, RE, F
Experience:Experience:Experience:

   Chairman and chief executive

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – power and water

   Finance director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Defence industry

   US

   International

   Chief Executive

   Engineer, FREng

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   Oil and gas

   US

   International

      
         

* Including Lattice Group plc

^ Including National Grid Group plc

Tenure as at 31 March 2012

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc11


Business Review

Management structure

LOGO

The Board’s purpose is to create and deliver the long-term success of the Company and returns for shareholders.

There are a number of areas where the Board takes the lead, for example around corporate governance, strategic direction, financial policy – including the budget and business plan – and the reputation of the Company and its businesses.

The composition of the Board and the diverse skills and experience our Directors bring to the table are vital for ensuring shareholders’ interests are best represented and that there is sufficient constructive challenge and debate.

Our Non-executive Directors commit sufficient time to perform their duties and to understand the Company, for example through their work on the Committees, site visits, induction programmes for new Directors and meetings with management and employees.

While the Board delegates authority to its Committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf – as set out in each Committee’s terms of reference, available on our website – it ensures that what has been discussed and any decisions taken are communicated to the other Directors. The chairman of each Committee provides a summary back to the Board at the following meeting.

For more information on the operation of the Board and its Committees refer to pages 80 to 89.

12National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

The Executive Committee has responsibility for making day-to-day management and operational decisions to safeguard the interests of the Company.

The nine members of the Committee have a broad range of skills and expertise which is constantly being updated through training and development, as well as through holding external non-executive directorships. This broadens experience and gives exposure to other companies’ governance frameworks and board practices. The Committee officially met 11 times this year but interaction among the members occurs much more regularly.

The Committee oversees the safety, operational and financial performance of the Company, taking management action it considers necessary to safeguard the interests of the Company and is responsible for furthering the strategy, business objectives and targets established by the Board. It approves capital and operational expenditure within its authority levels and regularly discusses, formulates and approves proposals to be considered by the Board.

Although the other members of the Committee do not sit on the Board, they all regularly attend Board meetings and other Committees (with Helen Mahy, the Company Secretary & General Counsel, attending all Board and Nominations Committee meetings as secretary) to ensure that every member is fully up to date and knowledge is shared.

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc13


Business Review

Our business model

Driven by strategy

LOGO

14National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Operating across two geographies

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc15


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


Business Review

Our operating environment

In common with all international companies, we operate in a complex environment with a number of external factors affecting our operations.

Energy policy

UK energy policy

The Climate Change Act 2008 requires the UK to cut greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 34% from the 1990 levels by 2020 and 80% by 2050. Continuing the drive toward these goals, in December 2011, DECC published its technical update for the Electricity Market Reform bill, which was confirmed in the Queen’s speech on 9 May 2012 and is expected to be passed into legislation during the current parliamentary session. The changes proposed by this legislation will be instrumental in shaping investment in new generation capacity over the coming decade which, in turn, underpins our expected capital investment plans.

DECC remains committed to reducing the costs of renewable generation and published a joint report with Ofgem in March 2012 highlighting that offshore and onshore development must be considered together when looking at network development needs. Our role as system operator includes offshore networks and we will play a key role in ensuring onshore and offshore network development is coordinated.

EU energy policy

With the implementation of the 3rd Energy Package in 2011, the development of the European Infrastructure Package in 2012 and emerging EU thinking on a roadmap to 2050 (ie moving beyond the 2020 CO2 targets), the EU is another factor in the development of energy policy in the UK. The 3rd Energy Package is largely associated with the development of EU level codes, to establish EU wide rules on technical and commercial issues relating to cross border trade. These codes are the responsibility of the European networks for transmission system operators for electricity and the European networks for transmission system operators for gas, and we have been working closely with both of them. In the years to come, we expect policy to develop around greater interconnection in the electricity market and networks in the North Sea.

US energy policy

US energy policy continues to be shaped by debates over the economy, the costs and benefits of regulation, and concerns over energy security. During the year, Congress enacted an extension of the Pipeline Safety Act and debated a variety of other energy related legislation including a clean energy standard, energy efficiency, renewable energy incentives and cyber security. The most significant changes however, came in the form of new US Environmental Protection Agency regulations. These included rules for mandatory reporting of GHG emissions from electricity and gas utility facilities and the promotion of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards rule and the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule which will help to ensure air and water quality.

Federal agencies continued their investment in energy efficiency as a direct reflection of the Obama administration’s priorities. This has manifested itself in large projects at federal facilities in all of the Company’s service areas and we are working with a number of Government facilities to assist in this endeavour.

At the state level energy policy continues to be an active arena, particularly in the northeastern US, driven by interest in promoting energy efficiency, maintaining reliability, and deploying renewable technologies that help states meet environmental and energy diversity goals. New York has promoted a broad energy policy

agenda, including renewed focus on transmission development, a state energy plan, responsible exploration of shale gas, a mandated utility-based loan programme to increase efficiency installations with recovery through customer bills, and promotion of solar technology. Massachusetts continues to focus on climate and energy initiatives including the recent establishment of a GHG inventory programme. Rhode Island enacted several pieces of legislation in 2011 that will promote renewable technologies at the distribution system level, as well as significantly boost the support for gas energy efficiency programmes.

Economic environment

The economic uncertainty within the eurozone has led to volatility in financial markets during the year, however, we have not experienced any adverse effects. Instead, as the UK is seen as a safe haven, its bond yields have fallen and this has had a positive effect on our cost of debt. We continue to monitor developments as it may affect our ability to access capital markets or the financial strength of our counterparties.

Inflation in the UK has declined from its peak in September 2011 but remains above the long-term trend. Our UK regulated revenues are linked to inflation and this has therefore led to higher revenues (see below for an explanation of the UK regulatory regime). We also have index-linked debt so our financing cost increases with inflation, providing a partial economic offset.

In the US, the economic recovery was sluggish early in the year but accelerated towards year end, leading to recent declines in the unemployment rate. Unlike the position in the UK, we sell gas and electricity directly to consumers in the US and so are exposed to bad debt risk, which is affected by unemployment rates. Some of our rate plans include protection against such risk (see page 28), but in most cases they do not cover the full cost.

Regulatory environment

UK regulation

The Gas Act 1986 and Electricity Act 1989, as amended (the Acts), provide the fundamental legal framework for gas and electricity companies. They establish the licences for electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply, and for gas transmission, distribution, shipping and supply. The licences established under the Acts require each of our business activities to develop, maintain and operate an economic and efficient network and to facilitate competition in the supply of gas and electricity in Great Britain. They also give the licensed businesses statutory powers, such as the right to bury our pipes or cables under public highways and the ability to use compulsory powers to purchase land to enable the conduct of our businesses.

Energy networks are regulated by Ofgem which operates under the direction and governance of the Gas and Electricity Markets Authority. Ofgem has established price control mechanisms that set the amount of revenue that can be earned by our regulated businesses.

Price control regulation is designed to ensure our interests, as a monopoly, are balanced with those of our customers. Ofgem allows us to charge reasonable, but not excessive, prices giving us a future level of revenue sufficient to meet our statutory duties and licence obligations, and also to make a reasonable return on our investment.

The price control includes a number of mechanisms to achieve its objectives, including financial incentives designed to encourage us to: continuously improve the cost and effectiveness of our services; manage and operate our networks; provide quality customer service; and invest in the development of the network in a manner that ensures long-term security of supply.

24National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

To ensure that our licensed businesses are operating efficiently, and consumers are protected, we operate under eight price controls in the UK, comprising two for our UK electricity transmission operations, one covering our role as transmission owner (TO) and the other for our role as system operator (SO); two for our gas transmission operations, again one as TO and one as SO; and one for each of our four regional gas distribution networks. In addition to the eight price controls, our LNG storage business has a price control covering some aspects of its operations. There is also a tariff cap price control applied to certain elements of domestic metering and daily meter reading activities undertaken by National Grid Metering.

Current price controls

The current price control mechanisms for our gas distribution business will expire on 31 March 2013. The price controls for our transmission business were extended for one year and will now also expire on 31 March 2013. The extension included real increases in revenues for electricity and gas transmission next year and a base real vanilla return of 4.75%. The revenue increase partly reflects the capital investment we have made over the current price control period which forms part of our total UK RAV, which at 31 March 2012 was over £22 billion.

The current price control mechanism establishes the amount of money that can be earned by our regulated businesses is restricted by what is referred to as an RPI-X price control. The RPI-X allowance is based on Ofgem’s estimates of efficient operating expenditure (opex), capital expenditure (capex) and asset replacement, together with an allowance for depreciation and an allowed rate of return on capital invested in our businesses. The RPI-X price control takes the RPI as its inflation benchmark and subtracts X, an efficiency factor, from it. For example, at a time when annual inflation was 3%, a value for X of 2% would allow our regulated businesses to raise prices by no more than 1%.

The RAV, which represents the value ascribed by Ofgem to the capital employed in our regulated businesses, is adjusted to reflect asset additions, removals, depreciation and the rate of inflation.

LOGO

LOGO

Future price controls

It is estimated that we will need to invest over £31 billion during the RIIO period, partly to facilitate the move to a low carbon economy. This will include the gas and electricity networks developing smarter grids, meeting environmental challenges and securing energy supplies.

In light of the challenges around the evolving energy environment and the significant investments required, Ofgem has introduced a new regulatory price control framework to replace the existing framework which has been in use for over 20 years. This is known as RIIO: revenue = incentives + innovation + outputs.

Under this regime, networks will be encouraged to deliver outputs, such as agreed levels of safety, reliability and environmental performance, while ensuring timely connections for customers, improving on customer satisfaction and (for UK Gas Distribution only) complying with social obligations. The networks will be incentivised to deliver these innovatively and efficiently. During the price control review process, Ofgem will assess what an efficient level of expenditure would be to deliver these outputs and will then set the revenue levels accordingly.

The RIIO price control will last for eight years with a mid-period review at four years.

The fundamentals of how our revenue is derived under RIIO are not that different, but the mechanics of how capex and opex (totex) are treated has changed, as demonstrated below. A fixed proportion of totex goes into the RAV (slow money) with the remainder remunerated within the year (fast money).

LOGO

We have developed our business plans in conjunction with our stakeholders and have reflected their views and feedback in our updated plans, submitted to Ofgem in March and April 2012 for our UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution businesses respectively. Full details of these business plans can be found on our website.

Ofgem will issue their initial proposals for the first RIIO price control period in July 2012 and their final proposals in December 2012. We will continue to work with Ofgem as the RIIO price controls are finalised, aiming to secure positive opportunities to invest for long-term profitable growth and reasonable returns.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc25


Business Review

Our operating environment continued

Managing uncertainty

With an eight year price control period replacing the previous five year controls, there will inevitably be a larger exposure to potential variance against our forecasts; for example, on our electricity transmission business a different mix of generators may look to connect to the system than those we have assumed in our baseline plan. In order to understand the impact that different outcomes might have, we have modelled a range of credible future demand and generation scenarios using the scenarios developed with stakeholders through the UK Future Energy Scenarios process. The impact of these alternative scenarios against our baseline capital investment forecast (which uses the ‘gone green’ scenario) is illustrated below:

LOGO

Building on our existing risk management approach, we have developed an innovative risk model to better understand the risks that our business will face, how those risks might best be managed and to evaluate the relationship between uncertainty mechanisms and the required rate of return. We have shared this model with stakeholders, including Ofgem, who have been broadly supportive of it.

Following discussions with stakeholders, we have therefore proposed a number of regulatory mechanisms, which would adjust our allowed investment levels over the period of the price control to ensure there are no inappropriate windfall gains or losses for our networks or consumers as a result of reality diverging from the assumptions we have made in forecasting the next eight years. In doing this, we have maintained the principle that risks should be borne by the party best able to manage them.

Further information on these mechanisms and the risks they seek to reduce is available on our price control stakeholder engagement website: www.talkingnetworkstx.com.

US regulation

Regulators

In the US, public utilities’ retail transactions are regulated by state utility commissions, including the New York Public Service Commission (NYPSC), the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities (MADPU), the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (RIPUC) and the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (NHPUC). Utility commissions serve as economic regulators in approving cost recovery and authorised rates of return. The state commissions establish the retail rates to recover the cost of transmission and distribution services, and focus on services and costs within their jurisdictions. FERC regulates the wholesale transactions of public utilities, such as interstate transmission and electricity generation, and provides for the cost recovery of these services.

Utility commissions are also charged with serving the public interest by ensuring utilities provide safe and reliable service at just and reasonable prices. They establish service standards and approve mergers and acquisitions of public utilities. FERC also regulates public utility holding companies and centralised service companies, including those of our US businesses.

All the states in which we operate have deregulated the commodity or supply component of electricity and gas utility services. Customers in deregulated states have the option to purchase electricity or gas services from competitive suppliers.

Regulatory process

Utilities in the US submit a formal rate filing to the applicable state regulatory body requesting a revenue adjustment in a proceeding known as a rate case. The rate case process is conducted in a litigated setting and, in the states in which we operate, it can take six to 13 months for the commission to render a final decision. In all states, the utility is required to prove that its requested rate change is prudent and reasonable. At FERC there is no defined process for adjudicating a rate case. FERC allows rates to be put in place before a final decision is reached, however, a refund may be required if the outcome is unfavourable. The utility may request a rate plan that can span multiple years.

During the rate case process, consumer advocates and other intervening parties scrutinise and often file opposing positions to the utility’s rate request. The rate case decision reflects a weighing of the facts in light of the regulator’s policy objectives. During a rate case, the utility, consumer advocates and intervening parties may agree on the resolution of aspects of a case and file a negotiated settlement with a commission for approval.

Gas and electricity rates are established from a revenue requirement, or cost of service, representing the utility’s total cost of providing distribution or delivery service to its customers. It includes operating expenses, depreciation, taxes and a fair and reasonable return on certain components of the utility’s regulated asset base, typically referred to as its rate base. The rate of return applied to the rate base is the utility’s weighted average cost of capital, representing its cost of debt and an allowed ROE intended to provide the utility with an opportunity to attract capital from investors and maintain its financial integrity. The total cost of service is apportioned among different customer classes and categories of service to establish the rates, through a process called rate design, for these classes of customers. The final cost of service and rate design are ultimately approved in the rate case decision.

The revenue requirement is derived from a comprehensive study of the utility’s total costs during a recent 12 month period of operations referred to as a test year. Each commission has its own rules and standards for adjustments to the test year which are intended to

26National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

arrive at the total costs expected in the first year new rates will be in effect, or the rate year, and may include forecast capital investments in determining rate year rate base. Often, known and measurable adjustments are made to test year data to reflect normal operating conditions. In Massachusetts, only limited adjustments to this test year are allowed, which are required to be both known and measurable. New York and Rhode Island allow more comprehensive adjustments to the test year.

In summary, the US regulatory regime is based on a building block approach intended to allow the utility to recover its cost of service and earn a return on its investments.

LOGO

Our rate plans

We have five sets of electricity rates and seven sets of gas rates, covering our electricity distribution operations in upstate New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and New Hampshire, and our gas distribution networks in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and New Hampshire. Distribution and transmission electricity services in upstate New York continue to be subject to a combined rate that is billed to end use customers. In New England, retail transmission rates reflect the recovery from our end use customers of wholesale transmission charges assessed to our electricity distribution companies. Wholesale rates for our electricity transmission network in New England and New York and for our Long Island generation business are subject to FERC approval.

We have regulatory arrangements that provide for the recovery of our historical investments and commitments related to our former electricity generation business that were stranded when some of our US subsidiaries divested their generation assets as part of industry restructuring and wholesale power deregulation in New England and New York. We have recovered most of our sunk investments in generation assets and revenue associated with stranded cost recoveries will decline significantly in future years.

Our rate plans are designed to produce a specific allowed ROE, by reference to an allowed operating expense level and rate base. Some rate plans include earned savings mechanisms that allow us to retain a proportion of the savings we achieve through improving efficiency, with the balance benefiting customers.

In addition, our performance under certain rate plans is subject to service performance targets. We may be subject to monetary penalties in cases where we do not meet those targets.

Allowed ROE in context

One measure used to monitor the performance of our regulated businesses is a comparison of achieved ROE to allowed ROE, with a target that the achieved should be equal to or above the

allowed. This measure cannot be used in isolation, however, as there are a number of factors that may prevent us from achieving that target in any given year:

Regulatory lag: in the years following the rate year, costs may increase due to inflation or other factors. If the cost increases cannot be offset by productivity gains, the total cost to deliver will be higher as a proportion of revenue and therefore achieved ROE will be lowered.

Cost disallowances: a cost disallowance is a decision by the regulator that a certain expense should not be recovered in rates from customers. The regulator may do this for a variety of reasons. We can respond to some disallowances by choosing not to incur those costs; others may be unavoidable. As a result, unless offsetting cost reductions can be found, the achieved ROE will be lowered.

Market conditions: if a utility files a new rate case, the new allowed ROE may be below the current allowed ROE as financial market conditions may have changed. As such, a utility that appears to be underperforming the allowed ROE and files a new rate case may not succeed in increasing revenues.

We work to increase achieved ROEs through: productivity improvements; positive performance against incentives or earned savings mechanisms such as energy efficiency programmes, where available; and, through filing a new rate case when achieved returns are lower than that which the Company could reasonably expect to attain through a new rate case.

Features of our rate plans

We are responsible for billing our customers for their use of electricity and gas services. Customer bills typically comprise a commodity charge, covering the cost of the electricity or gas delivered, and charges covering our delivery service. Depending on the state, delivery rates are either based upon actual sales volumes and costs incurred in an historical test year, or on estimates of sales volumes and costs, and in both cases may differ from actual amounts. A substantial proportion of our costs, in particular electricity and gas purchases for supply to customers, are pass-through costs, meaning they are fully recoverable from our customers. Our charges to customers are designed to recover these costs with no profit. Rates are adjusted from time to time to ensure any over- or under-recovery of these costs is returned to, or recovered from, our customers. There can be timing differences between costs being incurred and rates being adjusted.

Revenue for our wholesale transmission business in New England and New York is collected from wholesale transmission customers, who are typically other utilities and include our own New England electricity distribution businesses. With the exception of upstate New York, which continues to combine retail transmission and distribution rates to end use customers, these wholesale transmission costs are incurred by distribution utilities on behalf of their customers and are fully recovered as a pass-through from end use customers as approved by each state commission.

Our Long Island generation plants sell capacity to LIPA under a power supply agreement, approved by FERC, which provides a similar economic effect to cost of service rate regulation. The contract expires in 2013 and new contract negotiations are underway.

In addition, in December 2011, LIPA announced that, after a lengthy competitive bid process related to the management services agreement, we had not been selected to continue to manage and operate Long Island’s electricity system beyond the term of the current agreement, which expires on 31 December 2013.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc27


Business Review

Our operating environment continued

Regulatory filings

The objectives of our rate case filings are to ensure we have the right cost of service with the ability to earn a fair and reasonable rate of return, while providing a safe and reliable service to our customers. In order to achieve these objectives and to reduce regulatory lag, we have been requesting structural changes, such as revenue decoupling mechanisms, capital trackers, commodity related bad debt true ups, and pension and other post-employment benefit (OPEB) true ups, separately from base rates. These terms are explained below the table on the opposite page.

The chart below shows the progress we have made on these regulatory principles (excluding New Hampshire). We continue to work towards implementing these regulatory principles across our US business.

LOGO

Although many of our rate plans feature revenue decoupling, in some cases decoupling applies only to some classes of customer. As a result, the proportion of revenues which is decoupled is 91% for our electricity businesses and 64% for our gas businesses for 2011/12. Transmission and generation revenue is effectively decoupled.

We have ongoing regulatory filings associated with downstate New York deferrals and tax refunds and the disposal of New Hampshire businesses. Progress continues in these areas. Below we summarise significant developments in rate filings during the year.

Upstate New York 2012 rate filing

On 27 April 2012, we filed a one year rate plan filing for our upstate New York electricity and gas businesses, to take effect from 1 April 2013. The filing included a request for an increase in electricity delivery revenue of $131 million. This would be more than offset by approximately $190 million per annum of rate reductions related to the recovery of certain past deferred costs, resulting in an overall net decrease of approximately $59 million to customers. The filing also includes a request for an increase in gas delivery revenue of $40 million, which would be partially offset by a net decrease in deferral recovery of $29 million. The filing is based on an ROE of 10.55% for the one year rate filing, and includes annual reconciliation mechanisms for certain non-controllable costs.

The filing, which is expected to take 11 months to review and to conclude in March 2013, includes investments of $454 million and $82 million in the electricity and gas businesses respectively. The increased electricity service costs also include the creation of a $29 million sustainable storm fund.

Upstate New York deferral filing

On 16 December 2011, NYPSC approved Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation’s request to recover $240 million in deferred costs ($211 million related to deferred environmental, capital expenditure, and pension costs included in our July 2011 deferral filing, $25 million related to recent storm response costs, and $4 million related to carrying charges and other adjustments). This amount will be collected over 15 months, effective from 1 January 2012. In addition, NYPSC approved the removal of $573 million from Niagara Mohawk’s rates related to stranded cost recoveries.

New York State review

In February 2011, NYPSC instituted a New York State proceeding to review its site investigation and environmental remediation (SIR) expenditure policies. The proceeding directed New York State’s utilities to assist in developing the future scope of utility SIR programmes including cost containment, cost allocation and methods for minimising the impact on customers of SIR cost recovery. A Recommended Decision was issued on 3 November 2011 – the proceeding is open and ongoing.

Rhode Island 2012 rate filing and appeal of ruling in 2009 rate filing

On 27 April 2012, we filed a new rate plan for our Rhode Island electricity and gas businesses, to take effect from 1 February 2013. The filing requests increases in electricity distribution revenue of $31 million and gas delivery revenue of $20 million, based on an ROE of 10.75% with annual reconciliation mechanisms for certain non-controllable costs such as pensions and OPEB, property taxes and commodity bad debt true up.

In order to ensure the new investments are effectively implemented, the new filing sets out the case for new rates, cost of service allowances and other needs for the businesses. The capital spending programme for these two utilities is addressed annually outside of this filing. The current levels of approved capital investment for the year which commenced on 1 April 2012 are $61.9 million for the gas system and $56.5 million for the electricity system. The filing is expected to take nine months to review and to conclude in January 2013.

On 23 January 2012, the Rhode Island Supreme Court issued its decision on our appeal of RIPUC’s decision in its 2009 rate case. The Court reversed RIPUC’s decision to impose National Grid’s capital structure onto Narragansett but affirmed their decision to disallow 50% of our incentive compensation. On 11 April 2012, RIPUC adopted a settlement resolving the capital structure aspects of the rate order, which we had appealed. The settlement authorises Narragansett a capital structure comprised of 48.78% common equity, an overall rate of return of 7.31%, and an additional $3.2 million electricity rate increase, effective from 23 April 2012.

Overland audit

In February 2011, NYPSC selected Overland Consulting Inc., a management consulting firm, to perform a management audit of our affiliate cost allocations, policies and procedures. The audit of these service company charges seeks to determine if any service company transactions have resulted in unreasonable costs to New York customers for the provision of delivery services. If potentially material levels of misallocated or inappropriate costs are discovered, at the direction of NYPSC, the investigation will be expanded to prior years to determine if they have been charged to the New York utilities. A report of this review to NYPSC is anticipated in 2012.

28National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Summary of US price controls and rate plans

LOGO

* Both transmission and distribution, excluding stranded costs

Revenue decoupling

A mechanism that removes the link between a utility’s revenue and sales volume so that the utility is indifferent to changes in usage. Revenues are reconciled to a revenue target, with differences billed or credited to customers. Allows the utility to support energy efficiency.

Capital tracker

A mechanism that allows for the recovery of the revenue requirement of incremental capital investment above that embedded in base rates, including depreciation, property taxes and a return on the incremental investment.

§Commodity related bad debt true up

A mechanism that allows a utility to reconcile commodity related bad debt to either actual commodity related bad debt or to a specified commodity related bad debt write-off percentage. For electricity utilities, this mechanism also includes working capital.

¯Pension/OPEB true up

A mechanism that reconciles the actual non capitalised costs of pension and OPEB and the actual amount recovered in base rates. The difference may be amortised and recovered over a period or deferred for a future rate case.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc29


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

The following chart demonstrates the alignment between the elements of our strategy, the strategic objectives that will enable us to deliver it, the risks we face and what we have delivered this year.

LOGO

30National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Use this as a road map to the content on pages 32 to 55.

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc31


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

How do we deliver?

Our people are the foundation of what we do. It is through their actions that we will deliver our strategy; ensuring we have a skilled, engaged and dedicated workforce is essential to this. Delivering a safe and reliable network is the number one priority for our people. We also remain committed to being an innovative leader in energy management and to safeguarding our global environment for future generations.

The relationships we hold with our regulators, customers and communities continue to be important; we have made changes to forge even deeper relationships and broaden our engagement with stakeholders.

We continue to invest to create organic growth and evaluate other investment opportunities as they arise. Any investment we make will fit with our strategic goals, deliver a reasonable return and maintain the balance and spread of our businesses.

People

We are committed to developing our employees to the best of their abilities and to ensuring we have access to the widest possible pool of talent to meet the current and future requirements of our business.

Building an engaged workforce

We measure how engaged our people are through our employee engagement index, calculated from certain questions in our employee survey. Our 2012 employee survey included 68 questions and was completed by 84% of our employees. The results allow us to identify specific areas where we are performing well and those areas we need to improve.

We have undergone a significant amount of change within our US business having completed the transition to the new jurisdictional operating model including identifying 1,150 roles that have been removed from our structure. Significant change affects each employee differently and, as expected, this has affected our 2012 global employee engagement index, which has decreased compared to the last results in 2010. We are now embarking on a review of our UK operating model to ensure that it is scalable and structured correctly to deliver the increasing capital investment programme and to be successful under the new RIIO price control framework.

We want to make sure our people are as fully engaged as they can be. To demonstrate our ongoing commitment to this important area, one of our 2012/13 shared priorities is to increase levels of employee engagement across all our teams. We have created a Company wide framework called engaging for performance that explains what we believe contributes to increasing engagement, which in turn results in higher levels of performance.

Survey reports are produced at Company wide, region, business unit, function and team levels and associated action plans are created. The engaging for performance framework provides managers with access to practical and easy to use tools and guidance to support them when developing team action plans.

LOGO

Communicating for success

Good communication helps employee engagement and we have multiple communication channels to ensure our more than 25,000 employees have access to information that is relevant to them and so that they feel connected to the business. We use our intranet site to make announcements, share our achievements and to communicate what we have learnt and other information useful to our people. We also have various open forums where senior leaders share key topics relevant to our business. These provide our people with the opportunity to ask questions and connect with leadership. We produce a monthly magazine and use various team forums and other traditional communication methods such as email broadcasts and discussion boards.

Aligning individual and corporate goals

The incentive plans for our Executive Directors include financial measures such as earnings, returns and cash flow which align their interests with the success of the Company. See the Remuneration Report section of Corporate Governance on pages 90 to 106 for more information.

Our strategy is cascaded to employees. This ensures that the objectives of each employee align with those of the Company and the actions required to deliver the strategy are allocated to and shared by all our people, connecting them to our corporate goals.

Our performance, talent and reward management process for managers links incentive compensation to an assessment of both what the individual has achieved and how those outcomes have been achieved, with reference to their individual objectives. This provides ongoing incentive for all managers to contribute to the achievement of our strategic goals and ensures that our top performers are recognised for their contributions.

32National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Building capability

We have reviewed the leadership, business and technical capabilities that we will need to ensure we are successful, including: driving process excellence; innovation; and stakeholder management. We are designing tools and processes to help elevate our capabilities in those areas and they will be supported by training programmes and other learning opportunities. We have invested in a range of technologies that will enhance the learning experience and reduce the cost associated with training delivery. We endeavour to continually improve the quality of our new talent development programmes and our focus on this has external recognition, including 2010 Ofsted grade 1 outstanding performance rating and UK Learning and Skills Improvement Service Beacon status.

Our graduate scheme is well regarded and we have continued to be an employer of choice. In 2012, we were ranked 84 in the Times Top 100 graduate employers, an improvement on 2011 when we entered the Top 100 for the first time. Our graduate retention levels are good, standing at 86%.

The foundations of leadership programme, aimed at the next generation of managers, continued to run throughout 2011. For our female employees, we also continued to provide access to the Springboard and Spring Forward development programmes in the UK and Women Empowered in the US. We appeared in the Times Top 50 Employers for Women 2012, appearing in the list since 2006.

Promoting inclusion and diversity

We aim to develop and operate our business with an inclusive and diverse culture, ensuring equal opportunity in recruitment, career development, training and reward for all employees regardless of race, gender, nationality, age, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion and background. Where existing employees become disabled, our policy is to provide continued employment and training wherever practical. A focus for 2011/12 was creating a level playing field in the organisation. These policies support the attraction and retention of the best people, improve effectiveness, deliver superior performance and enhance our success.

Our employee resource groups, which cover areas including gender, ethnicity, disability, faith, sexual orientation, veterans and new employees, continue to have good membership. These groups deliver opportunities for professional development, networking, supporting our community relations activities and increasing the broader understanding of inclusion and diversity through workshops, presentations and other educational events.

Information on our inclusion and diversity policies can be found on the corporate responsibility section of our website.

Attracting the best people

As a result of our extensive capital investment plans in the UK, we need to increase our employee numbers in key parts of our business, particularly engineers and other technical roles. In 2011/12, we have recruited more than 450 engineers and, over the next nine years, we expect to recruit over 2,500 more.

We are establishing medium- and long-term talent pipelines and have launched an engineering entry programme for recent graduates with science, technology, engineering or maths (STEM) degrees. The two year comprehensive and structured training programme will provide a blend of practical experience with traditional training programmes and will help the recruits develop project management and development expertise, as well as

increase their technical knowledge and gain specialist experience of the energy sector. On successful completion, they will be appointed to a permanent role.

With an ageing workforce and declining interest in STEM subjects by young people, pressure on recruitment will continue for many years. Our long-term talent programmes will help to provide us with the expertise we need to be successful well into the future. This year in the UK, we worked with more than 3,900 school students giving them an insight into engineering, the energy sector and National Grid. We delivered 22 open days, ran two residential work experience week courses for nearly 100 15 year olds at our training centre, supported seven engineering education scheme projects, delivered 30 STEM enhancement days and many talks in schools. In the US, we face similar challenges to ensure we have access to top quality, well trained candidates to maintain the number and quality of our workforce over time. Over the next 10 years, we expect to fill around 800 management level roles that require an engineering background and we run a number of initiatives similar to those in the UK. In addition to our work in the US with school aged children to inspire interest in STEM subjects, we work with local community colleges on their energy utility technology programmes designed to give students the technical and practical skills required to work on the construction or maintenance of power lines. We also run our own engineering pipeline programme and have recently completed the second year. This six year development programme is designed to inspire promising students to become engineers and provide them with an opportunity for fast tracked employment with us.

Safety and reliability

Providing safe and reliable services is what our customers expect.

Keeping our people and the public safe

While our employee lost time injury frequency rate was 0.18, the same as 2010/11, this year we have seen accidents leading to the deaths of two members of the public and one contractor. We have investigated thoroughly and learnt from these tragedies.

We recognise the need to reinvigorate and reinforce our safety agenda across the Company. All our senior leadership team are asked to be visible safety leaders actively engaging with employees to drive our safety ambition forward and ensuring lessons learnt from any incidents are acted on as appropriate.

Further development of our safety culture will be critical to navigating the heightened risks that come with our expanding capital investment programme. Key parts of the business have undertaken safety culture surveys to capture what our employees think about how we manage safety and help us identify areas where we need to improve. We are committed to ensuring that everyone has the expertise, and exhibits the right behaviours, to work safely and without harm. We will also leverage our size, and learn from our partners, to identify best practices and ensure these are shared and implemented across our business.

A recent area of focus has been deploying a major accident hazard framework and risk methodology and standards that build greater structure into process safety and risk management. These standards have been developed collaboratively by technical specialists in the UK and US. The requirements are being discussed

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc33


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

How do we deliver? continued

with all of our relevant businesses and teams to ensure they are implemented and applied consistently. A review process has been established using technical specialists and third party independent assessors to aid sharing and consistent application of standards.

Our Executive Committee monitors progress against our safety goals monthly and the Board’s governance arrangements for the oversight of safety are being strengthened.

Delivering reliability

Our licences and regulatory agreements set out reliability targets and these are linked to our revenue streams. Excluding the impact of storms in the US, we are pleased to report that we have substantially met all our reliability targets for the year. We failed one target in Massachusetts, however, due to our good performance against other targets for the state, this had no financial impact. After failing to meet some of our emergency standards of service last year and being fined £4.3 million by Ofgem, we are also pleased to report that we met all our standards of service in the UK this year.

Reliability is achieved through four interrelated actions: planning our capital investments to meet changing demand and supply patterns; designing and building robust networks; risk based maintenance and replacement programmes; and detailed and tested incident response plans.

Our UK Future Energy Scenarios publication outlines our forecasts for energy needs in the UK up to 2050. We use this to inform our capital investment plans and ensure our networks will deliver what is required in the future. In the US, we are taking part in the Eastern Interconnection Planning Collaborative, funded by the US Department of Energy, and working with other utilities, regulators and independent system operators to model future energy scenarios and consider their effects on the future of the electricity transmission grid by 2030.

Our construction teams work closely with our engineers to ensure that the networks designed and built will meet internal and external technical specifications and deliver the required levels of reliability once brought into service. Our UK Transmission business, where the majority of our capital investment will be undertaken, is PAS 55 and ISO 9001 certified, and has detailed procedures in place governing a project throughout each phase of scoping, design, commissioning and the transition to normal operations. Key roles on each project are defined and owners assigned, along with appropriate independent checks to ensure quality is maintained.

We collect and analyse a large quantity of data relating to network reliability including faults, failures and defect information. Using this information, asset health indices are assigned to the major equipment groups. These are then considered together with safety, system and environmental criticality to give replacement priorities that feed into our maintenance and replacement programmes.

Planning for a disaster can take a number of forms. In December, our US team worked with the Department of Homeland Security, FBI, local law enforcement and fire departments and other government agencies in a simulated attack on one of our generation plants. The simulation tested our emergency response plans, validating the plans already in place and identifying areas for improvement.

Our commitment to reliability extends to our efforts to restore electricity and gas to customers in a timely manner when an outage occurs. Major flooding of the Mohawk River, in the area of the Amsterdam and Rotterdam Junction in New York, led to significant damage to our gas facilities at several locations and resulted in

approximately 440 customers losing their gas supply. Permanent repairs to the damaged facilities would have taken months, an outcome unacceptable to both us and our customers. We embarked on a plan to bring in LNG, a remedy with little or no precedent in New York. With extensive work by our crews and cooperation of NYPSC, New York State Departments of Transportation and Environmental Protection, the local fire department and others, we were able to successfully restore gas services within a week. Our service territories were in some cases seriously affected by storms this year which resulted in large restoration efforts across our businesses. While we try and learn lessons from these events and improve how we deal with them, our responses to some of them, such as tropical storm Irene and the October snow storm, are subject to investigations by a number of our regulators.

Smart grid

Modernising our networks is an essential part of our continued growth. In the US, we anticipate receiving a regulatory order this summer to carry out a $44 million pilot in Worcester, Massachusetts. We expect to test customer choice with a goal of reducing energy use by 5% as well as implementing new distribution grid equipment that has the potential to make capital investment more efficient, reduce losses, improve reliability, and assist with storm restoration as we modernise the grid. This pilot will serve to show what will be possible across the US business.

Environmental responsibility

As a responsible business, we are committed to protecting the environment for current and future generations.

Investing in and running electricity and gas networks means we use energy and raw materials, and produce waste. Our goal is to reduce any adverse effect we may have and we look for ways to improve the environment. We embrace new technology and methods to use resources more efficiently and sustainably, seek to responsibly refurbish existing assets and reduce waste through recycling and materials efficiency.

Reducing greenhouse gases

We have continued with our climate change and energy efficiency programmes and remain committed to our targets of a 45% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 2020 and 80% by 2050. Refer to the glossary on page 193 for a definition of Scope 1 and 2 emissions. We continue to look for new technology or more efficient equipment that will help us achieve these goals and we have outperformed a number of targets for emissions during the year, including some tied to incentive revenues. Our total Scope 1 and 2 emissions for 2011/12 were 8.7 million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent. This represents a 55% reduction on our 1990 base line. We have refreshed our rolling five year GHG reduction plans and, although our 2011/12 outturn is better than our 2020 target, we have many challenges through the next few years that will require considerable focus in the business.

We have a number of ongoing initiatives that have helped achieve these results. Some of our gas distribution networks in both the UK and US consist of old metallic pipe, which contributes significantly to the gas losses from our system. We have replaced around 2,500 kilometres of this leak prone pipe during the year across our UK and US businesses and have estimated the replacements in the UK will achieve the equivalent of a 3% reduction in gas losses each year.

34National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

In the UK, we also now use computerised pressure management equipment that matches system pressures with demand, improving safety, driving considerable reductions in gas losses and, consequently, reducing the level of our greenhouse gas effects. We also continued our focus on reducing the losses of SF6, a powerful greenhouse gas, from high voltage switchgear on our system through improved leak detection and repair processes and continue research to identify alternatives.

Supporting the move to a low carbon economy

In the UK, we are already developing networks to facilitate new generation, eg commissioning Cleve Hill substation to enable London Array Limited to connect the world’s largest wind farm.

In the US, we are investing in oil to gas conversions in customer premises and installing gas infrastructure and services to support new construction. Over the last three years we have connected over 120,000 new gas heating customers. Demand for new interconnections of green generation in the US is on the rise with a 70% increase in the applications received in New York and New England in 2011. These included combined heat and power, farm waste, fuel cells, hydro, solar and wind projects. In response to this escalating market demand we have created two new groups within our business to process the requests efficiently and ensure they are connected in accordance with the appropriate technical standards and the applicable state tariffs.

We recently installed 32 new electric vehicle charging stations in Massachusetts under the Coulomb Technologies’ ChargePoint America programme. Through programmes such as these, we offer our customers more sustainable energy options that help to protect the environment.

Stakeholder engagement

Stakeholders’ views form an integral part of the way we do business and make decisions.

Meeting the needs of stakeholders

Our stakeholder engagement principles include:

Integrity: We will be open and engaging so we can develop a clear understanding of what our stakeholders want us to deliver.

Accountability: We will inform stakeholders of how their views have been taken into account and, if they have not, the reasons why.

Transparency: We will conduct our engagement activities in a transparent manner, ensuring all relevant information is readily available and understandable to all stakeholders.

Inclusivity: We recognise the need to increase engagement with the broadest possible range of our stakeholders and we will seek their views.

For example, in the course of developing our electricity and gas transmission and gas distribution business plans for RIIO-T1 and RIIO-GD1, we held 26 workshops, talking directly to several hundred stakeholders with a broad range of interests. We produced three written consultations, held numerous forums and focus groups, undertook in-depth telephone interviews and surveyed opinions from over 10,000 customers. We used an independent third party to facilitate our stakeholder engagement so we could be sure we were not unwittingly influencing, misunderstanding or misinterpreting what our stakeholders were saying. For our Worcester smart grid pilot, we held a two day ‘appreciative inquiry summit’ to engage with the local community including local government, businesses and households. We recognise active participation from a broad

cross section of the community will be important to complete the pilot successfully.

Our regulators remain an important area of focus for our stakeholder engagement activities. Through our new US jurisdictional focus, we are better able to communicate with our regulators, ensuring they have a point of contact that understands their perspective and is committed to meeting their needs. We have also opened an office in Brussels to establish a stronger and more visible presence with EU institutions and policy makers on key strategic issues facing us in the years to come.

Industry engagement

Participation by our employees on other bodies allows us to engage more broadly, and we aim to be supportive of roles on industry boards and other groups. For example, our US vice president, engineering standards and policy, currently sits on the US Department of Transportation’s Technical Pipeline Safety Standards Committee. Engagement such as this allows us to participate in and inform debates as they occur and to learn from the best practices of others. In the wake of the San Bruno gas explosion, the US Government passed into law the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty and Job Creation Act. Some of the new rules and safeguards coming out of the law are a direct result of the issues discussed by the Committee.

Improving customer service

We recognise the importance of good customer and community relationships. Success is evident from the improved results in our key Ofgem customer satisfaction studies in the UK as shown in our KPIs on page 39. We participate in four studies in the J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction study in the US. Our target goal was a one quartile improvement in each of the four studies. We achieved this in the Business Gas study. However, in the Business Electric and Residential Electric studies, we remained in the same quartile and in the Residential Gas study we fell one quartile.

In late 2011, we opened our new integrated UK Gas Distribution customer centres in Hinckley and Leicester, which combine cutting edge technology and specialist training to offer a fresh approach to customer service. The new technology provides greater visibility of all the work we are doing, allowing our employees to respond more effectively and resolve more enquiries on the first call, resulting in improved service and customer satisfaction. The centres provide our customers with a single point of contact 24 hours a day, seven days a week to ensure we can always maintain a high level of service and meet our commitments. The importance of this work in the UK will be reinforced by requirements under the new RIIO price control, where customer satisfaction is a specific output measure linked to our potential revenue.

Working with our communities

We believe that helping local businesses is one of the best ways to help the communities we serve. If they are strong and growing we will be too. Through our community investment initiatives, we aim to identify and support local projects that can have a positive effect in the communities in which we operate.

In the US, since 2003, our economic development grants have totalled $53 million and have helped create or retain more than 19,000 jobs. In December 2011, we provided $1 million to Albany, New York for use in their State Street revitalisation. The grant will help build new footpaths, underground conduits, decorative lighting and other amenities. This revitalisation programme is expected to help the city’s economic growth by attracting more businesses, residents and visitors to the area.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc35


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

How do we deliver? continued

We have even extended our outreach to include the communities in which our key suppliers operate. The Global SpirIT initiative raises funds for the education of underprivileged children in India, where we have been working with IT suppliers for over 17 years.

Balance and spread of businesses

We deliver our returns to shareholders through a balance of equity growth and cash returned in the form of a growing dividend. This is supported by the complementary features of the businesses which, together, make up our group.

National Grid today consists of a balanced blend of distinct regulated businesses in the UK and US and some non-regulated businesses, primarily in the UK. This includes a mixture of cash generative developed assets with minimal investment requirements (such as our existing interconnectors and National Grid Metering), businesses with low to medium levels of growth and positive cash generation (such as our UK and US distribution businesses) and businesses with high levels of investment and growth (such as our UK electricity transmission business and potential new non-regulated investments).

We continue to develop our balance and mix of businesses through cycles of investment and cash generation. Our target is to maximise shareholder value while delivering appropriate levels of both cash generation, to support dividends, and investment in assets, to support equity growth and future revenues.

We consider a number of factors when assessing any current or future business’ contribution to the group. This includes its contribution to cash flows and earnings, its asset base growth and funding requirements and the regulatory or commercial framework applying to that business. On an ongoing basis we review the business balance, considering our strategic objectives and long-term growth opportunities.

Where an individual business is not expected to exhibit the range of characteristics we are looking for within a reasonable timeframe, or where we are offered a higher value for the business than we might place on it, we will consider selling that business. In the last year, we have sold Seneca-Upshur, a gas and oil exploration and production business in the US, and our OnStream non-regulated metering business in the UK and we await the final regulatory approvals for the sale of our Granite State Electric and EnergyNorth businesses in New Hampshire which we announced in December 2010.

Financial outperformance

We aim to maximise our returns within the constraints of our regulatory agreements, while continuing to invest for future growth.

We have seen a good financial performance this year with positive movement in all our financial KPIs excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms, where relevant.

Capital investment programme

A feature of our price controls and rate plans is that we earn a return on our regulated asset base. As a result, as our regulated asset base increases our returns should similarly increase. We continue to invest in our regulated asset base and, in the UK, our RIIO

submissions have reflected a need for investment over the eight year price control in excess of £31 billion for our UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution businesses. This is dependent on the location and number of new connections required and, if achieved, will represent an average cumulative annual growth rate in our regulated asset value of over 8%.

This amount of investment will not be without its challenges: obtaining planning permission for major projects is time consuming and can create delays; finding and developing enough people with the right skills will be difficult; and managing the costs of key inputs that are forecast to increase faster than the rate of inflation due to worldwide demand for these products, will also pose a challenge.

In the US, we will continue to invest in our regulated asset base with a focus on modernising and maintaining our network and, where appropriate, increasing its capacity. For example, work is underway with FERC and other utilities on the construction of the New England East-West Solution. This is a new transmission line in southern New England that will increase capacity in a constrained area of the grid and once completed will represent a significant investment in a new transmission asset.

We continue to look for smart investments in non-regulated businesses and are assessing expansion plans for our Grain LNG business.

Despite the Government withdrawing funding for the proposed carbon capture and storage (CCS) project at Longannet, we believe CCS to be an important element in the Government’s strategy to achieve its carbon reduction targets. We are working with several UK emitters to develop CCS projects; these are seeking funding through a Government competition that is scheduled for the second half of 2012.

Work continues on plans for an interconnector between the UK and Belgium, a joint project with the Belgian transmission system operator which will be the first electricity link between the two countries. The 1,000 megawatt undersea cable will run between Zeebrugge and Richborough and is expected to enter commercial operation in 2018.

Remuneration from investment

In the UK, we work closely with Ofgem and the Health and Safety Executive, the main safety regulator in the UK, to balance the needs of all stakeholders for a safe and reliable network with a price control that provides the required return to allow us to operate our businesses effectively. We will only accept a price control settlement if we believe that it achieves this balance. In the US, some of our rate plans do not include capital trackers and therefore spend on capital programmes may be unremunerated until we file a new rate case. We carefully track our capital spending compared to our rate allowances and, when we believe additional spending is required, we may file a new rate case.

For more information on the features of our price controls and rate plans, refer to pages 25 to 29.

Incentives and outperformance

In the UK, achieving output targets to earn incentive revenue is a key element of our ability to provide superior financial returns. Our price control plans have historically included a range of incentive mechanisms and under RIIO the importance of incentive revenue will increase. Examples of our current incentive mechanisms include:

Transmission network reliability: if we achieve our reliability targets we can earn an incentive of up to 1% of revenue, however, if we fail, we can incur a penalty of up to 1.5%.

36National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Day ahead gas demand forecast: if we achieve targets for the accuracy of the forecast published daily on our website, we can receive an incentive payment of up to around £8 million, however penalties can be charged if the forecast is inaccurate.

Greenhouse gas emissions: we can earn incentive payments if certain greenhouse gas emissions are below targets.

Our US rate plans generally do not feature the same variety of incentive mechanisms used in the UK, however, some include earned savings mechanisms that allow us to retain a proportion of the savings we achieve through improving energy efficiency, with the balance benefiting customers. In addition, the electric generation power supply agreement with LIPA contains a performance-based incentive and penalty mechanism. We may earn or lose up to $4 million depending on how well we operate the generation units as measured by reliability, efficiency and capacity metrics.

Under our UK price controls and some of our US rate plans, our revenues include an imputed cost of debt. We manage our interest rate risk using fixed- and floating-rate debt and derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements. Where we actively manage our interest rate risk, we seek to minimise total financing costs (being interest costs and changes in the market value of debt), subject to constraints, with the aim of outperforming the imputed cost of debt. The Finance Committee regularly monitors performance by comparing the actual total financing costs with those of a comparable, passively managed, benchmark portfolio.

Increasing productivity

We are undertaking a number of transformation initiatives to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our operations.

Our global information systems (IS) transformation project will replace ageing IS infrastructure that currently limits our ability to deliver reliable IT systems and inhibits the creation of platforms for growth. Under a partner provided approach, our IS services will offer a more flexible, cost effective, transparent and responsive delivery model. Our UK Gas Distribution front office programme has progressed significantly during the year and is already showing benefits. The final deployment of the system, which will help our repair and construction teams, is on track to complete ahead of the Olympics this summer. More information on these programmes can be found in the case studies on pages 48 and 49.

In the US, we are replacing two legacy information systems along with a range of ancillary systems. This change, in conjunction with various process improvement initiatives within our US finance function, simplifies our cost allocation methodology, allows better jurisdictional reporting and improves controls over our financial reporting processes.

Each of these transformation initiatives contributes to our ability to support our future growth, improve operational performance and efficiency, and respond to the needs of our stakeholders.

Managing costs

As discussed on pages 24 to 29, our allowed revenues are set in reference to an expected cost to deliver our services. We must manage our costs closely within that framework as, without the permission of our regulators, we may not be able to increase our revenues to compensate for cost overruns. We set budgets and assign owners for cost centres within the business who are responsible for delivering set outputs within that budget.

 

 

2012/13 prioritiesStrategic Report

 

At the beginning of each year, we set ourselves priorities; achieving these will help us deliver our strategy. We separate our priorities between shared priorities that are the responsibility of every employee, and UK and US specific priorities.

Shared priorities

 

Corporate Governance

deliver a step change improvement in safety performance across our organisation;

 

Financial Statements

increase levels of employee engagement across all teams;

  

Additional Information

deliver significant improvements in how we meet our customer commitments; and

  

05

  achieve our financial targets.

UK priorities

deliver the core UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution investment programmes;

agree a RIIO price control for both transmission and gas distribution that allows a reasonable return for investors;

develop and implement the right processes and organisational model that will allow us to be successful under RIIO and maintain our credit ratings;

deepen relationships with important European stakeholders and raise our profile within the EU; and

make progress in developing growth opportunities, including non-regulated businesses.

US priorities

focus on process excellence and modernising our networks;

deliver planned regulatory filings;

deepen our relationships with our communities and stakeholders, to help achieve their local economic and environmental goals; and

ensure continuous improvement is embedded in the organisation and our costs have clear transparency to ensure regulated recovery.

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc37


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

 

Measuring performance – our KPIs

Financial KPIs

 

Strategic element#Measuring performance forKPIDefinition

produced, they have necessitated significant additional cost.

  All:

 

Financial outperformanceOverall, the business remains on track to successfully conclude the programme during 2014, with expected costs unchanged from the guidance provided last year.

 

Total shareholder returnWe have focused on improving our end-to-end operating processes throughout the year. This has involved using hard facts and data to identify and prioritise areas for improvement, as well as harnessing ideas to help find more efficient ways of working to meet our stakeholders’ needs.

 

AverageAn area we know we can improve is customer service. We saw some good results such as reduced complaints in the UK and our scores for UK Gas Transmission, as well as increases in three out of our four US customer satisfaction scores. However, we know that we are not fully meeting our customers’ expectations for our gas connections process in the UK and US. We will stay focused on getting this right.

In the US, we supply gas and electricity to customers who have chosen us as their supplier. Our regulatory agreements allow us to recover the costs we incur when we buy gas and electricity. During 2013/14 we saw an increase in complaints about higher energy bills – a consequence of the closing daily TSR levels forcolder weather affecting commodity costs during the 30 day period up to and including that date, assuming dividendswinter.

Energy prices have been reinvestedthe subject of a continued high-profile debate in the UK. At National Grid, we believe transparency is crucial, explaining to customers the breakdown of the bill they receive. In the UK, we are investing significantly in our UK networks, but the impact of network costs on bills will remain flat in real terms over the RIIO period (2013/14 – 2020/21), based on the forecast revenues derived from Ofgem’s Final Proposals for RIIO.

 

In terms of our UK network upgrade plans, we are pleased with progress on the London Power Tunnels project and have now started site works on the HVDC link connecting Scotland and England. This joint venture with SP Transmission will support the export of low carbon Scottish generation.

In the US, our Brooklyn/Queens Interconnect project will connect our existing natural gas distribution systems in Brooklyn and Queens, which will ensure greater reliability and safety, provide additional capacity and meet future energy needs for customers. This is the first new gas pipeline to be installed in the area in 50 years.

We are determined to embed sustainability by seeking to combine innovation, engagement and efficiency – an example of which was a trial in the UK, working with manufacturers, construction partners and our procurement teams to re-manufacture aluminium overhead line conductors.

   

People

Adjusted earnings per shareI was really pleased to see that the results of our 2014 employee opinion survey, completed by 78% of our employees, included an engagement score of 71% – an increase of eight percentage points over the previous survey and our highest engagement score since we started conducting Group-wide employee opinion surveys.

I was also pleased to attend a series of celebrations to mark 40 years’ service for more than 300 of our employees in both the UK and US. I am delighted that so many of our people have forged productive and committed careers at National Grid that have spanned such a long time. Yet at the same time, it serves as a reminder about the scale of the challenge we have in our industry to make sure we have enough people with the skills and experience we need in the future.

It is a significant challenge on both sides of the Atlantic. In the UK, for example, around 89,000 people are needed annually to meet demand in the UK’s engineering sector over the next decade. Yet only around 51,000 are joining the profession each year. In the US, by 2018, STEM occupations will account for about 1.1 million new jobs and 1.3 million replacement positions due to STEM workers leaving the workforce.

To help address this shortage, National Grid is running, or is involved with, a number of programmes and initiatives in the UK and US aimed at encouraging young people to study STEM subjects – you can read more about these initiatives on page 40.

Our priorities for next year

•  Safety – build on our strong UK performance and focus our efforts on delivering consistent world-class safety performance across the organisation;

•  Customer-focused execution – in the UK, continue our strong start to RIIO; underpin energy security through our interconnector and infrastructure investment strategy. In the US, complete stabilisation of our enterprise resource system; perform strongly against our current regulatory rate plans while shaping the future; and

•  Stakeholders – continue to engage with our stakeholders in the US, UK and EU to understand their changing energy needs and to shape energy policy.

LOGO

Steve Holliday

 

Adjusted earnings* divided by the weighted average number of sharesLOGO

 

Principal operations

Group return on equity

Adjusted earnings* with certain regulatory based adjustments divided by equitypages 29 – 39

 

 

 

Regulated controllable operating costs

People

Regulated controllable operating costs, excluding bad debts, as a proportion of regulated assetspages 40 – 41

 


     

 

06    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Financial

review

We have delivered another year of solid

 financial performance with a good start

under RIIO in the UK and consolidation

of underlying improvements in the US.

Our financial KPIs

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted operating profit

Our adjusted operating profit has increased by £25 million (1%) to £3,664 million. Across our three UK businesses operating under the new RIIO framework, adjusted operating profit was up £34 million. Allowed revenues increased in Electricity Transmission and Gas Distribution and fell in Gas Transmission. The resultant increase in revenue was offset by higher controllable costs, higher depreciation as a result of continued investment and adverse movements in timing year on year.

Our US Regulated business was £129 million lower, reflecting a weaker dollar, the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries at March 2013, higher controllable costs due to inflation, and increased insurance costs following major storms last year. These were partially offset by the non-recurrence of the major storm costs incurred last year.

Other activities adjusted operating profit was £120 million higher, driven by higher profits in the French interconnector, non-recurrence of Superstorm Sandy costs in our insurance captive, and improved performance in our Metering business. These were partially offset by increased spend on the stabilisation of new US information systems.

Adjusted earnings

Our adjusted net interest charge was slightly lower than 2012/13 at £1,108 million, reflecting the weaker dollar.

Our adjusted tax charge was £38 million lower at £581 million. This was mainly due to a 1% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year, a change in the UK/US profit mix and changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years. As a result of this, our effective tax rate for 2013/14 was 22.5% (2012/13: 24.4%).

The earnings performance described above has translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2013/14 of 2.6p (5%) (2012/13: 5.4p, 12%).

Adjusted EPS1

pence

LOGO

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See

    note 1 on page 92.

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS amounts for comparative periods have been restated as a result of shares issued via scrip dividends and the bonus element of the 2010 rights issue.

 

Measurement of financial

performance

We describe our results principally on an adjusted basis and explain the rationale for this on page 182. We present results on an adjusted basis before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. See page 182 for further details and reconciliations from the adjusted profit measures to IFRS, under which we report our financial results and position. The comparative numbers have been restated for the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. See further detail in note 1 on page 92.

 

A reconciliation between reported operating profit and adjusted operating profit is provided below. Further commentary on movements in the income statement is provided on page 85.

 

  

  

          

     

  Year ended 31 March   
  £m 2014  2013  2012  
 

 

 
 

 

Total operating profit

  3,735     3,749     3,535   
 

 

Exceptional items

  (55)    84     122   
 

 

Remeasurements – commodity contracts

  (16)    (180)    94   
 

 

Stranded cost recoveries

 

  

 

– 

 

  

 

  

 

(14)

 

  

 

  

 

(260)

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted operating profit

  3,664     3,639     3,491   
 

 

Adjusted net finance costs

  (1,108)    (1,124)    (1,090)  
 

 

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

  28     18       
 

 

Adjusted taxation

  (581)    (619)    (697)  
 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

  

 

12 

 

  

 

  

 

(1)

 

  

 

  

 

(2)

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted earnings

 

  

 

2,015 

 

  

 

  

 

1,913 

 

  

 

  

 

1,709 

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted EPS

 

  

 

54.0p 

 

  

 

  

 

51.4p 

 

  

 

  

 

46.0p 

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Group return on equity (RoE)

We measure our performance in generating value for our shareholders by dividing our annual return by our equity base.

 

Group RoE has increased during the year to 11.4%, due to the impact of major storms in the prior year. Excluding major storms, Group RoE has decreased by 30bps reflecting the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries, together with higher controllable costs and system costs in the US. These negative impacts were partially offset by French interconnector performance and the lower UK tax rate.

 

Group return on equity

%

LOGO  

 

 

 

  

   

        

  

  

  

LOGO

Our revised

financial KPIs

page 09

Exchange rates

page 85

Use of adjusted

profit measures

page 182

Reconciliations

of adjusted profit

measures

page 182


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

07

We have changed the way we present our financial information in the Strategic Report to remove duplication. As a result, the analysis here focuses on our KPIs and other performance measures we use to monitor our business performance. Analysis of our financial performance and position at 31 March 2014, including the performance of our principal operations, has been relocated to the financial statements, however this analysis still forms part of our Strategic Report financial review. See page 75 for further information. See pages 183 to 185 for commentary on our financial performance and position for the year ended 31 March 2013 compared with 2012.

  

Regulated asset growth

Our regulated assets have increased by 3% (£1 billion) to £34.7 billion, reflecting the continued high levels of investment in our networks in both the UK and US. Maintaining efficient growth in our regulated assets ensures we are well positioned to continue providing consistently high levels of service to our customers and increases our revenue allowances in future years.

 

The UK regulatory asset value (RAV) increased by £1.1 billion, reflecting inflation and significant capital expenditure in our UK Electricity Transmission business in particular. The US rate base decreased by £0.1 billion. Foreign exchange movements decreased the rate base reported in sterling by £0.9 billion. Offsetting this, investment in the networks and working capital movements increased rate base by £0.8 billion.

 

Total regulated assets and regulated asset growth

£bn

 

LOGO

  

The Board is confident that growth in assets, earnings and cash flows, supported by improving cash efficiency and an exposure to attractive regulatory markets, should help the Group to maintain strong, stable credit ratings and a consistent prudent level of gearing, while delivering attractive returns for shareholders.

 

Other performance measures

Dividend growth

During the year we generated £1.3 billion of sustainable business net cash flow after our capital expenditure programmes. This has enabled the growth of the dividend in line with RPI, being 2.9%(2012/13: dividend growth of 4%), taking into account the recommended final dividend of 27.54p.

 

The high level of take-up of this scrip option in the last couple of years has led to concerns about the potential dilutive effect on value of this option. This meant that we decided not to offer the scrip element for the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, as our forecast capital programme was already fully funded. We continue to offer the scrip option for the year-end dividend.

 

 

LOGO

 

How we make

money from our

regulated assets

page 20

 

 

UK regulation

pages 160 – 162

 

 

US regulation

pages 162 – 165

 

 
      

Year ended 31 March

 

    
   % 2014     2013     2012   
   

 

  
   Dividend growth 3     4       
      

 

  
 

 

1. US rate base calculated as at 31 December for these years.

 

2. Estimated figure until the conclusion of the regulatory reporting cycle.

 

Value added

Our dividend is an important part of our returns to shareholders along with growth in the value of the asset base attributable to equity investors. These are reflected in the value added metric that will underpin our approach to sustainable decision making and long-term incentive arrangements.

 

Overall value added in the year was £2.1 billion or 57.2p per share as set out below:

  

 

Cash generated from operations

Cash generated from operations was £4,419 million (2012/13: £4,037 million). Adjusted operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment was £81 million higher year on year. Changes in working capital improved by £351 million over the prior year, principally in the US due to the timing of receivables from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy, higher commodity costs and weather differences year on year. Partially offsetting these improvements, cash outflows relating to exceptional items were £38 million higher due to reorganisation in the UK and LIPA MSA transition costs in the US.

 

UK regulated return on equity

The UK RoE has decreased 90bps to 12.7%, reflecting the new regulatory arrangements under the RIIO framework in place from this year. This performance represents 260bps outperformance over allowed returns.

 

UK return on equity

%

 

LOGO

  
   Year ended 31 March Change        
 £bn at constant currency 2014 2013 £bn        
 

 

    
 

 

UK regulated assets1

 25.2 24.3 +0.9     
 

 

US regulated assets2

 11.2 10.3 +0.9     
 

 

Other invested capital

 1.7 1.5 +0.2     
 

 

    
  Total assets 38.1 36.1 +2.0     
  Dividend paid   +1.1     
  Movement in goodwill   –     
  Net debt (21.2) (20.2) -1.0     
  

 

    
  Value added   +2.1     
  

 

    
  Value added per share   57.2p     
  

 

    
      
  

1. Consists of regulated asset values and other regulatory assets and liabilities of the UK businesses regulated under RIIO price controls.

 

2. US regulated assets increased from $17.2 billion to $18.7 billion in the year. These represent rate base plus assets outside of rate base, including working capital.

    
      


08    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Financial

review

continued

  

US regulated return on equity

The US RoE has decreased 20bps to 9.0%, mainly driven by lower allowed rates in our KEDNY and Long Island Generation businesses following the introduction of new rate plans during the year.

 

    

Interest cover

The principal measure we use to monitor financial discipline is interest cover, which is a measure of the cash flows we generate compared with the net interest cost of servicing our borrowings. The table below shows our interest cover for the last three years.

 

  

      

  

Our operations – performance at a glance

 

Business analysis 2013/14

%

 

Adjusted operating profit

 

LOGO

  

US return on equity

%

 

LOGO

 

Return on capital employed

RoCE provides a performance comparison between our regulated UK and US businesses and is one of the measures that we use to make strategic and investment decisions about our portfolio of businesses. The table below shows the RoCE for our businesses over the last five years:

 

Return on capital employed

%

 

LOGO

 

The UK RoCE has decreased from 8.6% to 8.0% in 2013/14, reflecting the new RIIO regulatory allowances, including lower cost of debt allowance, higher gearing assumption in the gas businesses, and the inclusion of our share of exceptional costs. The decrease in the US RoCE from 7.1% to 6.4% is primarily due to the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries and controllable cost increases. Excluding the impact of major storm costs, the US RoCE would have been 7.7% in 2012/13.

 

Net debt

We expect our net debt to continue to grow for the next few years as we fund our capital investment programmes and enhance our networks. We continue to borrow at attractive rates when needed and believe that the level of net debt remains appropriate for our business. Our five year net debt trend is shown on page 91.

         Year ended 31 March    
     Times   2014     2013     2012    
     

 

   
     Interest cover   4.1     3.9     3.9    
      

 

   
      

 

The increase in interest cover in 2013/14 reflects flat finance costs year on year. Our target long-term range for interest cover is in excess of 3 times. Further details on our capital management and credit ratings can be found in note 30 (f) and on the debt investors’ section of our website.

 

Timing and regulated revenue adjustments

As described on page 20, our allowed revenues are set in accordance with our regulatory price controls or rate plans. We calculate the tariffs we charge our customers based on the estimated volume of energy we expect will be delivered during the coming period. The actual volumes delivered will differ from this estimate. Therefore, our total actual revenue will be different from our total allowed revenue. These differences are commonly referred to as timing differences.

 

If we collect more than the allowed level of revenue, the balance must be returned to customers in subsequent periods, and if we collect less than the allowed level of revenue we may recover the balance from customers in subsequent periods. In the US, a substantial portion of our costs are pass-through costs (including commodity and energy efficiency costs) and are fully recoverable from our customers. Timing differences between costs of this type being incurred and their recovery through revenue are also included in timing.

 

The amounts calculated as timing differences are estimates and subject to change until the variables that determine allowed revenue are final.

 

Our operating profit for the year includes a total estimated in-year under-collection of £42 million (2012/13: £16 million over-collection). Our closing balance at 31 March 2014 was £60 million over-recovered.

 

In the UK, there was a cumulative under-recovery of £57 million at 31 March 2014 (2013: under-recovery of £5 million). All other things being equal, the majority of that balance will normally be recoverable from customers starting in the year ending 31 March 2016.

       

  

          

           

    

     

      

  
  
              


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

09

  

In the US, cumulative timing over-recoveries at 31 March 2014 were £117 million (2013: £110 million). The majority of that balance will be returned to customers next year.

 

In addition to the timing adjustments described above, following the start of the RIIO price controls in the UK, outperformance against allowances as a result of the totex incentive mechanism, together with changes in output-related allowances included in the original price control, will almost always be adjusted in future revenue recoveries, typically starting in two years’ time.

 

Our current IFRS revenues and earnings include the amounts that will need to be repaid but exclude amounts that will be recovered in future periods. Such adjustments will form an important part of the continuing difference between reported IFRS results and underlying economic performance based on our regulatory obligations.

 

For our UK regulated businesses as a whole, regulated revenue adjustments totalled £106 million in the year. This is based on our estimates of: work carried out in line with allowances; in expectation of future allowances; or work avoided altogether – either as a result of us finding innovative solutions or of the need being permanently removed.

   

In the US, accumulated regulatory entitlements to future revenue net of over- or under-recoveries amounted to £1,027 million at 31 March 2014 (2013: £1,311 million). These entitlements cover a range of different areas, with the most significant being environmental remediation and pension assets, as well as deferred storm costs.

 

All regulatory entitlements are recoverable (or repayable) over different periods, which are agreed with the regulators to match the expected payment profile for the liabilities. As at 31 March 2014, these extend until 2059.

 

Major storms

Despite the very cold winter across much of the US, there were no major storms in 2013/14. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, as well as a number of smaller storms, had a material effect on the results of National Grid, reducing operating profit by £136 million.

 

The table below shows adjusted operating profit and operating profit for the past three years, excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms.

 

  

LOGO

 

Non-financial KPIs

pages 10 – 11

 

 

Our vision and

strategy

pages 14 – 15

 

 
      

  Year ended 31 March

 

   
     Excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms 

2014 £m

 

 

2013 £m

 

 

2012 £m

 

   
     

 

   
     

 

Adjusted operating profit

 

 

 

3,706

 

 

 

3,759

 

 

 

3,589

 

 

   
     

Operating profit

 

3,777

 

 

3,869

 

 

3,633

 

   
     

 

   

 Our revised financial KPIs

KPI

Definition

2013/14 result    

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares.

54.0p

Group RoE

Adjusted earnings with certain regulatory-based adjustments divided by equity.

11.4%

Regulated asset growth

Growth in the total UK RAV and US rate base versus the prior year.

3%

Value added

Annual growth in our assets after deducting dividends, goodwill and net debt.

£2.1bn

We measure the achievement of our objectives, make operational and investment decisions and reward our employees through the use ofusing both qualitative assessments and through the monitoring of quantitative indicators. To provide a full and rounded view of our business, we use non-financial as well as financial measures. Although all these measures are important, some are considered to be of more significancesignificant than others, and these more significant measures are designated as KPIs.

 

KPIs are used to measure our progress on strategic priorities, aligning with those activities that combine to deliver our strategy. Non-financial KPIs are often leading indicators of future financial performance as improvements in these measures build our competitive advantage, for example through attractive regulatory arrangements and in competition for future growth opportunities. Financial KPIs are trailing indicators of the success of past initiatives and specific programmes. They also highlight areas for further improvement and allow us to ensuremake sure our actions are culminatingculminate in sustainable long-term growth in shareholder value.

We have changed our financial KPIs during 2013/14 to reflect the changing metrics used to monitor the Group following RIIO. We have included ‘value added’, a new metric that we use to

  

LOGOmonitor the value delivered to shareholders through dividends and growth in the value of National Grid’s assets net of the growth in net debt. A derivative of this metric, value growth, is also used to incentivise our Executive Directors. See page 58 for further detail on our remuneration policy.

We have included regulated asset growth, as this is a measure of the ability of the business to generate revenue in the future. While we continue to focus on efficient capital expenditure, the value of our regulated assets drives our revenue allowances in future years.

We have stopped reporting our regulated controllable operating costs metric. This was included to monitor cost control, but following the introduction of RIIO, all our businesses’ activities are focused on costs, through innovative and efficient delivery of high-quality services. Our ability to control costs is also reflected in the adjusted EPS and Group RoE metrics, which are based on our adjusted earnings.


10    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

  Non-financial

Commentary  KPIs

Non-financial KPIs are often leading indicators of future financial performance. Improvements in these measures build our competitive advantage.

Employee lost time injury frequency rate (IFR)

per 100,000 hours worked

LOGO

Definition

Number of employee lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12 month period.

Goal

Zero

LOGO

Our ambition is to achieve a world-class safety performance by 2015, featuring an IFR of below 0.1, with a target for 2013/14 of 0.15. We intend to achieve this through a relentless leadership focus, robust safety management systems and tactical actions focused on our overall financial results can be found on main risks, which may vary between regions and business areas.

Our IFR for 2013/14 was 0.14, better than our target for the year. This is compared with 0.17 in 2012/13, illustrating positive progress towards our world-class target. Our IFR for the UK was 0.06 and for the US it was 0.19.

Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

LOGO

UK Principal

operations

pages 5629 – 33

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

Network reliability

Definition

Various definitions appropriate to 63, and information on the performance and financial results of each line ofrelevant business is set out on pages 64 to 71.area.

 

 

#

*We aim to deliver reliability by: planning our capital investments to meet challenging demand and supply patterns; designing and building robust networks; risk-based maintenance and replacement programmes; and detailed and tested incident response plans.

  

 

Refers to the four elements of our strategy: operational excellence; innovation & efficiency; engaging externally; and disciplined investmentLOGO

 

Adjusted earnings exclude exceptional items, remeasurements Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

       

Performance

 

 

   

Measure

 

 

Target

 

  

LOGO

 

UK Principal

operations

pages 29 – 33

 

 

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

 

  
   

 

   
     

 

 

    2009/10

 

 

2010/11

 

 

2011/12 

 

 

2012/13 

 

 

2013/14

   

 

2013/14 

    
  

 

   
  

UK Electricity Transmission

 

 

99.9999

 

 

99.9999

 

 

99.999999 

 

 

99.99999 

 

 

99.99999

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

99.9999 

 

  

  
  

 

   
  

UK Gas Transmission

 

 

 100 100 100  100  100 %  100     
  

 

   
  

UK Gas Distribution

 99.999 99.999 99.999  99.999  99.999 %  99.999     
  

 

   
  

Electricity transmission – US

 147 414 5181 346  118 MWh losses  308     
  

 

   
  

Electricity – US: Commercial

 114 123 121  1052 107 Minutes of outage      
  

 

   
  

 

*  Targets are set jurisdictionally by operating company.

     

  
  

1. 2011/12 result restated to reflect final data.

    

  
  

 

2. 2012/13 result excludes New Hampshire, which was sold during the year.

 

    

   
  

 

Customer satisfaction

 

Definition

We measure customer satisfaction through our

position in customer satisfaction surveys.

  

  

  

  

 

 

LOGO

 

Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

 

 

LOGO

 

UK Principal

operations

 

pages 29 – 33

 

 

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

 

 
       Performance Measure Target     
   

 

   
     

 

    2009/10

 

 

 

2010/11

 

 

 

2011/12

 

 

 

2012/13

 

 

 

2013/14

 

   

 

2013/14 

 

    
  

 

   
  

 

UK Electricity Transmission

 

 

 

n/a

 n/a n/a n/a 7.4 Score out of 10  6.91     
  

 

   
  

 

UK Gas Transmission

 n/a n/a n/a n/a 7.2 Score out of 10  6.91     
  

 

   
  

 

UK Gas Distribution

 

 4th 4th 3rd 3rd * Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Gas distribution – US: Residential

 

 

 3rd 2nd 3rd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Gas distribution – US: Commercial

 

 2nd 4th 3rd 4th 4th Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Electricity – US: Residential

 

 4th 3rd 3rd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Electricity – US: Commercial

 

 3rd 2nd 2nd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

*  Under RIIO-GD1, our customer satisfaction results are now reported on an annual basis, rather than quarterly, which was how we reported them under our previous price control. We will publish the results on our website in the summer as part of our commitment to our stakeholders, and in our Annual Report and Accounts for 2014/15.

       

  
  

 

1. 6.9 represents our baseline target, set by Ofgem, for reward or penalty under RIIO.

 

    

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

11

LOGO

For more information
about our strategy
and stranded cost recoveriesstrategic
elements see

pages 14 – 15

LOGO  

 

Employee engagement index

%

Definition

Employee engagement index calculated using responses to our employee survey.

 

+Target

To increase

LOGO

We measure employee engagement through our employee opinion survey. The results of our 2014 survey, which was completed by 78% of our employees, have helped us identify specific areas where we are performing well and those areas we need to improve.

Our engagement index has risen by eight points to 71%, our highest engagement score since we started conducting Group-wide employee opinion surveys.

Managers receive a scorecard that aims to create greater leadership accountability and we produce survey reports and action plans at Company, regional, business unit, function and team levels.

 

 

2007/08 data include continuing operations acquired with KeySpan for the period from 24 August 2007 to 31 March 2008 or as at 31 March 2008Strategic element

Engage our people

LOGO  

People

pages 40 – 41

 

 

Greenhouse gas emissions

% reduction against 1990 baseline

LOGO  

Definition

Percentage reduction in greenhouse gas emissions against our 1990 baseline.

Target

45% reduction by 2020 and

80% reduction by 2050

LOGO

Our total Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions (excluding electricity transmission and distribution line losses) for 2013/14 were around 7.4 million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (Scope 1 was 7.2 and Scope 2 was 0.2). This is equivalent to an intensity of 501 tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent per £million of revenue for 2013/14.

The 2013/14 emissions quantity represents a 62% reduction from our 1990 baseline and a 9% reduction from our 2012/13 emissions. Although our outturn is better than our 2020 target, we will need to innovate if we are to meet the target for 2050.

We have remained focused on greenhouse gas emissions reduction programmes to achieve our corporate commitment targets of 45% and 80% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2020 and 2050 respectively from our 1990 baseline.

We continue to look for innovations and efficiencies that will help us achieve these targets. In 2013 we significantly improved our scores in the CDP Global 500 ratings and were admitted for the first time to the Global Leaders Index for carbon disclosure.

We measure and report our greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD Greenhouse Gas Protocol: Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition) for all six Kyoto gases, using the operational control approach for emissions accounting.

These Scope 1 and 2 emissions are independently assured against the international standard ISO 14064-3 Greenhouse Gas assurance protocol. A copy of this statement of assurance is available on our website.

In the UK we have experienced a mild year, which has been beneficial to the overall emissions of many of our business units. In the UK activities at Grain LNG have led to a 60% reduction of energy consumption of on-site nitrogen production. Our Electricity Transmission business has reduced SF6 leak rates to 1.2% in 2013/14 compared with 1.7% in the previous year and our Property function has delivered a 2% year-on-year reduction in electricity-related emissions across occupied sites.

In the US we have completed power plant turbine efficiency upgrades in Long Island and continued to focus on efficiency-related maintenance programmes. This has contributed towards outperforming our LIPA contractual efficiency target. Our US and UK Gas Distribution businesses have continued to deliver significant reductions in emissions in line with forecasts.

 

 

Comparative data have been restated for the effect of the bonusStrategic element of the rights issue and the scrip dividend issues

Embed sustainability

 


 

^12    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 Operating  environmentRecent signs of economic growth have had a  positive effect on consumer confidence, but the long downturn and its impact on wages have led to widespread concerns over energy bills. Affordability remains a primary concern of consumers and regulators.

Economic environment

Our UK price controls and US rate plans are agreed against the backdrop of the broader macroeconomic environment.

In the UK, economic growth is projected to continue to increase at a moderate pace in 2014, while the RPI measure of inflation is expected to remain subdued. Monetary policymakers have indicated that interest rates are expected to remain low during 2014, despite significant reductions in unemployment.

In the US, employment and GDP growth continue to improve steadily. The US Congress has reached a two year budget deal, which should ease some concerns in market conditions. Market indicators in areas such as housing and construction are returning to pre-2008 levels.

Market driver

  

 

2007/08 results include KeySpan operations on a pro forma financial performance basis assuming the acquisition occurred on 1 April 2007Impact

 

 

Changing energy mix

Cost and environmental pressures affecting traditional electricity generation

Older gas-fired power stations in the UK and many coal-fired power stations in the US are closing or being mothballed due to changes in environmental regulations.

In the UK, fuel prices are affecting the economic viability of fossil fuel-fired electricity generation. Further decline in traditional electricity generation is likely if the UK’s carbon reduction targets are to be met. The US is seeing renewed demand for gas, as the increasing availability of shale gas has lowered prices.

  

 

Prior years restatedLong-term certainty needed to secure investment

Current uncertainty in the UK market has led some developers to delay investing in new generation capacity. An agreement on long-term prices for consistency. See page 57low carbon generation under Electricity Market Reform (EMR) could provide additional certainty for more informationthese developers.

 

 

¯Changing UK energy sources

The locations where gas comes into the UK are changing, with forecast reductions in North Sea production and increased reliance on imported gas. New low carbon generation may not be located in the same place or have the same characteristics as existing plant.

  

 

Prior yearsThis means changes to our network will be needed

Changes to the energy mix and location of supply and demand centres will create pressures on our networks, potentially requiring further investment.

Shale gas production is transforming supply and demand

In the US, shale gas production will mean lower-priced gas over the long term, changing supply and demand patterns.

We may need to invest in additional network capacity

As more generation plants convert to lower priced natural gas, we may need to invest in additional gas network capacity. Changes in generation could also mean modifications to the electricity transmission network.

Energy policy

Sustainability, security of supply and affordability underpin EU policy

In a difficult economic and financial context, the EU’s energy policy is underpinned by the three cornerstones of sustainability, security of supply and affordability. The European Commission published its 2030 Climate Change and Energy framework in 2014, featuring a continued ambition in terms of greenhouse gas reduction targets and energy policy objectives.

Negotiations for a new international agreement on climate change continued at the nineteenth session of the Conference of the Parties (COP19) in 2013, and nations are looking to the Paris worldwide conference in 2015 as the next opportunity to work out a new climate change deal.

Policy decisions can affect our investment needs and compliance obligations

Energy policy decisions by governments, government authorities and others have a direct impact on our business, influencing the emerging challenges and opportunities. They can affect the amount and location of investment required in our networks and the way we operate. They can also change our compliance obligations.

This requires more market integration, interconnection and renewable generation

Greater levels of market integration, interconnection and renewable generation are fundamental to achieving the EU’s policy objectives. While European developments present challenges, the significant level of investment required may create opportunities for growth. For example, potential future interconnector opportunities include connections between the UK and Belgium, Norway, France, Ireland, Denmark and Iceland.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

13

Market driver

Impact

UK policy changes are in place to attract investment

National Grid has been asked to play a key delivery role

In the UK, energy policy continues to evolve from the Climate Change Act 2008, which commits the UK Government to reducing UK greenhouse gas emissions to at least 80% lower than a 1990 baseline by 2050. The Energy Act 2013 implements the main aspects of Electricity Market Reform (EMR), and puts in place measures to attract the investment needed to replace current generating capacity and upgrade the grid by 2020, and to cope with a rising demand for electricity.

In the UK, National Grid has been asked to play a major role as the delivery body for EMR, to be conferred on National Grid by Government in secondary legislation.

US policy is evolving to meet environmental and energy diversity goals

Options for increased renewable and distributed generation are being explored

In the US, many federal level developments have been restatedthrough federal agency regulations and Presidential executive orders. At a state level, energy policy continues to evolve in the northeastern US, driven by interest in promoting energy efficiency, maintaining reliability and deploying renewable technologies that help meet environmental and energy diversity goals.

In the US, the impact on natural gas dependency has resulted in an evaluation of the best way of increasing fuel diversity through renewable and distributed generation resources. We continue to support movement towards a clean energy economy; and support additional measures to increase America’s energy productivity.

Regulation

Infrastructure investment needs must be balanced with affordability

We must accommodate customers’ cost concerns and also provide safe, up-to-date systems

Regulators acknowledge that there is a significant need for infrastructure investment. However, affordability continues to be a primary concern.

Cast iron gas mains still in use can be more than 100 years old, becoming riskier to use and contributing to greenhouse gas emissions through leaks. Severe weather in recent years has also highlighted the potential need for additional investment in network resilience. Regulators and policymakers are beginning to ask utilities to put plans in place to strengthen their networks’ ability to withstand the effects of severe weather.

We must accommodate our customers’ affordability concerns while fulfilling our obligations to provide safe and reliable services and upgrading our systems. Investment is required for new connections, to meet the challenges of changing supply and demand patterns, and to replace ageing infrastructure in the UK and US.

UK regulators want greater efficiency and innovation

This is driving them to favour more market competition

In the UK, the regulatory focus during the year has been on the new RIIO price controls which give greater focus to incentives and innovation than the previous regulatory regime.

In the UK, competition is already in place for offshore development and Ofgem has stated its intent to retain the option of using greater competition for certain large onshore projects.

The projected increase in offshore wind generation and interconnection has created a debate on the regulatory approach to electricity transmission investment – a debate we continue to be fully engaged in.

For more information about network efficiency and innovation, see pages 30, 31 and 33.

US policymakers are focused on grid modernization

In the US, we are actively involved in the New York Energy Highway initiative to examine new ways of delivering infrastructure in the state. In Massachusetts, we are working with regulators and policymakers on a constant currency basisnew grid modernisation policy. This is ongoing but is likely to affect our investments in smart grid and metering, and cost recovery of electric infrastructure investments.

This will present opportunities to address customers’ needs more effectively

In the US, developments like the New York Energy Highway initiative, the Reforming Energy Vision initiative announced by the Governor of New York, the Massachusetts Grid Modernization regulatory proceeding and our Connect21 dialogue with stakeholders, will help present new opportunities to respond to customers’ needs and build the necessary infrastructure to address them.

Innovation and technology

Technology developments have the potential to reshape our market

There is continued significant technological development in the energy sector as new technologies take shape and approach commercial viability.

HVDC technology could play an important part in the development of a more integrated electricity grid, particularly the extension of offshore links.

This influences demand and helps us to manage supply

While carbon-based generation is likely to remain a significant part of the global energy mix, carbon capture and storage technologies may become critical to governments achieving their climate change targets. Technologies such as energy storage, electric transportation and distributed generation all have the potential to affect our networks significantly. New consumer products, such as alternative fuelled vehicles and distributed generation, will increase demand and require new infrastructure.

Smart grids will change the way loads are balanced across the distribution network, allowing our customers to make smarter energy choices and increasing network flexibility. Our infrastructure needs the flexibility to respond innovatively to emerging developments, potentially by being managed differently rather than by creating new infrastructure to meet supply and demand changes.


14    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Our vision and strategy      Our vision describes our intentions and aspirations at the highest level. Our strategic objectives set out what we believe we need to achieve to deliver our vision and be recognised as a leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and resilient energy infrastructure.

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

15

 

LOGO


3816    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14

What we do

Electricity

The electricity industry connects generation sources to homes and businesses through transmission and distribution networks. Electricity is sold to consumers by companies that have bought it from generators and that pay to use the networks across which it is transmitted.

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

17

 

www.nationalgrid.com

System operator

As system operator (SO) for England and Wales, we coordinate and direct electricity flows onto and over the transmission system, balancing generation supply and user demand. Where necessary, we pay sources of supply and demand to increase or decrease their generation or usage.

We have the same role for the two high voltage electricity transmission networks in Scotland and we have been appointed as system operator for the offshore electricity transmission regime.

Our charges for SO services in the UK are subject to a price control approved by Ofgem. System users pay us for connection, for using the system and balancing services.

As electricity transmission system operator, our price control includes incentives to minimise the costs and associated risks of balancing the system through buying and selling energy, as well as procuring balancing services from industry participants.

In the US, similar services are provided by independent system operators.

LOGO


18    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

What we do

Gas

The gas industry connects producers, processors, storage, transmission and distribution network operators, as well as suppliers to industrial, commercial and domestic users.

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

19

 

Non-financial KPIs

 

System operator

As system operator we are responsible for the high pressure gas National Transmission System (NTS) in Great Britain. We have responsibility for the residual balancing activities on the NTS and for keeping the physical system within safe operating limits.

 Strategic element#  Measuring performance for  

Our price control, set by Ofgem, includes incentives that aim to maintain and improve our daily operational efficiency and are subject to renegotiation at set intervals.

 KPI Definition     

LOGO


 

Operational

excellence:

 Safety and reliability Employee lost time injury frequency rate  Number of employee lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked on a 12 month basis  
   

 

20    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

How we make

money from

our regulated

assets

Our transmission and distribution businesses
operate as regulated monopolies. Regulators
safeguard customers’ interests by setting the
level of charges we are allowed to pass on,

so that we provide value for money while

maintaining safe and reliable networks,

and deliver good customer service.

     Network reliability targets  Various definitions appropriate

In the UK we have one regulator for our businesses, Ofgem. In the US, different services and locations are regulated by different bodies. For the areas in which we operate, these are the relevant state regulators and FERC.

Each of our regulatory agreements can include differences in structure, terms and values, which we summarise below. You can find more details about regulatory agreements on pages 160 to 165.

The value of our regulated assets is calculated based on the terms of our regulatory agreements. In the UK, the value of regulated assets is also indexed for inflation.

Our regulatory agreements also determine the amount we are allowed to charge customers, commonly referred to as our allowed revenues. Allowed revenue is calculated based on a number of factors:

Depreciation of regulated assets – the value of regulated assets is depreciated over an anticipated lifespan. The amount of depreciation is included in our allowed revenue, which represents the repayment of the amount we have invested in the asset.

Return on equity and cost of debt – regulated assets are funded through debt or equity. Regulatory agreements set this ratio. The equity portion earns a ‘return on equity’. This represents the profit we can earn on our investment in regulated assets. The debt portion earns an allowance based on the cost of debt (interest costs).

Some regulatory agreements allow us to charge customers based on the interest we pay; others use an external benchmark interest rate to incentivise us to raise debt efficiently. The benchmark interest method also provides an opportunity to outperform our regulatory allowance.

Cost of service – in establishing our regulatory agreements, our regulators consider what costs an efficiently run company would incur to operate and maintain our networks. They vary and examples can include costs relating to employees, office rental, IT systems and taxes.

The regulators have different approaches to determining what is considered an efficient or prudent cost and this may be different to the actual costs we incur.

Investment in network assets – in the UK we are given a cost allowance to make necessary investments in the networks. These investment costs allowed by the regulator are linked to the outputs delivered by the networks.

Performance against incentives – our regulatory agreements, mainly in the UK, include incentives that are designed to encourage specific actions, such as reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

Outperforming against incentive targets can increase our allowed revenues in the current year or a future year. Failing to achieve certain minimum targets may lead to a reduction in our allowed revenue.

A further incentive mechanism enables customers and shareholders to share the difference between allowed and actual costs via adjustments to revenue.

Commodity costs – in the US, we supply gas and electricity to customers who have chosen us as their supplier. Most of our regulatory agreements include mechanisms known as trackers that allow us to recover the costs we incur when we buy gas and electricity.

Deferrals – the costs we incur may not be included in the calculation of allowed revenue in the same year. Instead, these are deferred for regulatory purposes and we can normally recover them in future years. See pages 08 and 09 of the Financial review.

For example, in the US we incur costs restoring power to customers immediately after a major storm. However, these costs will generally be included in allowed revenue over a number of years and may not start until the relevant lineregulator has approved a request. This can be some time after the storm and may not cover all the costs.

Timing – our regulated revenue entitlements are set based on our regulatory price controls. We use forecast energy volumes that we expect to deliver to set the billing tariff. Where there is a difference between the actual and estimated energy volumes, the amount of businessrevenue we collect will be different. Differences arising from volume and revenue entitlement changes are typically collectable in the following year for the US. For information about timing in the UK, see pages 08 and 09.

LOGO

Financial review

pages 06 – 09

UK regulation

pages 160 – 162

US regulation

pages 162 – 165


  
 

 

Strategic Report

 

All:Corporate Governance

 People

Financial Statements

  Employee engagement index

Additional Information

  Employee engagement index calculated using responses to our employee survey

21

  

Engaging

externally:

Stakeholder engagementCustomer satisfactionOur position in customer satisfaction surveys

Innovation & efficiency:Environmental responsibilityGreenhouse gas emissionsPercentage reduction in greenhouse gas emissions against our 1990 baseline

 

Network reliability targets

 

                
 

 

 
     Performance     Measure  Target   
 

 

 
     07/08    08/09    09/10    10/11    11/12         11/12   
 

 

 
 

Electricity transmission – UK

   99.9999     99.9999     99.9999     99.9999    99.999999    %   99.9999   
 

 

 
 

Gas transmission – UK

   100     100     100     100    100    %   100   
 

 

 
 

Gas distribution – UK

   99.999     99.9999     99.999     99.999    99.999    %   99.999   
 

 

 
 

Electricity transmission – US

   437     266     147     414    558    MWh losses     
 

 

 
 

Electricity distribution – US

   110     114     114     123    121    Minutes of outage     
 

 

 
 *Targets are set jurisdictionally by operating company  

 

See page 34 for additional details on network reliability

 

  

 

Customer satisfaction

 

                
 

 

 
             Performance (quartile)     Measure  Target   
 

 

 
      09/10    10/11    11/12           
 

 

 
 

UK Gas Distribution

       4th     4th    3rd    Quartile ranking   Improve   
 

 

 
 

Gas distribution – US: Residential

       3rd     2nd    3rd    Quartile ranking   Improve   
 

 

 
 

Gas distribution – US: Commercial

       2nd     4th    3rd    Quartile ranking   Improve   
 

 

 
 

Electricity – US: Residential

       4th     3rd    3rd    Quartile ranking   Improve   
 

 

 
 

Electricity – US: Commercial

       3rd     2nd    2nd    Quartile ranking   Improve   
 

 

 

LOGO
LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc39


Business Review

 

Delivering our strategy

Risks to delivery

The Board is committed to the long-term success of the Company and the protection of our reputation and assets. It ensures we maintain a sound system of internal control in order to safeguard the interests of our shareholders.

Our system of internal control, and in particular our risk management process, has been designed to manage rather than eliminate material risks to the achievement of our strategic and business objectives while also recognising that any such process can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. This process complies with the Turnbull working party guidance, revised October 2005, and additionally contributes to our compliance with the obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 and other internal assurance activities.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the schedule of matters reserved to the Board, the Board retains overall responsibility for our system of internal control and monitoring of its effectiveness. Our system of internal control is based on thorough and systematic processes for the identification and assessment of business critical risks and their management and monitoring over time. In depth reports are provided from both line managers and internal assurance providers such as corporate audit, corporate risk and ethics and compliance. These reports are provided to the Committees in relation to their specific areas of responsibility and they, in turn, provide reports to the Board.

The Board reviews the effectiveness of our internal control process, including around financial reporting, on an annual basis to ensure it remains robust and to identify any weaknesses. The latest review covered the financial year to 31 March 2012 and included the period to the approval of this Annual Report and Accounts. It included:

the receipt of a letter of assurance from the Chief Executive which consolidates key matters of interest raised through the year-end assurance process;

assurance from Committees as appropriate, with particular reference to the reports received from the Audit and Risk & Responsibility Committees on reviews undertaken at their meetings; and

assurances about the certifications required under Sarbanes-Oxley as a result of our US reporting obligations.

Risk management process

Our risk management process is designed to protect value and enhance performance by building vigilance, agility and resilience into our management process. The process ensures that risks are assessed against a uniform set of criteria, continuously managed and regularly reported in a visible and structured manner. The output informs management decisions and provides assurance to management and the Board, helping to safeguard our assets and reputation.

Our risk management process is based on comprehensive bottom-up and top-down assessments of a wide range of risks, which typically include strategic, operational (including safety and reliability), financial and project risks. All businesses and the corporate and global functions that support them, prepare and maintain risk registers to capture their key risks and the actions being taken to manage them. Executive Directors and other senior management review, challenge and debate these bottom-up results, producing an overall evaluation of the risks facing the Company. The Executive, Audit and Risk & Responsibility Committees review the risk profile and any changes to it in accordance with their terms of reference, and the Audit Committee reviews the overall risk management process.

In the last year, a number of enhancements to the process were initiated. The corporate risk function was reorganised and brought into the strategic planning and corporate development function to provide appropriate regional focus in line with the new operating model and to forge stronger links with strategic planning activities. The Board considered the characteristics of our corporate risk appetite and the outcome will determine the appropriate risk appetite for us in the pursuit and delivery of our corporate strategy. New reporting formats, including dashboards incorporating risk timings and mitigation objectives, were developed and rolled out to focus the risk management debate toward future actions. Also, the implementation of a governance, risk and compliance system that will improve our ability to link risks, automate risk metrics and capture associated assurance data has commenced.

Compliance management process

Our enterprise wide compliance management process is consistent with, and complementary to, our risk management process and provides assurance to senior management on the effectiveness of control frameworks to manage key internal and external obligations, and also highlights any instances of significant non compliance with those obligations. External obligations are driven primarily by key legal and regulatory requirements, while internal obligations focus on compliance with our corporate policies and procedures.

In examining a business area’s compliance performance, we look for any actual or potential instances of non compliance and consult with other assurance providers. Before issuing an opinion on an area’s compliance control framework, we obtain the views of experts in the field such as internal safety and environmental specialists.

The Executive, Risk & Responsibility and Audit Committees each receive a report twice a year setting out our key internal and external compliance obligations and any significant non compliance with those obligations, together with compliance opinions and action plans to improve controls where necessary.

40National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Risk factors

Our risk management process has identified the following risk factors that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation, as well as the value and liquidity of our securities. Any investment decision regarding our securities and any forward-looking statements made by us should be considered in the light of these risk factors and the cautionary statement set out on the back cover.

 

How our
strategy
Our vision and strategic objectives explain
what is important to us, so we can meet
our commitments and deliver value.
creates
value
Customer and community value

Our business model – a virtuous circle of growth

   Safety and reliability – we aim to provide reliable networks safely, which is essential to safeguard our customers, employees and the communities in which we operate.

LOGO

Harmful activitiesAffordability – we aim to provide services in a cost-efficient way, which helps to reduce the impact on customer bills.

Customer service – providing essential services that meet the needs of our customers and communities is a crucial part of the value they expect from us.

Sustainability – we aim to protect the environment and preserve resources for current and future generations.

Emergency services – we provide telephone call centres, coordinate the response to gas emergencies, and respond to severe weather events.

Community engagement – we listen to the communities we serve and work hard to

address concerns about the development of our networks. Our employees volunteer for community-based projects and we support educational initiatives in schools.

Shareholder value

Regulatory frameworks – operating within sound regulatory frameworks provides stability. Ensuring these frameworks maintain a balance between risk and return underpins our investment proposition.

Reputation – our approach to safety and our reliability record underpin our reputation. These are important factors that enable positive participation in regulatory discussions and the pursuit of new business opportunities.

Efficient operations – efficient capital and operational expenditure allows us to deliver network services at a lower cost and reduces working capital requirements.

Customers and communities – our focus on safety and reliability, as well as efficient investment in our networks, means that we are able to provide our customers and the communities in which we operate with the highest quality service we can. This makes sure they are able to access vital and reliable services whenever they need, wherever we operate.

Reinvestment in our business – to continue generating reasonable returns for our shareholders and revenue growth, we reinvest efficiently in our regulated assets. This is critical to the sustainability of our business. By challenging our investment decisions, we continue to deliver reliable, cost-effective networks that benefit our customers.

Revenue – the majority of our revenue is set in accordance with our regulatory agreements. This allows us a level of certainty over future revenues if we continue to meet safety and reliability targets, as well as the efficiency and innovation targets included in the new RIIO licence agreements in our UK regulated businesses.

Cash flow – our ability to convert revenue to cash is an important factor in the ongoing reinvestment in our business and our ability to provide sustainable value growth for our shareholders. Our focus on efficient development of our networks is important in maximising free cash flow.

Maximising incentives – positive performance under incentive mechanisms, and delivery of the outputs our customers and regulatory stakeholders require, helps us to make the most of our allowed returns.

Funding and cash flow management – securing low cost funding and carefully managing our cash flows are essential to maintaining strong returns for our investors.

Disciplined investment – we can achieve future revenue and earnings growth by increasing our regulatory asset value and rate base in line with regulatory capital allowances. Investment in non-regulated assets helps us to use and enhance our core capabilities with the aim of delivering attractive returns.

   


 

 

Aspects of our activities are potentially hazardous or could damage the environment.

Potentially hazardous activities that arise in connection with our business include the operation22    National Grid Annual Report and maintenance of electricity generation facilities, electricity lines and substations and the storage, transmission and distribution of gas. We are subject to laws and regulations in the UK and US governing health and safety matters to protect the public and our employees, who could potentially be harmed by these activities. Electricity and gas utilities also typically use and generate hazardous and potentially hazardous products and by-products. In addition, there may be other aspects of our operations that are not currently regarded or proved to have adverse effects but could become so, such as the effects of electric and magnetic fields.Accounts 2013/14

 

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, and the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste materials. These expose us to costs and liabilities relating to our operations and properties whether current, including those inherited from predecessor bodies, or formerly owned by us, and sites used for the disposal of our waste. The cost of future environmental remediation obligations is often inherently difficult to estimate and uncertainties can include the extent of contamination, the appropriate corrective actions and our share of the liability. We are increasingly subject to regulation in relation to climate change and are affected by requirements to reduce our own carbon emissions as well as reduction in energy use by our customers.

We commit significant expenditure to complying with these laws and regulations and to meeting our obligations under negotiated settlements. If more onerous requirements are imposed or our ability to recover these costs under regulatory frameworks changes, this could have a material adverse impact on our businesses, reputation, results of operations and financial position. Furthermore, any breach of our regulatory or contractual obligations or our climate change targets, or even incidents that do not amount to a breach, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and our reputation.

For more information about environmental, climate change and health and safety matters relating to our businesses, see the corporate responsibility section of our website.

  

 

Internal control
and risk
management

  

National Grid is exposed to a variety of uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on:

InfrastructureŸ  the Company’s financial condition;

Ÿ  our operational results;

Ÿ  our reputation; and

Ÿ  the value and ITliquidity of our shares.

The Board is committed to protecting and enhancing our reputation and assets, while safeguarding the interests of our shareholders. It has overall responsibility for the Company’s system of risk management and internal control.

Below, we describe the main arrangements put in place so that the Board can carry out this responsibility and so that its members can be assured of the integrity of the Company’s risk management and internal control systems, financial information and financial controls.

Risk management approach

Our Company-wide corporate risk management process provides a framework through which we can consistently identify, assess, prioritise, manage and report risks. It is designed to support delivery of our strategic and business objectives described on pages 14 and 15.

The risks we identify are collated in risk registers and are reported at functional and regional levels of the Company. These registers include an assessment of how likely it is that each risk will materialise.

They highlight the potential ‘worst case credible’ financial and reputational impact of the risk and details of mitigation activities. The risk registers also describe the adequacy of our existing risk controls. The main risks for our UK and US businesses are summarised and are reviewed, reported and discussed regularly by our senior leadership team.

In addition, we also record the main strategic risks for the Company which are developed through discussions with the Executive leadership team. These risks are reported and discussed with the Executive Committee and Audit Committee every six months and by the Chief Executive through quarterly performance reports.

During 2013/14 the Board reviewed the main elements of our risk management process. This included validating the risks included in our corporate risk profile and consideration of how we treat special categories of risks, such as potential extreme catastrophic events and emerging risks (uncertainties that are still developing). The results of the Board review are being incorporated into the ongoing work of the Corporate Risk team.

   

Our Board also sets and monitors risk appetite annually. We have a framework that differentiates our appetite for risk by categories. At the annual review meeting, the Board compares the decisions the Company has taken to the appetite level in each category. It then considers the appropriate appetite levels to set for the year ahead.

 

WeOur principal risks

Accepting that it is not possible to identify, anticipate or eliminate every risk that may arise and that risk is an inherent part of doing business, our risk management process aims to provide reasonable assurance that we understand and manage the main uncertainties that we face in delivering our objectives.

This includes consideration of inherent risks, which exist because of the nature of day-to-day operations in our industry. An overview of the key inherent risks we face is provided on pages 167 to 169. Examples include:

Ÿ  aspects of the work we do could potentially harm employees, contractors, members of the public or the environment;

Ÿ  we may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non network operations.

Operational performance could be materially adversely affected by a failurenon-network operations due to maintain the health of the system or network, inadequate forecasting of demand, inadequate record keeping or control of data or failure of information systems andtechnology supporting technology. This could cause us to fail to meet agreed standards of service, incentive and reliability targets, or be in breach of a licence, approval, regulatory requirement or contractual obligation, and even incidents that do not amount to a breach could result in adverse regulatory and financial consequences, as well as harming our reputation.business-critical processes;

In addition to these risks, we may be affected by other potential events that are largely outside our control such as the impact of weather (including as a result of climate change), unlawful or unintentional acts of third parties, insufficient supply or force majeure. Weather conditions can affect financial performance and severe weather that causes outages or damages infrastructure will materially adversely affect operational and potentially business performance and our reputation.

Malicious attack, sabotage or other intentional acts may also damage our assets or otherwise significantly affect corporate activities and, as a consequence, have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Unauthorised access to, or deliberate breaches of, our IT systems may also seek to access and manipulate our proprietary business data or customer information. Unauthorised access to private customer information may make us liable for a violation of data privacy regulations.

Even where we establish business continuity controls and security against threats against our systems these may not be sufficient.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plcŸ  41


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

Risks to delivery continued

Law and regulation

Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us.

Many of our businesses are utilities or networks subject to regulation by governments and other authorities. Changes in law or regulation or regulatory policy and precedent in the countries or states in which we operate (including the new RIIO approach in the UK) could materially adversely affect us.

Decisions or rulings concerning, for example:

(i)     whether licences, approvals or agreements to operate or supply are granted or are renewed, or whether there has been any breach of the terms of a licence, approval or regulatory requirement; and

(ii)    timely recovery of incurred expenditure or obligations, the ability to pass through commodity costs, a decoupling of energy usage and revenue, and other decisions relating to the impact of general economic conditions on us, our markets and customers, implications of climate change, the level of permitted revenues and dividend distributions for our businesses and in relation to proposed business development activities,

could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows, the financial condition of our businesses and the ability to develop those businesses in the future.

For further information see pages 24 to 29 which explain our regulatory environment in detail.

Business development activity

New businesses or activities that we undertake alone or with partners may not be earnings positive and may expose us to additional operational and financial risk.

Business development activities, including acquisitions, disposals and joint ventures, entail a number of risks, including that they may be based on incorrect assumptions or conclusions, failure to realise planned levels of synergy and efficiency savings, the inability to integrate acquired businesses effectively and we may suffer unanticipated costs and liabilities and other unanticipated effects.

We may also be liable for the past acts, omissions or liabilities of companies or businesses we have acquired, which may be unforeseen or greater than anticipated. In the case of joint ventures, we may have limited control over operations and our joint venture partners may have interests that diverge from our own. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition, and could also impact our ability to enter into other transactions.

Business performance

Future business performance may not meet expectations.

Earnings maintenance and growth from our regulated gas and electricity businesses will be affected by our ability to meet or exceed efficiency targets and service quality standards set by, or agreed with, our regulators. In addition, from time to time we publish cost and efficiency savings targets for our businesses. If we do not meet these targets and standards, or if we do not deliver the capital

investment in our business plan or implement the transformation projects we are carrying out as envisaged, or are not able to shape our operating model to deliver success under RIIO, we may not achieve the expected benefits, our business may be materially adversely affected and our performance, results of operations and reputation may be materially harmed.

Cost escalation

Changeschanges in foreign currency rates, interest rates or commodity prices could materially impact earnings or our financial condition.condition;

We have significant operations in the US and so are subjectŸ  an inability to the exchange rate risks normally associated with non UK operations, including the need to translate US assets and liabilities, and income and expenses, into sterling, our primary reporting currency. In addition, our results of operations and net debt position may be affected because a significant proportion of our borrowings, derivative financial instruments and commodity contracts are

affected by changes inaccess capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates commodity price indicescould affect how we maintain and exchange rates, in particular the dollar to sterling exchange rate.grow our businesses; and

Furthermore, our cash flowŸ  customers and counterparties may be materially affected as a result of settling hedging arrangements entered into to manage our exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price exposure, or by cash collateral movements relating to derivative market values, which also depend on the sterling exchange rate into euro and other currencies.not perform their obligations.

 


 

Operating costs may increase faster than revenues.

Income under our price controls in the UK is linked to the RPI.

Our operating costs may increase without a corresponding increase in the RPI and therefore without a corresponding increase in UK revenues. Our income under our rate plans in the US is not typically linked to inflation.

 

 

In periods of inflation in the US, our operating costs may increase by more than our revenues. In both the UK and US such increased costs may materially adversely affect our results of operations.Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

23

  

42National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

 

  Cost escalation continuedPrincipal risks

We may be required to make significant contributions to fund pension and other post-retirement benefits.

We participate in a number of pension schemes that together cover substantially all our employees. In both the UK and US, the principal schemes are defined benefit schemes where the scheme assets are held independently of our own financial resources. In the US, we also have other post-retirement benefit schemes. Estimates of the amount and timing of future funding for the UK and US schemes are based on actuarial assumptions and other factors including: the actual and projected market performance of the scheme assets, future long-term bond yields, average life expectancies and relevant legal requirements.

Actual performance of scheme assets may be affected by volatility in debt and equity markets, exacerbated by the eurozone crisis. Changes in these assumptions or other factors may require us to make additional contributions to these pension schemes which, to the extent they are not recoverable under our price controls or state rate plans, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

  
  Financing

Our corporate risk profile contains the principal risks that the Board considers to be the main ones currently faced by the Company. An overview of these risks is provided below, together with examples of the relevant controls and liquiditymitigating actions we are taking.

Strategic objective

Risk description

Example of mitigations

Deliver growth

Failure to identify the right opportunities to execute our strategic ambition.

Failure to sufficiently grow our core business and have viable options for new business over the longer term would negatively affect the Group’s credibility and jeopardise the achievement of intended financial returns.

Our ability to achieve our ambition for growth is subject to a wide range of external uncertainties, including the availability of potential investment targets and attractive financing; and internal uncertainties, such as the performance of our operating businesses and our business planning model assumptions.

Ÿ  We regularly monitor and analyse market conditions, competitors and their potential strategies, as well as the performance of our Group portfolio. We are also looking to access new sources of finance and capabilities through partnering.

Ÿ  We have internal processes for reviewing and approving investments in new businesses, disposals of existing ones and organic growth investment opportunities. These processes are reviewed regularly to make sure our approach supports our short- and long-term strategies. We undertake due diligence exercises on investment or partnering opportunities and carry out post-investment reviews to make sure we learn lessons for the future.

Engage externally

Inability to influence future energy policy.

Policy decisions by regulators, governments and others directly affect our business. We must engage widely in the energy policy debate, making sure our position and perspective help to shape future policy direction.

Ÿ  In the UK, we are working closely with DECC on Electricity Market Reform (EMR) plans. We have also restructured our business so we are prepared for our new role under EMR and to make sure we are well positioned to deliver value under RIIO. The Board is also continuing to monitor the increasing public debate around the cost, availability, security and sustainability of UK energy supplies.

      

Maintenance and growth of our business requires access to capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates.

Our business is financed through cash generated from our ongoing operations, bank lending facilities and the capital markets, particularly the long-term debt capital markets. Some of the debt we issue is rated by credit rating agencies and changes to these ratings may affect both our borrowing capacity and borrowing costs. In addition, restrictions imposed by regulators may also limit how we service the financial requirements of our current businesses or the financing of newly acquired or developing businesses.

Financial markets can be subject to periods of volatility and shortages of liquidity, which may be exacerbated by the eurozone crisis. If we were unable to access the capital markets or other sources of finance at competitive rates for a prolonged period, our cost of financing may increase, the discretionary and uncommitted elements of our proposed capital investment programme may need to be reconsidered and the manner in which we implement our strategy may need to be reassessed. The occurrence of any such

events could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our regulatory agreements impose lower limits for the long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings that certain companies within the group must hold or the amount of equity within their capital structures. One of the key limits requires National Grid plc to hold an investment grade long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating. In addition, some of our regulatory arrangements impose restrictions on the way we can operate. These include regulatory requirements for us to maintain adequate financial resources within certain parts of our operating businesses and may restrict the ability of National Grid plc and some of our subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions, including paying dividends, lending cash and levying charges. The inability to meet such requirements or the occurrence of any such restrictions may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Customers and counterparties

Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations.

Our operations are exposed to the risk that customers, suppliers, financial institutions and others with whom we do business will not satisfy their obligations, which could materially adversely affect our financial position.

This risk is most significant where our subsidiaries have concentrations of receivables from gas and electricity utilities and their affiliates, as well as industrial customers and other purchasers, and may also arise where customers are unable to pay us as a result of increasing commodity prices or adverse economic conditions.

Employees and others

We need to attract and retain employees with the skills and experience required to deliver our strategy and ensure they are engaged to act in our best interests.

Our ability to implement our strategy depends on the capabilities and performance of our employees. Our ability to implement our strategy may be negatively affected by the loss of key personnel or an inability to attract, train or retain appropriately qualified personnel (in particular for technical positions where availability of appropriately qualified personnel may be limited), or if significant disputes arise with our employees and, as a result, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

There is a risk that an employee or someone acting on our behalf may breach our internal controls or internal governance framework or may contravene applicable laws and regulations. This could have an impact on our results of operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plcŸ  43


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

Risks to delivery continued

Responding to our risks

When appropriate, management implements processes, procedures and controls to minimise the likelihood of a risk occurring or the potential impact if it does occur. Below are examples of the actions implemented to address the risks discussed above. It is not possible to eliminate a risk and even where a response is in place and effective, a risk may still occur.

Harmful activities

We have implemented safety and occupational health plans, programmes and procedures that are aimed at continuous improvements in safety performance. We continue to focus on process safety, which ensures that at all stages of the asset life cycle key safety considerations are taken into account. This includes the process and procedures that govern the development and design of the assets, the competence of the staff who will build, operate and maintain the assets and the quality of the materials used to construct them. Group wide initiatives are supplemented with regional specific safety programmes aimed at addressing specific areas to ensure safety is at the forefront of every employee’s mind.

During the life cycle of our assets, we develop risk assessments and method statements to ensure the safety of those working on

equipment, the safety of the public and the operational performance of the system are not compromised. More information on our safety initiatives can be found on page 33.

We are working to reduce our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and promote their global reduction through support of mandatory reporting legislation. Our approach to GHG emission reductions is discussed on page 34 and more information can also be found in our annual online corporate responsibility report.

We maintain robust investigation and remediation programmes to clean up wastes. We have engineered controls in place to minimise or mitigate releases to the environment during remediation activities, including containment, alarms, spill response contracts and equipment.

Infrastructure and IT systems

Routine maintenance is supported by a risk-based asset replacement strategy. A global safety management process was initiated last year to reduce the likelihood of a major accident hazard. It focuses on industry best practice risk assessment techniques, which may proactively identify opportunities to improve asset integrity.

In the UK, we have developed increasingly robust demand forecasting processes and scenario analysis in place informed by broad consultation. We use this information to plan our future development activity to ensure our network has the capacity to meet customer demands and also make this analysis available to stakeholders to inform their actions.UK Future Energy Scenarios, available on our website, gives more information.

In the US, where our networks are more susceptible to damage from storms, measures in place to address any interruption include: robust emergency response plans with training and annual drills;

mutual aid agreements with other utilities; communication with regulators on restoration progress and costs; formalised annual business continuity plans and tactical drills; and cross training of personnel on various aspects of emergency response.

To maintain security of supply for our US gas businesses, where we are responsible for procuring and distributing the gas commodity, we maintain a diverse supply portfolio with long- and short-haul transportation agreements. Multiple interstate pipeline connections to our jurisdictions provide access to diverse production basins (US Gulf Coast, Western Rockies, Alberta, midcontinent and eastern shale supplies, Nova Scotia and imported LNG). We also have storage assets and peak shaving facilities.

We use industry best practices as part of our cyber security policies, processes and technologies, and continually invest in cyber strategies that are commensurate with the changing nature of the security landscape.

Law and regulation

We actively participate in regulatory development and implementation to help shape favourable outcomes for our shareholders and the industry.

In the UK, we are proactively working with DECC on their proposals related to Electricity Market Reform. We are also working closely with Ofgem as they review our business plan submissions for RIIO-T1 and RIIO-GD1. Initial feedback has been favourable but final decisions are not due until later in the year and our engagement in this process will continue.

We recently opened an office in Brussels to establish a stronger and more visible presence with EU institutions and policy makers.

We will inform the evolving discussion around: European Network Codes; CO2 reduction targets beyond 2020; the establishment of a North Sea grid; and other areas.

In the US, we have completedbegun to engage our external stakeholders about the reorganisationrole of the utility company of the future, under the banner of Connect21. We believe this conversation will help shape the regulatory and fiscal regime in the US in the future. We are maintaining our business, moving to a jurisdictional model that will allow us to provide a local face to our global businessfocus and to more effectively engage with our regulators and the communities we serve. In addition, we will continue to file new rate cases to enableso our businesses tocan earn a fair and reasonable rate of return. Our rate filings include structural changes where appropriate, such as revenue decoupling mechanisms, capital trackers, commodity relatedcommodity-related bad debt true upstrue-ups and pension and other post-employment benefit true ups.true-ups, as described on pages 162 to 165.

Engage our people

Inability to secure the business capacity, appropriate leadership capability and employee engagement levels required to deliver our vision and strategy.

It is through the high-quality work of our employees that we will achieve our vision, respond to the changing needs of our stakeholders and create a competitive advantage. Obtaining and fostering an engaged and talented team that has the knowledge, training, skills and experience to deliver on our strategic objectives is vital to our success. We must attract, integrate and retain the talent we need at all levels of the business.

Ÿ  We have identified the core capabilities that align with our strategic ambition and continue to develop our Academy to help develop the right skills for the future (see page 40).

Ÿ  We are involved in a number of initiatives to help secure the future engineering talent required (see page 40).

Ÿ  We continue to develop our succession plans for key roles, including leadership.

Ÿ  We have described on page 41 some of the ways we seek to engage employees, including how we promote inclusion and diversity.

Ÿ  We monitor employee engagement and formally solicit employee opinions via a Company-wide employee survey annually.


24    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

  

Internal control and

risk management

continued

 

44National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

  Business development activity

Strategic objective

Risk description

Example of mitigations

  

Deliver

operational

excellence

 

Failure to achieve levels of financial performance required to meet regulatory requirements.

The Group operates under a number of regulatory regimes and we must maintain the performance levels required. Failure to achieve the agreed returns could damage our reputation and threaten future growth opportunities and regulatory arrangements.

Ÿ  We have a US strategy focused on safety and reliability, customer responsiveness, stewardship and cost competitiveness. Performance measures are tracked and reported monthly. US jurisdictional presidents continue to develop strong relationships with local regulators and communities. A process excellence initiative was launched to deliver sustainable and innovative performance improvements with initial focus on six core end-to-end processes.

Ÿ  The UK operating model implemented in 2013 to support our performance under RIIO is now established and we continue to roll out our performance excellence framework across the business.

Ÿ  We monitor network reliability and customer satisfaction as KPIs, as described on page 10.

 

 

Our investmentFailure to deliver appropriate information systems and disposal guidelines explain the review and approval procedure for investments in and acquisitions of new companies and businesses, disposals of existing ones and organic growth investment opportunities.data integrity.

 

They establishThe Company is increasingly reliant on technology to support and maintain our search and selection criteria,business-critical processes. We must be able to rely on the process followed, responsibilitiesperformance of the parties involvedthese systems and the minimumunderlying data to demonstrate the value of our business to our shareholders, and to meet our obligations under our regulatory agreements, and comply with agreements with bond holders and other providers of finance.

  

 

standards for transaction due diligence, including an economic evaluation. They operate in conjunction withŸ  In November 2012, our delegation of authority policynew US back office system went live. A business improvement team has been established to ensure that no transactiona comprehensive and integrated approach is entered into without appropriate approval.applied to the execution of system changes (such as enablement of the LIPA MSA transition) and enhancements to drive business value (such as payroll, supply chain and finance process improvements).

Ÿ  We are undertaking a programme to strengthen identified weaknesses in US controls over financial reporting.

Ÿ  We are implementing a global information management framework focusing on data integrity and security.

Ÿ  We have completed a data assurance programme, and we are developing actions to improve our data quality and integrity processes based on the results.

We experience a catastrophic/major cyber security breach.

Due to the nature of our business we recognise that our critical national infrastructure systems may be a potential target for cyber threats. We must protect our business assets and infrastructure and be prepared for any malicious attack.

Ÿ  We use industry best practices as part of our cyber security policies, processes and technologies.

Ÿ  We continually invest in cyber strategies that are commensurate with the changing nature of the security landscape. This includes collaborative working with DECC and the Centre for Protection of National Infrastructure (CPNI) on key cyber risks and development of an enhanced critical national infrastructure (CNI) security strategy and our involvement in the US with developing the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cyberspace Security Framework.

Failure to prevent a significant process safety event.

The nature of our day-to-day operations is such that safety incidents can occur. The safety of our employees, contractors, suppliers, and the communities in which we operate is critical. We must operate within local laws and regulations relating to health, safety and the environment.

Ÿ  We have established safety and occupational health plans, programmes and procedures that are aimed at continuous improvements in safety performance.

Ÿ  We supplement Company-wide initiatives with specific regional safety programmes. These are aimed at addressing specific areas so that safety is at the forefront of every employee’s mind. We also benchmark against other industry groups to seek and implement best practice.

Ÿ  We continue to focus on process safety, aimed at preventing major incidents. A baseline assessment has been completed and a 10 year plan is under development.

Ÿ  We monitor employee IFR as a KPI as described on page 10.


  
   
    Business performance  
 

 

To meet efficiencyStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

25

Our internal control process

We have a number of processes to support our internal control environment. These processes are managed by dedicated specialist teams, as described in the box on the right. Oversight of these activities is provided through regular review and service quality standards, perform well against our peers, meetreporting to the expectations appropriate Board committees as outlined in the Corporate Governance section on pages 44 to 57.

Reviewing the effectiveness

of our stakeholdersinternal control

Each year the Board reviews the effectiveness of our internal control process, including financial reporting, to make sure it remains robust. The latest review covered the financial year to 31 March 2014 and deliverthe period to the approval of this Annual Report and Accounts. It included:

Ÿ  the Certificate of Assurance for noting following approval by the Audit Committee to provide overall assurance around the effectiveness of National Grid’s risk management and internal controls systems;

Ÿ  where appropriate, assurance from our business plan,committees, with particular reference to the reports received from the Audit, and Safety, Environment and Health Committees on reviews undertaken at their meetings; and

Ÿ  assurances about the certifications required under Sarbanes-Oxley as a result of our US reporting obligations.

Our risk management and internal control processes comply with the Turnbull guidance on internal control and the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code. They are also the basis of our compliance with obligations set by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 and other internal assurance activities.

Internal control over financial reporting

We have specific internal mechanisms to govern the financial reporting process and the preparation of the Annual Report and Accounts. Our financial controls guidance sets out the fundamentals of internal control over financial reporting, which are applied across the Company.

Our financial processes include a range of system, transactional and management oversight controls. In addition, our businesses prepare detailed monthly management reports that include analysis of their results along with comparisons to relevant budgets, forecasts and prior year results. These are presented to and reviewed by senior management within our Finance function.

These reviews are supplemented by quarterly performance reviews, attended by the Chief Executive and Finance Director which consider historical results and expected future performance and involve senior management from both operational and financial areas of the business.

Each month the Finance Director presents a consolidated financial report to the Board.

As part of our assessment of financial controls, we will continue to improve operational performance, service reliability and customer service and investhave identified a number of weaknesses in our infrastructure and the development ofUS financial control framework. Plans are in place to remediate these. For more information, including our IT. We are also carrying out other majoropinion on internal transformation projects. Steeringcontrol over financial reporting, see page 170.

  

 

groups oversee progress on these projectsOur internal control environment

Our specialist teams that manage the processes supporting our internal control environment are described below.

Risk management:

Ÿ  works with the Board to determine risk appetite and regularestablish and implement risk management policies;

Ÿ  is responsible for the independent review and challenge of risk information throughout the business, compilation and analysis of risk profiles and monitoring risk management processes within the Company; and

Ÿ  regularly reports on progress, status and risks are presented to the regional level and Board level oversight committees.

Ethics and compliance management:

Ÿ  maintains our standards of ethical business conduct;

Ÿ  promotes ethical behaviour and monitors compliance with external legal and regulatory requirements; and

Ÿ  operates our whistle-blower helplines and supports activities to prevent and detect bribery.

Corporate audit:

Ÿ  develops and executes a risk-based audit plan; and

Ÿ  provides independent, objective assurance to the Audit Committee, SEH Committee and the Executive Committee. External advisorsCommittee on the extent to which control and specialist expertisegovernance frameworks are soughtoperating effectively.

Safety, environment and post implementation assessments undertaken,health:

Ÿ  develops policy recommendations for the Board;

Ÿ  monitors safety, environment and health performance; and

Ÿ  works with process owners to deliver our safety, environment and health objectives.

Internal controls:

Ÿ  works with process owners to identify, document and test the design and operation of internal control over financial reporting; and

Ÿ  helps refine and improve controls where appropriate, and findings used to inform future programmes.required.

  
    
  Cost escalation

Our treasury function manages financial risks, including foreign currency and interest rate, to within acceptable boundaries and under policies and guidelines approved by the Finance Committee. The treasury function is not operated as a profit centre. Debt and treasury positions are managed in a non speculative manner with all transactions in financial instruments or products matched to an underlying current or anticipated business requirement.

Foreign currency risk: Translation risk is managed by maintaining a ratio of dollar denominated financial liabilities to dollar denominated gross assets of between 85% and 95%. Debt and foreign exchange derivatives are used to provide an economic offset of our dollar cash flows against the servicing of those liabilities.

Transaction risk is managed by hedging contractually committed foreign exchange transactions over a prescribed minimum size. Where foreign currency cash flow forecasts are uncertain and a judgement has to be made, we hedge a proportion based on the likelihood of them occurring, aiming to hedge substantially all such cash flows without over hedging. A hedge may be put in place where a foreign currency exposure is likely to occur but where contracts have yet to be signed. Cover usually involves the forward sale or purchase of foreign currencies and must always relate to forecast underlying operational cash flows.

Interest rate risk: Interest rate risk is managed by seeking to minimise total financing costs (interest costs and changes in the market value of debt) subject to constraints. We do this by using fixed- and floating-rate debt and derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements. We maintain a portion of our debt portfolio as inflation linked bonds. This provides a partial economic offset to the inflation risk associated with our UK inflation linked revenues.

We measure the effectiveness of our interest rate risk management by comparing the actual total financing costs with those of a passively managed benchmark portfolio. This is regularly monitored by the Finance Committee.

Commodity price risk: We manage market price volatility associated with our gas and electricity delivery operations in the US by using forward purchase contracts for electricity, gas and electricity capacity as well as derivative instruments linked to those commodities.

We only participate in the physical and financial markets for which we or our customers have a requirement, and transact only within predefined risk parameters. These parameters are approved by the energy procurement risk management committee, which operates in accordance with authority delegated by the Finance Committee and Executive Committee.

Inflation: Actions to minimise the impact of inflation include: transformation initiatives designed to improve productivity or reduce the cost of delivering outputs; contracting for future needs where appropriate; and a multi supplier tendering process to ensure costs are minimised.

For our US based regulated businesses, if costs have increased significantly since the base year of our last rate case, we may choose to file a new rate case with the relevant regulator.

Pension and other post-retirement benefits: We negotiate recovery of pension costs from our regulators. Working with the pension schemes’ trustees, we also manage the risks associated with our defined benefit pension schemes in two ways:

   investing in assets that match the financial characteristics of the liabilities of the schemes; and

   ensuring that contributions required to repair any deficits are spread over extended periods of time, to smooth the effects of market fluctuations.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc45


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

Risks to delivery continued

Financing and liquidity

We identify short-term liquidity and long-term funding requirements by regularly producing short- and long-term cash flow forecasts, along with undertaking financial headroom analysis. The assessment of our liquidity takes into account the regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to pay dividends from some of our operating businesses.

To facilitate short- and long-term debt issuance, we maintain a number of commercial paper and medium-term note programmes in both the UK and US. We also have an SEC registered debt shelf to facilitate long-term debt issuance into the US capital markets. We manage refinancing risk by limiting the amount of debt maturities on borrowings in any one financial year. Details of our long-term borrowings maturity profile is on page 75.

We also have both committed and uncommitted bank borrowing facilities that are available for general corporate purposes to support our liquidity requirements. The majority of our committed borrowing facilities are used to provide back up to our commercial paper programmes. To date, these have never been drawn and there is no current intention to draw them in the future.

We consider restrictions imposed by regulatory agreements in preparing cash flow forecasts and determining our future funding requirements.

Details of the programmes and facilities we maintain can be found in the debt investors section of our website.

  
    
  Customers and counterparties

Security deposits or other forms of collateral may be obtained from commercial and industrial customers to reduce the risk from customer default. In the US, we have processes to minimise bad debt from retail customers. We actively monitor arrears accounts and require security deposits on high risk accounts, as allowed by regulation. We offer a variety of programmes to help retail customers make their payments, including deferred payment plans for low income customers.

A diversity of commodity suppliers is maintained to reduce the credit or non performance risk from the failure of any one supplier.

The Finance Committee has agreed a policy for managing counterparty risk that sets limits to the exposure we can have based on an individual counterparty’s credit rating from independent rating

agencies. Limits are monitored daily and amended as credit ratings change and are set on a portfolio basis to ensure that our total exposure is acceptable. Given the economic uncertainties in the eurozone, we consider other leading indicators of counterparty distress and reduce exposure below the approved limits, if appropriate.

Where multiple financial transactions are entered into with a single counterparty, a netting arrangement is usually put in place to reduce our exposure to the credit risk arising.

More information about managing counterparty risk is given in note 32(c) to the consolidated financial statements.

  
    
    Employees and others
  


 

 

We maintain a strong commitment26    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

How executive

remuneration aligns

to Company strategy

The Remuneration Committee determines remuneration policy and practices through which we aim to promote the success of the Company by attracting, motivating and retaining high-calibre Executive Directors and other senior employees to deliver value for our shareholders, customers and the communities in which we operate.

 

Our strategy

To be a recognised leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and sustainable energy infrastructure, to meet the needs of our customers and communities and to generate value for our investors.

 

Our strategic objectives

    

The Committee believes that the changes will further enhance the long-term alignment between executive remuneration and the delivery of the corporate strategy.

 

The information set out below describes current rather than future policy.

 

Alignment to strategy

Annual Performance Plan (APP)

Our APP aims to incentivise and reward the achievement of annual financial and strategic business measures, and the delivery of annual individual objectives. Performance metrics, including corporate financial measures and individual objectives, are agreed at the start of each performance year and are aligned with the strategic business priorities for that year.

 

The table below shows the financial measures and their relative weightings that were included within the APP for the Executive Directors for 2013/14:

 

 

LOGO

 

Our vision

and strategy

pages 14 – 15

 

 

Remuneration

Report

 

pages 58 – 73        

 

     

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

  Deliver operational excellence

 

 

  Engage our people

 

  Stimulate innovation

 

  Engage externally

 

  Embed sustainability

 

  Drive growth

     
      
      
      
      
      

Andrew Bonfield

and

Steve Holliday

   
             Tom       King Nick      Winser  
         
     

 

 
     Adjusted EPS 24% 24% 24%  
     Cash flow (Group or regional) 38% 28% 43%  
     

 

UK RoE

 

 

14%

 

 

n/a

 

 

33% 

 
     US RoE 14% 24% n/a  
     

 

US capital plan delivery

 

 

 

10%

 

 

24%

 

 

n/a 

 
     

 

 
         
     

Financial measures together represent 70% of the APP.

 

Individual performance objectives in the APP reflect 30% of the plan and are defined in terms of target and stretch performance requirements. The performance objectives change each year, depending upon business priorities. Examples of individual objectives include those relating to safety, stakeholder relations, employee engagement and capability, and the development of Group and financial strategy.

 

In order to provide balance for all our stakeholders, at the end of the year the Remuneration Committee has discretion to reduce APP awards to take account of any safety, customer, service-related, environmental or governance issues that may have occurred.

 

 
      
      
       

The Remuneration Committee aligns the remuneration policy to our Company strategy and main business objectives. Performance-based incentives are earned through achieving demanding targets for short-term business and individual performance, as well as creating long-term value for our shareholders, customers and the communities in which we operate.

 

Remuneration Committee review

of remuneration

During the year, the Remuneration Committee undertook a detailed review of the remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors, with the aim of achieving further alignment between executive reward and long-term shareholder value.

 

As a result of this review, the Committee is proposing some significant changes to the arrangements for the 2014/15 financial year, and these are set out in detail on pages 58 to 73. Shareholders are being asked to approve these changes at the AGM on 28 July 2014.

     
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

27

Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP)
Our LTPP aims to ethicaldrive long-term performance, aligning Executive Director incentives to key strategic objectives and shareholder interests. Performance measures set are considered to either drive or measure long-term value within the business, conduct.

Our ethics and compliance office was established specifically to answer questions and address concerns about unethical behaviour affecting us.

aligning executive reward with long-term sustainable performance.

 

The significant changestable below shows the performance measures and the relative weightings of these that were included within the LTPP awards made to our business, particularly in the US, have led to our employee engagement index, as shown in our KPIs on page 39, showing there is room for improvement. To demonstrate our commitment to this important area, one of our 2012/13 shared priorities is to increase levels of employee engagement across all of our teams. We will use our engaging for performance framework, see page 32, to deliver this priority.Executive Directors during 2013/14:

 

In the UK, we are confident that we understand our resource and skills gaps in our electricity transmission business and plans are in place to respond to these risks. Plans are not just aimed at recruiting qualified engineers with experience in our industry, but

Performance measure

 

 

recognise that we must look more widely, identifying capable individuals we can trainWeighting

Definitions and develop to create a talent pipeline that will support ourperformance period

Adjusted earnings

per share (EPS)

50%

Threshold performance – where EPS growth over time. In our UK Gas Distribution business, plans are being developed to ensure this is also the case and, in the US, we will create the same levels of assurance as workforce planning, already in place in the UK, is rolled out.exceeds RPI growth by three percentage points

 

We also continueStretch performance – where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by eight percentage points or more

Performance period – three years

Relative total

shareholder return

(TSR)

25%

Threshold performance – where TSR is at the median of the FTSE 100

Stretch performance – where TSR performance is 7.5 percentage points or more above that of the median of the FTSE 100

Performance period – three years

UK and US RoE

25%

Threshold performance – where allowed regulatory returns are achieved (UK) or under-performed by one percentage point (US)

Stretch performance – where allowed regulatory returns are out-performed by at least two percentage points (UK) or at least one percentage point (US)

Performance period – four years

If the Remuneration Committee considers the underlying performance of the Company does not justify the vesting of LTPP awards, even if some or all of the performance measures are satisfied in whole or in part, it can declare that some or all of the awards lapse.

For full details about our remuneration policy and how it is implemented, please see the Remuneration Report on pages 58 to work closely with existing partners, and when appropriate, will seek to create new partnerships. Through our partnerships we can leverage external resources, expertise and best practices to supplement our internal knowledge and experience and ensure that we can deliver our planned capital investment programme.73.


LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

29

  

46National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Information assurance

The Board considers that it is imperative to have accurate and reliable information to enable informed and timely decisions to be taken that further our objectives. Key elements in managing information assurance risks include education, training and awareness.

These initiatives emphasise the importance of information security, the quality of data collection and the affirmation process that supports our business transactions, evidencing our decisions and actions. All communication channels, including training for doing the right thing, make it clear that the accurate and honest reporting of data and other information must never be compromised. These initiatives are supported by the letter of assurance process in which managers affirm, among other things, they have control frameworks in place to ensure data and other information is reported accurately. In line with ongoing transformation initiatives, we continue to monitor and evolve our control processes.

Internal control over financial reporting

Our process

In addition to the risk management process set out on the previous pages, we have specific internal mechanisms to govern the financial reporting process and the preparation of the Annual Report and Accounts. Our financial controls guidance sets out the fundamentals of internal control over financial reporting which are applied across the group and the group accounting guides provide guidance on our accounting policies. Teams of controls specialists are embedded within the business to provide support in developing, implementing and operating effective internal controls and ongoing assurance to management that financial controls are both designed and operating effectively.

Within our processes we have system, transaction and oversight controls. In addition, our businesses prepare detailed monthly management reports which include analysis of their results along with comparisons to relevant budgets, forecasts and prior year results. These are presented to and challenged by senior management within Finance, including the Finance Director, the group financial controller and the global tax and treasury director. The Finance Director, in turn, presents a consolidated management report to the Board.

These reviews are supplemented by quarterly performance reviews, chaired by the Chief Executive. They discuss historical results and expected future performance and involve senior management from both operational and financial areas of the business.

Our opinion

Working with management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 March 2012. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, however the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures has limitations including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Even effective disclosure controls and procedures provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive and Finance Director concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file and submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required and that such information is accumulated and

communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, has carried out an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. As required by Section 404, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 31 March 2012.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012, has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report can be found on page 111.

During the year, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, it.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc47


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

What we delivered this year

 

LOGO 

 

Some of the priorities set for 2011/12 that underpinned our operational excellence strategic goals were to:

Principal   Implement the new operating model and deliver cost reductions in the US.

   Deliver common key processes and execute on best practice initiatives.

   Deliver the UK Gas Distribution transformation programme.

We have successfully implemented the new operating model and have achieved our target of $200 million annualised cost savings in our US businesses compared to 2009/10 real achieved costs. This was not an easy process and in our case study, A new way of doing business, we explore some of the difficult decisions we had to make.

We have made significant progress on a number of our transformation initiatives, as well as driving continuous improvements across the business, but there is more to do and process improvement underpins a number of our priorities for 2012/13.

Our UK Gas Distribution transformation, underpinned by the Gas Distribution front office (GDFO) programme, is already reaping rewards. This year we have met all our standards of service and improved our customer satisfaction scores.

 
operations
 

 

Overview of our UK RIIO-regulated businesses during 2013/14

Over the past year there have been significant regulatory changes in the UK, most notably the introduction of RIIO and its associated incentives.

The programmeRIIO regulatory framework, which began on 1 April 2013, incentivises us to operate efficiently. It also provides opportunities in terms of specific incentives to engage and serve our customers and stakeholders well.

There have been significant Government and regulatory policy changes affecting our business, including the introduction of EMR and the evolution of the system operator role in the long-term planning of the network. Also, with a likely tightening of the margin between electricity supply and demand in the mid to late part of the decade, additional tools have been developed to help us balance the electricity transmission system.

The planning process for obtaining consent for major infrastructure projects has successfully implementedalso changed, requiring significant consultation before an application to the Planning Inspectorate. Our Kings Lynn B connection project was the first to go through the new technologyprocess and was granted consent by the Secretary of State in December 2013.

Progress during 2013/14

Our activities and achievements in the UK during 2013/14 have included:

• Achieving an employee injury frequency rate of 0.06, meeting our target of world-class performance. Initiatives during 2013/14 included a visible safety leadership programme with a renewed focus on behavioural safety and excellent role modelling, as well as introducing best practice incident analysis tools and systems from the US into our UK business so we can improve how we learn from incidents.

• Making significant progress on the implementation of our new UK operating model by concluding the managerial and staff appointment process improvementsin our Transmission business.

• Working with trade unions to agree revisions to pay and terms and conditions for employees. We have also agreed changes to our UK pension arrangements for all employees who have defined benefit (DB) or defined contribution (DC) schemes. These changes aim to make sure our total reward package remains both competitive in the market and sustainable under RIIO.

• Working on the 2013 triennial valuations of our two DB pension plans (for further information see note 29 under ‘Notes to the consolidated financial statements’).

• Maintaining resilient networks during the wettest winter on record. Our networks withstood the winter storms well, when some electricity distribution networks had significant issues. We have installed extra flood protection at critical UK sites, helping maintain reliability and reduce

costs. Following the severe wet weather over Christmas 2013 we have been working on future potential network resilience issues. For details about our reliability performance see page 10.

• Renegotiating our key contracts and introduced new contractor relationships so we can deliver our RIIO outputs efficiently and provide clarity on the accountability for safety between ourselves and our contractors.

• Continuing to focus on delivering excellent levels of service. 2013/14 has been the first year in which we have had incentives for customer and stakeholder satisfaction for our emergencyregulated businesses. Ofgem set a baseline target of 6.9 for customer and maintenance,stakeholder satisfaction for our regulated transmission businesses with scoring ranging from 1 – very dissatisfied to 10 – very satisfied. We have performed well in our customer surveys, scoring 7.2 for our Gas Transmission business and 7.4 for our Electricity Transmission business. The stakeholder surveys are newly introduced but early indications are that both transmission businesses are in line to achieve good results for stakeholder satisfaction.

• Under RIIO our gas distribution customer service operations. The final GDFO deployment to our repair teams,satisfaction results are now reported on an annual basis, rather than quarterly, which was delayed, is nowhow we reported them under our previous price control. We will publish the results on track to complete ahead ofour website in the Olympics this summer.

We have replaced all telephony hardware and introduced a new customer service solution for the national gas emergency service. The new system provides information on job progress and previous work at our customers’ premises enabling us to rapidly communicate with engineers about any issue, in response to customers’ needs. We have already seen an improvement in service levels and this will support further enhancement of our customer satisfaction scores.

System investment was key to the improved operational performance forecast we gave to Ofgemsummer as part of our RIIO-GD1 submission, where we committedcommitment to delivering significant efficienciesour stakeholders, and in our deliveryAnnual Report and Accounts for 2014/15.

• Extensive involvement in the development of outputs.new network codes to underpin the European internal energy market.

• Focusing on changing our ways of working – supporting the development of our global performance excellence framework with targeted roll-out in the UK. Our approach has been to build up the capability requirements through early adopters before starting the full-scale roll-out over the coming months.

 

Principal risks   We have replaced

Our regional risk profile describes the main risks our legacy asset databases so,UK business faces. Below, we provide an overview of some of the risk themes we are managing:

• the risk of changes to the complex political and regulatory agenda for UK and European energy policy development and their potential implications for our business;

• challenges associated with making sure the first time, alldata required to deliver business processes and regulatory requirements is complete, accurate and consistent;

• the impact of changes in our gas distribution asset records are in one place; all 95 million have been loaded into the systems.business structure and processes on our ability to continue to perform under RIIO; and

   Network extensions• continued management of safety, security and replacements are now designed directly onto online maps and work orders are produced automatically instead of designs being created on paper with manually produced work orders.network resilience.

LOGO  

   


LOGO

Streamlining processes

   The integrated systems are helping to improve the efficiency of our end-to-end processes through better designs, eliminating data duplication, streamlining capital planning and providing improved management information to enable better decision-making.

   The system delivers real time geographical visibility of all work and vehicles which, along with auto scheduling and the ability to bulk issue and drip feed work, will help to optimise the efficiency of our field staff.

   Our maintenance process, after early challenges when the system was introduced in 2010, is now seeing significant operational improvements. Maintenance productivity has improved by 16% and our on time response to faults has also improved significantly.

As part of our UK Gas Distribution transformation programme, we have redesigned many critical business processes so we can improve the service we deliver to customers and, at the same time, achieve cost efficiencies and improve employee productivity. We have reduced the number of core business systems from 40 to four and created an integrated solution, with geospatial planning, scheduling and mobile applications. This will enhance our asset and work management capabilities and should ensure our field staff are able to respond to customers quickly and effectively.

16%

improvement

in maintenance

productivity

5,500

field staff using the

new system once

fully rolled out

48National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

As we enter each new year, we assess our strategy and set priorities for the coming period. These priorities cover a broad array of actions that will collectively, over time, deliver our strategy. Some examples of the actions taken this year can be found in the How do we deliver? section on pages 32 to 37. In this section, we provide a closer look at some of our priorities and how we have performed against them during the year.

A step change in IS

Our business is evolving to meet the demands of our customers and regulators; we have revised our organisational structure and sourcing strategies; and are working to ensure that our IS are also positioned to support us. We are taking a new approach to system design and delivery, infrastructure and service delivery across our IS landscape with the following objectives:

LOGOLOGOThe new US model provides focus, clarity and transparency to help us better meet the needs, and expectations, of our local communities, customers and regulators.LOGO

   removing the reliance on an ageing infrastructure and complex

  Tom King Executive Director US

application portfolio that limit our ability to deliver a reliable service and respond to growth opportunities;

   meeting the challenge of our customers and regulators to operate more efficiently and continue to deliver quality services at better value; and

   developing the capability and capacity to deliver more and better IS solutions and services to the business in response to our customers’ needs.

Our new IS operating model includes six strategic partners, to help the delivery of our investment plan, and levels of investment that would be unachievable if we did not significantly change our ways of working. Under this partner leveraged approach, IS should be able to offer a more flexible, agile, cost effective, transparent and responsive delivery model for its services. The expected benefits of the new model are:

   operating through one common global infrastructure, standard processes and tools, which makes managing our systems simpler and more efficient;

    delivering higher quality at better value – which is being demanded by our customers and regulators;

    partnering with businesses across the Company to better serve our customers;

   providing real cost transparency – helping the businesses to make more informed decisions around service levels and investments; and

   significantly more secure and resilient IS environment protecting our assets and information.

 

 

A new way of doing business30    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

In 2011, we changed from a global line of business model to a regional model with Tom King, Executive Director US, leading our US business. The change was made because our customers and regulators were looking for something more closely aligned to their local needs. We also recognised the need to balance local needs with our objective of achieving greater efficiency and, where we could achieve cost savings through centralising activities, we continued to pursue these opportunities. Principal operations

 

The primary focus was to improve our US performance. A more locally focused organisation led by regional presidents responsible for understanding and meeting the needs of customers, communities and regulators in each state or jurisdiction where we operate was created. The restructuring included a significant reduction in cost with the elimination of 1,150 management roles. While this was a difficult time for all those involved, it was essential to take this action to reduce costs, as payroll represented our most significant ongoing expense. The key concerns were to ensure that: we were fair to our people; retained the right balance of skills and expertise to grow the business for the future; maintained service levels to our customers; and designed an organisational model that was sustainable while still keeping the goal of reducing costs by $200 million firmly in mind.continued

 

UK Electricity Transmission

During

What we do

We own the restructuring,electricity transmission system in England and Wales. Our networks comprise approximately 7,200 kilometres (4,470 miles) of overhead line, 1,400 kilometres (870 miles) of underground cable and 335 substations.

We are also the national electricity transmission system operator, responsible for both the England and Wales transmission system, and the two high voltage transmission networks in Scotland, which we revieweddo not own.

Day-to-day operation of the activitiessystem involves the continuous real-time matching of every functiondemand and generation output. We are also designated as system operator for the new offshore electricity transmission regime.

Where we are heading

Although demand for electricity is generally increasing around the world, in the US. A significant, and vitally important, part position, assess all potential candidates for each jobUK it is expected to remain broadly flat over the next five to 10 years.

Changes in the sources and characteristics of generation connecting to our network mean we need to develop the way we balance and operate our network to accommodate these sources, including wind, new organisation, and fill eachlarge-scale nuclear generation, and many embedded sources that are connected to local networks and not our transmission grid.

Industry forecasts indicate there will be a tightening of the margin between the available supply of electricity and the demand for it over the next few years. We have a central role within developing the best candidate. Employees were evaluated based on past performance, leadership qualities and fit for potential future roles. In some cases, suitably qualified or experienced internal candidates were not availablereform of the electricity market, which is designed to fill the vacancy and a limited number of external appointments hadincentivise new generation to be made.built. We have also developed two new balancing services allowing the market to provide us with additional tools to balance the network if required.

 

The reorganisationOver the last 12 months some generators have delayed their connection dates to the network and this means our future investment profile for electricity transmission is flatter than in previous years. But we are ready to respond to connection dates when we need to. We will continue to renew our network to deliver the network reliability our customers require as efficiently as possible.

What we’ve achieved during 2013/14

•  We made significant progress with our network upgrade plans. We are pleased with our progress on the London Power Tunnels project and have now started site works on the first 600 kV subsea HVDC link in the world. Connecting Scotland and England, this link will support the export of low carbon Scottish generation.

•  In March 2014, the new Transmission National Control Centre in Warwick became operational. This will help our focus on the future complexities of network security, energy management and streamlining our operational and safety switching

activities, increasing the potential for access to the transmission system.

•  We improved our asset maintenance policy, which will provide greater efficiency for our maintenance programme. We are implementing the policy throughout 2014 to minimise disruption to customers and planned work.

•  We worked closely with DECC and Ofgem to help inform and manage security of supply through a period of significant change in the UK energy market.

•  We have carried out analysis to help inform the Government’s decisions on energy policy as well as administering key parts of the US business was completedenduring regime.

•  We have developed two new balancing services that could be used to provide additional reserves to support the operation of the electricity transmission system if margins continue to tighten towards the middle of this decade. These new services, known as the Demand Side Balancing Reserve and the Supplemental Balancing Reserve, were approved by Ofgem in September 2011, marking an important milestoneDecember 2013, and the associated funding arrangements approved in our evolution towards a lean organisation that makes good, swift decisions, with knowledgeable people empowered to doApril 2014. We will tender for these services if they are needed for the right thing. The reorganisation means that we are well positioned to operate withinforthcoming winters.

Priorities for the financial means established by our rate structures, and to achieve our goal of building closer relationshipsyear ahead

•  Work with our communities, providingcontract partners to continue improving safety performance.

•  Engage with customers and stakeholders while we progress our major infrastructure projects through the planning process.

•  Continue the roll-out of our new performance excellence way of working across Electricity Transmission.

•  Develop new, innovative ways to deliver the network reliability our customers require, at minimum cost.

•  Build on the analysis results that informed the first EMR delivery plan and successfully implement and operate the Capacity Market and Contracts for Difference Feed-in Tariff regime, as part of the Government’s EMR project. This will support a sustainable, affordable and secure electricity market into the future, in addition to the procurement of balancing services to support mid-decade capacity margins.

•  Shape development in the UK and gas that are essentialEU energy industry by continuing the development of network codes to support the completion of a European Internal Energy Market in peoples everyday lives.2014.

30%

UK Electricity Transmission adjusted operating profit of Group total

LOGO LOGOModernising our infrastructure and implementing best practice methods for solution design, delivery and operation will allow IS to deliver solutions to employees and customers faster, with an enhanced user experience,

LOGO

 

greater reliability and accessibility to help people achieve their goals.LOGO

David Lister chief information officer

 
 
 
  
  
 
 

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc49


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

What we delivered this year

LOGO

Some of the priorities set for 2011/12 that underpinned our innovation & efficiency strategic goals were to:

    Deliver cost reductions by further leveraging support

activity efficiencies, improve the buying experience and increase transparency of procurement savings.

    Implement common systems platform to enable an

integrated process led US business.

    Develop a longer-term financing strategy to support our

plans for growth.

On a day-to-day basis our priorities must be flexible.

An issue that has sparked much debate is the visual impact of connecting our electricity transmission assets to new sources of supply – our innovative approach to the potential future of pylon design is discussed in our case study – New designs on the horizon.

We continue to explore new ways of creating procurement efficiencies, including evaluating new suppliers and expanding our sources of supply.

Our enterprise resource planning system development in the US continues with expected go live late in 2012.

The review of our financing strategy continues as we work through the RIIO outcomes. We have announced a one year dividend policy and continue to explore ways of broadening our sources of finance.sources of supply.

New designs on the horizon

Innovation is a key driver of our business. The issues around connecting energy sources to customers is an area where creative thinking is particularly important.

The use of overhead lines versus underground cables is one that can excite strong opinion and is a matter for public debate. In January 2012, the Institute of Engineering and Technology published the Electricity Transmission Costing Study. It has been widely welcomed and we expect it to become an authoritative reference document. We believe this study supports our view; at very high voltages, it is much more expensive to underground, but the right balance between landscape and affordability needs to be achieved. Society needs to decide whether the extra cost of undergrounding, which passes through to us all in our electricity bills, is justifiable to protect our landscape.

The UK Government provides guidance on this through National Policy Statements and we are mindful of these when developing new connections. We look at every project individually, carefully considering all the options available – which in some instances can include subsea alternatives as well as underground cables and overhead lines. We also consult at an early stage with a wide range of stakeholders and the local community so that their views and opinions can help shape and influence the design of the project.

We are particularly keen to look at alternative designs for electricity transmission pylons and were delighted to work with the Royal Institute of British Architects and the DECC, to launch a competition to come up with a new pylon design that potentially better balances structural needs and visual impact.

Danish company Bystrup's winning ‘T' pylon is much shorter and visually very different from the existing 1920s design we are all familiar with. There is still significant work to be done with Bystrup's team of architects and engineers as well as designers and manufacturers of the innovative electrical components before we can be sure it is a fully workable concept.

But we are excited by the possibilities and, if the T pylon proves successful, we will add it to our portfolio of alternative pylon designs and plan to offer local communities the choice of design that best fits their landscape where appropriate. We want to make the right decisions – ones that meet society's energy demands and provide options to help create a sustainable future that we can all accept.

21,882

the number of National Grid’s overhead line towers in England and Wales

   

LOGO

In February 2012, the Risk & Responsibility Committee visited the London power tunnels project in North London. The tunnels, which are approximately 30 metres underground, are designed to allow us to install, maintain and, in the future, replace power cables without closing the city’s roads.

    

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

31

50National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

Robot technology enhances our operations

Enhancing our networks without affecting supply to customers is part of what we do and we continue to look for innovative ways to do it. With the latest developments, particularly in robot technology, we are now trialling a number of solutions across our business.

In the US, through collaboration with Con Edison and ULC Robotics we have created a cast iron sealing bot (CISBOT) that can internally seal cast iron main pipe in live gas conditions. The CISBOT allows work to take place without interruption to supply and has been successfully tested on over 610 metres (2,000 feet) of gas main in Massachusetts. This level of innovation not only benefits our customers, but should also enable us to complete future infrastructure work at a more competitive cost as well as reduce safety risks.

Robotic technologies are now also being developed for use in our UK business. LineScout, developed originally in Canada, is a remotely operated overhead line inspection robot that, similar to the CISBOT, is capable of working on live electricity lines up to 735 kV. The LineScout robot can inspect overhead line conductors and fittings, using onboard high definition cameras. In addition, it is able to perform routine maintenance, such as recovery and relocation of

 

 

LOGO

The cast iron sealing bot or CISBOT

bolted damper assemblies, temporary conductor strand repairs and the electrical resistance measurement of conductor joints. At all times LineScout is operating on live lines, controlled via our ground teams to provide a safe mode of operation, and, equally importantly, enables customer supply to remain uninterrupted.

Such is the potential of both pieces of technology that we are continuing to work with our partners to explore further ways in which we can benefit from other technological developments.

Expanding our sources of capital

Innovation also extends to the way we finance our operations. September 2011 saw the launch of our first RPI linked retail bond. The 10 year bond attracted huge demand and was reopened twice to meet further demand, eventually totalling £283 million in capital raised. Open to retail investors for a minimum investment of just £2,000, this bond reached a new investor base attracting around 10,000 private investors and increased the diversity of our funding sources without a significant premium to our existing bonds. Externally recognised for its innovation, it won two awards including ‘Deal of the Year' from the Association of Corporate Treasurers and is seen as a benchmark for other corporations to follow. The bond proved that even in difficult economic times we retain the ability to attract investors.

LOGOThis has clearly exceeded our expectations and we are extremely pleased about the total amount raised. It shows that there is demand for inflation linked products from a business such as National Grid.LOGO

Malcolm Cooper global tax and treasury director comments on the success of the retail bond

Energising the future

Our innovative energy partnership with Buffalo Niagara medical campus in upstate New York was recognised at the 2012 Energy Efficiency Global Forum in March 2012, when the project won the Energy Efficiency Global Visionary Award for the Americas.

The award was granted to Buffalo Niagara for creating a five year energy innovation and economic development plan for the campus and surrounding residential community that integrates energy efficiency, modernisation, alternative transportation and renewable energy. Campus officials worked with nearby residents, National Grid and campus institutions to create an impressive path towards energy efficiency.

Our partnership with Buffalo Niagara forms part of our community engagement through the promotion of energy efficiency and innovation. Part of our contribution to this programme will be a model energy efficient home. Originally constructed in 1915, the home will be an illustration of how the latest technologies can be integrated within existing properties and will use various innovative energy solutions, interactive learning tools and will offer further information on residential energy programmes. In addition, we commissioned 21 vehicle charging stations in December 2011 and over the coming years will complete work to increase the capacity of our network to ensure we can meet the growing energy demands of the local community.

Four cities on four continents were honoured as exemplars of energy efficiency leadership by the Alliance to Save Energy and the Southeast Energy Efficiency Alliance. The awards celebrate cutting edge energy efficiency achievements. Selections are made by the 50+ member Energy Efficiency Global International Steering Committee, chaired by US Senator Mark Warner and Schneider Electric US President Jeff Drees.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc51


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

What we delivered this year

 

LOGO 

UK Gas Transmission

Some

What we do

We own and operate the gas national transmission system in Great Britain, with day-to-day responsibility for balancing demand. Our network comprises approximately 7,660 kilometres (4,760 miles) of the priorities set for 2011/12 that underpinned our engaging externally strategy were to:high pressure pipe and 23 compressor stations.

 

   Improve our customer experience and advance performance by at least one quartile in all areas.Where we are heading

   InThe UK’s sources of gas are changing – as gas from the UK continental shelf is being depleted, we are becoming increasingly reliant on imports from Europe and elsewhere. This also means that the traditional flow of gas from the North to the South is changing.

To ensure we continue delivering a safe, reliable and secure gas supply as we develop our asset replacement programmes, we need to make sure we consider the future operational needs of the network.

We will continue to work closely with Ofgemour customers and other stakeholders to implementadapt our network and our services so we can meet their needs economically and efficiently.

What we’ve achieved in 2013/14

•  We delivered our strongest-ever safety performance across all areas, achieving 12 months without a successful rolloversingle lost time injury to either our employees or contractors and without experiencing any serious process safety incidents.

•  We delivered multiple innovation projects using the Network Innovation Allowance funding mechanism, including 3D models that allow for TPCR4more efficient and submit final proposals for RIIO-T1 and RIIO-GD1 plans.cost-effective construction.

   In•  We have adapted our ways of working so we can meet the US, establish rate case filings that deliver the expectationsneeds of our customers and shareholders.stakeholders and deliver value under RIIO. For example, we used innovative techniques to protect a section of the pipeline that carries gas from the LNG importation terminal in west Wales, prior to the construction of a new road. This meant we were able to meet the timescales of the local authority building the road without disrupting gas supply to consumers.

The 2011 Electricity Market Reform White Paper set out a significant reform programme for the UK electricity market. Our unique role in that market has now been recognised and,•  We have delivered record levels of compressor availability in our role as system operator, we have been appointed to run the new processes, see the case study for more details.

In the US,network, peaking at 98%, after investing in our efforts to improve external engagement have been dominated by a seriesfleet of extreme weather events. The new operating structure has already improved our ability to respond to local requirements and this was demonstratedcompressors in the aftermathsummer of tropical storm Irene. We still have lessons to learn2013 and by introducing improvements to make. Our case study, Storms response, discusses the challenges we faced.

As noted on page 28, we filed rate cases in New Yorkour maintenance and Rhode Island on 27 April 2012 and achieved a positive outcome in our New York deferral filing in December 2011.repair methods.

  

Priorities for the year ahead

In anticipation•  Continue to improve safety performance by completing the roll-out of Irene, the storm emergency plan was activatedvisual safety leadership culture programme to every employee in our Gas Transmission business and implementing new ‘safe control of operations’ working procedures.

•  Work with extra crews broughtour customers and stakeholders to develop an enduring compressor replacement strategy that makes sure we comply with environmental legislation and meets future system needs.

•  Complete the deployment of our new performance excellence way of working across all teams in from as far away as Texasour Gas Transmission business after the successful implementation at two of our compressor sites in 2013/14.

•  Support our customers in the transition to new commercial frameworks managing future capacity and Colorado,connection arrangements to the gas transmission system.

•  Shape developments in the UK and thousandsEU energy market by making sure that the new European codes governing the operation of additional employees prepared to support the restoration effortgas market in areas such as engineering, damage assessment, materials, wires down and more. Our plans also cover three critical elements:the UK are successfully introduced for our customers.

11% System operations – which ensures the reliability and security of electricity supply to customers. We assess and monitor our system in order to restore power safely and reliably when outages occur.

 Logistics – pre staging of crews and material to areas anticipated to be most severely affected is a key component. Providing food and lodging to those crews and managing the fleet comprises another area. Logistics touches many functions and in a storm of this scale it’s all hands on deck.UK Gas Transmission

 Communications – community outreach begins with contacting life support customers and engaging local emergency response officials in order to understand their priorities and ensure critical facilities are restored in a prioritised manner.

Irene’s path of destruction spanned 11 states along the eastern seaboard, caused severe flooding and downed trees, wires and poles. In total, more than six million people were without power including more than one million National Grid and LIPA customers.

The sheer scale of this storm pushed response crews to the limit and provided challenges new to us all, due to the significant damage to our infrastructure. We know that it didn’t all go smoothly and the after action reviews with local communities provided invaluable feedback. Other external investigations that we are cooperating with will supply more. Many lessons have been learnt. In particular, we need to find better ways to communicate more accurate and timely restoration information. Other improvements identified have already been embedded into our plans. Our response to the unseasonal October snow storm in Massachusetts, just nine weeks after Irene, benefited from these improvements with, for example, the early activation of community liaison officers who provided information and were a visible point of contact within our local communities. Work is ongoing, recognising that we can never stop improving the way we restore power and serve our customers.

1m+      £116madjusted operating

National Grid and        Costprofit of Irene

LIPA customers            and the October

without power at          snow storm

one timeGroup total

   
 

LOGO

Storms response

We experienced unprecedented weather conditions across our US service territories this year: a rare tornado and unseasonably heavy snow in Massachusetts; flooding in upstate New York; and tropical storm Irene, which caused widespread damage throughout them all.

Storm response preparations undertaken by employees include training and exercises as well as the day-to-day operations and maintenance of the system throughout the year. From the way we design and target capital investment programmes that build redundancy into the network, to the tree trimming work that helps prevent damage to electrical lines during a storm, these activities provide a structured approach to help prepare for, and respond to, customer power outages.

 
 


LOGO

52National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Electricity market reform

In July 2011, DECC published its Electricity Market Reform White Paper ‘Planning our Electric Future’ which set out the Government’s proposals for reforming the existing electricity market in the UK.

The UK Government has committed to a reduction in GHG emissions of 80% by 2050, largely through decarbonisation of electricity generation. While doing this there is a need to ensure continued security of supply.

The ongoing decommissioning of ageing nuclear plant and the closure of old coal fired power stations under European legislation amounts to the loss of 25% of our existing generation fleet, on a base year of 2008. These generation closures, coupled with an increase in the amount of renewable generation which is both intermittent and less flexible than conventional generation plant, will bring security of supply challenges. The expected increase in the number of electric vehicles, ground source heat pumps and other technologies that will change the way consumers use electricity will inevitably lead to increased demand. As a result, DECC has estimated that required investment in UK generation and transmission will be around £110 billion between now and 2020, double the rate of the past decade.

The reform measures introduced by the Government:

   provide details of a carbon price floor to put a fair price on carbon and provide a stronger incentive to invest in low carbon generation;

   set an emissions performance standard of 450 g C O2/KWh;

   introduce new long-term arrangements in the form of a feed in tariff with contracts for difference to provide stable financial incentives to invest in all forms of low carbon electricity generation; and

   a capacity mechanism to ensure future security of supply.

Following engagement with industry stakeholders, DECC decided that, through our existing role as system operator, we are best placed to operate the capacity mechanism and administer a feed in tariff with contracts for difference. A project team has been established to advise DECC as it develops the market reforms. Government will be responsible for setting the policy approach and objectives and for taking final decisions on key rules and parameters. We will provide independent advice on those key rules and parameters. Ofgem will continue its independent regulation of the market, incorporating the new instruments.

Talking networks

Our RIIO business plan submissions for UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution were very different to anything we had previously submitted to Ofgem, with (among other things) a much greater emphasis on demonstrating how stakeholders have influenced the development of our business plans.

In developing the business plans, we drew together the views and opinions of our broad range of stakeholders using all the methods of engagement at our disposal, including some new and innovative engagement activities which have focused on informing and shaping our plans.

At the very beginning of our RIIO engagement, we developed ‘talking networks’, a comprehensive and coordinated programme of stakeholder engagement covering both UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution. Through this, we built on our existing engagement activities to proactively engage with, and listen to, our stakeholders on topics related to the first RIIO price control period. We promised our stakeholders we would listen to what they have to say, discuss our future challenges and plans with them, and then act on what they told us.

Response to our engagement has been very positive. We are seen as industry leading in our engagement activities and the fact that we have been so proactive in discussing our ideas with our stakeholders and incorporating their views into our plans has been very well received.

We gathered a great deal of detail about what our stakeholders think of the services we provide and what they see as being our priorities going forward. For example, UK Transmission stakeholders have told us that reliability of supply is paramount. They trust our record on safety, and expect that to continue, and see us as having an important role to play in facilitating the move towards meeting the country’s environmental targets by connecting new low carbon generation. Stakeholders also told us that our level of customer service had improved but could still be better and that they would like to see further improvements in our connections services. They believe that innovation will play a crucial role in enabling us to continue to manage our networks going forward.

All of this has shaped our RIIO business plan submissions, but it is important that our engagement does not end once the first RIIO period begins. Our intention is to make talking networks an enduring process and to put stakeholder engagement at the heart of our business activities.

LOGO

LOGOThis new activity will be an enhancement of our current system operator role and, in asking National Grid to take on this responsibility, the Government has entrusted us with the management of a vitally important and

substantial change to the electricity industry.LOGO

Nick Winser Executive Director UK

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc53


Business Review

Delivering our strategy

What we delivered this year

LOGO

Some of the priorities set for 2011/12 that underpinned our disciplined investment strategic goals were to:

   Ensure successful delivery of the core UK capital investment programme.

   Deliver on new growth areas eg carbon capture and storage (CCS), interconnectors and offshore networks.

   Develop options to ensure US contribution to the continued growth of the Company.

Our future organic growth is dependent on the successful delivery of our capital investment plans which in 2011/12 amounted to £3.4 billion. The London tunnels project, as discussed in the case study, is a great example of how the money we are investing is helping to ensure that our customers have a secure energy supply for the future.

We continue to look for new non-regulated investment opportunities where they make sense and sit within our broader strategy and portfolio. It has been a mixed year for development in CCS with the announcement by the UK Government in October 2011 that it was terminating funding of the Longannet CCS project. Our commitment to this area continues and we have made material progress on research and development relating to the safe transportation of carbon dioxide and in maturing transport options for the Humber region and elsewhere. The Grain LNG heat pipe discussed in our case study – Partnering for mutual benefit – shows that lateral thinking can bring benefits in unexpected ways.

As discussed in the case study, the capital investment of over $1.5 billion during the last five years in New York has helped to significantly improve reliability. By delivering the works we have helped to build a better relationship with regulators and customers as well as increasing potential future returns under our rate case filings.

  

Partnering for mutual benefit

Collaborating with others often leads to innovative solutions to our needs. The Grain heat pipe, a joint project between National Grid and E.ON’s Grain power station, has now been built and is expected to come in to operation later in 2012. The 4.5 kilometre hot water pipeline is capable of transporting up to 340 MW of surplus heat from the power station to Grain LNG, where it is used to convert natural gas from liquid stored at -161°C to vapour and sent into the national transmission system. This cooled water is then returned to the power station where it is used to cool the generators. This will be one of the largest combined heat and power schemes in the UK and, at full capacity, has the potential to save up to 300,000 tonnes of CO2 per annum and further contribute towards achieving carbon reduction targets.

We are exploring with customers whether there is interest in a further expansion to our Grain LNG site which could take the peak capacity to 27% of the current annual UK gas demand and be completed for winter 2016/17. We are also evaluating other innovative investment options.

LOGO

      

Investing in our people

We are committed to investing in our people, providing the training and other support necessary for them to build, maintain and operate our networks safely and reliably, and this year we provided over one million learner hours of training across our UK and US businesses. Delivering a training programme of this magnitude requires state of the art facilities and equipment.

In the US, major renovations were completed at the Millbury learning centre in Massachusetts. The facility has become a centralised cutting edge learning centre for all New England technical training and enabled us to eliminate two smaller regional training facilities.

  

 

Strategic Report

 

In the UK, we completed work on our new electricity transmission switchgear training centre and accommodation facilities at Eakring and work on a similar gas transmission training centre has been sanctioned. In total, this will represent an investment of over £12 million.Corporate Governance

 

These centres will use innovative and engaging eLearning, 3D virtual reality, SMART board technology, learner response technology and virtual classrooms to enhance the learning experience and reduce the costs associated with off-the-job training delivery.Financial Statements

Additional Information

33

 Principal operations

 continued

54National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

UK Gas Distribution

 

LOGO

We own and operate four of the eight regional gas distribution networks in Great Britain. Our networks comprise approximately 131,000 kilometres (81,000 miles) of gas distribution pipeline and we transport gas from the gas national transmission system to around 10.9 million consumers on behalf of 32 gas shippers.

Gas consumption in our UK networks was 264 TWh in 2013/14 compared with 306 TWh in 2012/13. We manage the national gas emergency number (0800 111 999).

This service, along with the enquiries lines, appliance repair helpline and meter enquiry service, handled nearly 2.5 million calls during 2013/14.

 

London power tunnelsWhere we are heading

We have articulated an ambition for 2017 – to be the best gas distribution business in Britain. We are using modern technology and new, innovative techniques to develop gas networks that are fit for the future, safe and secure, keeping people warm.

 

The flagship London power tunnels project, started in 2010, will create 10 new 400 kV circuitsOur regulator is able to make direct comparisons between the performance of our four gas distribution networks, and others. Customer expectations are increasing across all industries and we are responding by focusing more effort than ever before on providing a good-quality service at the heart of the capital’s transmission system. Investment could reach nearly £0.9 billion once completed in 2018. London generates the largest electricity demand on our network – around 9 GW at peak – and demand is continuingan affordable price to grow.

To ensure we can deliver the reliability demanded byall our customers and stakeholders. We will do this by carrying out our works in the future, wemost efficient way possible.

•  A notable example of innovation during 2013/14 has been the use of a repair robot called CISBOT to fix a leaking 18 inch gas main in London. This was the first time in Great Britain that an 18 inch gas main has been fixed by robots. This kind of automation reduces traffic disruption and avoids the need to increaseshut off the capacitygas while doing the repair work, making life easier for people.

•  Working with Future Biogas we successfully commissioned the first commercial biogas-to-grid project in Doncaster. The biomethane injection is produced from a maize feedstock and is the first of our transmission system in and around London and so the new cables20 similar projects that we are installing will operate at significantly higher voltages; providing significantly more capacity thancommitted to connect during 2014/15. This kind of project promotes the cables they are reinforcingfuture role of gas in the transition to a low carbon economy and replacing.is also the first of 80 connections we expect to complete over the RIIO period.

 

The tunnel network will surface at eight points across London to transmit electricity across local areas from new substations and will provide power to the new Crossrail transport hub. The project is also connected to the national network as part of an integrated plan to upgrade and modernise the grid nationwide – rewiring BritainPriorities for the 21st century.year ahead

All our priorities support our Gas Distribution ambition and are above and beyond meeting our standards.

•  Achieve our safest year ever by improving the safety to members of the public, continuing to reduce cable strikes and making improvements that will help reduce the number of third-party encroachments.

•  Improve the experience our customers have with us and the way in which we engage with our stakeholders, including reducing complaints and rejuvenating our customer connections process.

•  Invest in our people to help them develop their skills and increase their capability, including a focus on the role of the supervisor and promoting accelerated development assignments.

•  Engage with our people by embedding performance excellence in the remainder of our Gas Distribution business and delivering on our enhanced engagement strategy.

•  Drive innovation so we can improve the services and value we provide to our customers by both maximising existing technology and identifying new opportunities for future development.

•  Improve the quality and availability of our data and management information so we can operate more efficiently in the future.

25%

UK Gas Distribution

adjusted operating

profit of Group total

 

 

Upgrading an ageing network

Five years ago, we committed to an unprecedented level of investment in our upstate New York electricity transmission and distribution system. The goals were to: upgrade an ageing network; allow us to continue providing safe, reliable power to more than 1.6 million customers in the region; and to set the stage for continued investment.

Work has ranged from upgrading transmission lines and large tower structures that move bulk power to many communities, to smaller projects that improve service to individual homes and businesses across upstate New York.

Examples of some of the individual projects completed since 2007 are:

   $16 million for replacement transformers for Packard and New Gardenville substations.

   $36 million project to rebuild Clay 345 kV substation.

   $35 million to replace 139 towers on the New Scotland 345 kV line.

   $11 million to refurbish 69 kV line in Rotterdam-Schoharie, replacing 166 deteriorated wood pole structures and addressing reliability issues.

Despite the difficult economic times, we have invested over $1.5 billion – more than double the rate allowance set in 2001 and we have done it six months ahead of schedule.

The results so far have been excellent – we have met or exceeded our reliability targets every year since 2008.

300,000

tonnes of CO2

per annum potential

saving through LNG

heat pipe

1m

learner hours of

training deliveredWhat we’ve achieved during 2013/14

 

£0.9bn

planned investment

in the London

tunnels project

$1.5bn

investment in upstate

New York

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc55


Business Review

Financial performance

LOGO

Andrew Bonfield

Finance Director

Introduction

This year has seen good financial performance across our business. Excluding the impact of the timing differences that benefited last year’s results and the impact of the two major storms which severely affected our US business, our adjusted operating profit increased by 8%. On this basis, we saw increases in all of our business segments.

Our cost savings programme in the US has delivered the targeted run rate of $200 million as at the end of the year, which has contributed toward a £30 million reduction in controllable operating costs in the US Regulated segment. These savings were offset by increases in controllable costs in the UK due to inflationary pressures and additional staffing costs to support both the GDFO system implementation in our UK Gas Distribution business and the ongoing increase in our capital investment programme in UK Transmission.

Our interest expense and other finance costs were significantly lower in 2011/12 due to the benefit of lower average net debt and lower debt buy back costs. This led to an effective interest rate on treasury managed debt of 5.4% compared with 5.8% in 2010/11. The total tax charge this year was higher even though we saw the benefit of the lower tax rates in the UK, although our effective tax rate, excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, remained unchanged from the prior year at 29.2%.

Capital investment for the year was £3.4 billion. Taken together with the impact of depreciation and inflation, growth in our combined US and UK regulated asset base in 2011/12 has again been significant at over £1.5 billion.

Following strong cash flow from operations and the disposal of two small subsidiaries, we saw only a small increase in our net debt of £866 million. We expect net debt to continue to increase in line with our capital investment programme.

With the anticipated inflationary revenue growth from our regulatory arrangements in the UK and the benefit of new rates from the deferral filing in our upstate New York electricity business, we look forward to another year of good financial results in 2012/13.

LOGO

Andrew Bonfield

56National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Measurement of financial performance

We report our financial results and position in accordance with IFRS.

Use of adjusted profit measures

In considering the financial performance of our businesses and segments, we analyse each of our primary financial measures of operating profit, profit before tax, profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders and earnings per share into two components.

The first of these components is referred to as an adjusted profit measure, also known as a business performance measure. This is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the underlying business.

Adjusted results exclude exceptional items, remeasurements, stranded cost recoveries, and the amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles. These items are reported collectively as the second component of the financial measures.

Accounting policy T on page 117 explains in detail the items which are excluded from our adjusted profit measures.

Adjusted profit measures have limitations in their usefulness compared with the comparable total profit measures as they exclude important elements of our financial performance. However, we believe that by presenting our financial performance in two components it is easier to read and interpret financial performance between periods, as adjusted profit measures are more comparable having removed the distorting effect of the excluded items. Those items are more clearly understood if separately identified and analysed. The presentation of these two components of financial performance is additional to, and not a substitute for, the comparable total profit measures presented.

Management uses adjusted profit measures as the basis for monitoring financial performance and in communicating financial performance to investors in external presentations and announcements of financial results. Internal financial reports, budgets and forecasts are primarily prepared on the basis of adjusted profit measures, although planned exceptional items, such as significant restructurings, and stranded cost recoveries are also reflected in budgets and forecasts. We separately monitor and disclose the excluded items as a component of our overall financial performance.

Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures to the total profit measure, that includes both components can be found on page 120.

Timing

As discussed on pages 24 to 29, our allowed revenues are set in accordance with our regulatory price controls or rate plans. We calculate the billing rates we charge our customers based on the estimated volume of energy we believe will be sold during the coming period. The actual volumes sold will differ from this estimate and therefore our total actual revenue will be different from our total allowed revenue. These differences are commonly referred to as timing differences. If we collect more than the allowed level of revenue, the balance must be returned to customers in subsequent periods, and if we collect less than the allowed level of revenue we may recover the balance from customers in subsequent periods. The amounts calculated as timing differences are estimates and subject to change until the variables that determine allowed revenue are final.

Our operating profit for the year includes an estimated in year over collection of £18 million (2010/11: £274 million over collection; 2009/10: £163 million under collection) and our closing balance

of over-recovery at 31 March 2012 was £90 million. All other things being equal, the majority of that balance would normally be returned to customers in the following year. The table below shows adjusted operating profit and operating profit, adjusted for timing differences.

   Years ended 31 March  
Excluding the impact of timing differences  

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   2010 
£m 
 

Adjusted operating profit

   3,477     3,326    ��3,284   

Operating profit

   3,521     3,471     3,456   

Exchange rates

Our financial results are reported in sterling. Transactions for our US operations are denominated in dollars and so the related amounts that are reported in sterling depend on the dollar to sterling exchange rate. As the average rate of the dollar at $1.60:£1 in 2011/12 was weaker than the average rate of $1.57:£1 in 2010/11, the same amount of revenue, adjusted operating profit and operating profit in dollars earned in 2010/11 would have been reported as £135 million, £21 million and £26 million lower respectively if earned in 2011/12. In 2009/10, the average rate was $1.58:£1; if the revenue, adjusted operating profit and operating profit in dollars recognised in 2009/10 was earned in 2010/11 it would have been reported as £29 million, £3 million and £4 million higher respectively.

The balance sheet has been translated at an exchange rate of $1.60:£1 at 31 March 2012 ($1.61:£1 at 31 March 2011).

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

Our financial KPIs are set out on pages 38 and 39.

Total shareholder return (TSR)

We measure TSR as a KPI on a cumulative three year basis. The measure reflects changes in our share price and also assumes that dividends paid to shareholders over that period were reinvested in our shares. Cumulative TSR for the period from 1 April 2009 to 31 March 2012 was 51% (1 April 2008 to 31 March 2011: 4%; 1 April 2007 to 31 March 2010: -3%). This reflects the fact that, following a sharp fall in equity prices amid the turbulence in the financial markets during 2008/09, the subsequent recovery in the following three years has reversed these losses and resulted in further growth in TSR.

Group return on equity

We measure our performance in generating value for our shareholders by dividing our annual return by our equity base. We have changed the calculation methodology for group return on equity to better align with the methodology used for our new return on capital employed (RoCE) metric discussed on page 59.

Our annual return consists of the group’s adjusted earnings, amended for regulatory and accounting differences including, where applicable, timing differences, the impact of inflation on our UK RAV, pension and other post-employment benefits, certain capital related operating costs, the exclusion of non debt related interest, and changes to the tax expense resulting from the tax impact of these adjustments. Our equity base consists of opening capital employed less opening net debt. Opening capital employed consists of opening UK RAV, plus opening US rate base, plus the opening net book value of assets and liabilities of our non-regulated businesses and joint ventures, plus opening goodwill. Opening net debt is adjusted for significant individual transactions during the year such as rights issues and significant acquisition or disposal activities.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc57


Business Review

Financial performance continued

Using the revised methodology, we monitor our performance using the annual return each year. For 2011/12, our group ROE was 10.9%, compared with 10.8% in 2010/11 and 12.6% in 2009/10. The return in 2011/12 was in line with the prior year but was restrained by the significantly higher US storm costs. Excluding the higher major storm costs, the 2011/12 return was 11.3%, the increase driven by growth in the Company’s pre timing earnings. The high return in 2009/10 was primarily driven by inflation fluctuations in the UK affecting our allowed revenues and interest expense associated with our RPI linked bonds.

Regulated controllable operating costs

We measure regulated controllable operating costs as a proportion of our regulated assets, as measured by our UK RAV and our US rate base.

This ratio decreased to 6.7% in 2011/12, compared with 7.2% in 2010/11 and 7.5% in 2009/10 on a constant currency basis, reflecting cost savings in our US business following the restructure and the efficient growth of our regulated asset base.

Adjusted earnings per share

We monitor our financial performance during the year by measuring adjusted earnings per share. This and other profit measures are described on the following pages.

Other performance measures

Dividends and dividend cover

The proposed total ordinary dividend for 2011/12 amounts to £1,401 million or 39.28 pence per ordinary share. This represents an increase of 8% over the previous year’s ordinary dividend per share of 36.37 pence.

LOGO

The table below shows the ordinary dividends paid or payable by National Grid for the past five financial years.

       Years ended 31 March     
Dividends  

2012

pence

   

2011

pence

   

2010

pence

   

2009

pence

   

2008 

pence 

 

Interim

   13.93     12.90     13.65     12.64     11.70   

Final

   25.35     23.47     24.84     23.00     21.30   

Total

   39.28     36.37     38.49     35.64     33.00   
                          
Dividends per ADS  $   $   $   $    

Interim

   1.10     1.02     1.15     0.95     1.21   

Final

   2.02     1.90     1.77     1.74     2.05   

Total

   3.12     2.92     2.92     2.69     3.26   

Dividends expressed in dollars per ADS in the table above reflect the amounts paid or payable to ADS holders, rounded to two decimal places.

The final dividend proposed in respect of each financial year is reported in the financial statements for the following year. Therefore, the proposed final dividend for 2011/12 of 25.35 pence per share, amounting to approximately £905 million (assuming all dividends are settled in cash), will be reported in the financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2013.

Dividend cover  

   Years ended 31 March  
Total ordinary dividends covered by:  2012
times
   2011
times
   2010 
times 
 

Adjusted earnings

   1.3     1.4     1.5   

Earnings

   1.5     1.8     1.5   

Scrip take up 

•  We have improved our overall safety performance (see page 10). We have focused on reducing cable strikes with programmes like ‘dial before you dig’ and seen a 14% reduction in cable strikes during 2013/14.

•  The number of customer complaints we received during 2013/14 was 13.3% less than the previous year. However, we know our customers want more and we are focusing our attention on improving even further, particularly the experience customers have when they want to connect to our network.

•  Last year we listened to what our stakeholders had to say through our consultation process and we made 29 commitments to improve in areas of stakeholder priority such as fuel poverty, vulnerability, gas safety – including carbon monoxide awareness – and new and innovative ways of working.

•  We have been simplifying and improving the way we work so that our employees can be as effective as possible and our customers get a service they value. We are doing this by looking for ways to streamline, innovate and improve everyday working practices with our business and our strategic partners who help us reach our goals.

    


LOGO


DividendProportion taking up scrip 

2009/10 final

23% 

2010/11 interim

14% 

2010/11 final

34% 

2011/12 interim

7% 

58National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Interest cover

In order to deliver sustainable growth, we must be disciplined in the way we manage our balance sheet. The principal measure we use to monitor financial discipline is interest cover, being a measure of the cash flows we generate compared with the net interest cost of servicing our borrowings. The table below shows our interest cover for the last three years:

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

times

   

2011

times

   

2010

times 

 

Interest cover

   3.9     3.8     3.9   

The primary reasons for the increase in 2011/12 were a fall in finance costs driven by interest rates on short-term instruments combined with benefits from our 2010/11 debt buy back programme partially offset by a small decrease in our operational cash inflows for the year.

Return on capital employed

RoCE is designed to provide a performance comparison between our regulated UK and US businesses and is one of the measures that we use to make strategic and investment decisions around our portfolio of businesses. Our RoCE calculation is a post-tax return on assets measure based on an IFRS operating profit adjusted, where applicable, for timing differences, the impact of inflation on our UK RAV and differences between the treatment of certain costs by regulators and their treatment in the financial statements, including taxation, pension and other post-employment benefits, and certain capital related operating costs. We also deduct taxation at the statutory rate. The capital employed is the opening UK RAV and opening US rate base.

The table below shows the RoCE for our businesses over the last three years:

   Years ended 31 March 
RoCE  2012
%
   2011
%
   2010
%
 

UK regulated

   8.6     8.5     9.6  

US regulated

   6.8     7.1     5.5  

The increase in UK RoCE is due to higher operating profit following the benefits of inflation on our RPI-X price controls partially offset by growth in our asset base. The fall in the US RoCE is due to higher storm costs, partially offset by savings driven by our restructuring. Excluding the impact of higher major storm costs, the US RoCE would have been 7.6%, an increase of 0.5% compared with 2011.

Earnings

The following chart shows the five year trend in adjusted profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent (adjusted earnings) and adjusted earnings per share.

LOGO

The following chart shows the five year trend in profit attributable to equity shareholders (earnings) and earnings per share.

LOGO

In accordance with IAS 33, all earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share amounts for comparative periods have been restated as a result of shares issued via scrip dividends and the bonus element of the rights issue.

Diluted adjusted earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are shown in the table below:

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

pence

   

2011

pence

   

2010

pence

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

   51.0     50.6     48.3  

Diluted earnings per share

   56.8     62.5     47.3  

The principal reason for the dilution in each year relates to employee share plans.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc59


Business Review

Financial performance continued

Adjusted operating profit

The £105 million decrease in adjusted operating profit in 2011/12 to £3,495 million is primarily due to:

Adverse timing differences of £256 million, as noted on page 57.

Higher storm costs in the US of £116 million due to hurricane Irene and the October snow storm in Massachusetts.

Partially offset by:

An increase in UK regulated revenues of £220 million reflecting the impact of inflation on our RPI-X price controls.

Improved results from other activities as described on page 71.

Other operating costs were relatively flat year on year, reflecting reduced costs in our US Regulated segment as a result of the restructuring, offset by higher costs within the UK due to inflation and additional staffing costs to support both the GDFO system implementation in our UK Gas Distribution business and the ongoing increase in our capital investment programme in UK Transmission.

The £479 million increase in 2010/11 to £3,600 million was primarily due to the favourable timing differences that adversely affected the current year and increased revenues in our US Regulated segment following the introduction of new rates in several of our utilities.

More information can be found in the discussion of our segments on pages 62 to 71.

Adjusted net finance costs

   Years ended 31 March  
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted net finance costs

   917     1,134     1,155   

The £217 million decrease in adjusted net finance costs in 2011/12 to £917 million is primarily due to lower interest rates on short-term instruments; lower debt repurchase costs that had peaked in the prior year due to the use of surplus funds from the rights issue; the benefit of lower average net debt as a result of those buy backs; and a favourable variance in pension interest primarily due to a higher than expected rate of return on US pension assets. The slight increase in 2010/11 compared with 2009/10 primarily reflected lower net pension interest due to higher plan assets and higher rates of return on those assets, offset by higher accretions on index-linked debt following the return of UK inflation.

Adjusted taxation

Adjusted tax for 2011/12 was a charge of £755 million (2010/11: £722 million; 2009/10: £553 million). This represents an effective tax rate of 29.2% (2010/11: 29.2%; 2009/10: 28.0%). The 2011/12 effective tax rate before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries did not change from 2010/11 because a fall in prior period tax credits was offset, primarily by a 2% reduction in the UK corporation tax rate and a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher UK profits were taxed at UK tax rates, which are lower than those in the US. The increase in the rate from 2009/10 to 2010/11 mainly arose from a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher US profits were taxed at US tax rates that are higher than those in the UK. More information on taxation can be found in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

Exceptional charges of £122 million in 2011/12 consisted of restructuring charges of £101 million, environmental charges of £55 million and impairment charges of £64 million, offset by net gains on the disposals of two subsidiaries of £97 million and other net gains of £1 million.

Exceptional charges of £350 million in 2010/11 consisted of restructuring costs of £89 million, environmental charges of £128 million, impairment costs and related charges of £133 million and other charges of £15 million, offset by net gains on disposals of three subsidiaries and an associate of £15 million.

Exceptional charges of £268 million in 2009/10 consisted of restructuring charges of £149 million, environmental charges of £63 million and other charges of £67 million, offset by net gains on disposals of £11 million.

Exceptional finance costs and remeasurements

There were no exceptional finance costs in 2011/12. There were £73 million of exceptional finance costs during 2010/11 relating to the early redemption of debt following the rights issue in June 2010, offset by £43 million of exceptional interest income relating to tax settlements in the US. There were £33 million of exceptional finance costs during 2009/10 relating to the early redemption of debt. Financial remeasurements relate to net gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, 2011/12 included a loss of £70 million (2010/11: £36 million gain; 2009/10: £81 million gain). The financial element of commodity contract revaluations was nil in 2011/12 (2010/11: nil; 2009/10: £1 million loss).

Stranded cost recoveries

Stranded cost recoveries decreased by £88 million to £260 million as the costs were substantially recovered during the year. (2010/11: £348 million; 2009/10: £369 million).

Exceptional taxation

Taxation related to exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries changes each year in line with the nature and amount of transactions recorded.

In addition, exceptional tax from 2011/12 included an exceptional deferred tax credit of £242 million arising from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 26% to 24% applicable from 1 April 2012. A similar reduction in the UK corporation tax rate in 2010/11 from 28% to 26% resulted in a £226 million deferred tax credit in that year.

An additional exceptional tax credit of £59 million arose in 2010/11 from settling a number of KeySpan pre acquisition items with the US tax authorities. In 2009/10 a £41 million exceptional tax charge arose due to a change in US tax legislation under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

More information on exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries can be found in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

60National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is presented on the face of the income statement under the heading operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted operating profit

   3,495    3,600    3,121   

Exceptional items

   (122  (350  (268)  

Remeasurements

   (94  147    71   

Stranded cost recoveries

   260    348    369   

Total operating profit

   3,539    3,745    3,293   

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to adjusted earnings and earnings

Adjusted earnings is presented in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, under the heading adjusted earnings.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted operating profit

   3,495    3,600    3,121   

Adjusted net finance costs

   (917  (1,134  (1,155)  

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

   7    7      

Adjusted profit before tax

   2,585    2,473    1,974   

Adjusted taxation

   (755  (722  (553)  

Adjusted profit

   1,830    1,751    1,421   

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   (2  (4  (3)  

Adjusted earnings

   1,828    1,747    1,418   

Exceptional items

   174    (16  (270)  

Remeasurements

   (122  219    17   

Stranded cost recoveries

   156    209    221   

Earnings

   2,036    2,159    1,386   

Reconciliation of adjusted earnings per share to earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share is presented in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

pence

  

2011

pence

  

2010 

pence 

 

Adjusted earnings per share

   51.3    50.9    48.6   

Exceptional items

   4.9    (0.5  (9.3)  

Remeasurements

   (3.4  6.4    0.6   

Stranded cost recoveries

   4.3    6.1    7.6   

Earnings per share

   57.1    62.9    47.5   

Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax to total profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax is presented on the face of the income statement under the heading profit before tax before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted profit before tax

   2,585    2,473    1,974   

Exceptional items

   (122  (380  (301)  

Remeasurements

   (164  183    151   

Stranded cost recoveries

   260    348    369   

Total profit before tax

   2,559    2,624    2,193   

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms is discussed in the Business Review.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

   

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms

   3,593    3,326     3,284   

Major storms

   (116       –   

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences

   3,477    3,326     3,284   

Timing differences

   18    274     (163)  

Adjusted operating profit

   3,495    3,600     3,121   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   44    145     172   

Total operating profit

   3,539    3,745     3,293   

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and total operating profit excluding timing differences are discussed in the Business Review.

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   

2010 

£m 

 

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences

   3,477     3,326     3,284   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   44��    145     172   

Total operating profit excluding timing differences

   3,521     3,471     3,456   

Timing differences

   18     274     (163)  

Total operating profit

   3,539     3,745     3,293   

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc61


Business Review

Financial performance continued

Segments

Revenue by operating segment

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   

2010 

£m 

 

UK Transmission

   3,804     3,484     3,475   

UK Gas Distribution

   1,605     1,524     1,518   

US Regulated

   7,795     8,746     8,372   

Other activities

   715     678     741   

Total segmental revenues

   13,919     14,432     14,106   

Less: sales between operating segments

   (87)     (89)     (99)  

Total

   13,832     14,343     14,007   

LOGO

LOGO

62National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Analysis of adjusted operating profit

The chart on this page analyses the movements in adjusted operating profit by segment, comparing 2011/12 with 2010/11 and comparing 2010/11 with 2009/10. The charts on pages 65, 67, 69 and 71 show the principal movements in each segment over the same periods.

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc63


Business Review

Principal operations

UK Transmission

LOGO

We own the electricity transmission system in England and Wales and are the national electricity transmission system operator, responsible for both the England and Wales transmission system, and the two high voltage transmission networks in Scotland, which we do not own. Day-to-day operation of the system involves the continuous real-time matching of demand and generation output. We are also designated as system operator for the new offshore electricity transmission regime.

We own and operate the gas national transmission system in Great Britain, with day-to-day responsibility for balancing demand.

We own and operate the UK assets, and a portion of the subsea cables, that comprise the electricity interconnector between England and France as part of a joint arrangement with the French transmission operator.

For more details on how our UK Transmission business operates see pages 16 to 17 and 20 to 21.

Key achievements

delivered our capital investment programme totalling £1.4 billion;

achieved our best year for reliability on record with transmission system availability of 99.999999%;

opened an office in Brussels to engage at a European level;

outperformed both our transmission carbon budgets (by over 25%) and our regulatory SF6 leakage target; and

in February 2012, in a joint venture partnership with ScottishPower, we awarded a £1 billion contract to build the first ever subsea electricity link between England and Scotland – the western high voltage direct current link.

Strategy

As part of the group’s strategic objectives, UK Transmission’s strategy includes:

delivering the increased capital investment programme. This adds to our regulated asset value and supports future equity growth;

working with Ofgem to achieve an acceptable outcome to RIIO-T1. This will include reviewing the output measures and incentives and considering how best to maximise our returns under these new mechanisms. This will contribute to future earnings and cash flows;

continuing work to increase our influence in Europe and create a long-term EU strategy, intended to help contribute to the evolution of the laws and regulations that affect our business and our consumers; and

increasing innovation, commercially, technically and financially. This can help us meet the output measures of our RIIO regulatory agreement and assist in finding new ways to generate growth.

Principal risks

the assets associated with our major project developments will require significant stakeholder engagement in order to secure the necessary permissions to be built;

the increased capital expenditure programme drives a need to ensure we have the appropriate core organisational and leadership capabilities; and

the outcome of Ofgem’s review of our business plans is uncertain.

Outlook

We believe the outlook for our UK Transmission business over the coming year is positive. While there are challenges ahead, we believe we have the right skills and approach to overcome them.

In the next 12 months we aim to deliver over £1.5 billion of capital investment and over the RIIO price control period we estimate this will be £25 billion.

Our safety and reliability performance has remained strong during the year and we believe this can continue. Our customer satisfaction scores have improved and work is underway to help deliver further improvement in this area.

We are working with stakeholders to try to develop the network of the future, designed to have appropriate flexibility to cope with the transition to a low carbon economy.

LOGOLOGO

64National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

LOGO

More information at

nationalgrid.com

UK Transmission

The results of the UK Transmission segment for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010 

£m 

 

Revenue

   3,804    3,484    3,475   

Operating costs excluding exceptional items

   (2,450  (2,121  (2,164)  

Adjusted operating profit

   1,354    1,363    1,311   

Exceptional items

       (70  (59)  

Operating profit

   1,354    1,293    1,252   

Principal movements (2009/10 – 2011/12)

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc65


Business Review

Principal operations

UK Gas Distribution

LOGO

We own and operate four of the eight regional gas distribution networks in Great Britain. Our networks comprise approximately 132,000 kilometres (82,000 miles) of gas distribution pipeline and we transport gas from the gas national transmission system to around 10.8 million consumers on behalf of 26 active gas shippers. Gas consumption in our UK networks was 259 TWh in 2011/12 compared with 304 TWh in 2010/11.

We manage the national gas emergency number (0800 111 999). This service, along with the enquiries lines, appliance repair helpline and meter enquiry service, handled 2,498,804 calls during 2011/12.

For more details on how our UK Gas Distribution business operates see pages 20 and 21.

Key achievements

achieved all our overall standards of service, including our emergency standards;

delivered £645 million of capital investment, including £474 million replacement expenditure to deliver 1,979 kilometres of decommissioned mains;

significantly improved customer satisfaction, increasing scores by an average of 5.5% this year and closing the gap on the independent distribution networks (IDNs);

submitted our RIIO business plans, prompting a favourable reaction from Ofgem and subsequently submitted revised plans; and

completed the exit of all IDNs from the system operator managed services agreement, including delivery of all systems.

Strategy

As part of the group’s strategic objectives, UK Gas Distribution’s strategy includes:

improving our safety performance. This discipline is important for our people, our contractors and the public and is an output measure under RIIO;

further improving our service to customers. This aids our relationships with stakeholders and is an output measure under RIIO;

embedding process excellence, along with systems improvements and training to make us more efficient and productive. Efficient processes should help us to meet output targets at reasonable cost, contributing to superior financial returns; and

developing a high performance culture to help inspire our people to do their best. Our people are the foundation of what we do.

Principal risks

the potentially dangerous nature of our activities, for our employees, contractors and the public, drives us to stay focused on process and personal safety;

operational performance and our ability to meet standards of service could be materially adversely affected by extreme weather conditions or other events. We therefore actively drive performance throughout the year; and

the outcome of Ofgem’s review of our business plan is uncertain.

Outlook

We expect to complete the roll out of the GDFO system across our networks over the summer of 2012. Once completed, this will be an enabling tool for our process improvements and should assist in improving productivity.

Our mains replacement programme will continue and is estimated at around £5 billion over the eight years of the first RIIO price control. In addition, we estimate around £1.3 billion in other capital expenditure.

We plan to introduce process and system improvements which are designed to help achieve output measures and earn incentive revenues under RIIO.

LOGOLOGO
66National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

LOGOMore information at nationalgrid.com

UK Gas Distribution

The results of the UK Gas Distribution segment for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Revenue

   1,605    1,524    1,518  

Operating costs excluding exceptional items

   (842  (813  (795

Adjusted operating profit

   763    711    723  

Exceptional items

   (24  (40  (41

Operating profit

   739    671    682  

Principal movements (2009/10 – 2011/12)

LOGO

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc67


Business Review

Principal operations

US Regulated

LOGO

We own and operate electricity distribution networks in upstate New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and New Hampshire. Through these networks we serve approximately 3.5 million electricity consumers in New England and upstate New York.

We also maintain and operate the electricity transmission and distribution system on Long Island owned by LIPA. The LIPA service territory covers approximately 3,185 square kilometres (1,230 square miles).

We own 57 electricity generation units on Long Island that together provide 4.1 GW of power under contract to LIPA. Our plants consist of oil and gas fired steam turbine, gas turbine and diesel driven generating units ranging from 2 MW to 385 MW.

Our US gas distribution networks provide services to around 3.5 million consumers across the northeastern US, located in service territories in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Rhode Island. We added 35,000 new gas heating customers in these areas in 2011/12.

We are responsible for billing, customer service and supply services. We forecast, plan for and procure approximately 14 billion standard cubic metres of gas and 33 TWh of electricity annually across four states.

For more details on how our US Regulated business operates see pages 18 to 19 and 22 to 23.

Key achievements

in April 2012, filed new rate cases for our upstate New York and Rhode Island gas and electricity businesses;

completed the US reorganisation to a local facing jurisdictional model;

achieved $200 million annualised cost savings compared to 2009/10 real achieved costs;

achieved significant milestones on the New England East-West Solution project, a multistate transmission project, working with the NE ISO and other utilities; and

successful continued development of the Cape Wind project.

Strategy

As part of the group’s strategic objectives, US Regulated’s strategy includes:

aligning our end-to-end processes to the needs of our customers and working to strengthen our relationships with the communities we serve;

improving our financial performance through new rate filings and actions to increase the efficiency of our operations. New tools such as integrated information systems can help enable these improvements. By achieving this we will be better placed to achieve or exceed our allowed returns;

increasing our safety and reliability. Work to improve our response to major weather events will continue and can help enhance our reputation; and

re-engaging our people and taking action to improve our employee engagement index.

Principal risks

due to storms or other events our network may fail;

the outcome of our rate case filings is uncertain;

adverse findings in the audit by Overland Consulting Inc on behalf of NYPSC may damage our relationships with our regulators; and

new environmental or other regulations may increase our costs and may not be remunerated under our rate plans.

Outlook

We believe the US Regulated business has opportunities to improve performance and we have a plan in place to realise these opportunities over the next few years.

The next 12 months will see significant changes to our information systems with the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system. This will be supplemented by process improvements aimed at delivering efficiency gains while also improving operational performance.

LOGOLOGO

68National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 LOGO  

More information at nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

35

US Regulated

The results of the US Regulated segment for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

   Years ended 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010 

£m 

 

Revenue excluding stranded cost recoveries

   7,516    8,391    7,996   

Operating costs excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   (6,326  (6,984  (7,055)  

Adjusted operating profit

   1,190    1,407    941   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   (296  (51  (10)  

Stranded cost recoveries

   260    348    369   

Operating profit

   1,154    1,704    1,300   

Principal movements (2009/10 – 2011/12)

 

LOGO

LOGO

Principal operations

continued

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc69

US Regulated business

What we do

We own and operate electricity distribution networks in upstate New York, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island. Through these networks we serve approximately 3.4 million electricity consumers in New England and upstate New York.

Our US gas distribution networks provide services to around 3.6 million consumers across the northeastern US, located in service territories in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. We added 31,145 new gas heating customers in these areas in 2013/14.

We own and operate an electricity transmission system of approximately 14,328 kilometres (8,903 miles) spanning upstate New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire and Vermont, operating 169 kilometres (105 miles) of underground cable and 521 substations, with a further 12 planned.

We also own and operate 50 fossil fuel-powered units on Long Island that together provide approximately 3,800 MW of power under contract to LIPA. A 15 year Power Supply Agreement (PSA) with LIPA was renewed in May 2013 for 3,634 MW of capacity, comprising eight dual fuel (gas/oil-fired) steam units at three sites, 11 dual fuel combustion turbine units, and 27 oil-fired combustion turbine/ diesel units. Under a separate contract with LIPA, four dual fuel combustion turbine units provide an additional 160 MW of capacity.

We are responsible for billing, customer service and supply services. We forecast, plan for and procure approximately 15 billion standard cubic metres of gas and 32 TWh of electricity annually across three states.

Where we are heading

We have introduced Connect21, our thinking on advancing America’s natural gas and electricity infrastructure beyond its 20th century limitations, and creating a more customer-centric, resilient, agile, efficient and environmentally sound energy network.

Our approach is threefold:

Build a resilient backbonefor our energy system

   that can provide reliable, flexible electric and gas

   service to all customers and integrate clean energy

   wherever it is located on the grid.

Inform customers about choices available to them

   to meet their energy needs and educate them on how

   to manage their use in the most cost-effective way.

Offer customised solutions to customers who

   want different levels of service.

Connect21 will help develop America’s economic and environmental health in three very important ways:

Drive economic growth: invest in our networks in

   ways that enhance state and local economies and

   encourage innovation, while simultaneously reducing

   the stress currently being exerted on our environment

   and public health.

Promote cleaner energy: work with the industry to

   find new ways to deliver cleaner energy, and more

   importantly encourage consumers to use energy more

   efficiently. We are already making progress on cleaner

   sources of energy, such as natural gas. The amount of

   energy generated by natural gas in the US is expected

   to double between 1990 and 2040, making gas the

   leading fuel for electricity generation.

Advance innovative technologies: harness existing

   technologies to put energy information and usage

   control in the hands of customers, which will help drive

   improvements in our consumption behaviours.

   Leverage technology to build smarter, more resilient

   electric and natural gas networks that can withstand

   the extreme weather.

Principal risks

Our regional risk profile describes the main risks our US business faces. The current risk themes for the US are:

our ability to manage data and systems improvements    required to deliver core business processes and

   regulatory requirements;

our ability to recover costs through existing rate-

   making mechanisms and to influence the development

   of the future US utility business model; and

safety performance and network reliability, security and    resilience.

What we’ve achieved

Within each of our jurisdictions we have focused on Elevate 2015, our journey towards operational excellence. This focus has encompassed our end-to-end business processes, including:

delivery;

maintenance and operation of electric and gas

   assets;

supply chain management;

meter to cash; and

emergency response.

Four main principles govern our business improvement strategy: safety and reliability; stewardship; customer responsiveness; and cost competitiveness.

31%

US Regulated
business
adjusted
operating profit
of Group total


36    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Business Review

Principal operations

continued

     US Regulated business

All jurisdictions have benefited from emergency response improvements. This has been a focus for the US business in response to the major storms we have experienced in recent years, such as Superstorm Sandy in 2012. Our Emergency Management Policy reinforces our commitment to our customers and the communities we serve. We strive to use effective emergency management principles and protocols that enhance our ability to provide safe and reliable energy services.

We have continued to strengthen resilience by assessing vulnerabilities throughout our system, flood-proofing critical equipment, readying more restoration crews, repair equipment and fuel supplies, reducing the risk of downed power lines from fallen trees and branches, and enhancing communications with our customers and stakeholders. During 2013/14 we introduced some new tools and initiatives:

Weather predictive tool: allows us to use data from

   past storm events to learn and predict future

   potential damage, which will help our storm

   response planning.

Expanded contractor relationships: expanding

   contractor relationships that cover a wider

   geographic area to increase flexibility and

   responsiveness in any type of storm.

Enhanced damage assessment: by using

   technology now available to us (mobile devices such

   as tablets) we have introduced an enhanced

   damage assessment process that helps us to gather

   information from the field more quickly. Coupled with

   data from existing outage reporting systems, this

   allows us to determine where to send crews more

   quickly and accurately. This, in turn, will help us to

   determine and execute restoration times faster for

   customers and communities.

US enterprise resource planning system stabilisation continued, remedying the errors of poor implementation from the prior year. Over the course of the year, the US business made significant progress in the activities required to upgrade the system, with implementation expected in mid-2014. The focus is now on reducing the ongoing costs associated with the complex manual processes that are required to compensate for identified weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting in the US. While these control weaknesses have not reduced the quality of financial statements produced, they have necessitated significant additional cost.

Overall, the business remains on track to successfully conclude the programme during 2014, with expected costs unchanged from the guidance provided last year.

Safety: we continue to make improvements on last year, including decreases in OSHA recordable incidents, road traffic collisions and lost time incidents. Still, we have much to accomplish to

LOGO

reach our goal of zero injuries every day. Some of our initiatives during 2013/14 include the development and implementation of a safe motor vehicle operation policy, Smith System driver training, a soft tissue injury prevention programme, and slippery surface simulator training. Also, in a continued effort to promote safety awareness and improvement, we have shared incident reports and lessons learned briefings with all employees, on a daily basis.

Network reliability: we met all our reliability targets in Rhode Island and New York. In Massachusetts, we missed two of our electricity circuit level metrics and avoided a financial penalty due to earned offsets for good performance on our system metrics.

Customer satisfaction: we use independent customer research studies and other measures to supplement the four J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction studies. We saw improvements in three of the four overall J.D. Power customer satisfaction quartile results – see page 10 for details.

In terms of our achievements during 2013/14, here are some highlights from each of our jurisdictions:

Massachusetts

Infrastructure investment: we invested $510 million to enhance the resilience, efficiency and safety of our infrastructure – $212 million in electric and $298 million in natural gas.

Energy efficiency: we introduced ‘Smart Energy Solutions’, a programme rolled out to 15,000 customers. The programme uses grid modernisation solutions, including advanced meters and communications systems and offers our customers better data about their energy usage, which helps them to make more informed decisions.

Gas expansion: we installed 32 miles of new gas mains, replaced 162 miles of gas mains and added more than 9,700 new natural gas customers.

National Grid teams maintain and repair the gas distribution networks across Rhode Island, where we deliver gas to 252,000 customers. The team in this picture is creating a solid base to reinstate the ground after some works on Rhode Island’s gas network.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

37

 

Economic development: we installed 15 miles of new electric circuit in Cape Ann, and reconfigured existing circuits to release additional capacity (more than $15 million investment).

New York

Infrastructure investment: we invested $1,008 million to enhance the resilience, efficiency and safety of our infrastructure – $471 million in electric and $537 million in natural gas. In partnership with the New York City Department of Environmental Protection, we launched the Newtown Creek Renewable Gas Demonstration project in Brooklyn. As part of our commitment to sustainable energy solutions, Newtown Creek is the first project in the US that directly injects renewable gas into a local distribution system by converting effluent from a wastewater treatment plant into biogas.

Energy efficiency: we are working with 13 institutions and 50 public and private companies within the Buffalo Niagara Medical Campus to enhance power quality and reliability, as well as address other energy and transportation challenges related to the expansion and development of the campus.

Gas expansion: we completed the largest oil to natural gas conversion on Long Island, saving the Northport VA Hospital nearly $3 million a year, displacing 1.5 million gallons of oil annually, and reducing carbon emissions by more than 5,000 tonnes a year.

Economic development: we provided the State University of New York at Canton (SUNY Canton) with a $750,000 Renewable Energy and Economic Development incentive to help with the completion of an on-campus wind turbine project.

Rhode Island

Infrastructure investment: we are planning to build the underground infrastructure to provide electricity to newly created land parcels following relocation of route I-195 in Providence ($3 million investment).

electricity efficiency and more than $44 million in benefits from natural gas efficiency).

FERC

Clean Line energy investment: Clean Line Energy Partners is developing several long-haul HVDC transmission lines to connect the best renewable energy resources to communities. Five projects are currently in development which span across states in the Midwest and Southwest US. We are an equity partner in these projects and the first utility to invest with Clean Line.

DeepWater Wind: the 30 MW DeepWater Offshore Wind Farm, located off the coast of Block Island, Rhode Island is in development and could become the first offshore wind farm in the US.

We are designing and constructing the approximately 20 mile submarine transmission cable from Narragansett, Rhode Island to Block Island, Rhode Island. The transmission cable will allow the energy generated by the wind farm to access the mainland Rhode Island customers and connect Block Island Power Company (BIPCo), which will become a new wholesale customer of National Grid, to the mainland electric system. While the wind farm will provide Rhode Island customers with a sustainable source of generation, the transmission cable will allow BIPCo to reduce its dependence on diesel generation which will result in significantly lower energy prices and emissions for the residents of Block Island.

Priorities for the year ahead

Deliver a step change in safety to ensure zero injuries

   each day.

Develop our people and build their capabilities for

   today and the future.

Put the customer first to meet all our obligations by

   working towards process excellence and successfully

   completing our US Foundation Program (USFP).

Drive regulatory performance through each

   jurisdiction and lead the delivery of future energy

   networks.

National Grid US field operations crew leader Mark Harris.

Energy efficiency: Rhode Island energy efficiency programmes will result in savings of more than 1.6 million MWh of electricity and 4.37 million Dth of natural gas over the lifetime of installed measures. The resulting reduction in carbon emissions is equivalent to taking more than 186,700 motor vehicles off the road for one year.

Gas expansion: the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (RIPUC) approved a $3 million gas expansion pilot programme to be included in the FY2014 Gas Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability (ISR) Plan.

Economic development: energy efficiency programmes resulted in more than 540 full-time equivalent jobs and should generate economic benefits of more than $237 million over the life of the installed measures (with more than $190 million from

LOGO


38    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Principal operations

Principal operations

continued

Other activities

 

LOGO

Other activities

Grain LNG

Grain LNG is one of three LNG importation facilities in the UK. It was constructed in three phases, phases I, II and III becoming operational in 2005, 2008 and 2010 respectively. It operates under long-term contracts with customers and provides importation services, storage and send out capacity on to the national transmission system.

We are exploring with customers whether therea number of developments to the Grain site to enhance its revenue earning capability.

Interconnectors

The England-France interconnector is interesta 2,000 MW HVDC link between the French and British transmission systems with ownership shared between National Grid and Réseau de Transport d’Electricité (RTE). The interconnector is approximately 70 kilometres (43 miles) in length, with 45 kilometres (27 miles) of subsea cable. Following a further expansionsignificant valve replacement programme, the availability of the Grain LNG site that could take peak capacity upinterconnector continues to 27%show marked improvement and the 2013/14 average was at 83.84%. A substantial proportion of the current annual UK gas demand when completed, which mayflow continues to be as early as winter 2016/17 subjectin the import direction, from France to market interest.Great Britain.

BritNed

BritNed is a joint venture between National Grid and TenneT, the Dutch transmission system operator, to buildoperator. It built, and operatenow owns and operates a 1,000 MW 260 kilometre (162 mile) subsea electricity link between the UK and the Netherlands.Netherlands, which is approximately 260 kilometres (162 miles) in length. BritNed, was fully commissioned and went livewhich entered commercial operations on 1 April 2011.2011, is a merchant interconnector that sells its capacity via a range of explicit and implicit auction products.

The first capacity auction was held in October 2011 and intraday auctions are expected to commence in May 2012. In its first year of operation 80% of power flows, around 3.9 TWh, were from the Netherlands to the UK and availability was above 95%.

Metering

National Grid Metering (NGM) provides installation and maintenance services to energy suppliers in the regulated market in Great Britain. It maintains an asset base of around 15 million domestic, industrial and commercial meters. During 2011/12, it significantly improved

Through Ofgem’s Review of Metering Arrangements, National Grid has been appointed National Metering Manager (NMM) to facilitate the transition to smart metering in the domestic sector. To support this, NGM has also undertaken a pricing consultation to define the tariff caps to apply to traditional domestic gas metering. This took effect on 1 April 2014 and will last until the end of the transition to smart metering.

In addition, NGM has been further developing its approach to measuring process safety performancecontracts and reported no lost time injuries as well as improving customer satisfaction as measured under a biannual customer survey.

During 2012, we successfully completed the sale of OnStream which provides installation and maintenance services in the unregulatedindustrial and commercial market.

NGM has achieved its highest customer satisfaction scores for the last six years for both its Domestic and Industrial & Commercial businesses.

UK Property

National Grid Property is responsible for managing our occupied properties in the UK and for the management, clean upclean-up and disposal of surplus sites, most of which are former gasworks.

gas works. During the year,2013/14 we reviewedhave sold 45 sites, exchanged on several high-profile land disposal agreements with JV partners and embarked on a new programme of holder demolitions. We have been embedding our commercial property operating model and in April 2012 signed anestate management outsourcing contractagreement with Capita Symonds. This arrangement will provide a rangeand our new tender framework for the clean-up of services to further progress the efficient disposal and management of our surplus estate.contaminated land is progressing well.

Xoserve

Xoserve delivers transactional services on behalf of all the major gas network transportation companies in Great Britain, including National Grid. Xoserve is jointly owned by National Grid, as majority shareholder, and the other gas distribution network companies.

US non-regulated businesses

Some of our US businesses are not subject to state or federal rate-making authority. These include interests in LNG storage,some of our LNG road transportation, some gas transmission pipelines and transmission pipelines. During the year, we successfully completed the sale of Seneca-Upshur, our oilcertain commercial services relating to solar installations, fuel cells and gas exploration and production business in West Virginia and Pennsylvania.other new technologies.

Corporate activities and shared services functions

Corporate activities comprise central overheads, Group insurance and expenditure incurred on business development.

 

LOGO

3%

LOGO

 

70Other activities adjusted operating profit of Group total

LOGO


LOGO


40    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


PeopleIf we are to achieve our strategic goals, we need to make sure our employees have the right skills and capabilities.

During 2013/14 we have focused particularly on the areas that we believe can generate the most value for the Company through our people – both now and in the future.

This has involved a focus on future leaders, operational leaders, engineers and stakeholder relationship managers. In addition to increasing our capability across these groups we also need to make sure we have enough people in each group. We will also be developing plans to improve our succession planning for our operational leader, engineer and stakeholder relationship manager roles.

 

www.nationalgrid.comBuilding skills and expertise

As we continue working under RIIO in the UK and become increasingly focused on driving performance on both sides of the Atlantic, we have identified three main business capabilities we need to develop among our workforce to support us in achieving our strategic objectives: performance excellence; customer and stakeholder management; and contract management.

 

We believe that by focusing on these capabilities we will make sure we meet our customers’ and stakeholders’ expectations while building a systematic approach to improving performance.

To help us do this, we have brought all our learning and development resources together under our Academy.

To date, 110 of our senior leaders in the UK have attended our performance excellence senior leadership programme through our Academy and similar programmes have started in the US.

Attracting the best people

We are involved in a number of initiatives to help attract new talent into our organisation and industry. In the UK, these include:

working with the energy sector towards delivering 11,000 new

   apprenticeships and traineeships over the next three years through

   the Energy & Efficiency Industrial Partnership;

developing our own people through Advanced Apprenticeships

   and engineer training;

supporting power systems undergraduate bursaries through the

   Power Academy; and

making sure our graduates continue their development throughout

   their career with us.

Initiatives in the US include:

energy utility technology certificate programmes – partnerships

   with seven local community colleges to develop and prepare

   students to become future electric line workers;

‘Troops to Energy Jobs’ – a programme designed to help veterans

   determine how their military skills and experience translate into the

   skills we are looking for;

real work experience and leadership training for qualified

   graduates in engineering and business disciplines; and

summer internships – providing six to eight week opportunities

   for college students to gain work experience with us.

Safeguarding the future

In the UK, around 89,000 people are needed annually to meet demand in the UK’s engineering sector over the next decade, yet only around 51,000 are joining the profession each year.

To address this shortage, we are running or are involved with a number of programmes and initiatives aimed at encouraging young people to study STEM subjects. These include:

‘School Power’, which provides classroom resources,

   including a dedicated website, to support the teaching of STEM

   subjects;

work experience, offering year 10 students a week-long

   residential course at our Eakring Academy (totalling 100 each

   year); and

open house visits to our sites to give students and teachers an

   insight into gas and electricity systems, as well as future energy

   challenges.

We are leading a consortium of businesses to create an exhibition called ‘That Could Be Me’ at the Science Museum in London, which will provide insight into engineering as a career. It is due to launch in December 2014.

A further initiative, called ‘Careers Lab’, aims to help establish a coordinated approach towards businesses taking responsibility for the skills agenda. The pilot scheme, which began in January 2014, involves businesses and schools in the Midlands working together to progress careers advice programmes for young people.

In the US, overall engineering employment is expected to grow by 11% through to 2018, varying by specialty. By 2018, STEM occupations will account for about 1.1 million new jobs and 1.3 million replacement positions due to STEM workers leaving the workforce.

We are working with high schools and community colleges to build a curriculum that meets future workforce needs – and supporting STEM education at K-12 levels. An example of this is the National Grid Engineering Pipeline Program – a six year developmental journey designed to inspire young people to pursue an education and career in engineering. To date 164 young people have entered into the programme.

We also work closely with the National Centre for Energy Workforce Development on its ‘energy industry fundamentals’ curriculum and competency models.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

41

 

 

LOGO

More information at

nationalgrid.com

Other activitiesVolunteering

The resultsOur employees continue to support our local communities, sharing their time and expertise on a range of skills-based volunteering and fundraising activities. This year in the UK we continued supporting Special Olympics GB by sponsoring the National Summer Games, launched our other activities for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011first-ever employee chosen charity partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support and 2010 were as follows:

   Years ended 31 March 
    2012
£m
  2011
£m
  2010
£m
 

Revenue

   715    678    741  

Operating costs excluding exceptional items

   (527  (559  (595

Adjusted operating profit

   188    119    146  

Exceptional items

   104    (42  (87

Operating profit

   292    77    59  

Principal movements (2009/10joined forces with two initiatives2011/12)Step up to Serve and TeachFirst.

 

LOGOIn the US, our Power to Serve programme is evolving as we focus on volunteering efforts that make National Grid a great place to work, and our communities great places to live. Power to Serve supports our Elevate 2015 Stewardship principle and seeks to acknowledge existing community service, as well as to create new volunteer opportunities for employees.

LOGO

 

Annual ReportHealth and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc71wellbeing


Our health and wellbeing programmes for 2013/14 have included encouraging employees to improve their levels of activity and quality of nutrition, as well as supporting employees’ mental wellbeing and musculoskeletal conditions. With our major cancer charities (Macmillan Cancer Support in the UK and The American Cancer Society in the US) we have raised money and awareness. Our employee opinion survey results continue to show that employees have a growing awareness of our wellbeing programmes.

 

Business ReviewPromoting an inclusive and diverse workforce

We aim to develop and operate our business with an inclusive and diverse culture, with equal opportunity to all in recruitment, career development, training and reward. This applies to all employees regardless of race, gender, nationality, age, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion and background. Where existing employees become disabled, our policy is to provide continued employment and training wherever practical. Our policies support the attraction and retention of the best people, improve effectiveness, deliver superior performance and enhance our success.

 

During 2013/14, Race for Opportunity and Opportunity Now each awarded us with their Gold standard and recognised us as one of the top 10 private sector employers in terms of their benchmark criteria. We were also once again selected as one of the Times Top 50 Employers for Women.

  

In the US, we have focused on boosting membership and awareness of our Employee Resource Groups, which have measurable goals that are in line with our vision and Elevate 2015 ambitions.

 

These groups aim to build awareness and understanding of inclusion and diversity throughout the organisation. Their activities include programmes designed to build skills that help manage differences.

 

The table below shows the breakdown by gender at different levels of the organisation. We have included information relating to subsidiary directors, as this is required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013. We define ‘senior management’ as those managers who are at levels Executive –1 and Executive –2, as well as those who are directors of subsidiaries or who have responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the Company, or a strategically significant part of the Company, and are employees of the Company.

 

     

     

            

     Financial year ended 31 March 2014 
   

 

 

 
     

Male

 

  

Female

 

  

Total

 

  

 

%

male

 

  

%  
female  

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

Our Board

  9    4    13    69.2    30.8    
  

 

Senior management

  182    56    238    76.5    23.5    
  

 

Whole company

 

  18,387    5,522    23,909    76.9    23.1    
  

 

 
  

 

Human rights

National Grid does not have a specific policy relating to human rights, but respect for human rights is incorporated into our employment practices and our values, which include respecting others and valuing diversity.

 

‘Doing the Right Thing’ is our guide to ethical business conduct. The way in which we conduct ourselves allows us to build trust with the people we work with. We earn this trust by doing things in the right way, building our reputation as an ethical company that our stakeholders want to do business with, and that our employees want to work for.

 

Our procurement policies integrate sustainability into the way we do business throughout our supply chain, so that we create value, preserve natural resources and respect the interests of the communities we serve and from which we procure goods and services. Additionally, through our supplier code of conduct, we expect our suppliers to keep to all laws relating to their business, as well as the principles of the United Nations Global Compact, the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organization (ILO).

  

     

       

           

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

 

Financial position and resourcesAlison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

The following is a summarised analysis of our financial position and resources and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements.

You may also be interested in our risks and response to risk, particularly:

 cost escalation on pages 42, 43 and 45

 financing and liquidity on pages 43 and 46

 customers and counterparties on pages 43 and 4618 May 2014

 

Going concern

Having made enquiries, the Directors consider that the Company and its subsidiary undertakings have adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future, and that it is therefore appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated and individual financial statements of the Company. More details of our liquidity position are provided under the risk factors discussion on page 43 and in note 32(d) to the consolidated financial statements.

Summarised balance sheet

       As at 31 March 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

 

Goodwill and intangibles

   5,322    5,277  

Property, plant and equipment

   33,701    31,956  

Investments and other non-current assets

   687    728  

Pension assets

   155    556  

Current assets*

   2,611    2,822  

Current liabilities*

   (3,155  (3,441

Deferred tax liabilities

   (3,738  (3,766

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

   (3,652  (3,758

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

   (3,088  (2,574

Net debt

   (19,597  (18,731

Net assets

   9,246    9,069  

*Excludes amounts related to net debt and provisions reported in other lines

Goodwill and intangibles

Goodwill and intangibles increased by £45 million during 2011/12 to £5,322 million. This increase primarily relates to software additions of £203 million offset by amortisation of £79 million and the impairment of the acquisition related intangible asset of £64 million following the announcement that, after the end of the current contract in 2013, we will no longer operate and maintain the electricity distribution network on behalf of LIPA.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £1,745 million to £33,701 million. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,172 million, predominantly in the extension of our regulated networks, partially offset by £1,212 million of depreciation and net disposals of £279 million, primarily the disposal of OnStream in October 2011.

72National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

The graph below shows our capital expenditure over the last five years, by segment. The largest area of organic growth is in the UK Transmission segment, and we expect that to be the case for the next few years.

LOGO

 

Capital expenditure decreased marginally in each of the three regulated businesses. This was primarily due to timing of work being undertaken.

 

As a result of capital expenditure in 2011/12, and after allowing for depreciation and, in the UK, inflation, we estimate that our regulated asset base will increase by approximately £1.5 billion.

 

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments and other non-current assets have decreased by £41 million to £687 million. This is principally due to a £58 million decrease in the fair value of our US commodity contract assets driven by a fall in electricity prices partially offset by an increase in other receivables.

 

Current assets

Current assets have decreased by £211 million to £2,611 million. This was due to a fall in trade receivables of £230 million, primarily reflecting the impact of warmer than normal weather in March 2012 on our US Regulated segment revenues. The warmer weather also led to an offsetting increase in inventories in the US, which were £56 million higher.

 

Current liabilities

Current liabilities have decreased by £286 million to £3,155 million. Trade payables were £190 million lower, reflecting the impact of lower commodity prices in our US Regulated segment. Current tax liabilities were £120 million lower primarily due to tax payments made in 2011/12.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

The net deferred tax liability decreased by £28 million to £3,738 million. This decrease mainly arose from the deferred tax charge for the year of £381 million being more than offset by the £403 million deferred tax credit arising on actuarial losses relating to pension and other post-retirement obligations. Refer to notes 5 and 22 to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

  

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions and other non-current liabilities decreased by £106 million to £3,652 million. Additions to environmental provisions were £58 million primarily due to revisions to our cost estimates. This was offset by payments in relation to provisions totalling £228 million, including £101 million relating to environmental provisions and £74 million relating to restructuring provisions. Further information on provisions is provided in note 24.

 

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

We operate pension arrangements on behalf of our employees in both the UK and US and also provide post-retirement healthcare and life insurance benefits to qualifying retirees in the US.

 

In the UK, the defined benefit section of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme and the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme are closed to new entrants. Membership of the defined contribution section of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme is offered to all new employees in the UK.

 

In the US, we operate a number of pension plans, which provide both defined benefits and defined contribution benefits. We also provide post-retirement benefits other than pensions to the majority of employees. Benefits include health care and life insurance coverage to eligible retired employees.

 

Pension plan assets are measured at the bid market value at the balance sheet date. Plan liabilities are measured by discounting the best estimate of future cash flows to be paid out by the plans using the projected unit method. Estimated future cash flows are discounted at the current rate of return on high quality corporate bonds in UK and US debt markets of an equivalent term to the liability.

 

A summary of movements in the IAS 19 accounting deficit is set out below:

 

   Net plan liability 

UK 

£m 

 

US 

£m 

 

Total 

£m 

  

 

  

As at 1 April 2011

 (90) (1,928) (2,018)
  

 

Exchange movements

 –  (8) (8)
  

Current service cost

 (84) (112) (196)
  

Expected return less interest

 85  (15) 70 
  

Curtailments, settlements and other

 (9) (60) (69)
  

Actuarial gains/(losses)

   
  

– on plan assets

 406  25  431 
  

– on plan liabilities

 (1,174) (582) (1,756)
  

Employer contributions

 198  415  613 
  

 

  

As at 31 March 2012

 (668) (2,265) (2,933)
  

 

  

Represented by:

   
  

Plan assets

 16,107  5,042  21,149 
  

Plan liabilities

 (16,775) (7,307) (24,082)
  

 

  

Net plan liability

 (668) (2,265) (2,933)
  

 

     
  The principal movements in net obligations during the year arose as a consequence of a decrease in the discount rate following declines in corporate bond interest rates. Actuarial gains on plan assets reflected improvements in financial markets, particularly corporate bond yields. The curtailment loss recognised in the US is an adjustment to the gain recorded in the prior year as a result of the US restructuring.
LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc73


Business Review

LOGO

 

Financial position and resources continuedNon-financial KPIs

Plan assets are predominantly invested in equities, corporate bonds, gilts, property and short-term investments. Our plans are trustee administered and the trustees are responsible for setting the investment strategy and monitoring investment performance, consulting with us where appropriate.

The investment profile of our pension plan assets is illustrated below:

LOGO

Further information on our pension and other post-retirement obligations can be found in note 30 of the consolidated financial statements.

Net debt

Funding and liquidity risk management

Funding and treasury risk management is carried out by the treasury function under policies and guidelines approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The Finance Committee is responsible for the regular review and monitoring of treasury activity and for the approval of specific transactions, the authority for which may be further delegated.

The primary objective of the treasury function is to manage our funding and liquidity requirements. A secondary objective is to manage the associated financial risks, in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, to within acceptable boundaries. Further details on the management of funding and liquidity and the main risks arising from our financing and commodity hedging activities can be found in the risk factors discussion starting on page 41 and in notes 32 and 33 of the consolidated financial statements.

Surplus funds

Investment of surplus funds, usually in short-term fixed deposits or placements with money market funds that invest in highly liquid instruments of high credit quality, is subject to our counterparty risk management policy.

Net debt trend

LOGO

The trend in our net debt as shown in the chart above highlights two significant events. The acquisition of KeySpan in August 2007 and our rights issue in June 2010.

Composition of net debt

Net debt is made up as follows:

    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

 

Cash, cash equivalents & financial investments

   2,723    3,323  

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

   (23,025  (23,198

Derivatives

   705    1,144  

Total net debt

   (19,597  (18,731

The increase in net debt of £866 million to £19,597 million is explained by our chart below:

LOGO

74National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Factors decreasing net debt

Our primary source of cash relates to operating cash flows as detailed separately below. In 2011/12 this was supplemented by proceeds from the rights issue. Non cash movements related to foreign exchange gains caused by movements in the sterling to dollar exchange rate which was offset by increases in the value of inflation linked debt.

Factors increasing net debt

Our primary use of cash is for capital expenditure and other investing activities. This has increased by £258 million primarily due to increased investment in our UK Transmission business. We also utilised cash for dividends which increased by £148 million representing the 8% growth in the dividend and the increase in the number of qualifying shares following the rights issue and scrip dividend uptakes. Net interest paid was £287 million lower than prior year, reflecting lower interest rates, lower average net debt during the year and reduced debt repurchase costs. Tax paid was £259 million, £263 million higher than prior year due to a refund received in March 2011. Non cash movements related to increases in the value of inflation linked debt and remeasurements.

Operating cash flows

LOGO

Cash flows from our operations are largely stable over a period of years. Our electricity and gas transmission and distribution operations in the UK and US are subject to multi-year rate agreements with regulators. In the UK, we have largely stable annual cash flows. However, in the US our short-term cash flows are dependent on the price of gas and electricity and the timing of customer payments. The regulatory mechanisms for recovering costs from customers can result in significant cash flow swings from year to year. Changes in volumes in the US, for example as a consequence of abnormally mild or extreme weather or economic conditions affecting the level of demand, can affect cash inflows in particular.

Cash flow from operations decreased by £367 million in 2011/12 to £4,487 million due to lower operating profits, unfavourable working capital movements, higher pension payments and lower stranded costs recoveries.

The increase of £482 million in 2010/11 to £4,854 million was due to higher operating profits and lower pension payments.

Borrowings

The Finance Committee controls refinancing risk by limiting the amount of our debt maturities arising from borrowings in any one year which is demonstrated by our maturity profile.

The maturity profile of gross borrowings by our major financial entities is illustrated below:

LOGO

During the year we continued to refinance where attractive opportunities arose. We received £1,809 million of proceeds from new loans and debt issuance, including a500 million note in NGUSA in May 2011, £283 million from our RPI linked retail bond in National Grid plc in October 2011 and a $500 million note in Boston Gas in February 2012; and repaid £1,914 million of borrowings during the year.

As at 31 March 2012 total borrowings of £23,025 million including bonds, bank loans, finance leases and other debt was broadly consistent with 2010/11. We expect to repay £2,492 million of our maturing debt in the next 12 months and that we will be able to refinance this debt through the capital and money markets.

Further information on borrowings can be found on the debt investors’ section of our website and in note 19 of the consolidated financial statements.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc75


Business Review

Financial position and resources continued

Derivatives

    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

 

Interest rate swaps

   187    161  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   740    970  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   59    38  

Forward rate agreements

   (5  (20

Inflation linked swaps

   (276  (5

Total as at 31 March

   705    1,144  

We use derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates. We value our derivatives by discounting all future cash flows by externally sourced market yield curves at the balance sheet date, taking into account the credit quality of both parties. The decrease in our derivatives of £439 million therefore represents movements as a result of underlying market variables and composition of the derivative portfolio.

The currency exposure on our borrowings is managed through the use of cross-currency swaps and results in a net debt profile post derivatives that is almost entirely sterling/dollar.

The impact on net debt from our use of derivatives can be seen in the currency and interest rate profiles shown below:

LOGO

The interest rate profile of net debt is actively managed under the constraints of our interest rate risk management policy as approved by the Finance Committee. Our interest rate exposure, and therefore profile, will change over time. The chart below shows the interest rate profile of our net debt before derivatives.

LOGO

The charts below show the impact, as at 31 March 2012, of derivatives on our net debt for 2012/13 and future years. The 2012/13 position reflects the use of derivatives, including forward rate agreements to lock in interest rates in the short term. The future years’ position excludes derivatives that mature within the next year.

LOGO

Further details on our foreign currency and interest rate risk management can be found in the risk factors discussion on page 45 and in note 32(a) of the consolidated financial statements.

Off-balance sheet items

There were no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than the contractual obligations shown in note 32(d) of the consolidated financial statements, and the commitments and contingencies discussed below.

Commitments and contingencies

The following table summarises the commitments and contingencies outstanding at 31 March 2012 and 2011

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Future capital expenditure contracted but not provided for

   2,728     1,614  

Total operating lease commitments

   706     795  

Energy commitments

   4,174     3,543  

Guarantees and letters of credit

   1,344     762  

The increase in capital expenditure contracted but not provided for is a result of the continued ramp up in our capital investment programme.

The energy commitments reflect obligations to purchase energy under long-term contracts. These contracts are used in respect of our normal sale and purchase requirements and do not include commodity contracts carried at fair value. Substantially all our costs of purchasing electricity and gas supply for our customers are recoverable at an amount equal to cost. The timing of recovery can vary between financial periods leading to an under- or over-recovery within any particular financial period (see timing differences as discussed on page 57).

The increase in guarantees and letters of credit relates to a guarantee provided in relation to our portion of the construction of the HVDC west coast link between Scotland and England, which is expected to expire in 2016.

76National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

We propose to meet all our commitments, as well as working capital requirements, from existing cash and investments, operating cash flows, existing credit facilities, future facilities and other financing that we reasonably expect to be able to secure in the future.

Further information on commitments and contingencies can be found in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements, together with information on litigation and claims.

Capital structure

The principal measure of our balance sheet efficiency is our interest cover ratio as described on page 59. Our target long-term range for interest cover is between 3.0 and 3.5, which we believe is consistent with single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc (NGET plc) and National Grid Gas plc (NGG plc).

Some of our regulatory agreements impose lower limits for the long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings that certain companies within the group must hold or the amount of equity within their capital structures. These requirements are monitored on a regular basis in order to ensure compliance. One of the key limits requires National Grid plc to hold an investment grade long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating. We believe our aim of maintaining single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies is consistent with this. Further details on credit ratings can be found on the debt investors’ section of our website.

Gearing at 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011, calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of net debt plus net assets, amounted to 68% and 67% respectively. We do not consider that this standard gearing ratio is an appropriate measure of our balance sheet efficiency as it does not reflect the economic value of our regulated assets in our UK and US businesses.

Therefore, we monitor the regulatory asset value (RAV) gearing within NGET plc and the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG plc. This is calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of RAV, and indicates the level of debt employed to fund our UK regulated businesses. It is compared to 60% which is the level of RAV gearing indicated by Ofgem as being appropriate for these businesses. The table below shows the RAV gearing for NGET plc and for the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG plc as at 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011. To calculate RAV gearing for the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG plc, we exclude an element of debt that is associated with funding the metering business within NGG plc which no longer has a RAV associated with it.

RAV gearing  2012
%
   2011
%
 

Regulated transmission and distribution businesses within National Grid Gas plc

   51     54  

National Grid Electricity Transmission plc

   49     54  

Actuarial valuation of UK pensions

A triennial valuation is carried out for the independent trustees of our two UK defined benefit plans by professionally qualified actuaries, using the projected unit method. The purpose of the valuation is to design a funding plan to ensure that present and future contributions should be sufficient to meet future liabilities.

The last completed full actuarial valuation of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme was as at 31 March 2010. This concluded that the pre-tax funding deficit was £599 million in the defined benefit section on the basis of the funding assumptions. Employer cash contributions for the ongoing cost of this plan are currently being made at a rate of 32% of pensionable payroll.

The last completed full actuarial valuation of the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme was as at 31 March 2010. This concluded that the pre-tax funding deficit was £507 million on the basis of the funding assumptions. Employer cash contributions for the ongoing cost of this plan are currently being made at a rate of 23.7% of pensionable payroll.

We agreed with both sets of Trustees that the deficits should be repaired over 17 years and that we would deposit additional cash in restricted accounts over which the respective Trustee has a charge and that would be paid to the Trustee, primarily in the event of insolvency or loss of licence of the relevant employer. The money is returned back to the company if the respective scheme moves into surplus.

In addition, we agreed with the Trustees of the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme to make a payment in respect of the deficit up to a maximum of £220 million should certain triggers be breached, primarily relating to loss of licence by NGET plc or its credit rating falling below agreed limits.

More information on the actuarial valuations can be found in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc77


Business Review

Accounting policies

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements present our results for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011 and 2010 and our financial position as at 31 March 2012 and 2011. They have been prepared using the accounting policies shown, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

In complying with IFRS, we are also complying with the version of IFRS that has been endorsed by the European Union for use by listed companies.

Choices permitted under IFRS

IFRS provides certain options available within accounting standards. Material choices we have made, and continue to make, include the following:

Presentation formats

We use the nature of expense method for our income statement and total our balance sheet to net assets and total equity.

In the income statement, we present subtotals of total operating profit, profit before tax and profit from continuing operations, together with additional subtotals excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are presented separately on the face of the income statement.

Customer contributions

Contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income and amortised in line with the depreciation on the associated asset.

Financial instruments

We normally opt to apply hedge accounting in most circumstances where this is permitted. For net investment hedges, we have chosen to use the spot rate method, rather than the alternative forward rate method.

Timing of goodwill impairment reviews

Goodwill impairment reviews are carried out annually in the final quarter of the financial year.

Critical accounting policies

The application of accounting principles requires us to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the accounts. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates using historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods that we consider reasonable in the particular circumstances to ensure compliance with IFRS. Actual results may differ significantly from our estimates, the effect of which will be recognised in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known.

Certain accounting policies, described below, have been identified as critical accounting policies, as these policies involve particularly complex or subjective decisions or assessments. The discussion of critical accounting policies below should be read in conjunction with the description of our accounting policies set out in the consolidated financial statements on pages 112 to 118.

Revenue

Revenue includes an assessment of energy and accruals for transportation services supplied to customers between the date of the last meter reading and the year end. Changes to the estimate of the energy or transportation services supplied during this period would have an impact on our reported results.

Unbilled revenues at 31 March 2012 are estimated at £368 million in the UK and £360 million in the US compared with £303 million and £445 million respectively at 31 March 2011.

Estimated economic lives of property, plant and equipment

The reported amounts for depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of non-current intangible assets can be materially affected by the judgements exercised in determining their estimated economic lives.

Hedge accounting

We use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain economic exposures arising from movements in exchange and interest rates or other factors that could affect either the value of our assets or liabilities or our future cash flows. Movements in the fair values of derivative financial instruments may be accounted for using hedge accounting where we meet the relevant eligibility, documentation and effectiveness testing requirements. If a hedge does not meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting, or where there is ineffectiveness or partial ineffectiveness, then the movements will be recorded in the income statement immediately instead of being recognised in other comprehensive income or by being offset by adjustments to the carrying value of debt.

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are items of income and expense that, in the judgement of management, should be disclosed separately on the basis that they are material, either by their nature or their size, to an understanding of our financial performance and distort the comparability of our financial performance between periods.

Items of income or expense that are considered by management for designation as exceptional items include such items as significant restructurings, write-downs or impairments of non-current assets, significant changes in environmental or decommissioning provisions, integration of acquired businesses, gains or losses on disposals of businesses or investments and debt redemption costs as a consequence of transactions such as significant disposals or issues of equity.

Remeasurements comprise gains or losses recorded in the income statement arising from changes in the fair value of commodity contracts and of derivative financial instruments. These fair values increase or decrease as a consequence of changes in commodity and financial indices and prices over which we have no control.

Stranded cost recoveries relate to the recovery, through charges to electricity customers in upstate New York and in New England, of costs mainly incurred prior to divestiture of generation assets.

Tax estimates

Our tax charge is based on the profit for the year and tax rates in effect. The determination of appropriate provisions for taxation requires us to take into account anticipated decisions of tax authorities and estimate our ability to utilise tax benefits through future earnings and tax planning.

10 – 11

 

 

 

78Board diversity

page 56

LOGO


42    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14    


Corporate

Governance

ContentsLOGO

44

44

44

45

45

46

46

46

48

48

49

53

54

55

56

56

57

58

 

www.nationalgrid.comGovernance framework

Our Board

Board composition

Director induction and development

Investor engagement

Board and committee evaluation

Non-executive Director independence

Director performance

How our Board operates

Our Board and its committees

Audit Committee

Finance Committee

Safety, Environment and Health Committee

Nominations Committee

Board diversity and the Davies Review

Executive Committee

Management committees

Remuneration Report

Chairman’s foreword

An effective Board is vital to the sound foundations of good corporate governance. Our Board has undergone a significant change over the last three years to refresh membership and replace long-serving Non-executive Directors. As part of this planned transition, this year we have welcomed Therese Esperdy and John Pettigrew to our Board and, following the AGM, Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. We will also be saying goodbye to Nick Winser, who will not be standing for re-election to the Board at the AGM, but will continue in his role as President of ENTSO-E and Chairman of NGET and NGG until July 2015 when he will be leaving the Company.

 

Through the progressive refresh of the Board we have successfully renewed the membership and key roles to bring a diverse range of skills and experience to our Board. I am pleased to report that the results of the Board evaluation this year were positive, showing that our regenerated Board is functioning well, although there is always room for improvement. See page 46 for examples of the actions we have identified for the coming year.

All our new Board members undertake a thorough induction programme to get them up to speed on our businesses. The induction programme is tailored to the new Director to take account of previous experience and their specific role on the Board. I am confident that the programmes designed for Therese and John, which are detailed on page 45, will provide a good basis to enable them both to make a valuable early contribution to our Board.

As a Board we continue to support constructive challenge, encourage robust debate and recognise the value of different thinking styles. During the year we held a development session for the Board on ‘thinking styles’, see page 45 for details.

It is my strong belief that our ongoing emphasis on a positive and collegiate boardroom environment is helping the dynamics of the relationship between our Executive and Non-executive Directors. Because of this, we are able to increase the individual contribution of Directors and use their diverse backgrounds and expertise in enriching the quality of boardroom debates and discussions.

The behaviours and dynamics of the Board will be an ongoing focus for us as we strive to continually improve our effectiveness and performance.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Chairman

LOGO         


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

43

 

 

 

Carrying value of assets and potential for impairments

The carrying value of assets recorded in the consolidated balance sheet could be materially reduced if an impairment were to be assessed as being required. Impairment reviews are carried out either when a change in circumstance is identified that indicates an asset might be impaired or, in the case of goodwill, annually. An impairment review involves calculating either or both of the fair value or the value in use of an asset or group of assets and comparing with the carrying value in the balance sheet.

These calculations involve the use of assumptions as to the price that could be obtained for, or the future cash flows that will be generated by, an asset or group of assets, together with an appropriate discount rate to apply to those cash flows.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value

Certain assets and liabilities, principally financial investments, derivative financial instruments and certain commodity contracts, are carried in the balance sheet at their fair value rather than historical cost.

The fair value of financial investments is based on market prices, as is that of derivative financial instruments where market prices exist. Other derivative financial instruments and those commodity contracts carried at fair value are valued using financial models, which include judgements on, in particular, future movements in exchange and interest rates as well as equity and commodity prices.

Provisions

Provisions are made for liabilities, the timing and amount of which is uncertain. These include provisions for the cost of environmental restoration and remediation, decommissioning of nuclear facilities we no longer own but to which we still have a responsibility to contribute, restructuring, and employer and public liability claims.

Calculations of these provisions are based on estimated cash flows relating to these costs, discounted at an appropriate rate where significant. The amounts and timing of cash flows relating to these liabilities are based on management estimates supported by external consultants.

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Obligations for pensions and other post-retirement benefits recorded in the balance sheet are calculated actuarially using a number of assumptions about the future, including inflation, salary increases, life expectancy, length of service and pension and investment returns, together with the use of a discount rate to calculate the present value of the obligation.

These assumptions can have a significant impact on both the pension obligation recorded in the balance sheet and on the net charge recorded in the income statement.

Energy commitments

Our energy commitments relate to contractual commitments to purchase electricity or gas to satisfy physical delivery requirements to our customers or for energy that we use ourselves. In management’s judgement these commitments meet the normal purchase, sale or usage exemption in IAS 39 and are not recognised in the financial statements.

If these commitments were judged not to meet the exemption under IAS 39 they would have to be carried in the balance sheet at fair value as derivative instruments, with movements in their fair value shown in the income statement under remeasurements.

In order to illustrate the impact that changes in assumptions could have on our results and financial position, the following sensitivities are presented:Our

Revenue accruals

A 10% change in our estimate of unbilled revenues at 31 March 2012 would result in an increase or decrease in our recorded net assets and profit for the year by approximately £49 million net of tax.

Asset useful lives

An increase in the economic useful lives of assets of one year on average would reduce our annual depreciation charge on property, plant and equipment by £70 million (pre-tax) and our annual amortisation charge on intangible assets by £11 million (pre-tax).

Hedge accounting

If using our derivative financial instruments, hedge accounting had not been achieved during the year ended 31 March 2012, then the profit after tax for the year would have been £165 million higher than that reported net of tax, and net assets would have been £163 million higher.

Provisions

A 10% change in the estimates of future cash flows estimated in respect of provisions for liabilities would result in an increase or decrease in our provisions of approximately £173 million.

Assets carried at fair value

A 10% change in assets and liabilities carried at fair value would result in an increase or decrease in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments and commodity contract liabilities of £71 million and £19 million respectively.

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations

Our pension and post-retirement obligations are sensitive to the actuarial assumptions used. A 0.1% increase in the discount rate, a 0.5% increase in the rate of salary increases or an increase of one year in life expectancy would result in a change in the net obligation of £346 million, £158 million and £686 million and a change in the annual pension cost of £7 million, £8 million and £6 million respectively. The effect of a change in the discount rate, driven by changes in corporate bond interest rates, would be expected to have a partial offset due to the related effects on asset values.Board

 

Accounting developmentsLOGO


Accounting standards, amendments to standards and interpretations adopted in 2011/12

In preparing our consolidated financial statements we have complied with IFRS, IAS and interpretations applicable for 2011/12. None of the standards, amendments to standards and interpretations adopted during 2011/12 resulted in a material change to our consolidated financial statements for the year, or the comparative years presented.

Accounting standards, amendments to standards and interpretations not yet adopted

New accounting standards, amendments to standards and interpretations which have been issued but not yet adopted by44    National Grid are discussed in the consolidated financial statements on page 119.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14National Grid plc79


Corporate Governance

 

Corporate Governance

 

 

Corporate

Governance

continued

LOGO

 

Chairman’s foreword

I am fully committed to strong corporate governance practices and firmly believe in the benefits an effective board can bring to an organisation. It is evident to me that the Board, under the leadership of Sir John, made great progress in enhancing its effectiveness. However, we must not rest on our laurels, and I have been looking at ways to further improve it. As well as my own observations, I have discussed the Board’s operation and processes with each Director individually. For more information, see Board evaluation and effectiveness on page 82.

We have made changes to Board meeting agendas to ensure our Non-executive Directors have greater opportunity to support, challenge and add value, particularly on strategic issues. Further, our Non-executive Directors have committed to individually visit different sites to continuously broaden their understanding of the Company and meet our employees and contractors. We have also undertaken a comprehensive review of our risk appetite with a corresponding increase in our understanding of this important area.

As a priority following my appointment, I have worked with the Nominations Committee to review the evolution of the Board and Committee composition, in light of the longevity of service of several of our Non-executive Directors and noting in particular the strategic challenges and opportunities our Company faces. We have identified the balance of skills, experience, capabilities, independence, diversity and knowledge of the Company required on the Board and its Committees against which future appointments will be made, see page 81 for more details on Board transition.

As part of this succession planning process, which should complete in July 2014, we are delighted to welcome Ruth Kelly, Paul Golby and, with effect from 1 June 2012, Nora Brownell to our Board. During 2012, we will be saying goodbye to Stephen Pettit and Linda Adamany and thank them for their committed service to the Board. The phased recruitment and induction of new Non-executive Directors facilitates a structured handover and allows us to retain essential experience and knowledge to ensure continuity during a period of change. I am confident our Non-executive Directors retain independent character and judgement and continue to play an essential role in the composition of our Board due to the skills and expertise they bring. For more information on the diversity of our Board see pages 10 and 11.

I look forward to leading the Board through this period of transition and overseeing the changes ahead to further strengthen our corporate governance.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Chairman

Governance contents

80
 Governance framework
81The Board
81Board composition
81The Board and its Committees
81Non-executive Director independence
82Director induction, development and support
82Board evaluation and effectiveness
84Board and Committee governance structure
86Executive Committee
86Finance Committee
86Risk & Responsibility Committee
87Nominations Committee
88Audit Committee
90Remuneration Report
107Shareholder and share capital information

Governance framework

We are committed to operating our businesses in a responsiblelong-term success of the Company and deliver sustainable manner. Our corporate governance framework forms an integral part of this approach in order to safeguard shareholder value.

 

Compliance statement

The Board considers that it complied in full with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2012 (the Code) during the financial year being reported, see page 51 for our explanation in relation to external audit tendering.

The Board sets the risk appetite for the Company and takes the lead in areas such as safeguarding the reputation of the Company and financial policy, as well as making sure we maintain a sound system of internal control (see page 25).

The Board as a whole is responsible for making sure that there is satisfactory dialogue with shareholders. Further details of our investor engagement activities are set out opposite.

The Board’s full responsibilities are set out in the matters reserved for the Board, available on our website, together with other documentation relating to the Company’s governance.

Examples of Board focus during the year:

 

Compliance statement

The Board considers that it complied in full with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) during the financial year being reported, with the exception of the recruitment process for one of the Non-executive Directors, see page 87 for further details.

This report explains keythe main features of the Company’s governance structure to providegive a greater understanding of how the main principles of the Code have been applied and to highlight areas of focus during the year.applied. The report also includes items required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The location within the Annual Report and Accounts ofindex on page 57 sets out where to find each of the disclosures required in the Directors’ Report together with the Board’s sign-off on the report.

Fair, balanced and understandable

The Board received a paper on the governance arrangements that have been put in place to make sure that the Annual Report and Accounts meet the requirements of the Code.

The coordination and review of the Annual Report and Accounts follows a well-established and documented process, which is conducted in parallel with the formal audit process undertaken by the external auditors. The Board considered and endorsed the arrangements in place to enable it to confirm (see page 76) that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable.

Our Board

Our Board is set out on the previous page, along with the age, committee membership, independence, and tenure of all members. Their full biographical details are set out on pages 171 to 173.

The Directors who were in place during the year are shown on page 48, together with details of Board meeting attendance. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out in the index at the topeach of the following page. Our business model is explained onindividual committee reports later in this report. For further details about the Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment, see page 14 as required by the Code.

A full description65 of the matters reservedRemuneration Report.

    review of safety performance and initiatives following the previously reported fatality in April 2013;

    half-day strategy session including discussions on technology developments and the differences between the UK, European and US markets, followed by further discussions about strategy at Board meetings;

    risk workshop in support of the Board’s oversight of corporate risk management;

    updates on RIIO delivery and the UK business change programme;

    US Foundation Program post systems implementation review and regular updates;

    UK regulatory update, including future energy scenarios and EMR delivery plan;

    update on the politics of UK energy, including the increased profile of the Company in the run-up to the Board, together with other documentationnext UK general election;

    in-depth US operational update on topics central to the delivery of the US business strategy;

    talent management update, including important elements of our strategy relating to people;

the Company’s governance, is available on our website.results from the 2013 employee opinion survey and the associated action plan; and

    progress against the actions arising from the 2012/13 Board and committee evaluation.

Examples of changes during the year

The role of the Senior Independent Director has been updated during the year, and the Board has increased its focus on risk matters, see pages 40 to 47.

Additionally, a project was undertaken to formulate revised global delegations of authority which set out the processes for decision- making within the Company. Over time, the existing delegations had become complex, making it difficult to interpret quickly the correct delegation of authority requirement for decision-making. The principles of the simplified processes and guidance, which also incorporated consideration of risk, were approved by the Executive Committee and then the Board in January 2012. The revised framework came into effect from 1 April 2012 following a period of training and communication and applies equally to the UK and US.

80National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

Directors’ Report statutory and other disclosures (starting on page indicated)

 107    Annual General Meeting   184    Conflicts of interest   14    Future developments    expenditure
 186    Articles of Association   24    Contractual and other   40    Internal control   185    Post balance sheet events
 89    Audit information    arrangements   184    Material interests in shares   14    Principal activities and
 8    Board of Directors   184    Directors’ indemnity   32    People    business review
 184    Change of control provisions   103    Directors’ share interests   185    Policy and practice on   185    Research and development
 184    Charitable donations   58    Dividends    payment of creditors   40    Risk management
 184    Code of Ethics   74    Financial instruments   185    Political donations and   107    Share capital

The Board

The Board reserves a number of matters for its sole consideration where these matters impact the strategic direction, effective oversight and reputation of the Company and its businesses.

Board focus during the year

monthly Chief Executive’s report on safety, business development and scorecard showing performance against KPIs;

strategic review to 2020;

UK and US regulatory issues and updates;

UK business deep dives on operating model, energy futures and carbon capture and storage;

US business deep dives on restructuring progress, customer focus and initiatives and review of external audits;

dividend policy;

risk appetite;

budget and business plan;

London Olympics; and

corporate governance best practice.

Expectedexpected Board focus for next yearyear:

safety performance and initiatives;

Our Chairman is responsible for the leadership and management of the Board and its governance. By promoting a culture of openness and debate, he facilitates the effective contribution of all Directors and helps maintain constructive relations between Executive and Non-executive Directors.

Our Chief Executive is responsible for the executive leadership and day-to-day management of the Company, to ensure the delivery of the strategy agreed by the Board. Through his leadership of the Executive Committee, he demonstrates commitment to safety, operational and financial performance.

    annual review of safety activities;

    continued detailed review of strategy and financing;

    risk appetite discussions;

    progress on the stabilisation of the new enterprise resource system and updates on the US Foundation Program;

    review of the business performance under RIIO;

    outcome of the New York gas audit;

    talent review and succession planning;

    results and actions from the 2014 employee opinion survey; and

    progress against the actions from the 2013/14 Board and committee evaluation.

UK price control review submissions, outcomes and updates and US regulatory relationships and rate filings;

Our Senior Independent Director acts as a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors, as well as shareholders as required.

Independent of management,our Non-executive Directors bring diverse skills and experience, vital to constructive challenge and debate. Exclusively, they form the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees, and have an important role in developing proposals on strategy.

 

results of 2012 employee opinion survey and proposed high level actions;

ageing workforce regeneration;

talent management, retention and recruitment;

clarifying future sources of growth;

UK capital expenditure programme delivery;

financing the business, including dividend policy; and

implementing and monitoring actions to improve its own performance, see page 82.

Board composition

Sir Peter joinedThe successful delivery of our strategy depends upon attracting and retaining the Board on 1 August 2011 as Deputy Chairman and assumed the role of Chairman on 1 January 2012 when Sir John Parker stepped down. Additionally during the year, Ruth Kelly and Paul Golby joined the Board as Non-executive Directors and John Allan stepped down. The Directors during the year are set out on page 85.

In their deliberations, the Nominations Committee and the Board consider balance asright talent. This starts with having a keyhigh-quality Board. Balance is an important requirement for the composition of the Board, not only in terms of the number of ExecutivesExecutive and Non-executives,Non-executive Directors, but also with regard toin terms of the mixrange of expertise and backgrounds.

Role of our Board

While traditional diversity criteria such as gender and ethnicity are important, we also value diversity of skills, experience knowledge, independence and diversity. knowledge. You can read about our Board diversity policy in the Nominations Committee report on page 55.

Our Board is collectively responsible for the effective oversight of the Company and its businesses. It also determines the strategic direction and governance structure that will help achieve the


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

45

The skills and diversityplanned transition of the Board has continued over the year; Therese Esperdy joined as a Non-executive Director on 18 March 2014, John Pettigrew joined as an Executive Director on 1 April 2014, and Maria Richter will step down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM in July. Nick Winser will also step down from the Board at this time.

Director induction and development

As our internal and external business environment changes, it is important to make sure that Directors’ skills and knowledge are refreshed and updated regularly. Our Chairman is responsible for the ongoing development of all Directors.

To strengthen the Directors’ knowledge and understanding of the Company, Board meetings regularly include updates and briefings on specific aspects of the Company’s activities. In September, the Board received a presentation on accounting under RIIO and the introduction of new terminology in our external financial reporting.

Updates on corporate governance and regulatory matters are also provided at Board meetings, with details of development and training opportunities for Directors available in our online document library.

Additionally, the Non-executive Directors are expected to visit at least one operational site annually. This provides the opportunity to meet local management teams and discuss aspects of the business with employees.

With the agreement of the Board, Executive Directors gain experience of other companies’ operations, governance frameworks and boardroom dynamics through non-executive appointments. The fees for these positions are retained by the individual. See page 65 for more details.

with timely and appropriate information on our strategy, performance, objectives, financing and other developments.

Institutional investors

We carry out a comprehensive engagement programme for institutional investors and research analysts, including meetings, presentations, webinars and attendance at investor conferences. The programme provides the opportunity for our current and potential investors to meet with executive and operational management.

In the past year, our engagement programme has focused on educating investors on how we intend to perform under the new RIIO price controls in the UK. In August we held a seminar in London to set out on pages 10the details of the new regulatory regime. We explained how we have changed the way we operate to position us to deliver outperformance in the new regulatory environment.

We have also attended investor conferences across the UK and 11.US, and held road shows in major investor centres across Europe, the US and Asia Pacific.

In addition to these engagement activities, we held our first stewardship meeting in May last year. The event had a governance theme and provided major investors with an insight into our decision-making processes, the work of our committees and the workings of the new regulatory regimes in the UK and US. The event also provided the opportunity for attendees to ask questions and meet members of the Board and for our newer Non-executive Directors to understand our shareholders’ views and concerns. A copy of the presentation is available in the Investors section of our website.

As a result of its success last year, we are planning to hold a similar event this year.

Sir Peter also contacts our major shareholders following the release of our full-year results to offer them the opportunity to meet him, the Senior Independent Director, or any of our other Non-executive Directors, so they can discuss any issues they feel unable to raise with members of the executive team.

The Board considersreceives regular feedback on investor perceptions and opinions about the Company. Specialist advisors, our brokers and the Director of Investor Relations provide updates on market sentiment. Each year, the Board also receives the results of an independent audit of investor perceptions.

Debt investors

Over the last year representatives from our treasury team, together with other senior managers from across the business, have met with debt investors in Europe and the US to discuss topics such as the RIIO price controls.

Additionally this year, an independent review of debt investor perceptions of the Company was conducted and the results were presented to the Finance Committee.

With the total debt issued during the year at £1.1 billion, it is important for us to explain to debt investors why this money is required and what protections are in place to safeguard their potential investment.

We also communicate with our debt investors through regular Company announcements and the debt investor section of our website. This contains bond prospectuses, credit ratings, materials relating to the retail bond issued in 2011 and subsidiary year-end reports. The website also contains information about our long-term debt maturity profile, so investors can see our future refinancing needs.

In February we held a ‘thinking styles’ session supported by an external consultant. In advance of the session the Board completed questionnaires to assess its capability to think in diverse ways and the aggregated results were shared at the session. The session also covered the benefits of thinking styles for different types of discussion and ways in which the diverse capability that exists within the Board could be harnessed to maximise its effectiveness.

Directors’ induction programme

Following Therese and John’s appointment to the Board, the Chairman and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary have arranged a comprehensive induction programme. The programme has been tailored based on their experience and background and the requirements of their roles.

For both Therese and John a one-to-one meeting was arranged with our external legal advisors to discuss the duties and requirements of being a listed company director. Therese’s induction has also included one-to-one meetings with her fellow Directors offering themselves for election or re-election continue to be effective, committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. The Chairmansenior management in the UK. Over the coming months she will meet senior management in the US and undertake operational site visits.

Acknowledging John’s in-depth understanding of the UK and US businesses, his induction has established processes to enable him to fulfilfocused primarily on his role as chairmana Director and the role of the Board in general.

Investor engagement

We believe it is important to maintain effective channels of communication with our debt and equity institutional investors and individual shareholders. This helps us to understand their views about the Company and allows us to make sure they are provided


46    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

Individual shareholders

Engagement with individual shareholders, who represent more than 95% of the total number of shareholders on our share register, is led by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary. Shareholders are invited to learn more about the Company through the exhibits at our AGM and the shareholder networking programme.

The shareholder networking programme normally takes place twice a year and includes visits to UK operational sites and presentations by senior managers and employees over two FTSE 100 companies effectively. In accordance withdays. If you are a UK resident shareholder and would like to take part, please apply online via the Code, all Directors, with the exception of Stephen Pettit,Investors section on our website.

Annual General Meeting

Our AGM will seek election or re-election as set outbe held on Monday 28 July 2014 at The International Convention Centre in theBirmingham and broadcast via our website. The Notice of Meeting for the 2012 AGM. Biographical details for current Directors can be found on pages 8 and 9, together with details of Committee memberships.

For further details regarding the Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment, see pages 99 and 100 in the Remuneration Report.

Board transition

Stephen Pettit and Linda Adamany will step down from the Board with effect from 30 July and 31 October 2012 respectively. Ken Harvey, Senior Independent Director and Remuneration Committee chairman, and George Rose, Audit Committee chairman, are expected to stay on the Board until July 2013, allowing time for suitably qualified and experienced external candidates to be appointed. Maria Richter, Finance Committee chairman, who also has significant financial expertise, is expected to step down in July 2014 to allow a phased recruitment and induction of new non-executive directors. While we recognise the length of service of Ken, George and Maria we strongly believe that as a result of their skills, experience and independence they remain key to the phased and orderly transition of the Board.

It is anticipated up to four new non-executive directors will be appointed over the period until July 2014. In this respect, on 1 June 2012 Nora Brownell will join the Board, bringing US regulatory and utilities experience. She will join the Nominations, Remuneration and Risk & Responsibility Committees. Future non-executive director appointments will be made against candidate profiles to bring additional finance, City, CEO/CFO and executive remuneration experience, as appropriate, to the Board.

On Stephen Pettit’s departure, the Risk & Responsibility Committee which he has chaired will be replaced by a new committee, to be chaired by Philip Aiken, which will focus on safety, environmental and health matters.

The Board and its Committees

The Board delegates authority to its Committees to carry out certain tasks as defined in, and regulated by, the Committees’ terms of reference, which are2014 AGM, available on our website. The Committee structure is setwebsite, sets out in summary on page 12full the resolutions for consideration by shareholders, together with explanatory notes and in more detail on pages 84 and 85.

In relation to the day-to-day management of the Company, the Executive Committee has responsibility for making management and operational decisions. Included this year, on page 13, is further information on the membershipDirectors standing for election and operation of the Executive Committee.re-election.

Board and committee evaluation

Following last year’s external review, this year the Board felt it was appropriate to conduct an internal Board and committee evaluation.

The review of the Board was led by Sir Peter. Rather than using structured questionnaires, he asked a number of open questions at one-to-one interviews with each of the Directors in December and January.

The questions were designed to encourage broad discussions on the performance and effectiveness of the Board rather than to assess its procedures. The questions covered areas such as decision making, the quality of Board discussions, the degree of challenge from the Board members, the top concerns of each member and any topics they felt needed additional focus. The discussions also covered the balance between the Board and its committees and the effectiveness of the Board.

The feedback from these meetings formed the basis of the evaluation report from Sir Peter. The findings were presented by Sir Peter to the Nominations Committee in February and then to the Board meeting in March, along with a proposed action plan. The balance between the Board and its committees was felt to be appropriate and no changes in this area were identified. The Board agreed a number of actions for the forthcoming year, as set out below. Progress against these actions will be monitored throughout the year by the Board.

•  Decision making – all important matters requiring approval are to be brought to the Board for early input before a decision is needed.

    Responsibility: Chairman and Chief Executive

•  Board discussions – greater clarity about the scope of Board discussions to be provided in advance and Board members to be encouraged to question if not clear.

    Responsibility: Chairman

•  Degree of challenge – the Executive Directors to speak to the Chairman about what would make them feel more comfortable to challenge and debate, both with the Non-executive Directors and with their fellow Executive Directors at Board meetings.

    Responsibility: Executive Directors

•  Board focus – a number of topics were identified that Directors felt needed additional focus by the Board at its meetings, for example cyber risk and the UK political landscape. Ways to improve the focus on each of these were discussed at the March Board meeting and specific actions were agreed and allocated to various Board members.

    Responsibility: various Board members

•  Effectiveness of the Board – actions to improve Board effectiveness were proposed, for example: continue to improve the quality of Board papers; make sure in-depth items for Board consideration highlight the important issues to be discussed; and encourage reporting from management that incorporates more input from the Executive Directors.

    Responsibility: Chairman, Chief Executive and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, as appropriate

The actions from last year’s externally conducted review were grouped into three themes – mechanics, dynamics and specifics. Progress against the actions agreed by the Board has been monitored through the year and a commentary against each action is set out opposite.

An evaluation of committee performance was also conducted by the chairman of each of the Board committees, as well as the Executive Committee. Each committee concluded that it had operated effectively throughout the year and agreed, where relevant, an action plan to further improve performance. Progress against the action plans will be monitored through the year by the respective committee and the Board.

Non-executive Director independence

The independence of the Non-executive Directors is considered at least annually, along with their character, judgement, commitment and performance on the Board and relevant Committees.committees. The Board in its deliberations, specifically took into consideration the Code and examples of indicators of potential non independence,non-independence, including length of service. On appointment as Chairman, Sir Peter was considered to be independent by the Board.

The length of service of several of our Non-executive Directors was a key consideration for the Chairman on his appointment. As set out in the Chairman’s foreword to this report, Sir Peter and the Nominations Committee have reviewed the composition and balance of the Board and its ability to meet future challenges. The orderly transition of the Board is underway in a phased manner as set out above. Following the annual evaluation of independence, with aA particularly rigorous review was conducted of Maria Richter as she has served for those Directors who have served greatermore than six years, each ofyears.

At year-end, all the Non-executive Directors, at year end haswith the exception of the Chairman, have been determined by the Board to be independent notwithstanding that Ken Harvey, Stephen Pettitindependent. Tenure is just one indicator of potential non-independence and George Rose havethe experience and knowledge of Maria Richter, who has served on the Board for more than nine years.

LOGO

Annual Reportyears, has been important in facilitating a structured handover and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc81


Corporate Governance

providing continuity during the search for Therese. Maria will not be standing for re-election at the 2014 AGM.

 

Corporate Governance continued

Director induction, development and supportperformance

The Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary & General Counsel, is responsible for the induction of new Directors and ongoing development of all Directors.

Non-executive Directors’ induction programme

On appointment to the Board, new Non-executive Directors receive an induction programme including:

  one-to-one meetings with other Directors and senior management in the UK and US;

  Directors’ information pack to provide background information on the Company’s businesses and operations including matters relating to corporate governance and corporate responsibility;

  meetings with the external auditors and advisors; and

  operational site visits.

Programmes are tailored depending on the experience and background of each individual and the Committees on which they serve. Ruth Kelly’s induction provided information on the Company’s operations and industry together with legal duties associated with being a Director of a listed company. Recognising that Paul Golby has recent and relevant industry experience in the UK, and has also served as a director of a UK listed company, his induction is being tailored accordingly, including opportunities to find out more about our US businesses.

Chairman’s induction programme

The Chairman’s induction programme included the items listed in the above bullets and was further tailored as follows:

  an extensive site visit programme including, in the UK and US, control centres and substations, and in the UK Isle of Grain and Eakring learning centre, together with the Brooklyn/Queens Interconnector in the US;

extensive time spent with the Chief Executive;

  meetings with senior management from a wide variety of functions, such as procurement, human resources, network operations, asset management, maintenance and construction, together with jurisdictional presidents; and

  meetings with the UK regulator and major shareholders.

At the one-to-one meetings held with the Chairman as part of the Board performance evaluation process, a discussion is held to identify any personal development and training needs. As the internal and external business environment changes, it is important to ensure the Directors’ skills and knowledge are refreshed and updated regularly.

Board meetings are regularly held at operational sites to enhance familiarity with the Company. At each Board meeting, all Directors receive updates on legal, economic, corporate governance and best practice matters as appropriate, and details of the latest training courses available. Executive Directors use external coaching in accordance with their personal development plans.

With the agreement of the Board, Executive Directors gain experience of other companies’ operations, governance frameworks and boardroom dynamics through non-executive appointments as set out in the Board biographies on pages 8 and 9. The fees for these positions are retained by the individual as detailed on page 99.

Board evaluation and effectiveness

The annual performance evaluation process allows the Board to formally record, monitor and look to improve its performance in order to maintain high standards of governance.

After due consideration by Sir John, Sir Peter and the Nominations Committee of the requirement periodically to conduct an externally facilitated performance evaluation, it was agreed that, in this first year of Board transition including change of Chairman, an internally facilitated approach would be the most appropriate method of evaluation.

The performance evaluation process was led jointly by Sir John and Sir Peter until Sir John’s departure and assisted by the Company Secretary & General Counsel. The process consisted of surveys for the Board and each Committee, and one-to-one meetings between each of the Directors and Sir Peter. A summary of the timeline and process is set out in the diagram below.

LOGO

The Board and Committee surveys were structured around the provisions of the Code and topics included composition, role and structure of the Board and Committees, meeting scheduling and operation, information and support, and training and development opportunities for Directors. This year all surveys were updated to reflect evolving best practice on diversity. For each question, a choice of four answers was provided and all Committee surveys included open questions to prompt comments and suggestions on how the Committee could enhance its performance, and influence and impact on the business.

82National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

The results of this year's performance evaluation show the Board and its Committees continue to operate effectively and actions for further enhancements have been identified, examples of which are set out in the table below.

Area

Actions for 2012/13

Membership and attendees

During this period of Board transition, membership of all Committees is to be reviewed to ensure appropriate alignment of skills and knowledge.

Responsibility: Nominations Committee

Training and development

Training and development is key for all members of the Board. Formal training plans will be agreed between each Director and the Chairman (and in the case of the Chairman with the Senior Independent Director).

Responsibility: Board members

Role and structure

To review the terms of reference and remit of the Risk & Responsibility Committee, including the advice sought from external advisors (Note this action is being taken forward as part of the proposal to replace the Committee with a new committee which will focus on safety, environmental and health matters).

Responsibility: Chairman, Chief Executive and Company Secretary & General Counsel

Having joined during the year, to enhance his familiarisation with the operation and processes of the Board, in addition to meeting each Director to discuss the results of the Board performance evaluation survey, Sir Peter also met with all Directors on a one-to-one basis. This was part of a separate and complementary review, which was run in parallel with the formal Board evaluation process. Following consultation with the Chief Executive, Sir Peter presented his initial findings on the Board's effectiveness to the Nominations Committee and Board in January, with the Board in February agreeing detailed actions under the following broad areas:

enabling the Board and its Committees to focus appropriately on addressing the key challenges and opportunities;

facilitating an appropriate level of input and constructive challenge from the Non-executive Directors;

establishing more clarity about the levels of assurance the Board needs in areas outside the remit of the Audit Committee;

increasing Non-executive Director engagement with the operations; and

increasing the effectiveness of scrutiny of operations and business processes.

In relation to the above, membership of the Nominations Committee has been extended to include all Non-executive Directors so as to provide a wider forum to consider Executive succession and performance matters. Additionally, short meetings between the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors have been introduced immediately before each Board meeting to help the Chairman identify any particular issues to enable him to focus the relevant discussions, and after each Board meeting to capture feedback on performance and any residual issues. Following the performance evaluation and the Chairman's review, a combined action plan has been produced and progress with actions will be continually monitored throughout the year by the Company Secretary & General Counsel, as noted in the diagram opposite.

Examples of actions undertaken following last year's performance evaluation process are set out in the table below.

Area

Actions completed 2011/12

Commentary

Training and development

Ongoing review and assessment of training and development opportunities for Board members, including any areas of interest for training sessions to be delivered by internal or external parties.

Responsibility: Board

Throughout the year, at Board level, there has been a variety of training undertaken, examples include carbon capture and storage updates and discussions relating to the undergrounding of electric cables led by internal experts at Board meetings. External parties have presented on Basel III and debt capital markets to the Finance Committee. Updates on new legislation and evolving best practice have also been provided by external advisors to the Committees.

Board

composition

Review and agree clarity of succession planning focus between the Nominations Committee and the Board.

Responsibility: Board and Nominations Committee

It was determined the Nominations Committee with the Board would focus on succession plans for the Board and Executive Committee. The Board would also focus on the wider Company talent pipeline.

Role and structure

Continue to monitor and review advice from, and effectiveness of, advisors including appropriateness of each advisor.

Responsibility: Remuneration and Risk & Responsibility Committees

The effectiveness of advisors is continually monitored to ensure the Company receives sound and timely advice. Recent changes in operation of the Remuneration Committee will enable more opportunities for updates, views and comments from the advisors. The Risk & Responsibility Committee has reviewed the provision of advisors during the year and, as a result, a new safety advisor has been appointed.

At a private meeting of the Non-executive Directors, Ken HarveyMark Williamson, as Senior Independent Director, led thea review of Sir John'sPeter’s performance. The review noted that Sir John's performance and leadershipPeter’s commitments had changed during the year following his appointment as non-executive chairman of the Aircraft Carrier Alliance. The time commitment of the new role was carefully considered by the Board and was consideredunanimously approved by the Board prior to have been of a high standard. Following Sir Peter's appointment as Chairman, it has been determined that a review of his performance to date would be premature, however, in line with previous years, this review will be led by Ken Harvey in November 2012. In their deliberations,Peter accepting the position.

The Non-executive Directors, with input from the Executive Directors, will include an assessment ofassessed his ability to fulfil his role as Chairman and the arrangements he has in place to fulfil his role, given he is also chairman of anothera FTSE 100250 company. They concluded that Sir Peter’s performance and contribution were first-class and that he demonstrated strong leadership.

LOGO

The performance of each Director was raised by Sir Peter at his one-to-one meetings conducted for the Board and committee evaluation process.

Following recommendations from the Nominations Committee, the Board considers all Directors continue to be effective, committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. Therefore, in accordance with the Code, all Directors, with the exception of Maria Richter and Nick Winser who will be stepping down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM, will seek election or re-election at the 2014 AGM as set out in the Notice of Meeting.


 

AnnualStrategic Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc83


 

Corporate Governance

 

Corporate Governance continuedFinancial Statements

 

Additional Information

 

Board and Committee governance structure

The Board

The Board provides effective oversight of the Company and its businesses and determines the governance structure and strategic direction to ensure the long-term success of the Company.

In order to operate efficiently and to give appropriate attention and consideration to matters, the Board has delegated authority to its Committees to carry out tasks as summarised below, with further details on the following pages. The Board and Committees are supplied in a timely manner with information in a form and of a quality appropriate to enable them to discharge their duties.

Listed below are the Committee membership and attendance together with details of the other attendees who are invited to ensure the respective Committees receive relevant updates and background information.

Instances of non attendance during the year were considered and determined as being reasonable in each case due to the individual circumstances. Should any Director be unable to attend a meeting, the Chairman and Committee chairman are informed and the absent Director is encouraged to communicate opinions and comments on the matters to be considered.

Executive Committee

Finance Committee

Risk & Responsibility Committee47

 

  

 

Role and focus

The Committee oversees the financial, operational and safety performance of the Company, taking management action it considers necessary to safeguard the interests of the Company and to further the strategy, business objectives and targets established by the Board.

 

Role and focus

The Committee sets policy and grants authority for financing decisions, bank accounts, credit exposure, control mechanisms for hedging and foreign exchange transactions, guarantees and indemnities and approves, or if appropriate recommends to the Board, other treasury, tax, pensions and insurance strategies.

Role and focus

The Committee monitors and reviews the Company’s non-financial risks and interfaces with the Audit Committee. The Committee, in relation to non-financial risks only, is responsible for reviewing the strategies, policies, targets and performance of the Company.

Membership and attendance

Membership and attendance

Membership and attendance

NameAttendance (i) NameAttendance (i) NameAttendance (i) 

Committee chairman

Committee chairman

Committee chairman

Steve Holliday

11 of 11 

Maria Richter

4 of 4 

Stephen Pettit

4 of 4 

Executive Directors

Executive Directors

Non-executive Directors

Andrew Bonfield

10 of 11 

Steve Holliday

4 of 4 

Linda Adamany

4 of 4 

Tom King

11 of 11 

Andrew Bonfield

4 of 4 

Philip Aiken

4 of 4 

Nick Winser

11 of 11 

Non-executive Directors

Paul Golby (iv)

1 of 1 

  

Area

Actions from last year’s review

Commentary

Mechanics

Chief Executive to meet with Executive Directors immediately after each Board meeting to discuss how the Board operated as a team and contributions from Directors, and reflect on any learning. Feedback from these meetings to be shared as appropriate with the Chairman.

Responsibility: Chief Executive

This was implemented from January 2013 and will be continued as it has proved helpful in making sure that the right discussions are had at Board meetings.

Review and build on the one page executive summary for non-standard papers introduced in July 2012 and consider its effectiveness in providing the Board with key information and clarity around requested contribution or action.

Responsibility: Chairman and Chief Executive

An updated template summary sheet was introduced in September 2013. The revised template includes details of links to the risk register, financial impact and additional information on the lead presenter.

All committees, except the Nominations Committee and Executive Committee, to get together immediately before or after their meetings to discuss papers, presenters’ contribution and any matters they wish to consider without management present.

Responsibility: Committee chairmen

This initiative has been implemented and meetings included on the forward business schedules as appropriate by each of the committees.

Thinking styles of candidates to the Board and Executive Committee to be taken into consideration once skills set and experience confirmed.

Responsibility: Nominations Committee

Diversity of thinking styles was a factor in the recruitment process for a successor to Maria Richter and in the appointment of John Pettigrew.

Dynamics

Schedule a development session for the Board which may include thinking styles, inclusive leadership and exploring positive challenge through questioning techniques.

Responsibility: Chairman and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

A thinking styles session for the Board was held in February 2014. See page 45 for more information.

Review the following month’s agenda and communicate to the Executive Directors the areas that presenters are to focus on.

Responsibility: Chairman and Chief Executive

The draft agenda for forthcoming Board meetings are noted by the Executive Committee. The Chairman also holds separate pre-Board meetings with the Chief Executive and the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary to discuss and review the business of the next meeting.

Specifics

Facilitate increased interaction between Non-executive Directors and high-potential employees during site visits and presentations at Board meetings.

Responsibility: Executive Directors

High-potential employees have been invited to Board dinners in the UK and US. A schedule of proposed site visits has been provided to the Non-executive Directors.

Appoint a taskforce to review gender diversity and employee turnover.

Responsibility: Chief Executive

Following a detailed review in August 2013 by the Chairman and Chief Executive it was decided not to proceed with the taskforce at that time. Good progress continues to be made on gender diversity and employee turnover.

Implement an inclusion and diversity scorecard and review progress with the Board.

Responsibility: Executive Committee

The Executive Committee receives a quarterly inclusion and diversity scorecard and updates are provided to the Board. An inclusion and diversity session for the Board was held in April 2013.

       


Other members

Ruth Kelly (v)

2 of 2 

Ken Harvey

4 of 4 
   

48    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

  

David Lister

Stephen Pettit

4 of 4 

 

Corporate

Governance

continued

chief information officer

11 of 11 

John Allan (vi)

1 of 1 

Other attendees:

Chief Executive;

  Company Secretary & General Counsel;

  director of UK safety, sustainability and resilience;

US senior vice president safety, health, environmental services;

  director of corporate audit; and

  the Chairman, other Executive Directors and corporate affairs director, as appropriate.

How our Board operates

The Chairman sets the Board’s agenda in line with its responsibilities and role as set out in the matters reserved for the Board, and the main challenges and opportunities facing the Company, making sure adequate time is available to discuss all items, including strategic issues.

To support discussion and decision making, Board and committee members receive papers sufficiently in advance of meetings so that they can prepare for and consider agenda items. Additionally, the Chairman holds a short meeting with the Non-executive Directors before and after each Board meeting to discuss the focus of the upcoming meeting and afterwards to share feedback and discuss any outstanding matters.

A one-page executive summary for non-standard papers provides information and clarity around the contribution or action required. Where appropriate, subject matter experts give presentations and provide the opportunity for Directors to ask questions.

Board membership and attendance

Board membership and attendance at meetings are set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out in each of the individual committee reports later in this report.

Instances of non-attendance during the year at Board and committee meetings were determined to be reasonable due to the individual circumstances.

Should any Director not be able to attend a Board or committee meeting, the Chairman and committee chairman are informed and the absent Director is requested to communicate opinions and comments on the matters to be considered.

Our Board and its committees

The Board delegates authority to its committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf, so that it can operate efficiently and give the right level of attention and consideration to relevant matters.

The role and responsibilities of the committees are set out in their terms of reference, available on our website. The committee structure and delegation and reporting lines are set out in the diagram below.

In addition to the vertical lines of responsibility and reporting, the committees communicate and work together where required. For example, on some risk matters the Safety, Environment and Health (SEH) Committee collaborates with the Audit Committee. These lines of communication are shown in the diagram below.

Committee agendas and schedules of items to be discussed at future meetings are prepared in line with the terms of reference of each committee.

At committee meetings, items are discussed and, as appropriate, matters are endorsed, approved or recommended to the Board by the committee. The chairman of each committee provides the Board with a summary of the main decisions and discussion points so the non-committee members are kept up to date.

Below the Board committees are a number of management committees, including the Executive Committee.

The Executive Committee has responsibility for making management and operational decisions about the day-to-day running of the Company. Further information on some of the management committees, including the membership and operation of the Executive Committee, is set out on pages 56 and 57.

Reports from each of the Board committees together with details of their activities during the year, are set out on the following pages.

Name

Attendance 

Sir Peter Gershon

11 of 11 

Steve Holliday

10 of 11 

Andrew Bonfield

11 of 11 

Tom King

11 of 11 

John Pettigrew1

0 of 0 

Nick Winser

10 of 11 

Phillip Aiken

11 of 11 

Nora Mead Brownell

10 of 11 

Jonathan Dawson

11 of 11 

Therese Esperdy2

1 of 1 

Paul Golby

11 of 11 

Ruth Kelly

11 of 11 

Maria Richter

11 of 11 

Mark Williamson

11 of 11 

Ken Harvey3

3 of 4 

George Rose3

4 of 4 

1. John Pettigrew was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 April 2014.

2. Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Board with effect from 18 March 2014.

3. George Rose and Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

LOGO

 


  

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

49

  

Helen Mahy

Company Secretary & General Counsel

11 of 11 

Other attendees:

  global director of tax and treasury;

head of group tax;

head of risk and insurance, global head of pensions, vice president US treasury and external advisors as appropriate; and

the Chairman and management, as appropriate.

George Mayhew

corporate affairs director

11 of 11 

Mike Westcott

global human resources director

10 of 11 

Alison Wood

global director of strategy

and business development

11 of 11 

Other attendees:

Senior management as necessary to keep the Committee fully apprised of the Company’s businesses.

 

 

Audit Committee

LOGO

Role

Oversees the Company’s financial reporting, and internal controls and their effectiveness, together with the procedures for identifying, assessing and reporting risks. It also oversees the services provided by the external auditors and their remuneration.

Review of the year

My first eight months as chairman have been busy but enjoyable. Last July we said goodbye to George Rose and this July Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. I would like to thank them both for their contribution to the Committee. In particular to George for his guidance and support during his handover to me.

As a committee we have held six meetings during the year, two of which were held in the US, providing all members with the opportunity to meet our US teams. Following last year’s committee performance evaluation, we now also meet privately after some of our longer meetings. We use this time to review the meeting and discuss how we can evolve and make our meetings more effective.

The Committee’s main focus has been the US finance function and ongoing improvement of the new enterprise resource system. The Committee has received regular reports throughout the year from the Finance Director and US Chief Financial Officer.

The UK finance team has provided valuable support to the US team and I visited the US with the Finance Director and Group Financial Controller in January to review progress and priorities for 2014. The work on stabilisation of the systems also coincided with the LIPA MSA transition. This was an important milestone in the overall US financial control program.

With the start of RIIO, the Committee received a paper from the UK finance team on the accounting implications of this new arrangement and its impact on the financial control environment. We also reviewed the disclosures within this Annual Report to ensure they provide a fair, balanced and understandable view in the context of current accounting standards.

Next year is also looking busy with an ongoing focus on the enterprise resource system and continual improvement in processes and controls around these systems.

LOGO

Mark Williamson

Committee chairman

  

Significant issues

Some of the significant issues the Audit Committee considered in relation to the financial statements during the year set out below are explained in more detail later in the report:

Ÿ  US financial controls program;

Ÿ  LIPA MSA transition contract accounting;

Ÿ  presentation of exceptional items; and

Ÿ  fair, balanced and understandable assessment.

Other matters reviewed

Examples of other matters the Audit Committee reviewed:

Ÿ  accounting for RIIO;

Ÿ  the enhanced disclosures required by International Auditing Standard (UK and Ireland) 700;

Ÿ  the Company’s refreshed approach to going concern following the publication of the Sharman Report;

Ÿ  the increased work involved to support the LIPA MSA transition;

Ÿ  the revised Certificate of Assurance process;

Ÿ  Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 testing and attestations;

Ÿ  external reporting obligations and the programme to improve the Company-wide framework;

Ÿ  a revised ethical business conduct process for Directors and executive members; and

Ÿ  a proposed revised approach to risk reporting.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014. Biographical details and experience of Committee members are set out on pages 171 to 173.

   

Name

Attendance  

 

84National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12Mark Williamson (chairman)1


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

 

Board composition, attendance and independence

Non independent

6 of 6  

Independent

NameAttendance (i) NameAttendance (i) 

(i)    Attendance is expressed as number of meetings attended out of number possible or applicable for the individual Director.

(ii)   Sir Peter Gershon was appointed to the Board on 1 August 2011 as Deputy Chairman and assumed the role of Chairman from 1 January 2012.

(iii)  Sir John Parker stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2011.

(iv)  Paul Golby was appointed on 1 February 2012.

(v)   Ruth Kelly was appointed on 1 October 2011.

(vi)  John Allan stepped down from the Board at the AGM on 25 July 2011.

Non-executive Chairman

Non-executive Directors

Sir Peter Gershon (ii)

6 of 6 

Ken Harvey

Sir John Parker (iii)

7 of 7 

(Senior Independent Director)

10 of 10 

Chief Executive

Linda Adamany

10 of 10 

Steve Holliday

10 of 10 

Philip Aiken

10 of 10 

Executive Directors

Paul Golby (iv)

2 of 2 

Andrew Bonfield

10 of 10 

Ruth Kelly (v)

5 of 5 

Tom King

10 of 10 

Stephen Pettit

10 of 10 

Nick Winser

10 of 10 

Maria Richter

10 of 10 

George Rose

10 of 10 

John Allan (vi)

1 of 3 

Nominations Committee

Audit CommitteeRemuneration Committee

Role and focus

The Committee is responsible for considering the structure, size and composition of the Board and for identifying and proposing individuals to be Directors and executive management reporting directly to the Chief Executive, together with establishing the criteria for any new position.

Role and focus

The Committee has oversight of the Company’s financial reporting, and internal controls and their effectiveness, together with the procedures for the identification, assessment and reporting of risks. It also has oversight of the services provided by the external auditors and their remuneration.

Role and focus

The Committee determines remuneration policy and practices, aligned to the Company’s strategy with the aim of attracting, motivating and retaining high calibre Executive Directors and other senior employees to deliver value for shareholders and high levels of customer service, safety and reliability.

Membership and attendanceMembership and attendanceMembership and attendance

Name

Attendance (i) NameAttendance (i) NameAttendance (i) 

Committee chairman

Committee chairman

Committee chairman

Sir Peter Gershon (ii)

5 of 5 

George Rose

6 of 6 

Ken Harvey

6 of 6 

Sir John Parker (iii)

2 of 3 

Non-executive Directors

John Allan (vi)

1 of 3 

Non-executive Directors

Linda Adamany

6 of 6 

Non-executive Directors

Linda Adamany

1 of 1 

Philip Aiken

6 of 6 

Paul Golby (iv)

2 of 2 

Philip Aiken

1 of 1 

Ruth Kelly (v)

3 of 3 

Stephen Pettit

6 of 6 

Paul Golby (iv)

1 of 1 

Maria Richter

6 of 6 

George Rose

6 of 6 

Ken Harvey

6 of 6 

Other attendees:

  external auditors;

  Chairman;

  Chief Executive;

  Finance Director;

Company Secretary & General Counsel, director of corporate audit, group financial controller; and

other Executive Directors, head of corporate strategy, planning and risk and global head of business conduct & ethics, as appropriate.

LOGO

Other attendees:

  Chairman;

  Chief Executive;

  global human resources director and global head of compensation & benefits; and

independent external advisors.

During the year, due to changes in Board composition, the membership of the Committee temporarily reduced to three, until Paul Golby joined.

Ruth Kelly (v)

1 of 1 

Maria Richter

6 of 6 

George Rose

6 of 6 

Stephen Pettit

1 of 1 

As indicated in the above table, the membership of this Committee was extended to include all Non-executive Directors, with effect from 21 March 2012.

Other attendees:

  Chief Executive;

  global human resources director; and

external advisors, as required.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc85


Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance continued

 

  

LOGO

Steve Holliday

Committee chairman

The safety of our employees, contractors and members of the public is a top priority. Monitoring any trends and learning from incidents is essential and, in the past year, Committee members have taken part in a safety leadership day and senior management safety workshops to ensure the momentum on improving safety performance is maintained.

We have continued to focus on delivery of our strategy, including monitoring the development of our new US organisational structure and the delivery of our planned efficiency savings, positioning the Company for new UK regulatory arrangements, and improving customer relationships.

We have also focused on the key capabilities of our employees in order to deliver our strategy, as well as talent and leadership development.

LOGO

Steve Holliday

Review of the year

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

safety and initiatives to promote shared learning and incident management;

the financial, operational and environmental performance of the Company and its businesses;

global regulatory matters, including the RIIO UK price controls and US audits and rate filings;

inclusion and diversity, employee engagement and recognition; and

  global information systems strategic issues and monitoring external developments in social media.

LOGO

Maria Richter

Committee chairman

During the year the Committee continued to focus on the Company’s debt management policy including the issue of our first RPI linked retail bond to take advantage of market conditions. We also considered the risk management procedures in relation to hedging and trading activities.

There was a renewed focus on continual development for Committee members including updates from external advisors in relation to Basel lll, the eurozone crisis and tax matters.

The update on Basel lll highlighted the impact of the increase in minimum capital requirements for banks plus the consequences for both customers and markets. The presentation on the implications of the eurozone crisis in January 2012 proved timely in view of evolving economic conditions.

LOGO

Maria Richter

Review of the year

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

long-term funding requirements;

  setting and reviewing treasury management guidelines and policy;

  treasury performance updates;

UK and US tax strategy;

  activities of the energy procurement risk management committee in the US;

  pensions, including a valuation update; and

  insurance renewal strategy.

LOGO

Stephen Pettit

Committee chairman

The Committee has spent considerable time this year reviewing the circumstances relating to the two fatalities to members of the public in the US and the contractor fatality in the UK, including root causes, learning points and actions taken.

We considered and supported the Company’s focus on understanding and mitigating process safety risks. We also undertook site visits to enhance our knowledge of operational risk. Such visits give us the opportunity to observe work on the front line, to speak with the employees and contractors involved and, through this, to see the Company’s safety policies and processes in practice.

LOGO

Stephen Pettit

Review of the year

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

the major accident hazard project undertaken across the Company to define the framework and implement risk control standards;

high potential incidents and any associated trends;

  climate change strategy, including performance against emissions targets;

  health, safety and environment audits, their findings and any corrective actions;

  changes in the non-financial risk profile of the Company; and

findings from the Company’s external safety and environmental advisors.

 

86National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12Philip Aiken


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Committee chairman

I took over as chairman of the Nominations Committee on 28 September 2011 and as expected we have considered as a priority Board and Committee size, structure and composition.

As part of our review of Board evolution, we have put in place formal succession plans and agreed candidate profiles, having reviewed the skills, experience, knowledge and expertise of our existing Non-executive Directors including those who, due to longevity of service, will leave the Board over the next two years. In formulating these plans we took into consideration the likely challenges and opportunities the Company will face over coming years.

This planned and structured refreshing of the Board will ensure an orderly succession to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and experience during what will be a period of significant change.

We also considered the Company’s position in relation to the Davies Review ‘Women on boards’. During this period of Board transition, the percentage of women on our Board will go up and down until we reach a period of stability. I am pleased to confirm that the executive search firms engaged during the year for Board appointments have signed up to the voluntary Code of Conduct in response to the Davies Review. The Committee also noted importantly that gender is only one criterion for diversity; there are other qualities and experience which can improve the Board’s ability to operate effectively. Further information on Board diversity, including our aspirations and progress in determining a diversity policy, is set out on pages 10 and 11.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Review of the year

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

  the appointment of the Chairman;

  the Board and Committee performance evaluation process, results and action plans, see page 82;

  recruitment and appointment of new Non-executive Directors;

  ongoing succession planning for Board members and senior management; and

  the future experience, skills and capabilities required on the Board.

Recruitment processes

Chairman

Ken Harvey, as Senior Independent Director, led the recruitment process to identify a new Chairman. A sub-group of the Nominations Committee was established to deliver the process comprising Ken, Stephen Pettit, Maria Richter and Linda Adamany, with input from Steve Holliday and Mike Westcott, the global human resources director. In accordance with best practice, Sir John was not involved in the process to recruit his successor.

November 2010 – January 2011

11 executive search consultants invited to submit information.

Shortlist of four consultants invited to present to the sub-group.

Search consultant selected and terms of appointment agreed.

February – July 2011

Candidate profile and position specification prepared including:

time commitment expected;

  ability to lead the Board;

  ability to be the public face of the Company for government, regulators and investors;

  advise and support the Chief Executive and Executive team;

  overall responsibility for corporate governance; and

ensure that matters of safety, strategy, performance and finance are effectively implemented by the Executive team.

Four external candidates shortlisted from a wider pool were seen by Ken Harvey and Steve Holliday.

Two preferred candidates met with each member of the sub-group.

Initially three internal candidates also considered and met with the members of the sub-group.

Sub-group unanimously recommended the appointment of Sir Peter, which the Board approved.

Announced 1 July 2011.

Non-executive Directors

Following an introduction by a member of the Board, Ruth Kelly met with each member of the Committee. The Committee unanimously agreed it was not necessary to look further for a suitable Non-executive Director as Ruth brought the skills, experience, independence and expertise required. In particular, the Committee noted Ruth’s wealth of financial, economic and political experience, knowledge of large infrastructure projects and proven track record with regulatory interfaces. Therefore, while neither an external search consultancy nor open advertising were used, the appointment was made on merit with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board. A description of the role and capabilities required was not prepared and, therefore, the Company was not compliant with provision B.2.2 of the Code.

An executive search consultancy was appointed to benchmark Paul Golby’s candidacy against other potential candidates in the market. A role and person specification was prepared against which the candidates were reviewed. Paul met separately with each of the Committee members. The Committee agreed that Paul was the best candidate noting in particular his skills, engineering background with utilities and experience of interfacing with the regulator.

We plan to ensure the recruitment processes for future non-executive director appointments will be formal, rigorous and transparent, as was the case with the recent appointment of Nora Brownell.

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc875 of 6  


Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance continued

 

  

Ruth Kelly

6 of 6  

Maria Richter

6 of 6  

George Rose2

2 of 2  

1. Chairman from July 2013.

2. George Rose stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

LOGO

 

George Rose

Committee chairman

A significant amount of time this year has been spent reviewing the effectiveness of internal controls. In support of management’s commitment to continuous improvement, a two year US finance controls programme has commenced to deliver a number of interrelated actions, including the implementation of a single platform financial system, a single cost allocation method and, following the change in organisational structure in the US, enhanced jurisdictional and functional reporting. The Committee receives regular updates, providing us with the opportunity to support and challenge management as the programme develops.

The Committee is highly aware of the need to maintain external auditor independence and objectivity so the decision to engage PwC on the US finance controls improvement programme in a non-audit capacity was not taken lightly. It was considered by management and the Committee to be the most suitable option given PwC’s knowledge of our processes and the related efficiency benefits.

During the year, we welcomed Ruth Kelly to the Committee.

Ruth brings with her a wealth of financial and economic experience. As part of her induction she met separately with all regular attendees of our Committee meetings including the lead partner from PwC.

It has been a year of sound progress and our forward business schedule suggests another busy year ahead. Given the competencies, knowledge and experience of the Committee members, we are well placed to meet the challenges and opportunities we face.

LOGO

George Rose

Review of the year

Examples of matters the Committee reviewed during the year include:

  work undertaken to strengthen controls within the UK

    construction business;

  the new approach to risk reporting;

  Bribery Act and effectiveness of the procedures in

    place; and

  an update on the actions undertaken globally on

    regulatory reporting and compliance.

Experience

Mark Williamson took over as chairman of the Audit Committee following the 2013 AGM. The Board has determined that George RoseMark:

Ÿ  has recent and relevant financial experience andexperience;

Ÿ  is a suitably qualified audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC audit committee financial expert requirements. The Board also considers George to berequirements; and

Ÿ  is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules.

The composition of the Committee during the year is set out on page 85, with biographical details


50    National Grid Annual Report and experience of members on pages 8 and 9 respectively.Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

Financial reporting

The Committee is responsible for ensuringmonitors the integrity of the Company’s financial information and other formal documents relating to its financial performance and for makingperformance. It makes appropriate recommendations to the Board before publication. In addition, it also reviews reports of, and discusses any issues raised by, the disclosure committee (see below for more information).

A key

An important factor in ensuring the integrity of the financial statements is compliance withmaking sure that suitable and compliant accounting standardspolicies are adopted and consistency of accounting policiesapplied consistently on a year-on-year basis and across the Company. Accounting for unusual transactions, significant reporting issuesIn this respect, the Committee also considered the estimates and judgements made by management in particularwhen accounting for non-standard transactions, the classification and treatment of exceptional items and in provision calculations.

These considerations are discussedsupported by input from other assurance providers such as the group controls, risk management and ethics and compliance teams, business separation compliance officer, internal (corporate) audit and the viewsSEH Committee, as well as our external auditors. In addition, the Committee also considers reports of the Disclosure Committee. See page 57 for more information.

The Committee reviews and approves the external audit plan annually (see Audit quality below) and, as part of this, considers the significant risks upon which the external auditors are taken into account. Duringwill focus their year-end audit. The independent auditors’ report (pages 77 to 80) highlights these risks, some of which led to significant issues that the Committee discussed during the year. These were:

US financial controls program (including quality of reconciliation

   process, US plant accounting and user access controls);

LIPA MSA transition contract accounting; and

presentation of exceptional items.

Other risks, including the accuracy and valuation of treasury derivative transactions, and management override of internal control, were not considered in detail by the Committee during the year as nothing significant arose that warranted Committee attention.

Summarised below are the issues that attracted the most focus, and time, of the Committee in relation to the financial statements during the year.

US financial controls program: the primary focus of the Committee during the year has been the work to make sure of the integrity of the new financial system in the US. This included the measures taken to remediate US financial control deficiencies and those highlighted as a result of the implementation of the new enterprise resource system.

Over the course of the year, the Committee requested and reviewed a number of reports in order to understand the detail of the issues. These issues include the timeliness and quality of certain balance sheet account reconciliations, and the process and systems to ensure appropriate capitalisation of labour costs.

The Committee has also challenged and reviewed management’s remediation plans and the design of compensating controls, including enhanced analytical reviews to make sure the Company maintains an effective internal control environment over financial reporting.

Given the significance of this has included discussions on the accounting matters arising from the change in organisational structure inwork, Mark Williamson visited the US and more recently the accounting consequences of the loss of the held detailed meetings with senior management in January 2014 to confirm remediation plans were progressing as expected.

LIPA management services agreement fromMSA transition contract accounting: on 31 December 2013, our US business moved the MSA with LIPA to a third party. This transition was particularly complex. It involved many areas of our US business and required us to manage the transition of more than 2,000 employees, including more than 40 finance

professionals, as well as to provide a new enterprise resource system to LIPA.

The Committee reviewed the impairmentaccounting treatment of an intangible asset relatedcosts incurred as part of the transition and agreed that the judgements made by management were reasonable.

Presentation of exceptional items: at the half year and year end, the Committee discussed and challenged a detailed analysis of items to be classified as exceptional to make sure the items did not include income or costs relating to the contract.

Disclosure committeeunderlying business.

The role

In particular, the Committee considered the treatment of the disclosure committeeprovision at the half year for gas holder demolition, as well as LIPA MSA transition and pension costs (described above). The Committee agreed that the classification of these items is to assistappropriate.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment: the Chief Executive andCommittee has considered the Finance Director in fulfilling their responsibility for oversightrequirement of the accuracyCode to ensure that the Annual Report and timelinessAccounts, taken as a whole, is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

In reaching this conclusion the Committee reviewed, among other things, the impact of the disclosures made whether in connection with our presentations to analysts, financial reporting obligations or other material stock exchange announcements, for example, the announcementintroduction of the new dividend policy. Additionally this year, the committee considered the progress madeRIIO price control regime in the US organisational restructure. The committee is chaired byUK on the Finance DirectorGroup’s IFRS reported results, see pages 08 and its members are the Company Secretary & General Counsel, the global director of tax and treasury, the group financial controller, the director of investor relations, the director of corporate audit and the corporate counsel, together with such other attendees as may be appropriate.09 for more information.

Confidential reporting procedures and whistleblowing

The integrity of the financial statements is further supported by the confidential reporting and whistleblowing procedures we have in place. The Committee reviews these procedures once a year to ensure allmake sure that complaints received are treated confidentially and there isthat a proportionate, and independent investigation and follow up action.is carried out in all cases.

Internal (corporate) audit(Corporate) Audit

The CommitteeCorporate Audit function provides independent, objective assurance to the Audit, SEH and Executive Committees.

Audit work is delivered by a combination of internal resources – employees who typically have either a finance or operational business background – and external sources, where specific specialist skills are required.

The audit plan contains a mix of risk-based and cyclical reviews together with a small amount of work that is mandated, typically by US regulators. A number of focus areas are identified, such as financial, regulatory and asset management processes. Appropriate coverage is provided across each of these areas.

Inputs to the plan include risk registers, corporate priorities, external research of emerging risks and trends and discussions with senior management. A tool that captures all auditable areas, prior coverage and inherent process risk is also responsible for monitoringused to inform of audits that should be undertaken on a cyclical basis.

The plan is reviewed and reviewingapproved by the effectivenessAudit Committee in March each year, with focus given to not only the areas which are being covered but also those that are not, so we can make sure that the plan aligns with the Committee’s view of internal audit activitiesrisk.

Corporate Audit provides a twice-yearly report to the Audit Committee. The report summarises common control themes arising and their resourcing. The Committee approved the audit plan which was primarily risk led,progress with key areas of focus being regulatory matters, financial processes, major system changes,implementing management action plans, and security and business resilience. Throughout the year, we receive reports from the director of corporate auditalso presents information on significant findings and keyspecific audits as appropriate.

Where specific control issues together with management’s responsivenessare identified, senior leaders are invited to such matters.attend the Audit Committee to provide a commentary around the actions they are taking to improve the control environment within their area of responsibility.


 

88National Grid plcAnnualStrategic Report and Accounts 2011/12


Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

51

 

 

www.nationalgrid.com

External audit

The Committee is responsible for overseeing relations with the external auditors, including the approval of fees, and makes recommendations to the Board on their appointment reappointment and fees.

reappointment. Details of total remuneration forto auditors for the year, including audit services, audit relatedaudit-related services and other non-audit services, can be found in note 2(e)3 (e) of the consolidated financial statements on page 128.98.

Auditor independence and objectivity

The independence of the external auditors is essential to the provision of an objective opinion on the true and fair view presented in the financial statements.

Auditor independence and objectivity is maintainedsafeguarded by a number of control measures, including limiting the nature and value of non-audit services performed by the external auditors, ensuring that employees of the external auditorauditors who have worked on the audit in the past two years are not appointed to senior financial positions within the Company, and the rotation of the lead engagement partner at least every five years. The current lead engagement partner has held the position for twofour years.

 

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors are approved by the Committee prior to commencement. Approval is given on the basis that the service will not compromise independence and is a natural extension of the audit or if there are overriding business or efficiency reasons making the external auditors most suited to provide the service. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors, as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002.

Total non-audit services provided by PwC during the year ended 31 March 2012 were £3.8 million (2011: £2.7 million) which comprised 44% (2011: 34%) of total audit fees. Total audit fees include the statutory fee and fees paid to PwC for other services which the external auditors are legally required to perform pursuant to legislation, for example regulatory audits and Sarbanes-Oxley Act attestation. Non-audit fees represent all other services provided by PwC not included in the above.

Significant non-audit services provided by PwC in the year included quality assurance provided on the US finance controls improvement programme (£2.3 million) and UK tax compliance services (£0.5 million).

PwC were engaged on the US finance controls improvement programme, as noted in the introduction, as they were best placed to provide valuable insight on the programme, given their in depth knowledge of our control environment and relevant utilities experience. They were appointed in an advisory capacity only and were not involved in designing or implementing new controls and processes, thereby helping to safeguard independence and objectivity.

The Committee considered that tax compliance services were most efficiently provided by the external auditors as much of the information used in preparing computations and returns is derived from audited financial information. In order to maintain the external auditors’ independence and objectivity, management took responsibility for judgements and submissions including a review of tax returns and related correspondence.

Audit quality

To maintain audit quality and provide comfort on the integrity of financial reporting, the Committee reviews and challenges the proposed external audit plan to ensuremake sure that PwC havehas identified all key risks and developed robust audit procedures.

The Committee also considers PwC’s response to accounting, financial control and audit issues as they arise, and meets with them at least annually

without management present, providing the external auditors with the opportunity to raise any matters in confidence.

Auditor appointment

An annual review is conducted by the Committee of the level and constitution of the external audit and non-audit fees and the effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external auditors.

The annual review includes consideration of:

 

the external audit process globally;

the auditors’ performance;

the expertise of the firm and our relationship with them; and

the results of questionnaires completed by National Grid

   employees engaged with the audit and members of the

   Audit Committee.

the auditors’ performance against the audit plan;

the expertise of the firm and our relationship with them;

the results of online questionnaires completed by certain National Grid finance employees engaged with the audit; and

this year, complemented by results and feedback from interviews with selected senior Company representatives conducted by the PwC client perspectives team, which is independent of the audit team.

Following this year’s annual review, the Committee is satisfied with the effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external auditors, who have been engaged since the merger with Lattice Group plc in 2002, and recommendrecommends to the Board their reappointment for a further year. A resolution to reappoint PwC and giving authority to the Directors to determine their remuneration will be submitted to shareholders at the 20122014 AGM.

Audit tender

PwC have been the Company’s external auditors since the merger with Lattice Group plc in 2002, having been the incumbent external auditors of both the merging parties and the audit contract has not been put out to tender since then. Their performance has been reviewed annually by the Committee since that time.

During the year the Committee spent time discussing a potential tender for the external audit, following the new requirement on audit tendering and rotation of auditors.

The Committee considers formallyhas also discussed the implications of the proposals by both the UK Competition Commission (implementing its decision to mandate tendering every 10 years) and the EU (requiring audit firm rotation at least every three years20 years), and will implement them when they become final. These proposals have effectively superceded the comply-or-explain provision that underpins the Code. The Financial Reporting Council has decided to defer consideration of whether to make any changes to these sections of the Code until its next review, currently scheduled for 2016.

The Committee considered the additional disruption that both an audit mighttender and any change in audit firm would involve in light of the ongoing US financial controls program, and the services we currently receive from other firms that may be provided more efficiently or effectively by an alternative audit firm. We may, however, putconsidered in a tender process.

The Committee concluded that a tender is not in the audit out toCompany’s interests at this time but agreed that this issue would be reviewed annually as part of the auditor appointment process. No representatives from PwC were present during the Committee’s discussion of the options for a tender at any time. of the external audit.

There are no contractual obligations restricting our choice of external auditors and nowe have not entered into any auditor liability agreement has been entered into.agreement.

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors require approval by the Committee. Approval is given on the basis the service will not compromise independence and is a natural extension of the audit or if there are overriding business or efficiency reasons making the external auditors most suited to provide the service. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors, as required under the SOX Act.

Total non-audit services provided by PwC during the year ended 31 March 2014 were £1.7 million (2013: £2.3 million), which comprised 15% (2013: 23%) of total audit and audit-related fees.

Total audit and audit-related fees include the statutory fee and fees paid to PwC for other services that the external auditors are required to perform, for example regulatory audits and SOX Act attestation. Non-audit fees represent all other services provided by PwC not included in the above.

Significant non-audit services provided by PwC in the year included the review of US pensions and other post-retirement benefits census data (£0.5 million) and tax compliance services in territories other than the US (£0.5 million).

PwC were engaged to review census data used in US pensions and other post-retirement benefit calculations and advise on enhancements to procedures and controls surrounding census data completeness and accuracy.

The Committee considered PwC best placed to provide this service given their in-depth understanding of our processes and control environment. In order to maintain the external auditors’ independence and objectivity, the work was performed by a team independent of the audit team, management reviewed and considered PwC’s findings and PwC did not make any decisions on behalf of management. Additionally, PwC had no input in respect of the production of financial information subsequently used by the audit team.

The Committee also considered that tax compliance services were most efficiently provided by the external auditors, as much of the information used in preparing computations and returns is derived from audited financial information. In order to maintain the external auditors’ independence and objectivity, management reviewed and considered PwC’s findings and PwC did not make any decisions on behalf of management.


52    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

Audit information

Having made the requisite enquiries, so far as the Directors in office at the date of the approval of this report are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information.

Internal control, risk and compliance

We regularly consider regularly the effectiveness of financial reporting, internal controls and compliance with applicable legal and internal requirements. We also review the procedures for the identification, assessment, mitigation and reporting of risks, particularly financial risks. During

To continuously improve and remain at best practice levels, the risk management team reviews risk process standards, emerging trends and concepts being driven by the main consultancy firms and seeks to apply these as appropriate. The standards issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and the international risk standard ISO 31000 continue to inform the principles of our risk management process.

Specific improvements delivered during the year, this included noting a newand ongoing, were noted by the Committee at its meeting in September. These improvements include an enhanced approach for risk reporting to the Executive Committee, focusing on giving better visibility of mitigations and their impact on how risks are scored.

The scope of risk reporting process followingdiscussions has also been widened to incorporate specific consideration of our treatment of and preparedness for emerging risks (uncertainties on the changehorizon that are still developing and so may or may not evolve into threats or opportunities for us) and potential ‘black swan’ type events (catastrophic events of extremely high impact and extremely low likelihood).

The Board has participated in US organisational structurean interactive risk workshop to reinforce awareness of our key risks so its views can be captured and the transferincorporated into our risk management activities. The output of ownershipthis session formed part of the risk process to corporate strategy. Risks are now more closely aligned to strategic plans. Executive Directors and their teams are invited to attend and discuss risk management activities and mitigation plans within their areas. information reviewed at the March Audit Committee meeting.

Details of our internal control and risk management systems, including over the financial reporting process and risk factors can be found on pages 4022 and 25 and page 170. Our risk factors are described in full on pages 167 to 47.169.

Compliance management

The Global Ethics and Compliance team has continued to focus on promoting improved consistency of reporting on control frameworks across the compliance management process has been updatedreporting process. The aim of this activity is to align with the new US organisational structuremake sure any problem areas are transparent and contributes toward elementsthat all parts of the entity level work performed under the Sarbanes- Oxley Act, as well as other internal assurance activities. Prior to implementationbusiness are applying a similar standard.

The Committee asked for a review of the Bribery Act 2010,key compliance areas that are subject to the Board considered proposals for monitoringreporting process. Currently, reporting focuses on legal compliance obligations only, and reviewingconsideration is being given to whether all key areas are covered and what, if any, other areas should be included. The Committee also received the annual reports on the Company’s anti-bribery procedures for the prevention and detection of bribery. At year end the Committeewhistleblowing procedures and reviewed their adequacy. It noted that no material instances of non compliancenon-compliance had been identifiedidentified.

Going concern

Having made enquiries and reviewed management’s assessment of the adequacygoing concern assumption, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the next financial year and the foreseeable future. For this reason, the Directors are satisfied that, at the time of procedures, with minor improvements recommendedapproving the financial statements, it is appropriate to continue to adopt the Board.going concern basis in preparing the consolidated and individual financial statements of the Company.

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc89Management’s assessment process


In accordance with the draft recommendations of the updated Financial Reporting Council guidance on going concern and liquidity risk, we have reviewed and amended our going concern assessment process.

 

Our process is an extension of our business planning process, and is further supplemented by our annual budget and other liquidity risk management controls. Our five year business plan and one year budget were reviewed and approved by the Board at its meetings in September 2013 and March 2014 respectively. The Finance Committee provides ongoing oversight of our liquidity policy, which requires us to maintain sufficient liquidity for a rolling 12 month period.

In light of our refreshed approach, we have reconsidered what the most appropriate ‘foreseeable future’ period is. Given our business model, current regulatory clarity and other factors affecting our operating environment, and the robustness of our business planning process and scenario analysis, we have concluded the foreseeable future period is the five years ending 31 March 2018, in line with our business plan. This period is considered to be the ‘foreseeable future’ as required for this going concern assessment only, and is in accordance with company law, accounting standards and the Listing Rules. We will reassess this period annually in light of developments in our operating environment, business model and strategic priorities.

Our business plan considers the significant solvency and liquidity risks involved in delivering our business model in light of our strategic priorities. The business plan models a number of upside and downside scenarios, derived from the risks and opportunities identified, and determines the impact these would have on our results and financial position over the five year period. In addition, we have reviewed and challenged a number of worst case scenarios and their possible remediation.

Our business model calls for significant capital investment to maintain and expand our network infrastructure. To deliver this, our business plan highlights that we will need to access capital markets to raise additional funds from time to time. We have a long and successful history in this regard; however, our business plan also models various KPIs used by lenders and credit rating agencies in assessing a company’s credit worthiness. These models indicate that we should continue to have access to capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates throughout the five year period. To monitor and control risks around access to capital markets we have policies and procedures in place to help mitigate, as far as possible, any risk of a change in our credit ratings and other credit metrics.

More detail on our financial risks, including liquidity and solvency, is provided in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements. There have been no major changes to the Group’s significant liquidity and solvency risks in the year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

 

Remuneration Report53

 

 

 

LOGO

Ken Harvey

Committee chairman

 

I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for 2011/12. I became the Remuneration Committee chairman on 1 August 2011, following the departure of John Allan. At the beginning of the performance year we introduced a revised long-term incentive plan, the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP), which was approved for operation at last year’s Annual General Meeting (AGM). No other changes have been made to our remuneration arrangements.

I am acutely aware of the increased focus on executive pay and over the last few months I have taken the opportunity to meet with a number of our institutional investors to discuss our remuneration policy and seek their views on the future direction of executive remuneration. In addition, we have contributed to the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) consultation on executive remuneration, narrative reporting and shareholder voting rights. Following both these processes, a number of changes have been made to the format of this report to improve transparency.

Our policy of relating pay to the Company’s business priorities and its performance continues to be the strong principle underlying the Remuneration Committee’s consideration of executive remuneration. The introduction of a return on equity (ROE) measure in the LTPP (as an established key performance indicator for our shareholders and regulators) further emphasises the alignment between the Company’s strategy and performance measures contained in our incentive plans.

2011/12 was another year of good financial and operational performance. This included strong underlying earnings growth, delivery of key restructuring activities across the business and successful investment in our asset base that will drive our long-term shareholder value. These things are taken into consideration when remuneration decisions are made.

The remuneration framework for Executive Directors remains relatively straightforward. Our incentive plans comprise an annual incentive with a compulsory share deferral element and the LTPP. We have formal clawback provisions to both those plans for financial misstatement. We have meaningful share ownership requirements for Executive Directors which are generally exceeded and the dilution levels for our share plans remain well below prescribed limits. We operate a mitigation policy in the event of early termination by the Company of an Executive Director’s employment.

Overall, we aim to ensure the Company continues to attract, motivate and retain high calibre individuals to deliver the highest possible performance for our shareholders. We firmly believe the mix of our remuneration package provides an appropriate and balanced opportunity for executives and their senior teams.

Our incentive plans are reviewed annually to ensure they remain closely aligned with the Company’s strategic objectives and our shareholders’ interests, while continuing to motivate and engage the team leading the Company to achieve stretching targets.

LOGO     Ken Harvey

 

 

RemunerationFinance Committee

The Remuneration Committee members are Ken Harvey, Stephen Pettit, George Rose

LOGO

Role

Sets policy and Paul Golby. Each of these Non-executive Directors served throughout the year, except Paul Golby who joined the Board on 1 February 2012.

No Director or other attendee (see page 85grants authority for more details) is present during any discussion regarding his or her own remuneration.

As well as having regular meetings during the year, we have an annual reviewfinancing decisions, credit exposure, hedging and strategy meeting where we review our remuneration practicesforeign exchange transactions, guarantees and incentive plans to ensure they remain alignedindemnities subject to the Company’s strategic goals. We also take the opportunity to assess external trends and best practice, and undertake an indepth review of a particular remuneration element each year.

The Board has accepted all the recommendations maderisk appetite approved by the Remuneration Committee during the year.

The Remuneration Committee has authority to obtain the advice of external independent remuneration consultants.Board. It is solely responsible for their appointment, retentionalso approves other treasury, tax, pension funding and termination together with approval of the basis of their feesinsurance strategies and, other terms.

In the year to 31 March 2012, the following advisors provided servicesif appropriate, recommends them to the Remuneration Committee:Board.

 

Towers Watson, independent remuneration advisors. It also provides general remuneration and benefits advice to the Company. In this respect, the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that any potential conflicts are appropriately managed. Towers Watson is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and the Remuneration Committee has carefully reviewed the voluntary code of conduct in relation to executive consulting in the UK;

Alithos Limited, provision of total shareholder return (TSR) calculations for the Performance Share Plan (PSP) and LTPP;

Linklaters LLP, advice relating to Directors’ service contracts as well as providing other legal advice to the Company; and

KPMG LLP, advice relating to pension taxation legislation.

90National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Review of the year

The Finance Committee was established in 2002 to focus on the Company’s debt book to make sure these matters were given the necessary attention.

Following a number of new Non-executive Directors joining the Board in 2012/13, a presentation on the work and remit of the Committee was given to the Board in April 2013.

The presentation focused on the risks inherent in the areas the Finance Committee covers namely, treasury activities, insurance, pensions and tax. The presentation aimed to help all Directors understand the role and responsibilities of the Committee.

During the year, external advisors have given presentations to the Committee on matters such as capital markets, the results of a debt investor survey and the current state of banks. Additionally, information was circulated between meetings to make sure the Committee was kept fully briefed.

This year, we continued to focus on funding plans to take into account international debt market conditions. The Committee received regular reports on treasury, tax, insurance, pensions and commodity activities to keep us advised of progress and we approved recommendations where appropriate.

In July, after seven years as chair of this Committee, I will be stepping down from the Board. I have been working closely with Therese to ensure a smooth handover of responsibilities. I have no doubt the Committee will continue to perform effectively and evolve under Therese’s leadership.

LOGO

Maria Richter

Committee chairman

Matters considered

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

long-term funding requirements;
setting and reviewing treasury policies;
—  treasury performance updates provided at each meeting;
UK and US tax updates;
activities of the Energy Procurement Risk Management Committee in the US;
activities of the Incentive Risk Management Committee in the UK;
credit rating agencies’ views on the Company;
foreign exchange policy;
pensions updates, in particular funding of the Company’s pension deficits; and
insurance renewal strategy.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014.

NameAttendance 

Maria Richter (chairman)4 of 4 

Steve Holliday

4 of 4 

Andrew Bonfield

4 of 4 

Jonathan Dawson

4 of 4 

Therese Esperdy1

0 of 0 

Ruth Kelly

4 of 4 

Mark Williamson2

1 of 1 

1.

Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Committee with effect from 18 March 2014.

2.Mark Williamson stepped down following his appointment as chairman of the Audit Committee on 29 July 2013.


54    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 Corporate

 Governance

 continued

Safety, Environment and Health Committee

LOGO

Role

In relation to safety, environment and health, the Committee reviews the strategies, policies, initiatives, risk exposure, targets and performance of the Company and, where appropriate, of its suppliers and contractors. It monitors the resources we use for compliance and driving improvement in these areas. The Committee also reviews investigations into major incidents and subsequent measures taken.

Review of the year

In terms of safety, our focus over the past year has again been on process safety. This includes the progress made, following the introduction of the new safety management system, in managing major hazard assets across our businesses, as well as the work required for the Company to become an industry leader in this area.

In particular, we have reviewed in depth the risks relating to our US LNG assets and the introduction of a new decision support tool for managing risks on gas transmission pipelines. We have also begun a review of the interfaces between our IT systems and safety processes.

Following a fatality and other incidents involving contractors in the US gas distribution business, we spent time with senior local management considering what measures needed to be put in place to promote a culture of safety among both employees and contractors and prevent a reoccurrence.

In relation to environmental matters, we have continued to monitor the Company’s strategy and approach to sustainability. In particular, we have looked at projects the Company is engaged in to reuse and recycle our resources such as overhead line conductors.

We have also reviewed the Company’s 2012 to 2016 Health and Wellbeing strategy. This includes a focus on mental wellbeing and how this affects not only employees’ absence, but also their levels of performance and engagement at work and in their home life. The Company is working to identify business areas most susceptible to workplace pressure that may impact employees’ mental wellbeing. We have started to provide training and information to reduce the stigma associated with mental illness as well as developing and promoting access to health and wellbeing support and treatment for affected employees.

LOGO

Philip Aiken

Committee chairman

Matters considered

Examples of matters the SEH Committee reviewed during the year include:

ongoing monitoring of safety performance and significant incidents in both the US and UK;
lessons learnt and steps taken following a contractor fatality in the US in April 2013;
—  update on the UK and US safety and environment strategy, leadership and governance processes, looking at work done to coordinate approaches in the two regions. This includes the establishment of a Group-level safety, environment and health management committee which meets monthly and reports to the Executive Committee;
Group-wide employee process safety culture survey results;
audit of asbestos legislation compliance across the UK business;
review of procedures for detecting gas mains in the US;
consideration of the Company’s risk appetite in the context of safety; and
climate change strategy, including performance against emissions targets and carbon budgets.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014.

NameAttendance 

Philip Aiken (chairman)5 of 5 

Andrew Bonfield1

0 of 0 

Nora Mead Brownell

5 of 5 

Paul Golby

5 of 5 

Ken Harvey22 of 2 

1.

Andrew Bonfield was appointed to the Committee with effect from 27 March 2014.

2.Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

55

Nominations Committee

LOGO

Role

Responsible for considering the structure, size and composition of the Board and committees, and succession planning. It also identifies and proposes individuals to be Directors and executive management reporting directly to the Chief Executive, and establishes the criteria for any new position.

Review of the year

The Board is now in the final stages of its phased transition that commenced in 2011. Most recently we have welcomed Therese Esperdy and John Pettigrew to our Board and, following the AGM, Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. Nick Winser will also step down from the Board at this time, but will continue in his role as President of ENTSO-E and Chairman of NGET and NGG until July 2015 when he will be leaving the Company.

Following the changes in Board membership, the composition of the committees was reviewed and updated to reflect the new balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board.

Diversity of background, thinking styles and expertise have been important criteria in the transition of the Board. During the year the following regular agenda items have been discussed:Committee reviewed our Board diversity policy. Progress against the policy was discussed and objectives to support the implementation of the policy were agreed, see page 56 for more details.

 

review and approval of salary increases for Executive Directors and direct reports to the Chief Executive, and the salary budget for all non-unionised employees in the Company;

The Committee agreed that the first objective should be to continue to meet, and aspire to exceed, the target of 25% of Board positions to be held by women by 2015. I look forward to reporting on our progress next year.

Succession planning below Board level is also important.

During the year the Committee with the Chief Executive reviewed the Executive Committee timeline and succession plans, rather than these being considered by the Board, to allow for a more open discussion. The presentation focused on succession cover to address the key risks and actions identified by an external assessment.

LOGO

approval of the Remuneration Report and analysis of associated AGM voting levels;

review of achievement for financial and individual objectives under the outgoing year’s Annual Performance Plan (APP);

approval of the forthcoming year’s APP financial and individual objectives;

review and approval of awards made under the LTPP;

review of all share plan performance measures including the annual vesting of the PSP awards;

review of Executive Director and senior management shareholding guidelines including achievement against them;

review of risk matters in incentive plans;

review of dilution levels; and

review of the code of conduct for the advisors to the Committee.

Annual review and strategy meeting (to ensure remuneration practices are reviewed and align to Company strategy)Sir Peter Gershon

Committee chairman

 

consideration of current guidelines by advisory bodies and institutional investors regarding executive remuneration, including approval of responses to the BIS consultations;

review of external market data for all areas of remuneration including performance measures used in incentive plans and plan design;

analysis of performance outturns under the APP and PSP for the Executive Directors and other direct reports to the Chief Executive for the last five years in comparison to business financial performance over the same period; and

analysis of the value of the Chief Executive’s remuneration package compared to that of employees generally including a review of salary increases made to the Chief Executive compared to the wider employee population over the last five years.

Additional itemsMatters considered

Examples of matters the Nominations Committee considered during the year include:

review of feedback from institutional shareholders and shareholding representative bodies regarding the design of the LTPP and the subsequent voting outcome;

Non-executive and Executive Director appointments, see page 56 for details of the processes;

the successor as Senior Independent Director to Ken Harvey;
Board and committee membership following changes to the composition of the Board;
the executive succession planning process focusing on the identification, development and readiness of successors to the Executive Committee in particular; and
review of the findings from the Board evaluation, see page 46 for more information, and discussion of the Committee’s performance.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014.

NameAttendance 

Sir Peter Gershon (chairman)

6 of 6 

Philip Aiken

6 of 6 

Nora Mead Brownell

6 of 6 

Jonathan Dawson

6 of 6 

Therese Esperdy1

1 of 1 

Paul Golby

6 of 6 

Ruth Kelly

6 of 6 

Maria Richter

6 of 6 
Mark Williamson6 of 6 

Ken Harvey2

1 of 1 
George Rose21 of 1 

1. Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Committee with effect  from 18 March 2014.

2. George Rose and Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board  with effect from 29 July 2013.


56    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

approval of the Chairman’s terms and appointment letter;

review of all employee share plan rules for adoption after the 2011 AGM including Sharesave, Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP);

Appointment processes

Non-executive Director

The recruitment process undertaken for the appointment of Therese Esperdy was formal, rigorous and transparent. The Nominations Committee appointed Korn Ferry as the search consultancy, and the following process was undertaken:

  a role profile was prepared against which potential candidates  were considered;

  Sir Peter Gershon interviewed an initial list of candidates, from  which a shortlist of preferred candidates was selected;

  Maria Richter, Mark Williamson, Steve Holliday and Andrew  Bonfield interviewed the shortlist of candidates and provided  feedback to the Committee;

  the Committee considered these views in its deliberations before  recommending a preferred candidate to the Board; and

  the Board approved the appointment as recommended.

In addition to providing external search consultancy services to the Company, a subsidiary of Korn Ferry provides external coaching to senior managers in the US.

Executive Director

John Pettigrew’s appointment to the Board as an Executive Director had been envisaged for some time. His executive career with the Company has been guided to make sure that he has experience of multiple parts of the business. His readiness and suitability for appointment to the Board was assessed by an external consultant.

As part of the appointment process, John Pettigrew was interviewed individually by Sir Peter Gershon, Mark Williamson, Jonathan Dawson and Ruth Kelly. The feedback from these meetings was discussed by the Committee before agreeing to recommend John’s appointment to the Board. The Board approved the recommendation to appoint John as an Executive Director. John’s role has not changed following his appointment to the Board.

review of UK pension arrangements for Executive Directors and senior management in response to changes to income tax relief and future pension strategy.

Remuneration policyBoard diversity and the Davies Review

At National Grid, we believe that creating an inclusive and diverse culture supports the attraction and retention of talented people, improves effectiveness, delivers superior performance and enhances the success of the Company.

Our Board diversity policy promotes this and reaffirms our aspiration to meet and exceed the target of 25% of Board positions being held by women by 2015, as set out by Lord Davies.

We currently have 28% women on our Board, which will change to 25% on the departure of Maria Richter and Nick Winser, and 20% women on our Executive Committee.

The Remunerationnumber of women in senior management positions and throughout the organisation is set out on page 41 along with examples of the initiatives to promote and support inclusion and diversity throughout our Company.

During the year the Committee determines remunerationreviewed the Board diversity policy and practicesprogress made. It also discussed and agreed the following objectives to support the implementation of the policy:

  the Board aspires to exceed the target of 25% of Board positions  to be held by women by 2015;

  all Board appointments will be made on merit, in the context  of the skills and experience that are needed for the Board to  be effective;

  we will only engage executive search firms who have signed  up to the voluntary code of conduct on gender diversity;

  where appropriate, we will assist with the aimdevelopment and  support of attracting, motivatinginitiatives that promote gender and retaining high calibre Executive Directorsother forms of  diversity among our Board, executive and other senior  employeesmanagement;

  where appropriate, we will continue to deliver valueadopt best practice  in response to the Davies Review;

  we will review our progress against the Board diversity  policy annually;

  we will report on our progress against the policy and our  objectives in the Annual Report and Accounts along with  details of initiatives to promote gender and other forms of  diversity among our Board, Executive Committee and  other senior management; and

  we will continue to make key diversity data, both about the  Board and our wider employee population, available in the  Annual Report and Accounts.

Progress against the objectives and the policy will be reviewed annually and reported in the Annual Report and Accounts. The implementation of a successful diversity policy will need to be measured over a period of some years during which the size and shape of the Board may change to support the business.

Executive Committee

Led by the Chief Executive, the Executive Committee oversees the safety, operational and financial performance of the Company. It is responsible for making day-to-day management and operational decisions it considers necessary to safeguard the interests of the Company and to further the strategy, business objectives and targets established by the Board. The Committee plays an important role in the development of our people and in driving a high-performance culture.

It approves expenditure and other financial commitments within its authority levels and discusses, formulates and approves proposals to be considered by the Board.

There are currently 10 members on the Committee. They have a broad range of skills and expertise, which are updated through training and development. Some members also hold external non-executive directorships, giving them valuable board experience.

On a quarterly basis the Committee receives an inclusion and diversity scorecard which sets out statistics from the business at all levels in the UK and US. Progress against our aspirational inclusion and diversity targets is reviewed on an annual basis.

The Committee officially met 12 times this year, but the members interact much more regularly. Those members of the Committee who are not Directors all regularly attend Board and committee meetings for specific agenda items with Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, being secretary to the Board and Nominations Committee. This means that knowledge is shared and every member is kept up to date with business activities and developments.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

57

LOGO

1Steve Holliday, Committee chairman

2Andrew Bonfield, Finance Director

3Stephanie Hazell, Group Strategy & Corporate Development Director (joined the Committee in June 2013 to replace Alison Wood)

4Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary (see page 173 for her biography)

5Tom King, Executive Director, US

6David Lister, Chief Information Officer

7George Mayhew, Corporate Affairs Director

8John Pettigrew, Executive Director, UK

9Mike Westcott, Group Human Resources Director

10Nick Winser, Executive Director, UK

Management committees

To help make sure we allocate time and expertise in the right way, the Company has a number of management committees, which include the Disclosure Committee, Global Ethics and Compliance Committees and the Global Retirement Plan Committee. These management committees provide reports, where relevant, to the appointing committee in line with our governance framework on the responsibilities they have been delegated.

Disclosure Committee

The role of the Disclosure Committee is to assist the Chief Executive and the Finance Director in fulfilling their responsibility for overseeing the accuracy and timeliness of the disclosures made – whether in connection with our presentations to analysts, financial reporting obligations or other material stock exchange announcements.

This year the Committee met to consider the announcements of the full- and half-year results and the interim management statements. It reported on the matters arising to the Audit Committee. In doing so it spent time considering the Company’s disclosure obligations relating to RIIO, the implementation of the US financial systems and controls, the LIPA MSA transition and the Board’s approach to the offer of the scrip dividend option. The Committee also reports the results of its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls to the Audit Committee.

The Committee is chaired by the Finance Director and its members are the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, the Global Tax and Treasury Director, the Group Financial Controller, the Director of Investor Relations, the Director of Corporate Audit and the Deputy Group General Counsel, with other attendees as appropriate.

LOGO

Directors’ Report statutory and other disclosures (starting on page indicated)

AGM page 46

Articles of Association page 176

Audit information page 52

Board of Directors page 43

Business model page 14

Change of control provisions page 173

Code of Ethics page 177

Conflicts of interest page 173

Contractual and other arrangements page 160

Directors’ indemnity page 173

Directors’ share interests page 70

Diversity page 41

Dividend page 02

Events after the reporting period page 173

Financial instruments page 83

Future developments page 12

Greenhouse gas emissions page 11

Human rights page 41

Important events affecting the Company during the year page 06

Internal control page 22

Material interests in shares page 174

People page 40

Political donations and expenditure page 174

Principal activities page 12

Research and development page 174

Risk management page 22

Share capital page 174

The Directors’ Report, prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing, and Disclosure and Transparency rules, comprising pages 06 to 73 and 160 to 187, was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Alison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Company number 4031152

18 May 2014


58    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

LOGO

Annual statement from the Remuneration Committee chairman

I am delighted to present my first Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Following the introduction of a new UK regulatory framework in 2013 and the continued evolution of our US business, last summer the Committee initiated an extensive review of our executive remuneration strategy. Our objective was to assess whether the principles on which the current remuneration strategy is based continued to reflect our business drivers given recent changes. Our review concluded that a number of significant changes were appropriate. They are presented in this report for our shareholders’ consideration and, I hope, approval at our 2014 AGM.

The key factor in our discussions was to enhance the alignment of interest between executives and shareholders over the longer term. National Grid is a long-term business, where decisions taken today can have significant impact on performance and profitability over several years. Therefore the Committee believes that the bulk of incentives to executives should be paid in shares and that it is essential for high levels of personal shareholdings to become mandatory, rather than simply guidelines.

Having reached provisional conclusions I wrote to a number of our larger shareholders to seek their views. In the light of the constructive responses we received, the Committee amended its proposals and these amendments are incorporated into the recommendations in this report.

The key components of our recommendations are:

   A rebalancing of variable pay from the Annual Performance Plan (APP) to the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP). It is proposed:

–   to reduce the APP maximum from 150% of salary to 125% of salary for the CEO and the other Executive Directors; and

–   to increase the LTPP maximum from 225% to 350% of salary for the CEO and from 200% to 300% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

   Increased alignment with shareholders by requiring Executive Directors to retain a significantly higher number of shares earned. It is proposed:

–   for the CEO, the new requirement is a shareholding of 500% of pre-tax salary, equivalent to over nine years’ post-tax salary; and

–   for the other Executive Directors, the new requirement is a shareholding of 400% of pre-tax salary.

   Stronger alignment with our business model and the long-term value drivers around a dividend-led total return. It is proposed to move to two key LTPP metrics – RoE (50% weighting) and value growth (50% weighting):

–   RoE is aimed at focusing management on driving profits within the business; and

–   value growth is viewed as a clearer indicator than EPS of the long-term growth of the business and the creation of shareholder value.

   Extended holding periods for incentive awards. It is proposed that any APP award is paid half in cash and half in shares. The shares would be paid immediately and be subject to a minimum holding period of two years. LTPP performance metrics would be measured over a three year period and awards would then be subject to a minimum two year holding period.

The Company’s commitment to increasing the annual dividend by at least RPI for the foreseeable future would be reflected in LTPP awards. The Committee will have the explicit power to reduce LTPP vesting should the Company fail to honour the dividend commitment, irrespective of the level of vesting resulting from the performance against the LTPP targets set by the Committee.

The consequence of all these changes is to reduce near-term cash incentives (APP) and tilt the balance to longer-term awards and longer-term shareholding exposure, with a greater proportion of Executive Directors’ remuneration earned in shares. As a result, we are striking an important balance between long-term reward and increased financial risk to executives through very high levels of mandatory shareholdings. In setting the quantum of future LTPP awards we have taken account of the reduced APP opportunity and longer holding periods that we are proposing. However, I want to assure shareholders that the Committee’s intention is that any increase in remuneration should arise from commensurate increases in long-term performance. We will therefore seek to ensure that targets set for the LTPP metrics contain appropriately demanding levels of performance to justify any increase in executive reward.

For the 2014 LTPP award we are proposing that maximum payout would require an average annual Group RoE of 12.5% and an average annual value growth of 12% over the three year performance period. The Committee considers these stretch targets, in the light of the business plan and recent performance, to be more challenging to management than those for LTPP set in the recent past. To achieve such a performance would require incremental Group pre-tax profits of over £250 million per annum, which in turn would imply achieved customer service, safetysavings in the region of £100 – £200 million.

We can also confirm that, had the proposed APP and reliability in an efficientLTPP targets been applicable for 2013/14, no higher level of incentive remuneration would have resulted than was actually achieved under the current arrangements.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

59

In addition to the incentive plans review, the Committee reviewed future pension policy and responsible manner. The Remunerationthe Executive Directors’ salaries. Last year there were no salary increases for Executive Directors. For the year ahead the Committee sets remuneration policieshas awarded a 2.5% salary increase to Andrew Bonfield, Steve Holliday and practicesTom King, in line with the wider Group salary review budget. Nick Winser will not receive a salary increase, due to the fact that he is to stand down from the Board at the AGM in July 2014.

John Pettigrew joined the Board on 1 April 2014 with a starting salary of £475,000 and will not receive a salary increase from 1 June 2014. His remuneration package is in line with the remuneration policy presented for approval in this report. In particular, his salary is below the Committee’s assessment of the market rate for equivalent roles. Subject to his performance, the Committee’s intention is to increase his salary towards market level by way of future phased increases in excess of those awarded to other Executive Directors.

Our 2013/14 performance is set out on page 68. Overall, against the APP performance metrics of adjusted EPS, operating profit, US capital delivery, UK and US RoE and individual objectives, performance was ahead of target. As a result, we have made awards to the Executive Directors of between 83% and 129% of salary.

Details of future targets and historical performance will be disclosed each year in respect of the LTPP, and details of historical performance will be disclosed each year in respect of the APP.

The Committee believes that our proposals to restructure incentive pay are appropriate for the Company and on behalf of the Committee I commend them to shareholders.

LOGO

Jonathan Dawson

Committee chairman

Directors’ remuneration policy

The following tables provide details of the policy we intend to apply, subject to shareholder approval, for three years from the date of the 2014 AGM. Following approval it will be displayed on the Company’s strategywebsite.

There may be circumstances from time to time when the Committee will consider it appropriate to apply some judgement and best practiceexercise discretion in respect of the approved policy. This ability to apply discretion is highlighted where relevant in the marketspolicy, detailed on pages 60 to 66, and the use of discretion will always be in which the Company operates. Remuneration policies continue to be framed aroundspirit of the following key principles:approved policy.

 

The Committee will honour any commitments made to Directors before the policy outlined in this report comes into effect.

 

total rewards should be set at levels that are competitive in the relevant market. For UK-based Executive Directors, the primary focus is placed on companies ranked (in terms of market capitalisation) 11-40 in the FTSE 100. This peer group is considered to be appropriate for a large, international but predominately regulated business. For US-based Executive Directors, the primary focus is placed on US utility companies;

a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ total reward should be performance based. Performance based incentives will be earned through the achievement of demanding targets for short-term business and individual performance as well as long-term shareholder value creation;

incentive plans, performance measures and targets should be stretching and aligned as closely as possible with shareholders’ long-term interests; and

remuneration structures should motivate employees to enhance the Company’s performance without encouraging them to take undue risks, whether financial or operational.

The Remuneration Committee is briefed on any key policy changes affecting employees generally and depending on the scope of that change its approval is sought. Having this wider insight into remuneration practices across the Company means the Remuneration Committee can take this information into consideration when making decisions about the Executive Directors’ remuneration.

LOGO

 

Our peer group

The Committee benchmarks its remuneration policy against appropriate peer groups annually to ensure we remain competitive in the relevant markets. The primary focus for reward benchmarking is the FTSE 11-40 for UK-based Executive Directors and general industry and energy services companies with similar levels of revenue for US-based Executive Directors. These peer groups are considered appropriate for a large, complex, international and predominantly regulated business.

LOGO


60    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc912013/14


Remuneration

Report

continued

Future policy table – Executive Directors

 

Corporate GovernanceSalary                                  Purpose and link to strategy: to attract, motivate and retain high-calibre individuals,

Remuneration Report continued                                             while not overpaying.

 

Operation

Maximum levels

 

Alignment of the remuneration policy with the Company strategy

The Remuneration Committee aims to align the remuneration policy to our Company strategyPerformance metrics, weighting and key business objectives. Therefore, the performance criteria in our incentive plans, both short- and long-term, are designed to underpin the Company vision and strategy (for ease replicated below).

Vision

We, at National Grid, will be the foremost international electricity and gas company, delivering unparalleled safety, reliability and efficiency, vital to the wellbeing of our customers and communities.

We are committed to being an innovative leader in energy management and to safeguarding our global environment for future generations.

Strategy

We will operate and grow our business to deliver consistently superior service and financial returns through:
time period applicable

 

our drive foroperational excellence;

 

embeddinginnovation and efficiency in our corporate culture;

understanding the needs of our stakeholders and shaping energy policy throughexternal engagement; and

maintaining adisciplined investment programme to grow our regulated asset base and non-regulated investments.

While aligning the remuneration policy to our strategic objectives, the Committee aims to ensure the policy reflects shareholders’ and our customers’ interests, taking account of risk related factors, and that it contributes to driving the highest possible ethical standards.

Executive Directors’ remuneration

The remuneration package for Executive Directors consists of the following elements, which are generally aligned to market median within our comparator groups:

Element

Key facts

Level

Salary

 

 

Salaries are reviewed annually with changes effective from 1 June. Individual performance, skills, the scope of the role and the individual’s time in the role are taken into account when assessing salaries, as is market data for similar roles in the relevant comparator group.

Annual increases awarded are aligned fully with salary increases applied across the Company.

APP including Deferred Share Plan (DSP)

The APP is designed to drive short-term performance against annual performance measures which are cascaded down the organisation to all employees in the plan. It aligns short-term strategic objectives with shareholder interests. For Executive Directors, 70% of the APP is based on performance against financial measures and 30% on individual objectives. Achievement of target performance results in payment of 40% of the maximum possible. 50% of any award under the APP is deferred compulsorily into shares and held for three years before release, subject to forfeiture on leaving in certain circumstances.

Maximum of 150% of salary.

LTPP

The LTPP measures performance over three or four year periods and is designed to drive medium- to long-term performance, aligning key strategic objectives to shareholder interests. The measures include EPS (50% of the award) and TSR (25% of the award), which are measured over a three year performance period, and UK and US ROE (25% of the award) measured over a four year period.

225% of salary for the Chief Executive and 200% of salary for the other Executive Directors. The maximum permitted under the rules of the LTPP is 250% of salary.

Benefits

Includes healthcare provision, a company car and use of a driver when required (or cash in lieu of a car) and life assurance. Executive Directors may participate in all-employee share plans eg Sharesave, SIP or the ESPP.

In line with relevant market practice.

Pension

In the UK, provisions are either through the Defined Benefit (DB) or Defined Contribution (DC) sections of our pension schemes. In the US, the provision is through a qualified pension plan and an executive supplemental retirement plan.

Legacy arrangements exist in relation to the DB sections of our pension schemes. The UK DC section and US pension arrangements are in line with market practice.

92National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Salary

When reviewing individual salary levels the Remuneration Committee takes into account business performance, the individual’s performance and experience in the role, together with salary practices prevailing for other employees in the Company in order to ensure any increases are in line with those for employees generally.

Salaries are targeted broadly at mid-market level.

No prescribed maximum annual increase.

Any increases are generally aligned to salary increases received by other Company employees and to market movement. Increases in excess of this may be made at the median position againstCommittee’s discretion in circumstances such as a significant change in responsibility; progression in the relevant market. In determining role; and alignment to market level.

Not applicable.

They are generally reviewed annually. Salary reviews take into account:

business and individual contribution;
the relevant market, the Remuneration Committee takes account of the regulated nature of the majority of the Company’s operating activities along with the size, complexityindividual’s skills and international experience;
scope of the business. For UK-basedrole, including any changes in responsibility; and US-based Executive Directors, UK and US markets are used respectively (as detailed

market data in the remuneration policy on page 91).relevant comparator group.

Salary increases for Executive Directors effective from 1 June 2012 are at or below 3%, which is consistent with a salary increase budget of 3% for employees generally across the business, UK and US. See Table 1A on page 101, footnote (i) for further details.

Annual Performance Plan (APP) including the Deferred Share Plan (DSP)

The APP is based on the achievement of a combination of demanding Company, individualBenefits                             Purpose and where applicable, divisional targets. The APP is cascaded through the management population, which provides a line of sight for employeeslink to connect day-to-day activities with our vision, strategy and key financial and service provision metrics. The principal financial measures of Company performance in 2011/12 were adjusted EPS, see page 59 for further details, and consolidated cash flow. The main divisional measures were operating profit, and UK and US ROE targets, with some employees having slightly different targets dependent upon their role and area of the business. For more details regarding the returns measures see pages 25 (UK ROE) and 29 (US ROE).

Financial targets for Executive Directors represent 70% of the APP. Individual objectives represent 30% of the APP and normally up to five objectives are set in relation to key operating and strategic objectives. These objectives are defined in terms of target and stretch performance requirements, and change each year depending on the business priorities.

The Remuneration Committee sets financial targets and Executive Directors’ individual objectives at the start of the performance year.

It reviews performance against those targets and individual objectives at year end. When setting financial targets and individual objectives, and when reviewing performance against them, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the long-term impact and any risks that could be associated with those targets and objectives. In addition, the chairmen of the Audit and Risk & Responsibility Committees are both members of the Remuneration Committee and therefore are ablestrategy: to provide input from those Committees’ reviews of the Company’s performance.

As part of a balanced scorecard approach, the Remuneration Committee may use its discretioncompetitive and cost-effective benefits to reduce payments to take account of significant safety or service standard incidents. The Remuneration Committee also has discretion to consider environmental, social and governance issues when determining payments to Executive Directors. Those principles may then be cascaded down the organisation to appropriate employee groups based on the specific circumstances.

In addition, the Remuneration Committee retains the right, in exceptional circumstances, to reclaim any monies based on financial misstatement and/or the misconduct of an individual through means deemed appropriate to those specific circumstances.

In 2011/12, the maximum opportunity under the APP for Executive Directors was 150% of base salary, with 40% of the APP (60% of salary) being paid for target performance. One half of any award earned is deferred automatically into National Grid shares (ADSs for US-based Executive Directors) through the DSP. The shares are held in trust for three years before release. The Remuneration Committee may, at the time of release of the shares, use its discretion to pay a cash amount equivalent to the value of the dividends that would have accumulated on the deferred shares. The deferred shares may be forfeited if the Executive Director ceases employment during the three year holding period as a ‘bad leaver’, for example, resignation. We believe the forfeiture provision serves as a strong retention tool.

The Remuneration Committee believes that requiring Executive Directors to invest a substantial amount of their APP award in National Grid shares increases the proportion of rewards linked to both short-term performance and longer term TSR. This practice also ensures that Executive Directors share a significant level of risk with the Company’s shareholders. Awards for UK-based Executive Directors are not pensionable but, in line with current US market practice, US-based Executive Directors’ awards are pensionable.

LOGO

attract

Annual Report                                           and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc93


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

APP performance for 2011/12

The following table details the financial targets for 2011/12 and performance achieved against them as well as examples of achievements against individual objectives.

Steve Holliday &

Andrew Bonfield

Nick Winser

Tom King

Financial measures for 2011/12

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted EPS

n   Stretch

Performance achieved

nnn

n   Between target and stretch

Consolidated cash flow

Consolidated cash flow

Consolidated cash flow

Performance achieved

nnn

UK ROE

UK operating profit

US operating profit

(US GAAP basis)

Performance achieved

nnn

US ROE

UK Transmission ROE

US cash flow

Performance achieved

nnn

UK Gas Distribution ROE

US ROE

Performance achieved

nn

Examples of achievements against individual objectives for 2011/12

Steve Holliday’s achievements included ensuring National Grid is appropriately positioned in the public debate regarding building a long-term energy infrastructure. Steve has also been instrumental in the long-term talent development planning for the Company and pivotal in the focus on the engineering skills gap analysis for the Company, as well as working with a number of external bodies as a thought leader and spokesman on this issue which affects the UK economy generally.

Andrew Bonfield’s achievements included the delivery of a programme to enhance the capability of the US finance organisation to meet the Liberty Audit recommendations and to implement new financial systems. In addition, Andrew has commenced preparation of a long-term financing strategy, ahead of the finalisation of the UK regulatory process, to enable the Company to finance its capital expenditure programme.

Nick Winser’s achievements included the successful implementation of a UK industry process for managing the impact of European Grid codes which included European stakeholder mapping of associated issues. In addition, Nick led National Grid’s response to the UK regulatory process, in particular, the agreement of the 2012/13 Gas and Electricity Transmission Price Control Review roll-over principles with Ofgem and the submission of our RIIO business plan.

Tom King’s achievements included delivery of the new US organisational structure, including achieving specific financial and FTE reduction metrics. Tom also led the implementation of the new finance/business system in the US which will meet one of our key regulatory requirements.retain high-calibre individuals.

 

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting and
time period applicable

 

 

The Remuneration Committee has determined that performance based on our operational and safety balanced scorecards, whilst high, has not met our exacting expectations

Benefits provided include:

Benefits have no pre-determined maximum, as the cost of providing these varies from year to year.

Participation in certain areas. The Remuneration Committee, therefore, decided to use its discretion to reduce APP awards. This downward adjustmenttax approved all-employee share plans is reflected in the range of APP awards for Executive Directors this year of 67% to 70% (as a percentage of maximum potential).

Long-term incentive – Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP)

The first awards under this plan were granted in 2011, following approval by shareholders at the 2011 AGM. Executive Directors and approximately 400 other senior employees who have significant influence over the Company’s ability to meet its strategic objectives, may receive an award which will vest subject to the achievement of performance conditionslimits set by the Remuneration Committeerelevant tax authorities from time to time.

Not applicable.

company car or a cash alternative (UK only);
use of a driver when required;
private medical insurance;
life assurance;
personal accident insurance;
opportunity to purchase additional benefits under flexible benefits schemes available to all employees; and

opportunity to participate in the following HM Revenue & Customs (UK) or Internal Revenue Service (US) tax advantaged all-employee share plans:

Sharesave: UK employees may make monthly contributions from net salary for a period of 3 or 5 years. The savings can be used to purchase shares at a discounted price, set at the datelaunch of grant. The value of shares (ADSs for US-based Executive Directors and relevant employees) constituting an award (as a percentage of salary) varies by grade and seniority subject to a maximum, for Executive Directors, of 200% of salary (225% of salary for the Chief Executive, to further emphasise longer term performance related pay in his package). The provisions in the LTPP rules allow awards up to a maximum value of 250% ofeach plan period.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP): UK employees may use gross salary to provide a degree of flexibility for the future. The performance measurespurchase shares. These shares are cascaded to all participantsplaced in the LTPP.

The performance measures are as follows:trust.

 

Incentive Thrift Plans (401(k) plans): US employees may participate in these tax-advantaged savings plans. They are DC pension plans in which employees can invest their own and Company contributions.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) (423(b) plan): eligible US employees may purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a discounted price.

Other benefits may be offered at the discretion of the Committee.

  

the annualised growth of the Company’s EPS (50% of the award);

the Company’s TSR performance when compared to the FTSE 100 at the date of grant (25% of the award); and

ROE, measuring performance against allowed regulatory returns established through price control reviews in the UK and rate case settlements in the US (25% of the award).

One quarter of the shares awarded subject to each measure will vest for threshold performance. Shares will vest (over three and four years depending on the performance measure) conditional upon the satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria. The TSR and EPS targets are measured over a three year performance period and ROE is measured over four years which more readily reflects the nature of that metric. This will result in partial vesting after three years, subject to performance and the remainder relating purely to ROE after four years.

The Remuneration Committee took the opportunity to introduce ROE into the LTPP as return measures are established key performance indicators for our shareholders and regulators. The Committee believes the inclusion of ROE in the LTPP focuses participants further on increasing efficiency for both customers and shareholders, and enhancing returns for shareholders over the longer term.

94National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

www.nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

 

It is believed the level of challenge for the ROE performance ranges in the UK and US are broadly similar, to provide stretch in both cases while at the same time being motivational for participants. The performance ranges reflect the different impacts of regulated incentives in the UK and US.

Details regarding the performance measures and vesting requirements are provided in the table below:

Performance measureDefinitions and measurementVesting requirements

EPS

 The EPS measure is calculated by reference to National Grid’s real EPS growth see page 59 for further details. The measure is defined as annualised growth in adjusted EPS (on a continuing basis and excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded costs) over the three year performance period.Threshold performance – 25% of the shares subject to this measure will vest where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 3%.

Upper target performance – all the shares subject to this measure will vest where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 8%.

TSR

In calculating TSR (on an annualised compound basis) it is assumed that all dividends are reinvested. No shares will be released under the TSR part of the award if the Company’s TSR over the three year performance period, when ranked against that of the FTSE 100 comparator group, falls below the median.Threshold performance – for TSR at the median 25% of the shares subject to this measure will vest.

Upper target performance – 100% of the shares subject to this measure will vest where National Grid’s TSR performance is 7.5% above that of the median company in the FTSE 100.

ROE

The ROE measure is derived from returns on pages 25 and 29. In the UK, this is based on the UK Transmission and UK Gas Distribution ROEs. For the US, it is based on US regulated returns by jurisdiction. The Chief Executive and Finance Director are targeted on both the UK and US ROEs. For the UK and US-based operational Directors, they are targeted on their respective UK or US ROEs.Threshold performance – 25% of the shares subject to this measure will vest where the allowed regulatory returns in the UK are achieved and -1% of the allowed regulatory returns in the US.

Upper target performance – 100% of the shares subject to this measure will vest for out-performance of regulatory returns by 2% UK and 1% US.

For performance, under each measure, between threshold and the upper target, the number of shares released is pro rated on a straight-line basis.

These measures are used because the Remuneration Committee believes they offer a balance between meeting the needs of shareholders (by measuring TSR performance against other large UK companies) and providing a measure of performance (EPS growth and ROE) over which the Executive Directors have direct influence. All these measures are key financial performance indicators for the Company.

In order to better align the interests of participants with those of shareholders, the rules of the LTPP allow the Remuneration Committee to determine that dividends accrue on the shares comprised in the award. The dividends will be released in shares when the award vests, if and to the extent the performance criteria are achieved.

Long-term incentive – Performance Share Plan (PSP) operated for awards between 2003 and 2010 inclusive

The general operation of the PSP is similar to that detailed above under the LTPP, as is the population who may participate in the plan. The value of shares (ADSs for US-based Executive Directors and relevant employees) constituting an award (as a percentage of salary) varied by grade and seniority subject to a maximum, for all Executive Directors, of 200% of salary. The provisions in the PSP rules allowed awards up to a maximum value of 250% of salary, although no awards were made above 200%.

Shares vest after three years, conditional upon the satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria. Vested shares must then be held for a further period (the retention period) after which they are released to the participant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. During the retention period, the Remuneration Committee has discretion to pay an amount, in cash or shares, equivalent to the dividend which would have been paid on the vested shares.

Awards vest based on the Company’s TSR performance when compared to the FTSE 100 at the date of grant (50% of the award) and the annualised growth of the Company’s EPS (50% of the award). The same performance criteria are cascaded to all participants in the plan.

Details regarding the performance measures and vesting requirements are provided in the table below:

Performance measureDefinitions and measurementVesting requirements

EPS

The EPS measure is calculated by reference to National Grid’s real EPS growth see page 59 for further details. The measure is defined as annualised growth in adjusted EPS (on a continuing basis and excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded costs) over the three year performance period.Threshold performance – 30% of the shares subject to this measure will vest where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 3%.

Upper target performance – all the shares subject to this measure will vest where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 8%.

TSR

In calculating TSR (on an annualised compound basis) it is assumed that all dividends are reinvested. No shares will be released under the TSR part of the award if the Company’s TSR over the three year performance period, when ranked against that of the FTSE 100 comparator group, falls below the median.Threshold performance – for TSR at the median 30% of the shares subject to this measure will vest.

Upper target performance – 100% of the shares subject to this measure will vest where National Grid’s TSR performance is 7.5% above that of the median company in the FTSE 100.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc95


Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

61

Pension                             Purpose and link to strategy: to reward sustained contribution and assist attraction

                                            and retention.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting and time
period applicable

Pension for a new Executive Director will reflect whether they are internally promoted or externally appointed.

 

Remuneration Report continuedUK DB:

Vested 2008 PSP award

The upper target for the EPS performance criteria was met almost in full (99% of the shares subject to that performance measure vested) but threshold performance against the TSR element of the award was not achieved resulting in shares subject to that measure lapsing. This resulted in vesting at 49.5% of the award. The shares then entered the retention period. The Remuneration Committee agreed to pay a cash amount equivalent in value to the net dividends (after taxes, commissions and any other charges) that would be paid during the retention period in respect of the shares comprised in the vested award. These payments were made in August 2011 and February 2012, to align broadly with dividend payments to our shareholders (see Table 4maximum pension on page 105, footnote (ii)).

Vesting history of the PSP

The following table details the vesting of the PSP over the years it has been in operation, shown as a percentage of the award.

    2003 award
    (vested 2006)
  2004 award
(vested 2007)
  2005 award
(vested 2008)
  2006 award
(vested 2009)
  2007 award
(vested 2010)
  2008 award
(vested 2011)
  Vesting average   

 

 

 
 0%     0%     100%     100%     65.15%     49.5%     52.4%    

 

 

 

Note: All awards subject to a retention period before release.

Common elements of the LTPP and PSP

The Remuneration Committee believes the mix of measures used in both plans to be appropriate and in alignment with the Company’s strategy. In addition, the LTPP will ensure continued focus on returns (particularly in the US) and shareholders’ interests through the continued use of TSR and EPS.

No re-testing of performance is permitted for the awards that do not vest after the performance periods and any such awards lapse.

If the Remuneration Committee considers, in its absolute discretion, the underlying financial performance of the Company does not justify the vesting of awards, even if some or all of the performance measures are satisfied in whole or in part, it can declare that some or all of the award lapses.

In addition, the Remuneration Committee retains the right, in exceptional circumstances, to reclaim any monies based on financial misstatement and/or the misconduct of an individual through means deemed appropriate to those specific circumstances.

Under the terms of the LTPP and PSP, the Remuneration Committee may allow shares to vest early to departing participants, including Executive Directors, to the extent the performance conditions have been met, in which event the number of shares that vest will be pro rated to reflect the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed at the date of departure.

Performance elements in the Executive Directors’ remuneration package

Illustrated below is the current remuneration package for the Chief Executive and other Executive Directors (excluding pensions, all-employee share plans and non-cash benefits) for assuming ‘on target’ performance and ‘maximum stretch’ performance for the incentive plans (APP and LTPP). The assumptions used for target performance are based on 40% (60% of salary) for the APP, and 50% (100% of salary) for LTPP awards. For the Chief Executive, due to the higher LTPP award level, the target assumption is 112.5% of salary.

Executive Directors’ remuneration package (key elements expressed as a percentage of the package)

LOGO

LOGO

96National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

All-employee share plans

Sharesave: Employees resident in the UK, including UK-based Executive Directors, are eligible to participate in HM Revenue & Customs approved all-employee Sharesave schemes. Under these schemes, participants may contribute between £5 and £250 in total each month, for a fixed period of three years, five years or both. Contributions are taken from net salary. At the end of the savings period, these contributions can be used to purchase ordinary shares in National Grid at a discount capped at 20% of the market price set at the launch of each scheme.

SIP: Employees resident in the UK, including UK-based Executive Directors, are eligible to participate in the SIP. Contributions up to £125 are deducted from participants’ gross salary and used to purchase ordinary shares in National Grid each month. The shares are placed in trust and if they are left in trust for at least five years, they can be removed free of UK income tax and National Insurance Contributions.

US Incentive Thrift Plans: Employees of National Grid’s US companies (including US-based Executive Directors) are eligible to participate in the Thrift Plans, which are tax-advantaged savings plans (commonly referred to as 401(k) plans). These are defined contribution pension plans that give participants the opportunity to invest up to applicable Federal salary limits ie for pre-tax contributions, a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $16,500 for those under the age of 50 and $22,000 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions, up to 15% of salary limited to the lesser of 100% of compensation or $49,000 for calendar year 2011. For calendar year 2012, participants may invest up to the applicable Federal salary limits ie for pre-tax contributions a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $17,000 for those under the age of 50 and $22,500 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions up to 15% of salary limited to the lesser of 100% of compensation or $50,000. Employees may invest their own and Company contributions in National Grid shares or various mutual fund options. The Company matches 50% of the first 8% of salary contributed.

ESPP: Employees of National Grid’s US companies (including US-based Executive Directors) are eligible to participate in the ESPP (commonly referred to as a 423b plan). Eligible employees have the opportunity to purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a 15% discounted price. Under the plan employees may contribute up to 20% of base pay each year up to a maximum annual contribution of $18,888 to purchase ADSs in National Grid. Any ADSs purchased through the ESPP may be sold at any time, however, there are tax advantages for ADSs held for at least two years from the offer date.

Share ownership guidelines

The Chief Executive is required to build up and retain a shareholding representing at least 200% of annual salary. For other Executive Directors, the requirement is 125% of salary. This will be achieved by retaining at least 50% of the after-tax gain on any options exercised or shares received through the long-term incentive or all-employee share plans and will include any shares held beneficially. Each of the Executive Directors has surpassed the respective share ownership guideline (except for Andrew Bonfield who is more recently appointed).

Senior managers in the Company are encouraged to build up and retain a shareholding representing at least 100% of annual salary.

Shareholding for Executive Directors

Executive Directors 

Ordinary

shares at
31 March 2012

  

% of

salary held
in ordinary

shares
(i) (ii)

  

Shares

in Trust at
31 March 2012

(iii) (iv)

  

% of

salary held
in shares
in Trust

(i) (ii)

  

Total ordinary

shares and

shares

in Trust at
31 March 2012

(iii) (iv)

  

% of

salary held

in ordinary
shares and
shares

in Trust

(i) (ii)

 

 

 

Steve Holliday

  484,560    315    491,083    319    975,643    634  

Andrew Bonfield

  287    0.26    29,184    27    29,471    27  

Nick Winser

  224,473    271    224,820    271    449,293    542  

Tom King (v)

  209,285    189    323,370    292    532,655    481  

 

 

(i)The salary used for calculating the value of shareholding is the salary earned in the year (see Table 1A on page 101).

(ii)The share price used for calculating the value of shareholding is 630.5p, which was the closing share price on 30 March 2012.

(iii)Shares held in Trust include vested but unexercised options for the Share Matching Plan (where applicable, see Table 3 on page 103), shares awarded under the DSP and vested shares under the PSP (see Table 4 on page 104). Unvested shares in the PSP and LTPP, and unexercised options held under Sharesave, are not included.

(iv)Shares in Trust are shown on a gross basis, ie before deductions for income tax and other withholdings.

(v)Shares held in Trust converted from awards over ADSs where each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

Share dilution through the operation of share-based incentive plans

Where shares may be issued or treasury shares reissued to satisfy incentives, the aggregate dilution resulting from executive share-based incentives will not exceed 5% in any 10 year period. Dilution resulting from all incentives, including all-employee incentives, will not exceed 10% in any 10 year period. The Remuneration Committee reviews dilution against these limits regularly and under these limits, the Company currently has headroom of 3.96% and 7.24% respectively.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc97


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

Pensions

Steve Holliday and Nick Winser are provided with final salary pension benefits. These pension provisions are designed to provide a pension of one thirtieth of final salaryretirement, at age 60, for each year of service subject to a maximum of two thirds of final salary, including any pension rights earnedcapped pensionable pay or up to one thirtieth accrual. On death in previous employment. Within the pension schemes, the pensionable salary is normally the base salary in the 12 months prior to leaving the Company. Both Executive Directors participate in Flexible Pension Savings (FPS),service, a salary sacrifice arrangement available to all members of the Company’s pension arrangements. Life assurance provisionlump sum of four times pensionable salarypay and a spouse’s pension equal to two thirds of the Executive Director’sdependant’s pension are provided on death.is provided.

Both aforementioned Executive Directors have elected to participate in the unfunded scheme in respect of any benefits in excess of the Lifetime Allowance or their Personal Lifetime Allowance. An appropriate provision in respect of the unfunded scheme has been made in the Company’s balance sheet. Alternatively, these Executive Directors are able to cease accrual in the pension schemes and take a 30% cash allowance in lieu of pension if they so wish. This option is offered to current senior employees in the Company, except the cash allowance varies depending upon organisational grade.

Andrew Bonfield is a member of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme – DC section. He has chosen to participate in FPS, the Company’s salary sacrifice arrangement. Under this arrangement, if the Executive Director chooses to pay the maximum standard contribution of 5% of salary, the Company will typically pay a pension contributionDC: annual contributions of 30%. Alternatively, the Company will pay a non-pensionable cash allowance to ensure the total value of the Company contribution (not including contributions paid via FPS) and the cash allowance is equal to 30% of base salary. The latter option was chosen by Andrew Bonfield. These benefits are in line with those offered to current senior employees in the Company, except the total value of the Company contribution and cash allowance varies depending upon organisational grade. Life assurance provision of four times pensionable salary and a spouse’s pension equal to one third of the Executive Director’s base salary are provided on death.death in service.

Following the changes to pensions tax relief introduced from April 2011, the Company has reviewed

US DB: an Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan provides for an unreduced pension benefit at age 62 (at age 55 in Tom King’s case). For retirements at age 62 with 35 years of service, the pension benefit would be approximately two thirds of pensionable pay. Upon death in service, the spouse would receive 50% of the pension benefit (100% if the participant died while an active employee after the age of 55).

US DC: 9% of base salary plus APP with additional 401(k) plan match of up to 4%.

Not applicable.

If internally promoted:

retention of existing DB benefits offeredwithout enhancement, except for capping of pensionable pay increases following promotion to members. The Company has agreed that senior employees most likelyBoard; or
retention of existing UK DC benefits or equivalent cash in lieu; or
retention of existing US DC benefits plus 401(k) plan match, provided through 401(k) plan and non-qualified plans.

If externally appointed:

UK DC benefits or equivalent cash in lieu; or
US DC benefits plus 401(k) plan match.

Andrew Bonfield and John Pettigrew are treated in line with the above policy.

Steve Holliday and Nick Winser are provided with final salary pension benefits. For service prior to 1 April 2013, pensionable pay is normally the base salary in the 12 months prior to leaving the Company. For service from 1 April 2013 increases to pensionable pay are capped at the lower of 3% or the increase in inflation. Their pension scheme rules allow for indexed prior salaries to be affected byused for all members. They both participate in the legislative changes will be offered more flexibility to take cashunfunded scheme in lieu of Company contributions. The total levelrespect of benefits offered in excess of the form of cash and/or pension contributions will not change. The Company continues to honour existing unfunded promises, however, no new unfunded promises have been granted since April 2006.Lifetime Allowance.

US-based Executive Directors participate

Tom King participates in a qualified pension plan and in an executive supplemental retirement plan provided by National Grid’s US companies.Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan. These plans are non-contributory, defined benefit arrangements. The qualified plancash balance and final average pay plans. Tom’s benefits include compensation to buy out entitlements from his former employer that were lost on recruitment to National Grid. This includes a provision to allow an unreduced pension to be taken from age 55 if Tom is directly funded, whilestill in the executive supplemental retirement plan is indirectly funded through a ‘rabbi trust’. Benefits are calculated using a formula based on yearsemployment of service and highest average compensation over five consecutive years. the Company at that time.

In line with many US plans,market practice, pensionable pay for UK-based Executive Directors includes salary only and for US-based Executive Directors it includes salary and APP award.


62    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

Annual                                           Purpose and link to strategy: to incentivise and reward the calculationachievement of benefits underannual

Performance Plan                        financial and strategic business targets and the arrangements takes into account salary,delivery of annual individual objectives.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting and

time period applicable

Performance metrics and targets are agreed at the start of each financial year. Performance metrics are aligned with strategic business priorities. Targets are set with reference to the budget. Awards are paid in June.

For APP awards made in 2013/14, 50% of any award was deferred into shares in the Deferred Share Plan (DSP). The DSP has no performance conditions and incentive sharevests after three years, subject to continued employment. These shares are subject to forfeiture for leavers in certain circumstances.

For APP awards (DSP) but not share options or LTPP/PSP awards. The normal retirement age undermade in respect of years from 2014/15, it is proposed discontinuing the qualified pension planDSP. Instead 50% of awards will be paid in shares, which (after any sales to pay tax) must be retained until the shareholding requirement is 65. The executive supplemental retirement plan provides unreduced pension benefitsmet, and in any event for two years after receipt.

Awards are subject to clawback and malus provisions.

From 2014/15, it is proposed that the maximum award will reduce from age 55. On the death150% of salary to 125% of salary.

A significant majority of the APP is based on performance against corporate financial measures, with the remainder based on performance against individual objectives. Individual objectives are role specific.

The Committee may use its discretion to set measures that it considers appropriate in each financial year and reduce the amount payable, taking account of significant safety or customer service standard incidents, environmental and governance issues.

For 2013/14, the APP was structured so that payout at threshold, target and stretch performance levels were 6.67%, 40% and 100% respectively.

From 2014/15, it is proposed the payout levels will be amended so that payouts at threshold, target and stretch performance levels will be 0%, 50% and 100% respectively.

Long Term                                  Purpose and link to strategy: to drive long-term performance, aligning Executive

Performance Plan                      Director incentives to key strategic objectives and shareholder interests.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting and

time period applicable

Awards of shares may be granted each year, with vesting subject to long-term performance conditions.

The performance metrics have been chosen as the Committee believes they reflect the creation of long-term value within the business. Targets are set each year with reference to the business plan.

Awards are subject to clawback and malus provisions. Notwithstanding the level of award achieved against the performance conditions, the Committee may use its discretion to reduce the amount vesting, and in particular will take account of compliance with the dividend policy.

From 2014, it is proposed that the maximum award for the CEO will increase from 225% of salary to 350% of salary and from 200% of salary to 300% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

For awards between 2011 and 2013 the performance measures and weightings were:

adjusted EPS (50%) measured over three years;
TSR relative to the FTSE 100 (25%) measured over three years; and
UK or US RoE relative to allowed regulatory returns (25%) measured over four years.

From 2014, it is proposed that the performance measures will be:

value growth and Group RoE (for the CEO and Finance Director); and

value growth, Group RoE and UK or US RoE (for the UK and US Executive Directors respectively).

LTPP table continued opposite


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

63

Long Term Performance    
Plan continued

Purpose and link to strategy: to drive long-term performance, aligning Executive Director incentives

to key strategic objectives and shareholder interests.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting

and time period applicable

For awards granted from 2014, it is proposed that participants must retain vested shares (after any sales to pay tax) until the plans also provideshareholding requirement is met, and in any event for a spouse’s pensionfurther two years after vesting.

All will be measured over a three year period.

The weightings of these measures may vary year to year, but would always remain such that the value growth metric would never fall below a 25% weighting and never rise above a 75% weighting.

Between 2011 and 2013, 25% of the award vested at least 50%threshold and 100% at stretch, with straight-line vesting in between. From 2014, it is proposed that only 20% will vest at threshold.

Future policy table – Non-executive Directors (NEDs)

Fees for NEDs

Purpose and link to strategy: to attract NEDs who have a broad range of that accruedexperience and skills to oversee

the implementation of our strategy.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting

and time period applicable

NED fees (excluding those of the Chairman) are set by the Executive Director. Benefits underCommittee in conjunction with the Chairman; the Chairman’s fees are set by the Committee.

There are no maximum fee levels.

The benefits provided to the Chairman are not subject to a predetermined maximum cost, as the cost of providing these arrangementsvaries from year to year.

Not applicable.

Fee structure:

   Chairman fee;

   basic fee, which differs for UK- and US-based NEDs;

   committee membership fee;

   committee chair fee; and

   Senior Independent Director fee.

Fees are reviewed every year and are benchmarked against those in companies of similar scale and complexity.

NEDs do not increase onceparticipate in payment.

Non-cash benefits

incentive or pension plans and, with the exception of the Chairman, are not eligible to receive benefits. The Company provides competitive benefits to Executive Directors, such asChairman is covered by the Company’s private medical and personal accident insurance plans and receives a fully expensed car or a cash alternative in lieu ofto a car, with the use of a driver, when required, private medical insurance and life assurance. Business expenses incurred are reimbursed in such a way as to give rise torequired.

There is no benefit to the Executive Director.provision for termination payments.

Flexible benefits plan

Additional benefits may be purchased under the flexible benefits plan (the Plan), in which UK-based Executive Directors, along with all other UK employees, have been given the opportunity to participate. The Plan operates by way of salary sacrifice, that is, the participants’ salaries are reduced by the monetary value used to purchase benefits under the Plan. Many of the benefits are linked to purchasing additional healthcare and insurance products for employees and their families. Andrew Bonfield participates in this Plan and the impact on his salary is shown in Table 1A on page 101.

Similar plans are offered to US-based employees. However, they are not salary sacrifice plans and therefore do not affect salary values. Tom King was a participant in such a plan during the year.


 

9864    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


Remuneration

Report

continued

Shareholding requirement

The requirement of Executive Directors to build up and hold a relatively high value of National Grid shares ensures they share a significant level of risk with shareholders and their interests are aligned.

From 2014/15 it is proposed that the existing shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors will be replaced by a firm requirement to build up and retain shares in the Company. The level of holding will increase from 200% of salary to 500% of salary for the CEO and from 125% of salary to 400% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

Unless the shareholding requirement is met, Executive Directors will not be permitted to sell shares, other than to pay tax or in exceptional circumstances.

The Company includes in its annual employee opinion survey questions on the appropriateness of the pay arrangements within the Company. It does not specifically invite employees to comment on the Directors’ remuneration policy but any comments made by employees are noted.

 

www.nationalgrid.comPolicy on recruitment remuneration

Salaries for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment, and in particular will take account of the appointee’s skills and experience as well as the scope and market rate for the role.

 

Where appropriate, salaries may be set below market level initially, with the Committee retaining discretion to award increases in salary in excess of those of the wider workforce and inflation to bring salary to a market level over time, where this is justified by individual and Company performance.

Benefits consistent with those offered to other Executive Directors under the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment will be offered, taking account of local market practice. The Committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain costs associated with the recruitment, for example legal fees, and the Committee may agree to meet certain relocation expenses or provide tax equalisation as appropriate.

Pensions for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.

Ongoing incentive pay (APP and LTPP) for new Executive Directors will be in accordance with the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment. This means the maximum APP award in any year would be 125% of salary and the maximum LTPP award would be 300% of salary (350% of salary for a new CEO).

For an externally appointed Executive Director, the Company may offer additional cash or share-based payments that it considers necessary to buy out current entitlements from the former employer that will be lost on recruitment to National Grid. Any such arrangements would reflect the delivery mechanisms, time horizons and levels of conditionality of the remuneration lost.

In order to facilitate buy out arrangements as described above, existing incentive arrangements will be used to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside of these shareholder-approved schemes if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

For an internally appointed Executive Director, any outstanding variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will continue on its original terms.

Fees for a new Chairman or Non-executive Director will be set in line with the approved policy in force at the time of appointment.

 

Differences in remuneration policy for all employees

The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors’ service contracts, terminationDirectors is designed with regard to the policy for employees across the Company as a whole. However, there are some differences in the structure of remuneration policy for the senior executives. In general, these differences arise from the development of remuneration arrangements that are market competitive for our various employee categories. They also reflect the fact that, in the case of the Executive Directors, a greater emphasis tends to be placed on performance-related pay in the market, in particular long-term performance-related pay.

All employees are entitled to base salary, benefits and mitigationpension. Many employees are eligible for an APP award based on Company and/or individual performance. Eligibility and the maximum opportunity available is based on market practice for the employee’s job band. In addition, around 350 senior management employees are eligible to participate in the LTPP.

The Company has a number of all-employee share plans that provide employees with the opportunity to become, and to think like, a shareholder. These plans include Sharesave and the SIP in the UK and the 401(k) and 423(b) plans in the US. Further information is provided on page 60.

Consideration of remuneration policy elsewhere in the Company

In its considerationsetting the remuneration policy the Committee considers the remuneration packages offered to employees across the Company. As a point of these matters the Remuneration Committee takes into account the Companies Act 2006, the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules, the UK Corporate Governance Code,principle, salaries, benefits, pensions and other requirementselements of legislation, regulationremuneration are benchmarked regularly to ensure they remain competitive in the markets in which we operate. In undertaking such benchmarking our aim is to be at mid-market level for all job bands, including those subject to union negotiation.

As would be expected, we have differences in pay and good governance. benefits across the business which reflect individual responsibility and there are elements of remuneration policy which apply to all, for example, flexible benefits and share plans.

When considering annual salary increases, the Committee reviews the proposals for salary increases for the employee population generally, as it does for any other changes to remuneration policy being considered. This will include a report on the status of negotiations with any trade union represented employees.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

65

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office

In line with our policy, all Executive Directors provide for one year’s noticehave service contracts which are terminable by either party which alignswith 12 months’ notice.

The contracts contain provisions for payment in lieu of notice, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. Such payments are limited to best practice.

Inpayment of salary only for the eventremainder of early termination by the Company of an Executive Director’s employment, contractual base salary reflecting the notice period with the exception of Nick Winser. In Nick’s case the value of benefits would normallyalso be payable. The Remuneration Committee operates a policy of mitigation in these circumstances with anypaid. In the UK such payments being madewould be phased on a monthly basis. The departingbasis, over a period no greater than 12 months, and the Executive Director would generally be expected to mitigate any losses where employment is taken up during the notice period, however, thisperiod. In the US, for tax purposes the policy remainsis to make any payment in lieu of notice as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within two and a half months of the later of 31 December and 31 March immediately following the notice date.

In the event of a UK Director being made redundant, statutory compensation would apply and the relevant pension plan rules may result in the early payment of an unreduced pension.

On termination of employment, no APP award would generally be payable and any DSP awards would generally lapse. However, the Committee has the discretion to deem an individual to be a ‘good leaver’, in which case an APP award would be payable on the termination date, based on performance during the financial year up to termination, and DSP awards would vest on the termination date. Examples of circumstances in which a Director would be treated as a ‘good leaver’ include redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death. Any APP award would be prorated and would be subject to performance achieved against the Remunerationobjectives for that year.

On termination of employment, outstanding awards under the share plans will be treated in accordance with the relevant plan rules approved by shareholders. Share awards would normally lapse. ‘Good leaver’ provisions apply at the Committee’s discretion based onand in specified circumstances, including redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death, where awards will be released to the circumstancesdeparting Executive Director or, in the case of death, to their estate. Long-term share plan awards held by ‘good leavers’ may vest subject to performance measured at the termination.normal vesting date and are prorated. Such awards would vest at the same time as for other participants.

 

Executive

The Chairman’s appointment is subject to six months’ notice by either party; for the other Non-executive Directors, notice is one month. No compensation is payable to Non-executive Directors if required to stand down.

Copies of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

Dates of Directors’ service contracts/letters of appointment

Date of service contract/appointment  
  Date of contractNotice period

Steve Holliday

1 April 200612 months

Andrew Bonfield

1 November 201012 months

Nick Winser

28 April 200312 months

Tom King

11 July 200712 months

 

Executive Directors
Andrew Bonfield1 November 2010
Steve Holliday1 April 2006
Tom King11 July 2007
John Pettigrew1 April 2014
Nick Winser28 April 2003

Non-executive Directors
Philip Aiken15 May 2008
Nora Mead Brownell1 June 2012
Jonathan Dawson4 March 2013
Therese Esperdy18 March 2014
Sir Peter Gershon1 August 2011
Paul Golby1 February 2012
Ruth Kelly1 October 2011
Maria Richter1 October 2003
Mark Williamson3 September 2012

External appointments and retention of fees

WithThe Executive Directors may, with the approval of the Board, in each case, Executive Directors may normally accept one external appointment as a non-executive director of another company and retain any fees received for thisthe appointment. Experience as a board member of another company is considered to be beneficial personal development, that in turn is of value to the Company.


66    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

Total remuneration opportunity

The table below detailstotal remuneration for each of the Executive Directors who servedthat could result from the remuneration policy in 2014 under three different performance levels – below threshold (when only fixed pay is receivable), on target and maximum – is shown below.

LOGO

1.

‘Fixed pay’ consists of salary, pension and benefits in kind as non-executive directorsprovided under the remuneration policy.

2.Salary is that to be paid in other companies during2014/15, taking account of the year endedincreases that will be effective from 1 June 2014 shown on page 72.
3.Benefits in kind and pension are as shown in the single total figure of remuneration table for 2013/14 on page 67, except for John Pettigrew. For John, benefits in kind are assumed to be £18,300 and pension is assumed to be £320,000.
4.APP calculations are based on 125% of salary for the period 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2012.2015.
5.LTPP calculations are based on awards with a face value of 350% of 1 June 2014 salary for Steve Holliday and 300% of 1 June 2014 salary for all other Executive Directors.
6.LTPP and APP payout is 50% for on target performance and the maximum is 100% for achieving stretch performance.
7.Tom King’s remuneration opportunity has been converted at $1.62:£1.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views

The Committee considers all feedback received from shareholders throughout the year. While the Committee understands that not all shareholders’ views will be the same, we consult with our larger shareholders on a regular basis to understand their expectations with regard to executive remuneration issues and any changes in shareholder views in this regard. In 2013/14 larger shareholders were consulted on the proposed changes to remuneration policy. Shareholders were supportive of the direction of change proposed, particularly increasing holding periods for awards and retention thresholds. Several responses suggested a number of small changes and where possible the Committee has reflected these changes in the proposals.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

67

   Annual report on remuneration

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2013/14

 

Role of Remuneration Committee

The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the other members of the Executive Committee and for setting the remuneration policy for the Chairman. The aim is to align remuneration policy to Company strategy and key business objectives and ensure it reflects our shareholders’, customers’ and regulators’ interests.

 

Members of the Committee

All members of the Committee are independent. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below:

 

  

  

 

  

        

 

  

  

 

    

Member

 

                         

Number of possible
meetings during

the year

 

   

Number of 
meetings attended 

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

Jonathan Dawson – chairman from 29 July 2013

 

  

     6        
   

 

Nora Mead Brownell

 

  

     6        
   

 

Paul Golby

 

  

     6        
   

 

Ken Harvey – chairman until 29 July 2013

 

  

     2        
   

 

George Rose

 

  

     2        
   

 

Mark Williamson – appointed on 29 July 2013

 

 

  

 

     

 

4

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

1. Ken Harvey and George Rose stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

 

  

   

 

The Committee’s activities during the year

 

 

  

 

   Meeting

 

  

 

Main areas of discussion

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

April

 

 

 

 

Individual performance for the 2012/13 APP

 

  

     Framework for the 2013/14 APP  
     2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report  
     Terms of reference and code of conduct for advisors to the Committee  
   

 

May

 

 

 

 

Annual salary review for Executive Directors and Executive Committee

 

  

     2012/13 APP outturns and confirmation of awards  
     2013 LTPP awards  
   

 

July

 

 

 

 

2010 Performance Share Plan (PSP, the predecessor to the LTPP) final performance

 

  

     Appointment of new advisors to the Committee  
   

 

November

 

 

 

 

New incentive plans (APP and LTPP) design

 

  

     Review of outcome from AGM  
   

 

January

 

 

 

 

Shareholder consultation on new incentive plans

 

  

   

 

February

 

 

 

 

Targets for LTPP and APP proposals

 

  

     Remuneration policy changes  
     

 

New format remuneration report

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

Single total figure of remuneration – Executive Directors (audited information)

 

  

   The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2013/14, together with comparative figures for 2012/13:

 

  

 

      Salary
£’000
  Benefits in kind
£’000
  APP
£’000
  PSP
£’000
  Pension
£’000
   Total
£’000
 
       2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13   2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13  
   

 

 
   Andrew Bonfield  712    709     55    54     790    677     1,418    –     214    213      3,189    1,653   
   Steve Holliday  1,000    996     35    31     1,169    846     2,179    670     418    627      4,801    3,170   
   Tom King  715    734     23    24     595    526     1,732    466     1,111    980      4,176    2,730   
   Nick Winser  546    543     12    11     704    500     1,177    335     212    148      2,651    1,537   
   

 

 
   Total  2,973    2,982     125    120     3,258    2,549     6,506    1,471     1,955    1,968      14,817    9,090   
   

 

 
   

 

1. Base salaries were last increased on 1 June 2012. Tom King’s annual salary was $1,158,000 and was converted at $1.62:£1 in 2013/14 and $1.57:£1 in 2012/13.

2. Benefits in kind include private medical insurance, life assurance, either a fully expensed car or a cash alternative to a car and the use of a driver when required. For Andrew Bonfield, a cash allowance in lieu of additional pension contributions is included within pension rather than benefits in kind.

3. The APP value is the full award before the 50% mandatory deferral into the DSP.

4. During the year, the 2010 PSP award vested and entered a retention period, to be released in June 2014. The above value is based on the share price (744 pence) on the vesting date (1 July 2013). In the prior year the 2009 PSP award vested and entered a retention period, to be released in June 2013. The above valuation is based on the share price (681 pence) on the vesting date (2 July 2012).

5. The pension values for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser represent the additional benefit earned in the year (excluding inflation as measured by the consumer price index (CPI)), multiplied by a factor of 20, less the contributions they made.

6. The pension value for Tom King represents the additional benefit earned in the year multiplied by a factor of 20, plus the Company’s contributions (£7,854) to the 401(k) plan.

7. Andrew Bonfield was a member of the DC pension plan during the year. The pension value represents 30% of salary via a combination of cash allowance in lieu of pension £185,120 (2012/13: £184,385) and Company pension contributions £28,480 (2012/13: £28,367). He opted out of the pension plan from 1 April 2014 and now receives the full cash allowance in lieu of pension of 30% of salary.

8. Pension figures in last year’s report were based on the draft disclosure regulations. The 2012/13 figures in the above table are therefore amended from last year’s report to reflect the final regulations.

 

 

       

          

    

          

       

       

          

       

 


68    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

Performance against targets for APP 2013/14 (audited information)

APP awards are earned by reference to the financial year and paid in June. The APP awards earned in 2013/14 were:

 

                 Proportion of salary
               Proportion of max
achieved
 Andrew
Bonfield
  Steve Holliday Tom King  Nick Winser
   Financial measures   Target  Actual   Max  Actual  Max  Actual Max  Actual  Max  Actual  
  

 

  

Adjusted EPS (p/share)

   51.0    54.3   100%  25%    25.00%    25%   25.00%  25%    25.00%    25%   25.00%  
  

 

Group cash flow (£m)

   (188  195   100%  40%    40.00%    40%   40.00%             –  
  

 

UK cash flow (£m)

   1,077    1,543   100%                       45%   45.00%  
  

 

US cash flow ($m)

   (62  (85 29.5%               30%    8.85%       –  
  

 

UK RoE (%)

   12.4    12.7   62.46%  15%    9.38%    15%   9.38%          35%   21.88%  
  

 

US RoE (%)

   9.2    9.0   23.33%  15%    3.50%    15%   3.50%  25%    5.83%       –  
  

 

US capital plan delivery (£m)

   1,192    1,219   90.3%  10%    9.03%    10%   9.03%  25%    22.58%       –  
 
  

Individual objectives

 

   

 

        See below

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

  

 

24.00%

 

  

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

 

30.00%

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

  

 

21.00%

 

  

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

 

37.00%  

 

  

 

  

Totals

      150%    110.91%    150%   116.91%  150%    83.26%    150%   128.88%  
  

 

  

APP awarded

       £789,679    £1,169,100   £595,155    £703,685  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

In relation to the financial measures, threshold, target and stretch performance pays out at 6.67%, 40% and 100% respectively and on a straight-line basis in between threshold and target performance and target and stretch performance.

  

2.

 Adjusted EPS is amended for the impact of timing and actuarial assumptions on pensions and OPEBs.
  

3.

 Group cash flow excludes working capital movements and dividends, and is also amended for the impact of timing and certain LIPA transition costs.
  

 

Individual objectives

The following table indicates the primary areas of focus of the individual performance objectives that the Executive Directors had for 2013/14. Threshold, target and stretch performance pays out at 0%, 50% and 100% respectively overall. Overall performance against these objectives is shown in the table:

 

        

Andrew
Bonfield

 

     

Steve Holliday

 

    

Tom

King

 

     

Nick  
Winser  

 

  

 

  

 

 Safety

 

    

 

   

 

 

  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

 Stakeholder relations

 

    

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

 Employee engagement

 

  

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

 Capability development

 

   

 

 

  

 

      
  

 

 Financial strategy

 

   

 

 

  

 

      
  

 

 Operational excellence

 

       

 

 

  

 

  
  

 

 UK Electricity Market Reform (EMR)

 

        

—  

 

  

 

 US foundation (system implementation)

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

 

  

 

  
  

 

 Group strategy

 

    

 

    
  

 

  

 

 Proportion of maximum achieved

 

   

 

53.33%

 

  

 

  

66.67%

 

   

 

46.67%

 

  

 

  

82.22%  

 

  

 

  

 

2013/14 PSP performance (audited information)

The PSP value included in the 2013/14 single total figure relates to vesting of the conditional PSP award granted in 2010. Vesting was determined as at 30 June 2013 and was dependent on performance over the three years ending 31 March 2013 for the EPS measure and over the three years ending 30 June 2013 for the TSR measure. Transfer remains conditional upon continued service until 30 June 2014. The performance achieved against the performance targets was:

 

   

Performance measure

 

 

 Threshold –

 25% vesting

 

  

 Maximum –

 100% vesting

 

  

 Actual

 

    

Proportion of  
maximum achieved  

 

  

 

  TSR ranking Ranked at median of the comparator group (FTSE 100)    7.5 percentage points or more above median    5.7 percentage points above median     83.3%  
 
  Adjusted EPS EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 3 percentage points    EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 8 percentage points or more    Exceeded RPI by 6.5 percentage points     77.9%  
 
  Total          80.6%  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The total proportion of maximum achieved is the weighted average of the proportion of maximum achieved for each performance measure. Each of the two measures had a 50% weighting.

   
   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

69

  

Total pension entitlements (audited information)

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits:

 

    
       

Total

contributions

to DC-type

pension plan

£’000

 

     

Cash in lieu of

contributions

to DC-type

pension plan

£’000

 

     

Accrued

pension at

31 March 2014

£’000 pa

 

     

Increase

in accrued

pension over

year, net

of inflation

£’000 pa

 

 

Transfer value

of accrued

benefits as at

31 March 2014

£’000

 

 

Transfer value

of increase

in accrued

pension over

year, net

of inflation

£’000

 

  

Normal  

retirement  

date  

 

  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

 28   185          17/08/2027  
  

 

Steve Holliday

       506   17 13,013 379  26/10/2016  
  

 

Tom King

 8      491   55 4,112 462  01/01/2027  
  

 

Nick Winser

       284   10 6,341 173  06/09/2020  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The UK-based Executive Directors participate in FPS, a salary sacrifice arrangement for pension contributions. Contributions paid via salary sacrifice have been deducted from the figures in the table above.

  

 

2.

 

 

For Steve Holliday, in addition to the pension above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £125,000 as at 31 March 2014. There was no increase to the accumulated lump sum including and excluding inflation in the year to 31 March 2014. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Steve paid contributions of £44,000 via FPS.

  

 

3.

 

 

For Nick Winser, in addition to the pension above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £313,000 as at 31 March 2014. The increase to the accumulated lump sum including inflation was £7,000 and excluding inflation was £nil in the year to 31 March 2014. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Nick paid contributions of £33,000 via FPS.

  

 

4.

 

 

For Tom King, the exchange rate as at 31 March 2014 was $1.67:£1 and as at 31 March 2013 was $1.52:£1. In addition to the transfer value quoted above, through participation in a 401(k) plan in the US, the Company made contributions worth £7,854 to a DC arrangement.

  

 

5.

 

 

The increase in accrued pension figures for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser are net of inflation based on RPI for September 2013. The figures in the single figure table on page 67 are based on inflation using CPI for September 2012. If the same inflation measure was used for this table the relevant figures would be an increase in pension of £23,100 for Steve and £12,250 for Nick. Multiplying these figures by a factor of 20 and deducting member contributions correlates to the values in the single figure table. Tom King’s pension figures do not allow for inflation as US pensions in payment or deferment do not increase in line with inflation. For Tom, multiplying the increase in accrued pension over the year, shown above (£55,150), by a factor of 20 and adding Company contributions to a DC-type pension plan, shown above, correlates to the value in the single figure table.

  

 

6.

 

 

There are no additional benefits in the event of early retirement.

    
  

 

Single total figure of remuneration – Non-executive Directors (audited information)

The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2013/14, together with comparative figures for 2012/13:

 

                         

Fees

£’000

 

   

  Other emoluments  

£’000

 

 

Total

£’000

 

                         2013/14     2012/13        2013/14 2012/13      2013/14    2012/13   
  

 

  

Philip Aiken

     88 84     –   88   84  
  

 

Nora Mead Brownell

     88 73     –   88   73  
  

 

Jonathan Dawson

     84 6     –   84   6  
  

 

Therese Esperdy

     3 –     –   3   –  
  

 

Sir Peter Gershon

     475 475    17 17   492   492  
  

 

Paul Golby

     76 76     –   76   76  
  

 

Ken Harvey

     36 108     –   36   108  
  

 

Ruth Kelly

     76 76     –   76   76  
  

 

Maria Richter

     101 101     –   101   101  
  

 

George Rose

     30 91     –   30   91  
  

 

Mark Williamson

     99 44     –   99   44  
  

 

  

Total

     1,156 1,134    17 17   1,173   1,151  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

Sir Peter Gershon’s other emoluments comprise private medical insurance, cash in lieu of a car and the use of a driver when required.

  

 

Payments for loss of office or to past Directors (audited information)

No payments were made in 2013/14 for these circumstances.

 

    


70    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

LTPP and DSP (conditional awards) granted during the financial year (audited information)

 

   LTPP  Basis of award  

Face value

’000

  

Proportion

vesting at

threshold

            performance

  Number of shares   

Performance   

            period end date   

  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

 

  

200% of salary

 

  

£1,424

 

  

25%

 

  

194,798 

 

  

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Steve Holliday

 

  

225% of salary

 

  

£2,250

 

  

25%

 

  

307,793 

 

  

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Tom King

 

  

200% of salary

 

  

$2,316

 

  

25%

 

  

41,225 (ADSs)

 

  

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Nick Winser

  200% of salary  £1,092  25%  149,382   

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

 

  

 

1. The face value of the awards is calculated using the share price at the date of grant (27 June 2013) (£7.3101 per share and $56.1784 per ADS).

 

   DSP     Basis of award  

Face value

’000

        Number of shares  Release date   
  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

    50% of APP value  £339  45,706   13 June 2016  
  

 

Steve Holliday

    50% of APP value  £423  57,118   13 June 2016  
  

 

Tom King

    50% of APP value  $413  7,119 (ADSs)  13 June 2016  
  

 

Nick Winser

    50% of APP value  £250  33,741   13 June 2016  
  

 

  

 

1. The face value of the awards is calculated using the share price at the date of grant (13 June 2013) (£7.4092 per share and $57.9720 per ADS).

2. The award made in 2013/14 is 50% of the 2012/13 APP value.

  

 

Performance conditions for LTPP awards granted during the financial year

 

      

Weighting

  

Conditional share awards granted – 2013

   Performance measure  Andrew Bonfield  Steve Holliday          Tom King        Nick Winser   Threshold – 25% vesting  Maximum –100% vesting  
  

 

  TSR ranking  25%    25%  25%  25%   At median of comparator group (FTSE 100)  7.5 percentage points or more above median
  

 

Adjusted EPS

  

 

50%  

  

 

50%

  

 

50%

  

 

50% 

  

 

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 3 percentage points

  

 

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 8 percentage points or more

  

 

UK RoE

  

 

12.5%  

  

 

12.5%

  

 

  

 

25% 

  

 

Equal to the average allowed regulatory return

  

 

2 percentage points or more above the allowed regulatory return

  

 

US RoE

  

 

12.5%  

  

 

12.5%

  

 

25%

  

 

– 

  

 

1 percentage point below the allowed regulatory return

 

  

 

1 percentage point or more above the allowed regulatory return

 

  

 

  

 

Conditions for DSP awards granted during the financial year

DSP awards are subject only to continuous employment.

 

Shareholder dilution

Where shares may be issued or treasury shares reissued to satisfy incentives, the aggregate dilution resulting from executive share-based incentives will not exceed 5% in any 10 year period. Dilution resulting from all incentives, including all-employee incentives, will not exceed 10% in any 10 year period. The Committee reviews dilution against these limits regularly and under these limits the Company, as at 31 March 2014, had headroom of 4.01% and 7.99% respectively.

 

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)

The Executive Directors are required to build up and hold a shareholding from vested share plan awards. Deferred share awards are not taken into account for these purposes until the end of the deferral period. Shares are valued for these purposes at the 31 March 2014 price, which was 822 pence per share ($68.74 per ADS).

 

The following table shows how each Executive Director complies with the shareholding requirement and also the number of shares owned by the Non-executive Directors, including connected persons. For Ken Harvey and George Rose, the shareholding is as at the date they stepped down from the Board. For all others it is 31 March 2014.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

71

   

Directors

 

 

Share 

ownership 

requirements 

(multiple 

of salary)

 

  

Number

     of shares

required

to hold

 

  

Number 

of shares 

owned 

outright 

(including 

     connected 

persons)

 

  

Number

of shares

held as a

multiple of

current salary

 

  

Share

ownership

requirements

met

 

  

Vested but 

unreleased 

share award 

subject to 

continuous 

   employment 

(PSP 2010)

 

  

Conditional 

share awards 

subject to 

performance 

conditions 

(LTPP 2011, 

2012 and 2013)

 

  

Conditional  

share awards  

subject to  

continuous  

employment  

(DSP 2011,  

2012 and 2013) 

 

  

 

  

 

Executive Directors

               
  

 

Andrew Bonfield

 125%  108,273  699  <1%  No  190,589  637,356  130,040  
  

 

Steve Holliday

 200%  243,309  752,031  618%  Yes  292,880  1,006,643  230,410  
  

 

Tom King

 125%  21,058  71,336  423%  Yes  46,556  131,378  32,388  
  

 

Nick Winser

 

 

125%

 

  

83,029

 

  

355,413

 

  

535%

 

  

Yes

 

  

158,262

 

  

487,780

 

  

121,777  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-executive Directors

               
  

 

Philip Aiken

     4,900  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Nora Mead Brownell

     5,000  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Jonathan Dawson

     24,000  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Therese Esperdy

       n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Sir Peter Gershon

     75,771  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Paul Golby

     2,500  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Ken Harvey

     5,236  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Ruth Kelly

     800  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Maria Richter

     14,357  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

George Rose

     6,792  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Mark Williamson

 

 

 

  

 

  

4,726

 

  

n/a

 

  

n/a

 

  

 

  

 

  

–  

 

  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The salary used to calculate the value of shareholding is the salary earned in the year.

  

 

2.

 

 

Andrew Bonfield has not met the shareholding requirement as none of the share awards in the plans in which he has participated have been released yet.

  

 

3.

 

 

Tom King’s holdings and awards are shown as ADSs and each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

  

 

4.

 

 

The release date for the PSP 2010 is 29 June 2014.

  

 

5.

 

 

On 31 March 2014 Andrew Bonfield held 3,421 options granted under the Sharesave plan. These options were granted at a value of 445 pence per share, and they can be exercised at 445 pence per share between April 2016 and September 2016.

  

 

6.

 

 

On 12 June 2013 Steve Holliday exercised two Share Match awards, totalling 37,475 shares. This comprised (i) an award of 16,092 options, expiring in June 2013, exercised for 100 pence in total, and (ii) an award of 21,383 options, expiring in May 2014, exercised for nil value. These shares are included in the table above (‘Number of shares owned outright’). In addition, on 7 April 2014, he exercised a Sharesave option over 3,921 shares at the option price of 427.05 pence per share before expiration in September 2014.

  

 

7.

 

 

For Andrew Bonfield, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 229,463; LTPP 2012: 213,095; LTPP 2013: 194,798. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 29,184; DSP 2012: 55,150; DSP 2013: 45,706.

  

 

8.

 

 

For Steve Holliday, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 362,148; LTPP 2012: 336,702; LTPP 2013: 307,793. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 97,359; DSP 2012: 75,933; DSP 2013: 57,118.

  

 

9.

 

 

For Tom King, the number of conditional awards over ADSs subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 45,537; LTPP 2012: 44,616; LTPP 2013: 41,225. The number of conditional awards over ADSs subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 13,937; DSP 2012: 11,332; DSP 2013: 7,119.

  

 

10.

 

 

For Nick Winser, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 174,986; LTPP 2012: 163,412; LTPP 2013: 149,382. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 48,354; DSP 2012: 39,682; DSP 2013: 33,741.

  

 

11.

 

 

The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to performance conditions are 1 July 2014 and 1 July 2015; 1 July 2015 and 1 July 2016; and 1 July 2016 and 1 July 2017 for the LTPP 2011, LTPP 2012 and LTPP 2013 respectively. The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to continuous employment are 15 June 2014; 14 June 2015; and 13 June 2016 for the DSP 2011, DSP 2012 and DSP 2013 respectively.

  

 

12.

 

 

Non-executive Directors do not have a shareholding requirement.

  

 

13.

 

 

In April and May 2014 a further 30 shares were purchased on behalf of both Steve Holliday and Andrew Bonfield via the Share Incentive Plan (an HMRC approved all-employee share plan), thereby increasing their beneficial interests. There have been no other changes in Directors’ shareholdings between 1 April 2014 and 18 May 2014.

  

 

External appointments and retention of fees

The table below details the Executive Directors who served as non-executive directors in other companies during the year ended 31 March 2014:

 

                      Company  Retained fees (£) 
  

 

  

 

Andrew Bonfield

        Kingfisher plc    81,200  
  

 

Steve Holliday

      Marks and Spencer Group plc    85,000  
  

 

Nick Winser

 

        

Kier Group plc

 

    

53,700  

 

  

 

  

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

            
  

This chart shows the relative importance of spend on pay compared with other costs and disbursements (dividends, tax, net interest and capital expenditure). Given the capital-intensive nature of our business and the scale of our operations, these costs were chosen as the most relevant for comparison purposes. All amounts exclude exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

 

  LOGO


72    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

Performance graph and table

This chart shows National Grid plc’s five year annual total shareholder return (TSR) performance against the FTSE 100 index, of which National Grid is a constituent. It assumes dividends are reinvested. The TSR level shown at 31 March each year is the average of the closing daily TSR levels for the 30 day period up to and including that date.

  

 

            LOGO

  

 

CEO’s pay in the last five financial years

Steve Holliday was the CEO throughout this five year period.

 

          
                  2009/10  2010/11  2011/12  2012/13  2013/14    
  

 

  Total single figure £’000    3,931  3,738  3,539  3,170  4,801    
  

 

APP (proportion of maximum awarded)

    95.33%  81.33%  68.67%  56.65%  77.94%    
  

 

PSP (proportion of maximum vesting)

    100.00%  65.15%  49.50%  25.15%  76.20%    
  

 

  

 

Percentage change in CEO’s remuneration

The table below shows how the percentage change in the CEO’s salary, benefits and APP between 2013/14 and 2012/13 compares with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of remuneration for non-union employees in the UK. The Committee views this group as the most appropriate comparator group, as the CEO is UK-based and this group excludes employees represented by trade unions, whose pay and benefits are negotiated with each individual union.

 

      

Salary

  

Taxable benefits

  

APP

      £’000  £’000  Increase    £’000  £’000  Increase    £’000  £’000  Increase  
    

 

  

 

  

 

      2013/14  2012/13     2013/14  2012/13     2013/14  2012/13   
  

 

  Steve Holliday  1,000  996  0.4%    35  31  12.9%    1,169  846  38.2%  
  

 

UK non-union employees (increase per employee)

      2.9%        0.7%           10.6%  
  

 

  

 

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2014/15

The remuneration policy will be implemented with effect from the 2014 AGM as follows:

 

  Salary                    
                  

’000

        
                     

From  

1 June 2014  

  

From  

1 June 2013  

       Increase  
  

 

  Andrew Bonfield            

 

 

£729.8  

  

 

 

£712  

      2.5%  
  

 

Steve Holliday

            £1,025    £1,000        2.5%  
  

 

Tom King

            $1,186.95    $1,158        2.5%  
  

 

John Pettigrew

            

 

£475  

  

 

 

£475  

      0%  
  

 

  

 

APP measures for 2014/15

                                Weighting  
  

 

  Adjusted EPS                    35%  
  

 

Group or UK or US RoE

                    35%  
  

 

Individual objectives

                    30%  
  

 

  

 

The APP targets are considered commercially sensitive and consequently will be disclosed after the end of the financial year in the 2014/15 annual report on remuneration.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

73

   

Performance measures for LTPP to be awarded in 2014

 

        

Andrew

Bonfield

  

Steve

Holliday

    

Tom

King

  

John

Pettigrew

  

Threshold –  

20% vesting  

  

Maximum –  

100% vesting  

   

 

   Group RoE  50%  50%    25%  25%  11.0%    12.5%  
 
   UK RoE          25%  

Allowed return plus  

1 percentage point  

  Allowed return plus   3.5 percentage points  
 
   US RoE        25%    

90% of  

allowed return  

  

105% of  

allowed return  

 
   Value growth  50%  50%    50%  50%  10.0%    12.0%  
   

 

   

 

NEDs’ fees from 2014

                

£’000

   
                   

From

1 June 2014

  

From  

1 June 2013  

  Increase  
   

 

   Chairman          490  475    3.2%  
   

 

Senior Independent Director

          22  20    10.0%  
   Board fee (UK-based)          62  60    3.3%  
   Board fee (US-based)          74  72    2.8%  
   Committee membership fee          9  8    12.5%  
   Chair Audit Committee          17  15    13.3%  
   Chair Remuneration Committee          17  12.5    36.0%  
   Chair (other Board committees)          12.5  12.5    0%  
   

 

   

 

1. Committee chair fees are in addition to the committee membership fee.

 

Advisors to the Remuneration Committee

The Committee received advice until 31 July 2013 from independent remuneration consultants Towers Watson. From 1 August 2013 the Committee received advice from independent remuneration consultants New Bridge Street (NBS), a trading name of Aon Hewitt Ltd (part of Aon plc). NBS were selected as advisors by the Committee following a competitive tendering process.

 

Work undertaken by these advisors included updating the Committee on trends in compensation and governance matters and advising the Committee in connection with benchmarking of the total reward packages for the Executive Directors and other senior employees. NBS and Towers Watson are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and have signed up to that group’s Code of Conduct. Towers Watson also provides general remuneration, pension and benefits advice and services to the Company. The Committee is satisfied that any potential conflicts were appropriately managed. NBS does not provide any other advice or services to the Company. In the year to 31 March 2014 the Committee paid a total of £262,000 to NBS and Towers Watson, with fees being charged on a time incurred basis.

 

The Committee also received specialist advice from the following organisations:

 

   

Ÿ   Alithos Limited: provision of TSR calculations for the PSP and LTPP (£25,000 paid in 2013/14);

   

•   Linklaters LLP: advice relating to share schemes and to Directors’ service contracts as well as providing other legal advice to the Company (£26,000 paid in 2013/14); and

   

Ÿ   KPMG LLP: advice relating to pension matters (£72,000 paid in 2013/14).

   

 

The Committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from its advisors each year. It is satisfied that they all provided credible and professional advice.

 

The Committee considers the views of the Chairman on the performance and remuneration of the CEO; and of the CEO on the performance and remuneration of the other members of the Executive Committee. The Committee is also supported by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary who acts as Secretary to the Committee, the Group HR Director, the Global Head of Reward and the Global Head of Pensions. No other advisors have provided significant services to the Committee in the year.

 

Voting on 2012/13 Remuneration Report at 2013 AGM

 

                      For  Against  
   

 

   

Number of votes

 

            

2,201m

 

  

20m  

 

   Proportion of votes            99.1%  0.9%  
   

 

   

 

1. The voting figures shown above refer to votes cast at the 2013 AGM. In addition, shareholders holding 147m shares abstained.

 

   

 

  The Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

 

  Jonathan Dawson

  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

  18 May 2014

 


74    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Financial

Statements

Contents

Directors’ statement and independent auditors’ reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements – supplementary information
76Statement of Directors’ responsibilities132Note 27Commitments and contingencies
77Independent auditors’ report133Note 28Related party transactions
81Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm133Note 29Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Consolidated financial statements under IFRS

Basis of preparation

137Note 30Financial risk management

145

Note 31

Borrowing facilities

82

83

Basis of preparation

Recent accounting developments

146

Note 32Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

147

Note 33Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty

Primary statements

148Note 34Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securities
84Consolidated income statement

Company financial statements

under UK GAAP

86Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
87Consolidated statement of changes in equity
88Consolidated statement of financial positionBasis of preparation
90Consolidated cash flow statement155Company accounting policies
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statementsPrimary statement
156Company balance sheet
92Note 1Adoption of IAS 19 (revised)
‘Employee benefits’
Notes to the Company financial statements
93Note 2Segmental analysis
97Note 3Operating costs157Note 1Fixed asset investments
99Note 4Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

157

157

Note 2

Note 3

Debtors

Creditors

101Note 5Finance income and costs158Note 4Derivative financial instruments
102Note 6Taxation158Note 5Investments
107Note 7Earnings per share158Note 6Borrowings
108Note 8Dividends158Note 7Called up share capital
109Note 9Goodwill159Note 8Reserves
110Note 10Other intangible assets159Note 9Reconciliation of movements in total shareholders’ funds
111Note 11Property, plant and equipment
112Note 12Other non-current assets159Note 10Parent Company guarantees
113Note 13Financial and other investments159Note 11Audit fees
114Note 14Investments in joint ventures and associates
114Note 15Derivative financial instruments
117Note 16Inventories and current intangible assets
118Note 17Trade and other receivables
119Note 18Cash and cash equivalents
119Note 19Borrowings
122Note 20Trade and other payables
122Note 21Other non-current liabilities
122Note 22Pensions and other post-retirement benefits
126Note 23Provisions
128Note 24Share capital
129Note 25Other equity reserves
130Note 26Net debt

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

75

Introduction to the

financial statements

We have continued to develop our presentational format to provide shareholders and users of these financial statements with additional information and guidance, and to make them easier to understand.

Throughout these financial statements we have included additional information boxes, providing helpful commentary on what the disclosures mean and why they are important to the understanding of our financial performance and position. Some of these boxes highlight ‘Our strategy in action’, drawing out the key elements of our business model (set out in the Strategic Report on pages 14 and 21), and showing how the disclosures reflect this strategy.

Audit opinions

We have two audit opinions on our financial statements, reflecting our dual listing on the London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the different reporting requirements for each listing, our auditors are required to confirm compliance with each set of standards in a prescribed format. The IFRS audit opinion has changed this year, reflecting the change to auditing standards, which requires the auditors to provide more detail as to how they have planned and completed their audit, as well as their views on significant matters they have noted and that were discussed by the Audit Committee. There are also additional specific disclosure requirements due to our US listing which are included in the notes.

Notes

Notes to the financial statements provide additional information required by statute, accounting standards or other regulations to assist in a more detailed understanding of the primary financial statements. In many notes we have included an accounting policy that describes how the transactions or balance in that note have been measured, recognised and disclosed. The basis of preparation section provides details of accounting policies that apply to transactions and balances in general.

Unaudited commentary

We have presented with the financial statements certain analysis previously included in the financial review section of the Strategic Report of our Annual Report. This approach provides a more understandable narrative, a logical flow of information and reduces duplication. We have created a combined financial review, including a commentary on items within the primary statements, on pages 84 to 91. Unless otherwise indicated, all analysis provided in the financial statements is on a statutory IFRS basis. All information in ruled boxes styled in the same manner as this one does not form part of the audited financial statements. This has been further highlighted by including the word ‘unaudited’ at the start of each box header. Unaudited commentary boxes appear on pages 85 to 87, 89, 91, 96, 106, 108 and 121.


76    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Statement of Directors’

responsibilities

Executive DirectorsCompanyRetained fees (£)

Steve Holliday

Marks and Spencer Group plc85,000

Andrew Bonfield

Kingfisher plc75,000

Nick Winser

Kier Group plc43,000

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration comprises a basic fee (£60,000 pa for those who are UK-based and £72,000 pa for those who are US-based), a Committee membership fee of £8,000 pa per membership and for those who are chairmen of committees, an additional fee of £12,500 pa. The Audit Committee chairman receives a fee of £15,000 pa to recognise the additional responsibilities commensurate with that role and the Senior Independent Director receives a fee of £20,000 pa.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in the APP or LTPP, nor do they receive any pension benefits from the Company.

The Chairman is covered by the Company’s personal accident and private medical insurance schemes. In addition, he may have a fully expensed car or cash in lieu of a car (with the use of a driver when required).

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc99


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment

The Chairman’s letter of appointment provides for a period of six months’ notice by either party to give the Company reasonable security with regard to his service. The terms of engagement of Non-executive Directors other than the Chairman are also set out in letters of appointment. For all Non-executive Directors, their initial appointment and any subsequent reappointment is subject to election by shareholders. The letters of appointment do not contain provision for termination payments.

Non-executive DirectorsDate of appointment to the BoardDate of next election

Sir Peter Gershon (i)

1 August 20112012 AGM

Ken Harvey

21 October 20022012 AGM

Linda Adamany

1 November 20062012 AGM

Philip Aiken

15 May 20082012 AGM

Paul Golby (ii)

1 February 20122012 AGM

Ruth Kelly (iii)

1 October 20112012 AGM

Stephen Pettit

21 October 2002

Maria Richter

1 October 20032012 AGM

George Rose

21 October 20022012 AGM

Sir John Parker (iv)

21 October 2002

John Allan (v)

1 May 2005

(i)Sir Peter Gershon joined the Board as Deputy Chairman on 1 August 2011 and became Chairman on 1 January 2012.

(ii)Paul Golby joined the Board on 1 February 2012.

(iii)Ruth Kelly joined the Board on 1 October 2011.

(iv)Sir John Parker stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2011.

(v)John Allan stepped down from the Board on 25 July 2011.

Performance graph

The graph below represents the comparative TSR performance of the Company from 31 March 2007 to 31 March 2012.

This graph represents the Company’s performance against the performance of the FTSE 100 index, which is considered suitable for this purpose as it is a broad equity market index of which National Grid is a constituent. This graph has been produced in accordance with the requirements of Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.

In drawing this graph, it has been assumed that all dividends have been reinvested. The TSR level shown at 31 March each year is the average of the closing daily TSR levels for the 30 day period up to and including that date.

LOGO

100National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Remuneration during the year ended 31 March 2012

Sections 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 comprise the ‘auditable’ part of the Remuneration Report, being the information required by Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.

1. Directors’ emoluments

The following tables set out the pre-tax emoluments for the years ended 31 March 2012 and 2011, including APP awards but excluding pensions, for individual Directors who held office in National Grid during the year ended 31 March 2012.

emolumentsemolumentsemolumentsemolumentsemolumentsemolumentsemoluments
Table 1A  Year ended 31 March 2012               

Year ended

31 March

2011

 
Executive Directors  

Salary (i)

£000s 

   

APP

£000s

   

Benefits 

in kind (ii)

(cash)

£000s 

   

Benefits 

in kind (ii)

(non-cash)

£000s 

   

Other
emoluments

£000s

   

Total

£000s

   

Total

£000s

 

Steve Holliday

   971     1,000     12     18          2,001     2,126  

Andrew Bonfield (iii) (iv)

   691     726     232     4          1,653     711  

Nick Winser

   523     523          11          1,057     1,070  

Tom King (v)

   699     727     5     18          1,449     1,561  

Steve Lucas (vi)

                       201     201     1,088  

Mark Fairbairn (vii)

                       393     393     1,024  

Total

   2,884     2,976     249     51     594     6,754     7,580  

(i)With effect from 1 June 2012, the Executive Directors’ salaries are as follows: Steve Holliday £1,000,000; Andrew Bonfield £712,000; Nick Winser £546,000 and Tom King £724,203. As reported in last year’s Remuneration Report, salaries effective from 1 June 2011 were £975,000; £695,000; £530,000; and £714,740 respectively.
(ii)Benefits in kind comprise benefits such as private medical insurance, life assurance, either a fully expensed car or cash in lieu of a car and the use of a driver when required. In the case of Andrew Bonfield, a cash allowance in lieu of additional Company pension contributions is included (see Table 2 on page 102 for further details).
(iii)For Andrew Bonfield the difference in the 31 March 2011 and 2012 totals reflects the comparison between a part year (2010/11) and a full year’s remuneration (2011/12).
(iv)Andrew Bonfield participates in the UK flexible benefits plan which operates by way of salary sacrifice, therefore, his salary is reduced by the value of the benefits he has elected under the Plan. The value of these benefits is included in the Benefits in kind (non-cash) figure. The value is £458.84.
(v)For Tom King the exchange rate averaged over the year 1 April 2011 to 31 March 2012 to convert dollars to UK pounds sterling is $1.599: £1.
(vi)Steve Lucas left National Grid on 31 December 2010. He had a contractual entitlement of one year’s salary on leaving, of which he worked three months. He was therefore entitled to nine months salary, which was payable in six monthly instalments and subject to mitigation, at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, should he have taken employment during the period. The payment of £201,000 referred to above in Other emoluments reflects the final three months of those instalments. Payments prior to 1 April 2011 were reported in last year’s Remuneration Report.
(vii)Mark Fairbairn left National Grid on 31 March 2011. He had a contractual entitlement to one year’s salary on leaving, of which he worked two months. He was therefore entitled to 10 months salary, which was payable in six monthly instalments and subject to mitigation, at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, should he have taken employment during the period. The payment referred to in Other emoluments reflects the full 6 months of those instalments. These details were disclosed in last year’s Remuneration Report.

emolumentsemolumentsemolumentsemoluments
Table 1B              Year ended  31 March 2012   

Year ended

31 March

2011

 
Non-executive Directors  

Fees

£000s

   

Other

emoluments

£000s

   

Total

£000s

   

Total

£000s

 

Sir Peter Gershon (i)

   223     5     228       

Ken Harvey

   104          104     83  

Linda Adamany

   88          88     74  

Philip Aiken

   76          76     68  

Paul Golby (ii)

   13          13       

Ruth Kelly (iii)

   38          38       

Stephen Pettit

   97          97     83  

Maria Richter

   101          101     89  

George Rose

   91          91     79  

Sir John Parker (iv)

   412     56     468     621  

John Allan (v)

   28          28     81  

Total

   1,271     61     1,332     1,178  

(i)Sir Peter Gershon joined the Board as Deputy Chairman on 1 August 2011 and became Chairman on 1 January 2012. His other emoluments comprise medical insurance, cash in lieu of a car and the use of a driver when required.
(ii)Paul Golby joined the Board on 1 February 2012.
(iii)Ruth Kelly joined the Board on 1 October 2011.
(iv)Sir John Parker stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2011. His Other emoluments comprise private medical insurance, life assurance and a fully expensed car.
(v)John Allan stepped down from the Board on 25 July 2011.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc101


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

2. Directors’ pensions

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits.

contributions (ii)contributions (ii)contributions (ii)contributions (ii)contributions (ii)contributions (ii)contributions (ii)
   

Additional

benefit earned

during

year ended

   

Accrued

entitlement

as at

   

Transfer value of accrued 

benefits as at 31 March (i)

   

Increase in 

transfer 

value less 

   

Additional 

benefit earned 

in the year 

ended 

31 March 2012 

(excluding 

   

Transfer value 

of increase in 

accrued benefit 

in the year 

ended 31 March 

2012 (excluding 

inflation) and 

Directors’ 

 
Table 2  

31 March 2012

pension

£000s

   

31 March 2012

pension

£000s

   2012
£000s
   2011
£000s
   

Directors’ 

contributions (ii)

£000s 

   

inflation)

pension 

£000s 

   

contributions 

(ii)

£000s 

 

Steve Holliday (iii)

   42     394     9,995     7,122     2,873     22     548  

Andrew Bonfield (iv)

                                   

Nick Winser (v)

   29     244     5,675     3,888     1,787     17     386  

Tom King (vi)

   185     408     2,864     1,212     1,652     185     1,300  

(i)The transfer values shown at 31 March 2011 and 2012 represent the value of each Executive Director’s accrued benefits based on total service to the relevant date. Transfer values for the UK-based Executive Directors have been calculated in line with transfer value bases agreed by the UK Pension Scheme Trustees. The transfer values for the US-based Executive Director have been calculated using discount rates based on high quality US corporate bonds and associated yields at the relevant dates.
(ii)The UK-based Executive Directors participate in Flexible Pension Savings (FPS), a salary sacrifice arrangement, the effects of which have not been taken into account in the table above. Contributions paid via FPS should be deducted from the figures shown above. The contributions paid via FPS can be found in footnotes (iii), (iv) and (v) below.
(iii)In addition to the pension above, for Steve Holliday there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £114,000 as at 31 March 2012. The increase to the accumulated lump sum including inflation was £3,000 and excluding inflation was nil in the year to 31 March 2012. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Contributions were paid via FPS of £19,000.
(iv)Andrew Bonfield does not participate in either of the Company’s DB pension arrangements. Andrew is a member of the DC section of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme and the Company has made contributions of £27,667 to this arrangement. In addition, £13,833 was paid via FPS. Andrew also received a cash allowance in lieu of additional Company contributions equal to 26% of base salary. This allowance is included in Table 1A on page 101.
(v)In addition to the pension above, for Nick Winser there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £294,000 as at 31 March 2012. The increase to the accumulated lump sum including inflation was £23,000 and excluding inflation was £8,000 in the year to 31 March 2012. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Contributions were paid via FPS of £31,000.
(vi)For Tom King, the exchange rate as at 31 March 2012 was $1.59960:£1 and as at 31 March 2011 was $1.60700:£1. In addition to the pension quoted above, through participation in the 401(k) plan in the US, the Company made contributions worth £7,219 to a defined contribution arrangement.

102National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

3. Directors’ interests in share options

Executive Share Option Plan (ESOP)

No further awards will be made under this plan but there are outstanding options granted in previous years. Such options will normally be exercisable between the third and tenth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to a performance condition.

Options worth up to 100% of an optionholder’s base salary will become exercisable in full if TSR, measured over the period of three years beginning with the financial year in which the option is granted, is at least median compared with a comparator group of energy distribution companies, and UK and international utilities.

Grants in excess of 100% of salary vest on a sliding scale and become fully exercisable if the Company’s TSR is in the top quartile.

The outstanding options have reached the required performance criteria and remain subject to exercise only.

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ holdings of share options awarded under the ESOP, the Share Matching Plan (Share Match) and Sharesave schemes.

Table 3  

Options held 

at 1 April 2011 

   

Options

exercised or

lapsed during

the year

   

Market price 

at exercise 

(pence)

   

Options

granted

during

          the year

   

Options held at

31 March 2012

   

Exercise price 

per share 

(pence)

   

Normal exercise

period

 

Steve Holliday

              

ESOP

   77,129      77,129     625.2012               421.36     Jun 2005 to Jun 2012  

Share Match

   11,827 (i)     11,827     625.2012               100 in total     Jun 2005 to Jun 2012  
   16,092                     16,092     100 in total     Jun 2006 to Jun 2013  
   21,383                     21,383     nil     May 2007 to May 2014  

Sharesave

   3,921                     3,921     427.05     Apr 2014 to Sep 2014  

Total

   130,352      88,956               41,396            

Andrew Bonfield

              

Sharesave

   3,421                     3,421     445     Apr 2016 to Sep 2016  

Total

   3,421                     3,421            

(i)Steve Holliday exercised a Share Match award over 11,827 shares on 18 January 2012, the market price at the date of exercise was 625.2012p. He received £32,210 in respect of a cash payment in lieu of dividends.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc103


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

4. Directors’ interests in the LTPP, PSP and DSP

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ holdings of shares awarded under the LTPP whereby Executive Directors receive a conditional award of shares, up to a current maximum of 200% of salary (225% of salary for the Chief Executive), which is subject to performance criteria over a three year performance period for the annualised growth of the Company’s EPS (50% of the award), see page 59 for further information, and the Company’s TSR performance (25% of the award) when compared to the FTSE 100. The final 25% of the award is subject to ROE performance over four years.

The table includes shares awarded under the PSP whereby Executive Directors received a conditional award of shares, up to a maximum of 200% of salary, which is subject to performance criteria over a three year performance period. Awards vest based on the Company’s TSR performance when compared to the FTSE 100 at the date of grant (50% of the award) and the annualised growth of the Company’s EPS (50% of the award). Shares are then released on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, following a retention period.

The table includes share awards under the DSP, where Executive Directors receive an award of shares representing one half of any APP award earned in the year. The deferred shares are held in trust for three years before release.

Table 4  

Type of

award

   

PSP, LTPP 

and DSP 

conditional 

awards at 

1 April 2011 

   

Awards 

lapsed 

during year 

   

Awards 

vested 

in year 

   

Release 

of PSP 

awards 

in year 

   

Awards

granted

during year

   

Market price 

at award 

(pence 

except #)

   

Date of 

award 

(dd/mm/yy)

   

Conditional

awards at

31 March 2012

   

Release 

date 

(dd/mm/yy)

 

Steve Holliday

  

                
   PSP     103,644      –      –          103,644 (i)          648.24     28/06/07          28/06/11  
   PSP     57,508      –      –      57,508 (i)          700.95     28/11/07          28/11/11  
   PSP     316,472      159,819 (ii)     156,653 (ii)     –           584.57     25/06/08     156,653     25/06/12  
   PSP     391,212      –      –      –           472.89     25/06/09     391,212     25/06/13  
   PSP     384,220      –      –      –           494.5076     29/06/10     384,220     29/06/14  
   LTPP     –      –      –      –      362,148     605.7605     28/07/11     362,148     28/07/14  
                     & 28/07/15  
   DSP     97,481      –      97,481 (iii)     –           610.37     12/06/08          12/06/11  
   DSP     68,960 (iv)     –      –      –           541.14     11/06/09     68,960     11/06/12  
   DSP     130,636      –      –      –           506.294     15/06/10     130,636     15/06/13  
    DSP     –      –      –      –      97,359     592.6     15/06/11     97,359     15/06/14  

Total

        1,550,133      159,819      254,134      161,152      459,507               1,591,188       

Andrew Bonfield

  

                
   PSP     236,464      –      –      –           570.9098     30/11/10     236,464     30/11/14  
   LTPP     –      –      –      –      229,463     605.7605     28/07/11     229,463     28/07/14  
                     & 28/07/15  
    DSP     –      –      –      –      29,184     592.6     15/06/11     29,184     15/06/14  

Total

        236,464      –      –      –      258,647               495,111       

Nick Winser

  

                
   PSP     55,841      –      –      55,841 (i)          648.24     28/06/07          28/06/11  
   PSP     30,985      –      –      30,985 (i)          700.95     28/11/07          28/11/11  
   PSP     158,166      79,874 (ii)     78,292 (ii)     –           584.57     25/06/08     78,292     25/06/12  
   PSP     195,521      –      –      –           472.89     25/06/09     195,521     25/06/13  
   PSP     196,356      –      –      –           494.5076     29/06/10     196,356     29/06/14  
   LTPP     –      –      –      –      174,986     605.7605     28/07/11     174,986     28/07/14  
                     & 28/07/15  
   DSP     41,146      –      41,146 (iii)     –           610.37     12/06/08          12/06/11  
   DSP     33,804 (iv)     –      –      –           541.14     11/06/09     33,804     11/06/12  
   DSP     64,370      –      –      –           506.294     15/06/10     64,370     15/06/13  
    DSP     –      –      –      –      48,354     592.6     15/06/11     48,354     15/06/14  

Total

        776,189      79,874      119,438      86,826      223,340               791,683       

104National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Table 4 

Type of

award

  

PSP, LTPP

and DSP

conditional

awards at

1 April 2011

  

Awards 

lapsed 

during year 

  

Awards 

vested 

in year 

  

Release 

of PSP 

awards 

in year 

  

Awards 

granted 

during year 

  

Market 
price 

at award 

(pence 

except #)

  

Date of

award

(dd/mm/yy)

  

Conditional

awards at

31 March 2012

  

Release 

date 

(dd/mm/yy)

 

Tom King

          
  PSP    ADSs 17,872    –     –     17,872 (i)    –     $72.907 #    28/11/07        28/11/11  
  PSP    ADSs 36,680    18,523 (ii)    18,157 (ii)    –     –     $57.2505 #    25/06/08    18,157    25/06/12  
  PSP    ADSs 54,403    –     –     –     –     $38.6002 #    25/06/09    54,403    25/06/13  
  PSP    ADSs 57,762    –     –     –     –     $37.4465 #    29/06/10    57,762    29/06/14  
  LTPP        –     –     –     ADSs 45,537 (v)    $49.4093 #    28/07/11    45,537    28/07/14  
           & 28/07/15  
  DSP    ADSs 5,534    –     5,534 (iii)    –     –     $59.61 #    12/06/08        12/06/11  
  DSP    ADSs 13,804    –     –     –     –     $39.2373 #    11/06/09    13,804    11/06/12  
  DSP    ADSs 18,776    –     –     –     –     $37.7474 #    15/06/10    18,776    15/06/13  
   DSP        –     –     –     ADSs 13,937 (v)    $48.261 #    15/06/11    13,937    15/06/14  

Total ADSs

      ADSs 204,831    ADSs 18,523     ADSs 23,691     ADSs 17,872     ADSs 59,474             ADSs 222,376      

(i)The 2007 PSP award was granted in two parts for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser only. The award vested partially (at a vesting level of 65.15% of the award) in June 2010 and then entered a retention period. The vested shares were released on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant (ie June 2011 and November 2011 for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser; and in November 2011 only for Tom King).
(ii)The 2008 PSP award vested partially in June 2011 at a vesting level of 49.5% of the award. The award then entered a retention period. Cash payments in lieu of dividends accrued during the retention period were paid as follows: Steve Holliday £40,852 in August 2011 and £24,246 in February 2012; Nick Winser £20,417 and £12,118; Tom King £21,581 and £12,453 respectively.
(iii)Following the three year deferral period, the 2008 DSP award was released in June 2011. Cash payments in lieu of dividends accrued during the deferral period were paid as follows: Steve Holliday £109,658; Nick Winser £46,286 and Tom King £27,122.
(iv)Exceptionally, the 2009 DSP award for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser was made over restricted shares. The award was subject to income tax and National Insurance Contributions on grant and therefore the shares shown reflect the net number of shares.
(v)Awards were made over ADSs and each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc105


Corporate Governance

Remuneration Report continued

5. Directors’ beneficial interests

The Directors’ beneficial interests (which include those of their families) in National Grid ordinary shares of 1117/43 pence each are shown below.

Table 5  

Ordinary shares at 

31 March 2012 

or, if earlier, on 

retirement † (i)

   

Ordinary shares at

1 April 2011

or, if later, on

appointment *

   

Options/awards over

ordinary shares at

31 March 2012

   

Options/awards over

ordinary shares at

1 April 2011

 

Sir Peter Gershon (ii)

   18,055      7,882 *            

Steve Holliday (iii) (iv)

   484,560      339,451     1,632,584     1,680,485  

Andrew Bonfield (iii) (iv)

   287      44     498,532     239,885  

Nick Winser (iii)

   224,473      325,914     791,683     776,189  

Tom King

   209,285      155,195     1,111,880     1,024,155  

Ken Harvey

   5,236      5,236            

Linda Adamany

   2,800      2,800            

Philip Aiken

   4,900      4,900            

Paul Golby (v)

   2,500      – *            

Ruth Kelly (vi)

   800      – *            

Stephen Pettit

   4,061      3,906            

Maria Richter

   14,357      14,357            

George Rose

   6,792      6,792            

Sir John Parker (vii)

   135,798 †      134,712            

John Allan (viii)

   14,500 †      14,500            

(i)There has been no other change in the beneficial interests of the Directors in ordinary shares between 1 April 2012 and 16 May 2012, except in respect of routine monthly purchases under the SIP (see note (iv) below).
(ii)Sir Peter Gershon joined the Board on 1 August 2011.
(iii)Each of the Executive Directors, with the exception of Tom King, was for Companies Act purposes deemed to be a potential beneficiary under the National Grid plc 1996 Employee Benefit Trust and the National Grid Employee Share Trust. Steve Holliday, Andrew Bonfield and Nick Winser thereby have an interest in 82,428 and 365,423 ordinary shares in the aforementioned trusts respectively, as at 31 March 2012 (with the latter trust holding 1,638 ADSs in addition).
(iv)Beneficial interests include shares purchased under the monthly operation of the SIP in the year to 31 March 2012. In April and May 2012 a further 38 shares were purchased on behalf of Steve Holliday and a further 38 shares were purchased on behalf of Andrew Bonfield, thereby increasing their beneficial interests.
(v)Paul Golby joined the Board on 1 February 2012.
(vi)Ruth Kelly joined the Board on 1 October 2011.
(vii)Sir John Parker stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2011.
(viii)John Allan stepped down from the Board on 25 July 2011.

6. National Grid share price range

The closing price of a National Grid ordinary share on 30 March 2012 was 630.5p. The range during the year (previous 52 weeks) was 660.5p (high) and 545.5p (low). The Register of Directors’ Interests contains full details of shareholdings and options/awards held by Directors as at 31 March 2012.

The Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Ken Harvey

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

16 May 2012

106National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Shareholder and share capital information

Shareholder engagement

We believe it is important to maintain effective channels of communication with our institutional investors and individual shareholders to understand their views about the Company and ensure they are provided with timely and appropriate information.

In line with best practice, the Company maintains appropriate controls on the dissemination of price sensitive information. For more information on the role of the disclosure committee, see page 88.

Institutional investors

The Board has responsibility for the oversight of relations with investors which is managed primarily by the Chief Executive, Finance Director and director of investor relations. Our investor relations team meets regularly with current and prospective investors to discuss the Company’s strategy, performance, financing and other developments, such as progress on the RIIO regulatory review during 2011.

The Board receives regular feedback from the director of investor relations, our brokers and other specialist advisors. Analysts’ notes on the Company are circulated to Executive Directors for their information and periodically an independent audit of investor sentiment is also undertaken and presented to the Board.

Sir Peter Gershon has met with a number of investors since his appointment to the Board and Ken Harvey, in his capacity as Remuneration Committee chairman, has held meetings with institutional investors and representative bodies on remuneration matters. Sir Peter will write to major investors at the time of our full year results, to offer them the opportunity to meet with him, the Senior Independent Director or any of the other Non-executive Directors, so they can discuss any issue they feel unable to raise with members of the Executive team.

Individual shareholders

Engagement with individual shareholders, who represent more than 95% of the shareholders on our share register, is led by the Company Secretary & General Counsel. Shareholders are invited to learn more about the Company through the shareholder networking programme, see below, and the exhibits at the AGM which for example in 2011 featured an oil reclamation unit.

During the year, the Company invited members of the UK Shareholder Association to a half day analyst style meeting hosted by the Chief Executive, Finance Director and director of investor relations, who gave presentations and answered questions on the half year results and the activities and performance of the Company generally. In addition, shareholders were also invited by Capita Registrars to visit their offices to increase awareness of the services they provide to our shareholders. Other initiatives include duplicate account amalgamation and a low cost share dealing service, details of which were included with the 2011/12 interim dividend information.

Annual General Meeting

This will be held on Monday 30 July 2012 at The International Convention Centre in Birmingham. The Notice of Meeting for the 2012 AGM, available on our website, sets out in full the resolutions for consideration by shareholders together with explanatory notes and further information on the Directors standing for election and re-election. This year, the AGM can be viewed by webcast on our website where information on how to view the webcast can be found.

Shareholder networking

The shareholder networking programme normally takes place twice a year and includes visits to UK operational sites and presentations by senior managers and employees over two days. The costs of the programme (including shareholder travel to and from the event) are paid for by the Company.

If you are a UK resident shareholder and would like to take part please apply online via the Investors page on our website. You can also apply in person at the AGM. Only those successful in the selection ballot will be contacted, with priority given to those who have not recently attended.

Share capital

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 1117/43 pence nominal value each and ADSs, which represent five ordinary shares.

Authority to purchase shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2011 AGM to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s share capital. The Directors intend to seek shareholder approval to renew this authority at this year’s AGM. No shares were repurchased during the year. Of the shares repurchased in prior years and held as treasury shares, 5,482,477 have been transferred to employees under the employee share plans leaving a balance as at the date of this report of 131,658,687 ordinary shares held as treasury shares.

Authority to allot shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2011 AGM to allot shares of up to1/3 of the Company’s share capital and a further1/3 in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue. The Directors intend to seek shareholder approval to renew this authority at this year’s AGM.

The Directors currently have no intention of issuing new shares, or of granting rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares, except in relation to, or in connection with, our Scrip Dividend Scheme and the exercise of options under our share plans.

The Directors consider it desirable to have the maximum flexibility permitted by investor guidelines to respond to market developments. No issue of shares will be made which would effectively alter control of the Company without the sanction of shareholders in general meeting.

Rights attached to shares

Ordinary shareholders and ADS holders receive dividends and can vote at general meetings. Treasury shares do not attract a vote or dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares.

Some of the Company’s employee share plans, details of which are contained in the Remuneration Report, include restrictions on the transfer of shares while the shares are subject to the plan. Where, under an employee share plan operated by the Company, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owner, the voting rights may be exercised by the registered owner at the direction of the participant.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc107


Financial Statements

Contents of financial statements

Directors’ statement and independent Auditors’ report

109

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

111

Audit opinion for Form 20-F
Consolidated financial statements under IFRS

Basis of preparation

112

Accounting policies

119

Adoption of new accounting standards

Primary statements

120

Consolidated income statement

121

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

122

Consolidated balance sheet

123

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

124

Consolidated cash flow statement
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statements

125

Note 1   – Segmental analysis

127

Note 2   – Operating costs

129

Note 3   – Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

131

Note 4   – Finance income and costs

132

Note 5   – Taxation

134

Note 6   – Earnings per share

135

Note 7   – Dividends

135

Note 8   – Goodwill

136

Note 9   – Other intangible assets

137

Note 10 – Property, plant and equipment

138

Note 11 – Other non-current assets

138

Note 12 – Financial and other investments

138

Note 13 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

139

Note 14 – Derivative financial instruments

140

Note 15 – Inventories and current intangible assets

140

Note 16 – Trade and other receivables

141

Note 17 – Cash and cash equivalents

141

Note 18 – Businesses classified as held for sale

142

Note 19 – Borrowings

143

Note 20 – Trade and other payables

143

Note 21 – Other non-current liabilities

144

Note 22 – Deferred tax assets and liabilities

145

Note 23 – Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

147

Note 24 – Provisions

148

Note 25 – Share capital

149

Note 26 – Other equity reserves

150

Note 27 – Consolidated cash flow statement

108National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts, including the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, and the Directors’ Report, including the Remuneration Report and the Strategic Report, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union,EU, and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom generally accepted accounting practice, UK GAAP). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have also elected to comply with IFRS, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.Board (IASB). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis and of the profit or loss of the Company on a consolidated basis for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 

   select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

   state that the consolidated financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS adopted by the EU and, with regard to the Company financial statements, that applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

   prepare the consolidated financial statements and Company financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company, on a consolidated and individual basis, will continue in business, in which case there should be supporting assumptions or qualifications as necessary.

  

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

state that the consolidated financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS adopted by the European Union and, with regard to the Company financial statements, that applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the consolidated financial statements and Company financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company, on a consolidated and individual basis, will continue in business, in which case there should be supporting assumptions or qualifications as necessary.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, and to enable them to ensure that the consolidated financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 8 and 9,page 43, confirms that,that:

   to the best of their knowledge:knowledge, the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU and UK GAAP respectively, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis;

   to the best of their knowledge, the Strategic Report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and

   they consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

 

the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and UK GAAP respectively, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis; and

the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

By order of the Board

Helen MahyAlison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

18 May 2014

Company Secretary & General Counselnumber: 4031152

16 May 2012

LOGO

 


Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc109


 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]77

110National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

Report of Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


78    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

79

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


80    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

81

  

 

Report of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm

to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of National Grid plc

Audit opinion for Form 20-F

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsstatements of financial position and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flow statements and consolidated statements of changes in equity, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National Grid plc and its subsidiaries at 31 March 20122014 and 31 March 2011,2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 March 20122014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2012,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Business ReviewAdditional Information section appearing on page 47170 of the 20122014 Annual Report and Accounts. As discussed in note 1, the Group changed the manner in which it accounts for employee benefits.

Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London

United Kingdom

1621 May 20122014

LOGO

 


Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc111


 

Financial Statements82    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

 

Accounting policiesBasis of

preparation

 

 

A. Basis of preparation of consolidated

Accounting policies describe our approach to recognising and measuring transactions and balances in the year. Accounting policies applicable across the financial statements under IFRS

National Grid’s principal activities involveare shown below. Accounting policies that are specific to a component of the transmission and distribution of electricity and gas in Great Britain and northeastern US. The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England, with its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange and is also quoted on the New York Stock Exchange. These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 16 May 2012.

These consolidated financial statements have been preparedincorporated into the relevant note.

This section also shows areas of judgement and key sources of estimation uncertainty in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU. They are prepared on the basis of all IFRSthese financial statements. In addition, we summarise new EU endorsed accounting standards, amendments and interpretations thatand whether these are mandatory for periods ending 31 March 2012 andeffective in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable2014 or later years, explaining how significant changes are expected to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The 2011 and 2010 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.affect our reported results.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the recording of pension assets and liabilities, the revaluation of derivative financial instruments and certain commodity contracts and investments classified as available-for-sale.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period (see accounting policy Z). Actual results could differ from these estimates.

B.A. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, together with a share of the results, assets and liabilities of jointly controlled entities (joint ventures) and associates using the equity method of accounting, where the investment is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the share of net assets of the joint venture or associate, less any provision for impairment.

A subsidiary is defined as an entity controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to governaffect the financial and operating policiesreturns of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. A joint venturewhich it is an entity establishedexposed or to engage in economic activity, which the Company jointly controls with its fellow venturers. An associate is an entity which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, but over which the Companyit has significant influence.rights.

Losses in excess of the consolidated interest in joint ventures and associates are not recognised, except where the Company or its subsidiaries have made a commitment to make good those losses.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies used in the individual financial statements of the Company, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates into line with those used by the Company in its consolidated financial statements under IFRS. Intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The results of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Acquisitions are accounted for using the purchaseacquisition method, where the purchase price is allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a fair value basis and the remainder recognised as goodwill.

C.B. Foreign currencies

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company or subsidiary concerned are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheetreporting date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at closing exchange rates. Non monetaryNon-monetary assets are not retranslated unless they are carried at fair value.

Gains and losses arising on the retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities are included in the income statement, except where the adoption of hedge accounting requires inclusion in other comprehensive income (accounting policy R).– note 15.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of operations that have a functional currency different from the Company’s functional currency of pounds sterling, principally our US operations that have a functional currency of dollars, are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheetreporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period where these do not differ materially from rates at the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising are classified as equity and transferred to the consolidated translation reserve.

D. Goodwill

Goodwill arisingNational Grid’s principal activities involve the transmission and distribution of electricity and gas in Great Britain and northeastern US. The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England, with its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company has its primary listing on a business combination represents the difference between the cost of acquisition and the Company’s consolidated interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary or joint venture as at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is recognised as an assetLondon Stock Exchange and is not amortised, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill recorded under UK GAAP arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been frozen at that date, subject to subsequent testing for impairment.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arisingalso quoted on the acquisitionNew York Stock Exchange. These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing exchange rate.Directors on 18 May 2014.

112National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

www.nationalgrid.com

E. Intangible assets other than goodwill

With the exception of goodwill, as described above, identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment.

Internally generated intangible fixed assets, such as software, are recognised only if: an asset is created that can be identified; it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recorded as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

On a business combination, as well as recording separable intangible assets possessed by the acquired entity at their fair value, identifiable intangible assets that arise from contractual or other legal rights are also included in the balance sheet at their fair value. Acquisition-related intangible assets principally comprise customer relationships.

Non-current intangible assets, other than goodwill, are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Amortisation periods for categories of intangible assets are:

Amortisation periodsYears  

Software

3 to 7  

Acquisition-related intangibles

10 to 25  

Other – licences and other intangibles

3 to 5  

Following the recognition of an impairment charge in relation to acquisition-related intangibles, the net book value hasThese consolidated financial statements have been fully written off.

Intangible emission allowances are accounted forprepared in accordance with accounting policy U.

F. Property, plantInternational Accounting Standards (IAS) and equipment

Property, plantInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and equipment is recorded at cost or deemed cost at the date of transition to IFRS, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

Cost includes payroll and finance costs incurred which are directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipmentrelated interpretations as well as the cost of any associated asset retirement obligations.

Property, plant and equipment includes assets in which the Company’s interest comprises legally protected statutory or contractual rights of use.

Additions represent the purchase or construction of new assets, including capital expenditure for safety and environmental assets, and extensions to, enhancements to, or replacement of existing assets.

Contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards the cost of property, plant and equipment are included in trade and other payables as deferred income and credited on a straight-line basis to the income statement over the estimated useful economic lives of the assets to which they relate.

Contributions received post 1 July 2009 are recognised in revenue immediately, except where the contributions are consideration for a future service, in which case they are recognised initially as deferred income and revenue is subsequently recognised over the period in which the service is provided.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land or assets in the course of construction.

Other items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated, principally on a straight-line basis, at rates estimated to write off their book values over their estimated useful economic lives. In assessing estimated useful economic lives, which are reviewed on a regular basis, consideration is given to any contractual arrangements and operational requirements relating to particular assets. Unless otherwise determined by operational requirements, the depreciation periods for the principal categories of property, plant and equipment are, in general, as shown in the table below:

Depreciation periodsYears  

Freehold and leasehold buildings

up to 65  

Plant and machinery

Electricity transmission plant

15 to 60  

Electricity distribution plant

15 to 60  

Electricity generation plant

20 to 40  

Interconnector plant

15 to 60  

Gas plant – mains, services and regulating equipment

30 to 100  

Gas plant – storage

15 to 21  

Gas plant – meters

10 to 33  

Motor vehicles and office equipment

up to 10  

G. Impairment of assets

Impairments of assets are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its recoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated. Recoverable amount is defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and estimated value-in-use at the date the impairment review is undertaken.

Value-in-use represents the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Otherwise, tests for impairment are carried out only if there is some indication that the carrying value of the assets may have been impaired.

Material impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc113


Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

H. Taxation

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amounts are those that are enacted or substantively enactedissued by the balance sheet date. Current tax is charged or credited toInternational Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRS as adopted by the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In these cases, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively.

Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriateEU. They are prepared on the basis of amounts expectedall IFRS accounting standards and interpretations that are mandatory for periods ending 31 March 2014 and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable to be paidcompanies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The 2013 and 2012 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the recording of pension assets and liabilities, the revaluation of derivative financial instruments and certain commodity contracts and investments classified as available-for-sale.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis following the assessment made by the Directors as set out on page 52.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is also the functional currency of the Company.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the tax authorities.

Deferred tax and investment tax credits

Deferred tax is provided for using the balance sheet liability method and is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amountreported amounts of assets and liabilities, in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computationdisclosures of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised on all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Suchcontingent assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction (other than a business combination) that affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities, except where the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, based on the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In these cases the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Companyreported amounts of revenue and its subsidiaries intend to settle their current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Investment tax credits are amortised over the economic life of the assets that give rise to the credits.

I. Discontinued operations, assets

and businesses held for sale

Cash flows and operations that relate to a major component of the business or geographical region that has been sold or is classified as held for sale are shown separately from continuing operations.

Assets and businesses classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. No depreciation is charged on assets and businesses classified as held for sale.

Assets and businesses are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered or settled principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as being met only when the sale is highly probable and the assets or businesses are available for immediate sale in their present condition or the sale relates to a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

Finance income or costs are included in discontinued operations only in respect of financial assets or liabilities classified as held for sale or derecognised on sale.

J. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, calculated on a weighted average basis, and net realisable value.

Where applicable, cost comprises direct materials and direct labour costs as well as those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

K. Decommissioning and environmental costs

Provision is made for decommissioning and environmental costs, based on future estimated expenditures, discounted to present values. An initial estimate of decommissioning and environmental costs attributable to property, plant and equipment is recorded as part of the original cost of the related property, plant and equipment.

Changes in the provision arising from revised estimates or discount rates or changes in the expected timing of expenditures that relate to property, plant and equipment are recorded as adjustments to their carrying value and depreciated prospectively over their remaining estimated useful economic lives; otherwise such changes are recognised in the income statement.

The unwinding of the discount is included within the income statement as a financing charge.

114National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

L. Revenue

Revenue primarily represents the sales value derived from the generation, transmission, and distribution of energy and recovery of US stranded costs together with the sales value derived from the provision of other services to customersexpenses during the year and excludes value added tax and intra-group sales.

US stranded costs are various generation-related costs incurred prior to the divestiture of generation assets beginning in the late 1990s and costs of legacy contracts that are being recovered from customers. The recovery of stranded costs and other amounts allowed to be collected from customers under regulatory arrangements is recognised in thereporting period in which these amounts are recoverable from customers.

Revenue includes an assessment of unbilled energy and transportation services supplied to customers between the date of the last meter reading and the year end. This is estimated based on historical consumption and weather patterns.

Where revenue received or receivable exceeds the maximum amount permitted by regulatory agreement and adjustments will be made to future prices to reflect this over-recovery, no liability is recognised as such an adjustment to future prices relates to the provision of future services. Similarly no asset is recognised where a regulatory agreement permits adjustments to be made to future prices in respect of an under-recovery.

M. Segmental information

Segmental information is based on the information the Board uses internally for the purposes of evaluating the performance of operating segments and determining resource allocation between operating segments. The Board is the chief operating decision maker and assesses the performance of operations principally on the basis of operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries (see accounting policy T)C).


N. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitsStrategic Report

For defined benefit retirement schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.

Current service cost is recognised in operating costs in the period in which the defined benefit obligation increases as a result of employee services.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur in the statement of other comprehensive income.

Past service costs are recognised immediately to the extent that benefits are already vested. Otherwise such costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period until the benefits vest.

Settlements are recognised when a transaction is entered into that eliminates all further legal or constructive obligations for benefits under a scheme.

Curtailments are recognised when a commitment is made to a material reduction in the number of employees covered by a scheme.

The retirement benefit obligations recognised in the balance sheet represent the present value of the defined benefit obligations, as reduced by the fair value of scheme assets and any unrecognised past service cost.

The expected return on scheme assets and the unwinding of the discount on defined benefit obligations are recognised within interest income and expense respectively.

O. LeasesCorporate Governance

Rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Assets held under finance leases are recognised at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments on inception. The corresponding liability is recognised as a finance lease obligation within borrowings. Rental payments are apportioned between finance costs and reduction in the finance lease obligation, so as to achieve a constant rate of interest.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term.

P. Financial instruments

Financial assets, liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into, and recognised on trade date. Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any other categories.

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. A provision is established for irrecoverable amounts when there is objective evidence that amounts due under the original payment terms will not be collected. Indications that the trade receivable may become irrecoverable would include financial difficulties of the debtor, likelihood of the debtor’s insolvency, and default or significant failure of payment. Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Loans receivable and other receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, together with gains and losses when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, are recognised in the income statement.

Other financial investments are recognised at fair value plus, in the case of available-for-sale financial investments, directly related incremental transaction costs, and are subsequently carried at fair value on the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of investments classified as fair value through profit and loss are included in the income statement, while changes in the fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale are recognised directly in equity, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired. At this time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the income statement for the period. In the case of securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the securities below their cost is considered as an indicator that the securities are impaired. Investment income on investments classified as fair value through profit and loss and on available-for-sale investments is recognised using the effective interest method and taken through interest income in the income statement.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc115


Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

83

 

Accounting policies continued

  

 

Borrowings, which include interest bearing loans, UK RPI linked debt and overdrafts are recorded at their initial fair value which normally reflects the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs less any repayments. Subsequently these are stated at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Any difference between the proceeds after direct issue costs and the redemption value is recognised over the term of the borrowing in the income statement using the effective interest method.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets (being assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale) are added to their cost. Such additions cease when the assets are substantially ready for their intended use.

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Where the fair value of a derivative is positive it is carried as a derivative asset, and where negative as a derivative liability. Assets and liabilities on different transactions are only netted if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of set off exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are included in the income statement in the period they arise.

No adjustment is made with respect to derivative clauses embedded in financial instruments or other contracts that are closely related to those instruments or contracts. In particular, interest payments on UK RPI debt are linked to movements in the UK RPI. The link to RPI is considered to be an embedded derivative, which is closely related to the underlying debt instrument based on the view that there is a strong relationship between interest rates and inflation in the UK economy. Consequently these embedded derivatives are not accounted for separately from the debt instrument. Where there are embedded derivatives in host contracts not closely related, the embedded derivative is separately accounted for as a derivative financial instrument and recorded at fair value.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the consolidated assets of the Company after deducting all its liabilities and is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, with an amount equal to the nominal amount of the shares issued included in the share capital account and the balance recorded in the share premium account.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for issued liabilities. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques which are consistent with techniques commonly used by the relevant market. The techniques use observable market data.

Q. Commodity contracts

Commodity contracts that meet the definition of a derivative and which do not meet the exemption for normal sale, purchase or usage are carried at fair value.

Energy purchase contracts for the forward purchase of electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to customers or for energy that the Company uses itself meet the normal purchase, sale or usage exemption of IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. They are, therefore, not recognised in the financial statements. Disclosure of commitments under such contracts is made in the notes to the financial statements (see note 28).

Remeasurements of commodity contracts carried at fair value are recognised in the income statement, with changes due to movements in commodity prices recorded in operating costs and changes relating to movements in interest rates recorded in finance costs.

Where contracts are traded on a recognised exchange and margin payments are made, the contract fair values are reported net of the associated margin payments.

R. Hedge accounting

The Company and its subsidiaries enter into both derivative financial instruments (derivatives) and non-derivative financial instruments in order to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures, and commodity price risks associated with underlying business activities and the financing of those activities.

Hedge accounting allows derivatives to be designated as a hedge of another (non-derivative) financial instrument, to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement of changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments. To qualify for hedge accounting, documentation is prepared specifying the hedging strategy, the component transactions and methodology used for effectiveness measurement. National Grid uses three hedge accounting methods.

Firstly, changes in the carrying value of financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows (cash flow hedges) are recognised directly in equity and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts deferred in equity in respect of cash flow hedges are subsequently recognised in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss. Where a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability results from a forecasted transaction or firm commitment being hedged, the amounts deferred in equity are included in the initial measurement of that non-monetary asset or liability.

 

116National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12Recent accounting


www.nationalgrid.comdevelopments

 

Secondly, fair value hedge accounting offsets the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument against the change in the fair value of the hedged item with respect to the risk being hedged. These changes are recognised in the income statement to the extent the fair value hedge is effective. Adjustments made to the carrying amount of the hedged item for fair value hedges will be amortised over the remaining life, in line with the hedged item.

Thirdly, foreign exchange gains or losses arising on financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of the Company’s consolidated net investment in overseas operations (net investment hedges) are recorded directly in equity, with any ineffective portion recognised immediately in the income statement.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement as they arise, within finance costs (included in remeasurements – see accounting policy T).

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualities for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gains or losses relating to cash flow hedges recognised in equity are initially retained in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the previously hedged item affects net profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity with respect to net investment hedges are subsequently recognised in the income statement in the event of the disposal of the overseas operations concerned. For fair value hedges, the cumulative adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the hedged item at the date hedge accounting is discontinued is amortised to the income statement using the effective interest method.

If a hedged forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement immediately.

S. Share-based payments

The Company issues equity-settled, share-based payments to certain employees of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings.

Equity-settled, share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest.

T. Business performance and exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

Our financial performance is analysed into two components: business performance, which excludes exceptional items, remeasurements, stranded cost recoveries and amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles; and exceptional items, remeasurements, stranded cost recoveries and amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles. Business performance is used by management to monitor financial performance as it is considered that it improves the comparability of our reported financial performance from year to year. Business performance subtotals, which exclude exceptional items, remeasurements, stranded cost recoveries and amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles are presented on the face of the income statement or in the notes to the financial statements.

Exceptional items, remeasurements, stranded cost recoveries and amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles are items of income and expense that, in the judgement of management, should be disclosed separately on the basis that they are important to understanding our financial performance and may significantly distort the comparability of financial performance between periods.

Items of income or expense that are considered by management for designation as exceptional items include such items as significant restructurings, write-downs or impairments of non-current assets, significant changes in environmental or decommissioning provisions, integration of acquired businesses, restructuring costs, gains or losses on disposals of businesses or investments and debt redemption costs as a consequence of transactions such as significant disposals or issues of equity.

Costs arising from restructuring programmes include redundancy costs. Redundancy costs are charged to the income statement in the year in which a commitment is made to incur the costs and the main features of the restructuring plan have been announced to affected employees.

Remeasurements comprise gains or losses recorded in the income statement arising from changes in the fair value of commodity contracts and of derivative financial instruments to the extent that hedge accounting is not achieved or is not effective.

Stranded cost recoveries represent the recovery of historical generation-related costs in the US, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by National Grid. Such costs are being recovered from customers as permitted by regulatory agreements, with almost all having been recovered by 31 March 2012.

Acquisition-related intangibles comprise intangible assets, principally customer relationships, that are only recognised as a consequence of accounting required for a business combination. The amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles distorts the comparison of the financial performance of acquired businesses with non-acquired businesses.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc117


Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

U. Emission allowances

Emission allowances, principally relating to the emissions of carbon dioxide in the UK and sulphur and nitrous oxides in the US, are recorded as intangible assets within current assets and are initially recorded at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Where emission allowances are granted by relevant authorities, cost is deemed to be equal to the fair value at the date of allocation. Receipts of such grants are treated as deferred income, which is recognised in the income statement as the related charges for emissions are recognised or on impairment of the related intangible asset. A provision is recorded in respect of the obligation to deliver emission allowances and emission charges are recognised in the income statement in the period in which emissions are made.

Income from emission allowances that are sold is reported in revenue.

V. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash held at bank and in hand, together with short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of less than three months that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and subject to an insignificant change in value. Net cash and cash equivalents reflected in the cash flow statement are net of bank overdrafts, which are reported in borrowings.

W. Net debt

The movement in cash and cash equivalents is reconciled to movements in net debt. Net debt comprises cash and cash equivalents, current financial investments, borrowings and derivative financial instruments.

X. Other equity reserves

Other equity reserves comprise the translation reserve (see accounting policy C), cash flow hedge reserve (see accounting policy R), available-for-sale reserve (see accounting policy P), the capital redemption reserve and the merger reserve. The merger reserve arose as a result of the application of merger accounting principles under the then prevailing UK GAAP, which under IFRS 1 was retained for mergers that occurred prior to the IFRS transition date. Under merger accounting principles, the difference between the carrying amount of the capital structure of the acquiring vehicle and that of the acquired business was treated as a merger difference and included within reserves.

As the amounts included in other equity reserves are not attributable to any of the other classes of equity presented, they have been disclosed as a separate classification of equity.

Y. Dividends

Interim dividends are recognised when they become payable to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

Z.C. Areas of judgement and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Information about such judgements and estimations is contained in the accounting policies or the notes to the financial statements, and the key areas are summarised below.

Areas of judgement that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are as follows:

 

The categorisation of certain items as exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries and the definition of adjusted earnings – notes 3 and 6.

   the categorisation of certain items as exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries and the definition of adjusted earnings – notes 4 and 7; and

   energy purchase contracts classification as being for normal purchase, sale or usage – note 27.

IFRS provides certain options available within accounting standards. Choices we have made, and continue to make, include the following:

·   Presentational formats: we use the nature of expense method for our income statement and aggregate our statement of financial position to net assets and total equity. In the income statement, we present subtotals of total operating profit, profit before tax and profit from continuing operations, together with additional subtotals excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are presented separately on the face of the income statement.

·   Customer contributions: contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income and amortised in line with the depreciation on the associated asset.

·   Financial instruments: we normally opt to apply hedge accounting in most circumstances where this is permitted. For net investment hedges, we have chosen to use the spot rate method, rather than the alternative forward rate method.

The exemptions adopted on transition to IFRS including, in particular, those relating to business combinations.

Classification of business activities as held for sale and discontinued operations – accounting policy I.

Hedge accounting – accounting policy R.

Energy purchase contracts – classification as being for normal purchase, sale or usage – accounting policy Q and note 28.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

 

   impairment of goodwill – note 9;

   review of residual lives, carrying values and impairment charges for other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment – notes 10 and 11;

   estimation of liabilities for pensions and other post-retirement benefits – notes 22 and 29;

   valuation of financial instruments and derivatives – notes 15 and 30;

   revenue recognition and assessment of unbilled revenue – note 2;

   recoverability of deferred tax assets – note 6; and

   environmental and decommissioning provisions – note 23.

In order to illustrate the impact that changes in assumptions could have on our results and financial position, we have included sensitivity analysis in note 33.

 

Impairment of goodwill – accounting policy D and note 8.

Review of residual lives, carrying values and impairment charges for other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment – accounting policies E, F and G.

Estimation of liabilities for pensions and other post-retirement benefits – notes 23 and 30.

Valuation of financial instruments and derivatives – notes 14, 31 and 32(b).

Revenue recognition and assessment of unbilled revenue – accounting policy L.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets – accounting policy H and note 22.

Environment and decommissioning provisions – note 24.

118National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Adoption of new accounting standards

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations adopted in 2011/122013/14

During the year ended 31 March 2012,2014, with the exception of IAS 19 (revised), and in respect of disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurements’, the Company has not adopted any new IFRS, IAS or amendments issued by the IASB, andor interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), which have had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The impact of IAS 19 (revised) is set out in note 1. The additional disclosures required by IFRS 13 are included in note 30.

Other standards, interpretations and amendments issued by the IASB and IFRIC that have not had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results or assets and liabilities are:

   IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’;

   IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’;

   IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’;

   amendments to IAS 27 ‘Separate financial statements’ and IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’ as a result of the adoption of the above standards;

   amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’; and

   amendments to IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’.

New IFRS accounting standards and

interpretations not yet adopted

The Company enters into a significant number of transactions whichthat fall within the scope of IFRS 9 on financial instruments.‘Financial instruments’. The IASB is completing IFRS 9 in phases and the Company is evaluating the impact of the standard as it develops.

IFRS 10 on consolidated financial statements, IFRS 11 on joint arrangements, IFRS 12 on disclosures of interests in other entities and IFRS 13 on fair value measurements and consequent amendments to IAS 27 and IAS 28 were issued in May 2011. The Company It is evaluatingcurrently expected that the impact of these standards on its financial statements. The standards arestandard will be required to be adopted by the Company on 1 April 2013, subject to endorsement by2018. We are currently assessing the EU.

The amended versionlikely impact of IAS 19 on employee benefits, issued in June 2011 and effective for periods beginning after 1 January 2013 (subject to EU endorsement), requires net interest to be calculated on the net defined benefit liability/(asset) using the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation. Where the expected return on assets exceeds the discount rate, the adoption of the amendedthis standard will result in a reduction in reported net income and an increase in other comprehensive income. The impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period of initial application of the amended standard will depend upon reported pension assets and liabilities and the relationship between the expected return on assets and the discount rate at the date of adoption. These amounts are volatile from year to year and therefore figures for the year ending 31 March 2014 cannot be reasonably estimated. If the amended standard had been adopted for the year ended 31 March 2012, net income would have been reduced by £119m and other comprehensive income increased by £123m.statements.

Other standards and interpretations or amendments thereto which have been issued, but are not yet effective, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


LOGO

 

84    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14National Grid plc119


Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated income statement

income statement

for the years ended 31 March

      Notes    
 
      2014
£m
  
  
  
 
      2014
£m
  
  
  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2012
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2012   
  (restated)1

£m   

  
  

  

   

 

 
   

Revenue

   2(a)      14,809     14,359     13,832     
   

Operating costs

   3     (11,074   (10,610   (10,297)    
   

 

 
   

Operating profit

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2(b  3,664     3,639     3,491   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    71     110     44   
   

 

Total operating profit

   2(b   3,735     3,749     3,535     
   

 

Finance income

   5     36     30     28     
   

 

Finance costs

        
   

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   5    (1,144   (1,154   (1,118 
   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4,5    93     68     (70 
   

 

Total finance costs

   5     (1,051   (1,086   (1,188)    
   

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   14     28     18     7     
   

 

 
   

Profit before tax

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2(b  2,584     2,533     2,408   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    164     178     (26 
   

 

Total profit before tax

   2(b   2,748     2,711     2,382     
   

Taxation

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   6    (581   (619   (697 
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4,6    297     62     234   
   

 

Total taxation

   6     (284   (557   (463)    
   

 

 
   

Profit after tax

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

    2,003     1,914     1,711   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    461     240     208   
   

 

 
   

Profit for the year

     2,464     2,154     1,919     
   

 

 
   

Attributable to:

        
   

Equity shareholders of the parent

     2,476     2,153     1,917     
   

Non-controlling interests

     (12   1     2     
   

 

 
        2,464     2,154     1,919     
   

 

 
   

Earnings per share2

        
   

Basic

   7(a   66.4p     57.8p     51.6p     
   

Diluted

   7(b   66.1p     57.5p     51.3p     
   

 

 
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

  

  


Strategic Report

 

    Notes      

2012

£m

      

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2010

£m

      

2010

£m

 

Revenue

   1(a       13,832         14,343         14,007  

Operating costs

   2              (10,293            (10,598            (10,714

Operating profit

                    

Before exceptional items, remeasurements
and stranded cost recoveries

   1(b    3,495         3,600         3,121     

Exceptional items, remeasurements and
stranded cost recoveries

   3      44         145         172     

Total operating profit

   1(b       3,539         3,745         3,293  

Interest income and similar income

                    

Before exceptional items

   4      1,301         1,281         1,005     

Exceptional items

   3,4               43              

Total interest income and similar income

   4         1,301         1,324         1,005  

Interest expense and other finance costs

                    

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   4      (2,218       (2,415       (2,160   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   3,4      (70       (37       47     

Total interest expense and other finance costs

   4         (2,288       (2,452       (2,113

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   13              7              7              8  

Profit before tax

                    

Before exceptional items, remeasurements
and stranded cost recoveries

   1(b    2,585         2,473         1,974     

Exceptional items, remeasurements and
stranded cost recoveries

   3      (26       151         219     

Total profit before tax

   1(b       2,559         2,624         2,193  

Taxation

                    

Before exceptional items, remeasurements
and stranded cost recoveries

   5      (755       (722       (553   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and
stranded cost recoveries

   3,5      234         261         (251   

Total taxation

   5              (521            (461            (804

Profit after tax

                    

Before exceptional items, remeasurements
and stranded cost recoveries

      1,830         1,751         1,421     

Exceptional items, remeasurements and
stranded cost recoveries

   3       208              412              (32       

Profit for the year

                 2,038              2,163              1,389  

Attributable to:

                    

Equity shareholders of the parent

         2,036         2,159         1,386  

Non-controlling interests

                 2              4              3  
                  2,038              2,163              1,389  

Earnings per share*

                    

Basic

   6         57.1p         62.9p         47.5p  

Diluted

   6              56.8p              62.5p              47.3p  

*ComparativeCorporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

85

Unaudited commentary on the consolidated income statement

The consolidated income statement shows all revenue earned and costs incurred in the year, with the difference being the overall profit for the year.

Adjusted earnings and EPS

The following chart shows the five year trend in adjusted profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent (adjusted earnings) and adjusted EPS.

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended 31 March 2014 increased by £450m to £14,809m. This increase was driven by higher revenues in our UK Electricity Transmission and UK Gas Distribution businesses, principally as a result of the new RIIO regulatory arrangements. Revenue in our US Regulated businesses was also higher, reflecting higher pass-through costs such as gas and electricity commodity costs, partially offset by the end of the Niagara Mohawk deferral revenue recoveries at 31 March 2013 and the impact of the weaker dollar.

Operating costs

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 of £11,074m were £464m higher than the prior year. This increase in costs was predominantly due to increases in pass-through costs in our UK and US Regulated businesses, together with higher depreciation and amortisation as a result of continued investment and increases in our controllable costs.

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries included in operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £39m lower than the prior year. Net exceptional gains included in 2013/14 of £55m primarily consisted of a net gain on the LIPA MSA transition in the US of £254m, a gain of £16m following the sale to a third party of a settlement award, restructuring costs of £136m and UK gas holder demolition costs of £79m. The 2013/14 results also included a gain of £16m on remeasurements of commodity contracts.

There were no major storms affecting our operations in the year ended 31 March 2014. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, increased operating costs by £136m.

Net finance costs

For the year ended 31 March 2014, net finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements were £16m lower than 2012/13 at £1,108m, mainly due to the impact of the weaker dollar (£17m).

Finance costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 also included a gain of £93m on financial remeasurements relating to net gains and losses on derivative financial instruments.

Taxation

The tax charge on profits before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries was £38m lower than 2012/13. This was mainly due to a 1% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year and a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher UK profits were taxed at the lower UK tax rate. Our tax charge was also affected by changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years.

Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS1

LOGO

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See note 1 on page 92. Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS are attributable to equity shareholders of the parent.

The above earnings performance translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2013/14 of 2.6p (5%).

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS amounts for comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of additionalfor shares issued asvia scrip dividends and the bonus element of the 2010 rights issue.

Exchange rates

Our financial results are reported in sterling. Transactions for our US operations are denominated in dollars, so the related amounts that are reported in sterling depend on the dollar to sterling exchange rate. The weighted average dollar rate weakened to $1.62:£1 in 2013/14 from $1.57:£1 in 2012/13. Consequently, if 2012/13 results had been translated at 2013/14 exchange rates, revenue, adjusted operating profit and operating profit reported in sterling would have been £242m, £34m and £39m lower respectively.

The notes on pages 125statement of financial position has been translated at an exchange rate of $1.67:£1 at 31 March 2014 ($1.52: £1 at 31 March 2013).

Exceptional tax for 2013/14 included an exceptional deferred tax credit of £398m arising from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 23% to 17621% applicable from 1 April 2014 and a further reduction to 20% from 1 April 2015.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the consolidated financial statements.


 

12086    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

Consolidated statement

of comprehensive income

for the years ended 31 March

    Notes      

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2010

£m

 

Profit for the year

      2,038      2,163      1,389  

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income:

           

Exchange adjustments

      27      (95    33  

Actuarial net (losses)/gains

   23      (1,325    571      (731

Deferred tax on actuarial net gains and losses

   5      403      (181    175  

Net (losses)/gains in respect of cash flow hedges

      (18    7      (45

Transferred to profit or loss on cash flow hedges

      19      (7    3  

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

   5      2      (2    9  

Net gains on available-for-sale investments

      16      16      54  

Transferred to profit or loss on sale of available-for-sale investments

      (9    (3    (6

Deferred tax on available-for-sale investments

      (2    (1    (5

Share of post-tax other comprehensive (loss)/income of joint ventures

                 (4     5  

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax

      (887    301      (508

           

Total comprehensive income for the year

          1,151       2,464       881  

Attributable to:

           

Equity shareholders of the parent

      1,149      2,460      879  

Non-controlling interests

          2       4       2  
           1,151       2,464       881  

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc121


 

Financial Statements

      Notes    
 
    2014
£m
  
  
  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 
 
2012  
  (restated)1
£m  
  
  
  
  
   

 

   
   

Profit for the year

    2,464    2,154    1,919      
 
   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

       
   

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

       
   

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

   22       485    (714  (1,140)     
   

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

   6    (172  179    342      
   

 

   
   

Total items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

    313    (535  (798)     
   

 

   
   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

       
   

Exchange adjustments

    (158  117    27      
   

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

    63    (31  (18)     
   

Transferred to profit or loss in respect of cash flow hedges

    27    73    19      
   

Net gains on available-for-sale investments

    6    20    16      
   

Transferred to profit or loss on sale of available-for-sale investments

    (14  (10  (9)     
   

Tax on items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

   6    (2  (15  –      
   

 

   
   

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

    (78  154    35      
   

 

   
   

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

    235    (381  (763)     
   

 

   
   

Total comprehensive income for the year

    2,699    1,773    1,156      
   

 

   
   

Attributable to:

       
   

Equity shareholders of the parent

    2,711    1,772    1,154      
   

Non-controlling interests

    (12  1    2      
   

 

   
       2,699    1,773    1,156      
   

 

   
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

       

 

Consolidated balance sheet

as at 31 March

    Notes      

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Non-current assets

        

Goodwill

   8      4,776      4,776  

Other intangible assets

   9      546      501  

Property, plant and equipment

   10      33,701      31,956  

Other non-current assets

   11      95      135  

Pension assets

   23      155      556  

Financial and other investments

   12      592      593  

Derivative financial assets

   14       1,819       1,270  

Total non-current assets

          41,684       39,787  

Current assets

        

Inventories and current intangible assets

   15      376      320  

Trade and other receivables

   16      1,971      2,212  

Financial and other investments

   12      2,391      2,939  

Derivative financial assets

   14      317      468  

Cash and cash equivalents

   17       332       384  

Total current assets

          5,387       6,323  

Assets of businesses held for sale

   18       264       290  

Total assets

          47,335       46,400  

Current liabilities

        

Borrowings

   19      (2,492    (2,952

Derivative financial liabilities

   14      (162    (190

Trade and other payables

   20      (2,685    (2,828

Current tax liabilities

      (383    (503

Provisions

   24       (282     (353

Total current liabilities

          (6,004     (6,826

Non-current liabilities

        

Borrowings

   19      (20,533    (20,246

Derivative financial liabilities

   14      (1,269    (404

Other non-current liabilities

   21      (1,921    (1,944

Deferred tax liabilities

   22      (3,738    (3,766

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   23      (3,088    (2,574

Provisions

   24       (1,449     (1,461

Total non-current liabilities

          (31,998     (30,395

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

   18       (87     (110

Total liabilities

          (38,089     (37,331

Net assets

          9,246       9,069  

Equity

        

Called up share capital

   25      422      416  

Share premium account

      1,355      1,361  

Retained earnings

      12,297      12,153  

Other equity reserves

   26       (4,835     (4,870

Shareholders’ equity

      9,239      9,060  

Non-controlling interests

          7       9  

Total equity

          9,246       9,069  

These financial statements comprising the consolidated income statement,Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of comprehensive income

The consolidated balance sheet,statement of comprehensive income records certain items as prescribed by the accounting rules. For us, the majority of the income or expense included here relates to movements in actuarial assumptions on pension schemes and the associated tax impact. These items are not part of profit for the year, yet are important to allow the reader to gain a more comprehensive picture of our performance as a whole.

Exchange adjustments

Adjustments are made when we translate the results and net assets of our companies operating outside the UK, as well as debt we have issued in foreign currencies. The net movement for the year resulted in a loss of £158m (2012/13: £117m gain).

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

The value of derivatives held to hedge cash flows is impacted by changes in expected interest rates and exchange rates. The net gain for the year was £63m (2012/13: £31m loss).

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

We had a net gain after tax of £313m (2012/13: net cost of £535m) on our pension and other post-employment benefit schemes which is due to changes in key assumptions made in the valuation calculation and differences to actual outcomes during the year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

87

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity

for the years ended 31 March

      
 
 
 
Called up
share
capital
£m
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Share
  premium
account
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  Retained
earnings
£m
  
  
  
  
 
 

 

Other
equity
  reserves

£m

  
  
1 

  

  
 
 

 

Total
shareholders’
equity

£m

  
  
  

  

  
 
 

 

Non-
  controlling
interests

£m

  
  
  

  

 

Total  

    equity  

£m  

  
   

 

  
   

Equity as at 1 April 2011 as previously reported

   416     1,361    12,153    (4,870  9,060    9   9,069    
   

Impact of change in accounting policy2

            (8      (8     (8)   
   

 

  
   

Equity as at 1 April 2011 (restated)

   416     1,361    12,145    (4,870  9,052    9   9,061    
   

Profit for the year2

            1,917        1,917    2   1,919    
   

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year2

            (798  35    (763     (763)   
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income for the year2

            1,119    35    1,154    2   1,156    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,319      (1,319     (1,319)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   6     (6  313        313       313    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            13        13       13    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (4      (4     (4)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (4 (4)   
   

Share-based payment

            24        24       24    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            3        3       3    
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2012 (restated)

   422     1,355    12,294    (4,835  9,236    7   9,243    
   

Profit for the year2

            2,153        2,153    1   2,154    
   

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year2

            (535  154    (381     (381)   
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income for the year2

            1,618    154    1,772    1   1,773    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,433      (1,433     (1,433)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   11     (11  623        623       623    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            19        19       19    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (6      (6     (6)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (3 (3)   
   

Share-based payment

            20        20       20    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            (2      (2     (2)   
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2013 (restated)

   433     1,344    13,133    (4,681  10,229    5   10,234    
   

Profit for the year

            2,476        2,476    (12 2,464    
   

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            313    (78  235       235    
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            2,789    (78  2,711    (12 2,699    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,503      (1,503     (1,503)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   6     (8  444        442       442    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            14        14       14    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (5      (5     (5)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

            (4      (4  15   11    
   

Share-based payment

            20        20       20    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            7        7       7    
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2014

   439     1,336    14,895    (4,759  11,911    8   11,919    
   

 

  
   

 

1. For further details of other equity reserves, see note 25 on page 129.

2. See note 1 on page 92.

3. Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

  

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of changes in equity

The consolidated statement of changes in equity consolidated cash flow statement, accounting policies, adoptionshows the additions (where it came from) and reductions (where it went) to equity. For us, the main items included here are the profit earned and dividends paid in the year.

Dividends

We paid a total of new accounting standards and£1,503m dividends to shareholders in the notesyear (2012/13: £1,433m) of which £444m (2012/13: £623m) was settled via scrip issues. The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 27.54p, bringing the total dividend for the year to 42.03p, a 2.9% increase on 2012/13. The Directors intend to continue the consolidateddividend policy announced last year of increasing the annual dividend by at least the rate of RPI inflation for the foreseeable future.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements 1 to 37, were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 May 2012 and were signed on its behalf by:

Sir Peter Gershon Chairmanstatements.

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director


 

12288    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14

Consolidated statement

of financial position

as at 31 March

        Notes     

2014

£m

  

2013   
(restated)1

£m   

 
   

 

 
   

Non-current assets

     
   

Goodwill

   9       4,594    5,028     
   

Other intangible assets

   10       669    589     
   

Property, plant and equipment

   11       37,179    36,592     
   

Other non-current assets

   12       87    104     
   

Pension assets

   22       174    195     
   

Financial and other investments

   13       284    278     
   

Investments in joint ventures and associates

   14       351    371     
   

Derivative financial assets

   15       1,557    1,972     
   

 

 
   

Total non-current assets

     44,895    45,129     
   

 

 
   

Current assets

     
   

Inventories and current intangible assets

   16       268    291     
   

Trade and other receivables

   17       2,855    2,910     
   

Financial and other investments

   13       3,599    5,431     
   

Derivative financial assets

   15       413    273     
   

Cash and cash equivalents

   18       354    671     
   

 

 
   

Total current assets

     7,489    9,576     
   

 

 
   

Total assets

     52,384       54,705     
   

 

 
   

Current liabilities

     
   

Borrowings

   19       (3,511  (3,448)    
   

Derivative financial liabilities

   15       (339  (407)    
   

Trade and other payables

   20       (3,031  (3,051)    
   

Current tax liabilities

     (168  (231)    
   

Provisions

   23       (282  (308)    
   

 

 
   

Total current liabilities

     (7,331  (7,445)    
   

 

 
   

Non-current liabilities

     
   

Borrowings

   19          (22,439  (24,647)    
   

Derivative financial liabilities

   15       (824  (1,274)    
   

Other non-current liabilities

   21       (1,841  (1,884)    
   

Deferred tax liabilities

   6       (4,082  (4,077)    
   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   22       (2,585  (3,692)    
   

Provisions

   23       (1,363  (1,452)    
   

 

 
   

Total non-current liabilities

     (33,134  (37,026)    
   

 

 
   

Total liabilities

     (40,465  (44,471)    
   

 

 
   

Net assets

     11,919    10,234     
   

 

 
   

Equity

     
   

Share capital

   24       439    433     
   

Share premium account

     1,336    1,344     
   

Retained earnings

     14,895    13,133     
   

Other equity reserves

   25       (4,759  (4,681)    
   

 

 
   

Shareholders’ equity

     11,911    10,229     
   

Non-controlling interests

     8    5     
   

 

 
   

Total equity

     11,919    10,234     
   

 

 
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 82 to 154 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:

 

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

 

  

   

  

  


 

www.nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

89

 

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position

 

The consolidated statement of financial position sets out all the Group’s assets and liabilities at the year end. As a capital-intensive business, we have significant amounts of physical assets and corresponding borrowings.

  

of £42m, more than offset by foreign exchange movements of £112m and utilisation of £288m in relation to all classes of provisions. Other non-current liabilities decreased by £43m principally due to foreign exchange movements of £47m.

 

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liabilities. See further analysis with the consolidated cash flow statement on page 90.

 

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 (revised) accounting deficit is shown below:

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles decreased by £354m to £5,263m as at 31 March 2014. This decrease primarily relates to foreign exchange movements of £472m and software amortisation of £127m, partially offset by software additions of £179m.

  

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £587m to £37,179m as at 31 March 2014. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,262m on the renewal and extension of our regulated networks, offset by foreign exchange movements of £1,244m, and £1,299m of depreciation in the year.

 

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets have decreased by £31m to £722m. This is principally due to changes in the fair value of our US commodity contract assets and available-for-sale investments.

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables have decreased by £78m to £3,123m at 31 March 2014. This decrease is principally due to foreign exchange movements of £195m, partially offset by an increase in trade and other receivables of £120m mostly due to colder weather in the US in February and March 2014 compared with 2013 resulting in increased billings for commodity costs and customer usage.

 

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables have decreased by £20m to £3,031m due to favourable foreign exchange movements of £150m, partially offset by higher payables in the UK due in part to changes in payment terms with new Gas Distribution strategic partners and increased activity on the Western Link project.

 

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities have decreased by £63m to £168m as at 31 March 2014. This is primarily due to higher tax payments made in 2013/14 although these were partially offset by a larger current year tax charge.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities have increased by £5m to £4,082m as at 31 March 2014. This was primarily due to the impact of the £172m deferred tax charge on actuarial gains (a £179m tax credit in 2012/13) being offset by the impact of the reduction in the UK statutory tax rate for future periods, foreign exchange movements and the reduction in prior year charges.

 

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions (both current and non-current) and other non-current liabilities decreased by £158m to £3,486m as at 31 March 2014.

 

Total provisions decreased by £115m in the year. The underlying movements include additions of £230m primarily relating to a provision for the demolition of certain gas holders in the UK of £79m, restructuring provisions of £86m and other provisions

 

  Net plan liability  

UK 

£m 

  

US 

£m 

  

Total  

£m  

  

 

  As at 1 April 2013 (as restated)  (1,169)  (2,328)  (3,497) 
  Exchange movements  –   186   186  
  Current service cost  (96)  (129)  (225) 
  Net interest cost  (47)  (81)  (128) 
  Curtailments and settlements – LIPA  –   214   214  
  Curtailments and settlements – other  (30)  (12)  (42) 
  Actuarial (losses)/gains      
  

– on plan assets

  (98)  283   185  
  

– on plan liabilities

  452   (152)  300  
  Employer contributions  235   361   596  
  

 

  As at 31 March 2014  (753)  (1,658)  (2,411) 
  

 

  Represented by:      
  

Plan assets

  –   174   174  
  

Plan liabilities

  (753)  (1,832)  (2,585) 
  

 

    (753)      (1,658)      (2,411) 
  

 

  

 

The principal movements in net obligations during the year include a curtailment gain of £214m following the LIPA MSA transition, net actuarial gains of £485m and employer contributions of £596m. Net actuarial gains include actuarial gains on plan liabilities of £542m arising as a consequence of an increase in the UK real discount rate and the nominal discount rate in the US. This is partially offset by actuarial losses of £283m arising from increases in life expectancy in the US. Actuarial (losses)/gains on plan assets reflects the asset allocations in the different plans. In both the UK and US, returns on equities were above the assumed rate; however, UK government securities had negative returns and corporate bonds were close to nil.

 

Further information on our pension and other post-retirement obligations can be found in notes 22 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements. Details of the restatements made for IAS 19 (revised) can be found in note 1.

 

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30 (b) to the consolidated financial statements, and the commitments and contingencies discussed in note 27.

 

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.


 

90    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Consolidated cash flow statement of changes in equity

for the years ended 31 March

    

Called-up

share

capital

£m

   

Share

premium

account

£m

  

Retained

earnings

£m

  

Other

equity

reserves(i)

£m

  

Total

shareholders’

equity

£m

  

Non-

controlling

interests

£m

  

Total

equity

£m

 

At 1 April 2009

   294     1,371    7,135    (4,830  3,970    14    3,984  

Total comprehensive income for the year

            830    49    879    2    881  

Equity dividends

            (893      (893      (893

Scrip dividend related share issue

   4     (5  205        204        204  

Issue of treasury shares

            18        18        18  

Repurchase of share capital and purchase of treasury shares

            (7      (7      (7

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (4  (4

Share-based payment

            25        25        25  

Tax on share-based payment

            3        3        3  

At 31 March 2010

   298     1,366    7,316    (4,781  4,199    12    4,211  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            2,549    (89  2,460    4    2,464  

Rights issue

   113             3,101    3,214        3,214  

Transfer between reserves

            3,101    (3,101            

Equity dividends

            (1,064      (1,064      (1,064

Scrip dividend related share issue

   5     (5  206        206        206  

Issue of treasury shares

            18        18        18  

Purchase of own shares

            (3      (3      (3

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (7  (7

Share-based payment

            25        25        25  

Tax on share-based payment

            5        5        5  

At 31 March 2011

   416     1,361    12,153    (4,870  9,060    9    9,069  

Total comprehensive income for the year

            1,114    35    1,149    2    1,151  

Equity dividends

            (1,319      (1,319      (1,319

Scrip dividend related share issue

   6     (6  313        313        313  

Issue of treasury shares

            13        13        13  

Purchase of own shares

            (4      (4      (4

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (4  (4

Share-based payment

            24        24        24  

Tax on share-based payment

            3        3        3  

At 31 March 2012

   422     1,355    12,297    (4,835  9,239    7    9,246  

 

(i)

     Notes  2014
£m
  2013   
    (restated)1
£m   
   2012   
    (restated)1
£m   
 
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from operating activities

      
 

Total operating profit

   2(b)     3,735    3,749        3,535     
 

Adjustments for:

      
 

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    (71  (110)       (44)    
 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

    1,417    1,361        1,282     
 

Share-based payment charge

    20    20        24     
 

Changes in working capital

    (59  (410)       146     
 

Changes in provisions

    (150  (53)       (116)    
 

Changes in pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

    (323  (408)       (382)    
 

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

    (150  (112)       (205)    
 

Cash flows relating to stranded cost recoveries

        –        247     
 

 

 
 

Cash generated from operations

    4,419    4,037        4,487     
 

Tax paid

    (400  (287)       (259)    
 

 

 
 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

    4,019    3,750        4,228     
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from investing activities

      
 

Acquisition of investments

    (4  (14)       (13)    
 

Proceeds from sale of investments in subsidiaries

        183        365     
 

Purchases of intangible assets

    (179  (175)       (203)    
 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (2,944  (3,214)       (3,147)    
 

Disposals of property, plant and equipment

    4    32        24     
 

Dividends received from joint ventures

    38    21        26     
 

Interest received

    35    29        24     
 

Net movements in short-term financial investments

    1,720    (2,992)       553     
 

 

 
 

Net cash flow used in investing activities

    (1,330  (6,130)       (2,371)    
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from financing activities

      
 

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares

    14    19        13     
 

Purchase of own shares

    (5  (6)       (4)    
 

Proceeds received from loans

    1,134    5,062        1,809     
 

Repayment of loans

    (2,192  (1,210)       (1,914)    
 

Net movements in short-term borrowings and derivatives

    37    452        (49)    
 

Interest paid

    (901  (792)       (749)    
 

Dividends paid to shareholders

    (1,059  (810)       (1,006)    
 

 

 
 

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

       (2,972  2,715        (1,900)    
 

 

 
 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

   26(a)     (283  335        (43)    
 

Exchange movements

    (26  14        –     
 

Net cash and cash equivalents at start of year

    648    299        342     
 

 

 
 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year2

   18    339    648        299     
 

 

 
 

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

2. Net of bank overdrafts of £15m (2013: £23m; 2012: £33m).

 

      


For further details of other equity reserves, see note 26.

LOGO

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

91

  

 

Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement

 

  
  

 

The consolidated cash flow statement shows how the cash balance has moved during the year. Cash inflows and outflows are presented to allow users to understand how they relate to the day-to-day operations of the business (operating activities); the money that has been spent or earned on assets in the year, including acquisitions of physical assets or other businesses (investing activities); and the cash raised from debt or share issues and other loan borrowings or repayments (financing activities).

 

  

receivables increased due to colder weather in the US in February and March 2014, cash outflows relating to exceptional items were £38m higher due to reorganisation in the UK and LIPA MSA transition costs in the US.

 

Net capital expenditure

Net capital expenditure in the year of £3,119m was £238m lower than the prior year. This was a result of lower spend in our UK regulated businesses, the impact of the weaker dollar, and reduced capital spend on the US enterprise resource system in 2013/14.

 

Net interest paid

Net interest paid in 2013/14 was £866m, £103m higher than 2012/13, due to higher average net debt levels.

 

Tax paid

Tax paid in the year to 31 March 2014 was £400m, £113m higher than prior year. This reflected higher tax payments in the UK on higher taxable profits.

 

Net acquisitions and disposals

There were no material acquisitions or disposals in the year. The year ended 31 March 2013 included proceeds received on the disposal of our gas and electricity businesses in New Hampshire in the US.

 

Dividends paid

Dividends paid in the year ended 31 March 2014 amounted to £1,059m. This was £249m higher than 2012/13, reflecting the 4% increase in the final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2013 paid in August 2013, together with a lower average scrip dividend take-up in the year. Given the relatively high scrip uptake for the dividend paid in August 2013, no scrip option was offered for the interim dividend paid in January 2014.

 

Other cash movements

Other cash flows principally arise from dividends from joint ventures and movements in treasury shares.

 

Non-cash movements

The non-cash movements are predominantly due to the change in foreign exchange arising on net debt held in currencies other than sterling. In the year ended 31 March 2014, the dollar weakened from $1.52 at 31 March 2013 to $1.67 at 31 March 2014. This has caused a reduction in the sterling value of net debt.

 

Other non-cash movements are from changes in fair values of financial assets and liabilities and interest accretions and accruals.

 

Net debt

 

Net debt at 31 March

£m

 

LOGO

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

 

  
  

 

Reconciliation of cash flow to net debt

   
      2014     2013     
      £m     £m     
  

 

   
  

Cash generated from operations

  4,419     4,037     
  

Net capital expenditure

  (3,119)    (3,357)    
  

 

   
  

Business net cash flow

  1,300     680     
  

 

   
  

Net interest paid

  (866)    (763)    
  

Tax paid

  (400)    (287)    
  

Net acquisitions and disposals

  (4)    169     
  

Dividends paid

  (1,059)    (810)    
  

Other cash movements

  47     34     
  

Non-cash movements

  1,221     (855)    
  

 

   
  

Decrease/(increase) in net debt

  239     (1,832)    
  

 

   
  

Opening net debt

  (21,429)    (19,597)    
  

 

   
  

Closing net debt

  (21,190)    (21,429)     
  

 

    
  

 

Cash generated from operations

 

Cash generated from operations

£m

LOGO

 

Cash flows from our operations are largely stable when viewed over the longer term. Our electricity and gas transmission and distribution operations in the UK and US are subject to multi-year rate agreements with regulators. In the UK, we have largely stable intra-year cash flows. However, in the US our short-term cash flows are dependent on the price of gas and electricity and the timing of customer payments. The regulatory mechanisms for recovering costs from customers can result in significant cash flow swings from year to year. Changes in volumes in the US, for example as a consequence of abnormally mild or extreme weather can affect cash flows, particularly in the winter months.

 

For the year ended 31 March 2014, cash flow from operations increased by £382m to £4,419m.

 

Adjusted operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment was £81m higher year on year. Changes in working capital improved by £351m over the prior year, principally in the US due to the collection of receivables from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy. Partially offsetting this improvement,

     


92    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1232013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements

  

1.Adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’

 

  

 

This note sets out the impact that the required adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ has had on our previously reported results. It provides details of the originally reported and the restated figures.

 

  

 

During the year, the Group adopted IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. The adoption constitutes a change in accounting policy and therefore the comparative information has been restated.

 

The standard requires past service costs to be recognised immediately in profit or loss and all actuarial gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as they occur. The standard also replaces the interest cost on the DB obligation and the expected return on plan assets with a net interest cost based on the net DB asset or liability and the discount rate, measured at the beginning of the year. The impact on the Group for the years ended 31 March 2013 and 31 March 2012 is set out in the table below:

 

      

    As previously reported    

  

Restatement for

IAS 19 (revised)

  

As restated

      

    31 March 

2013 

£m 

  

  31 March   
2012   

£m   

  

    31 March 

2013 

£m 

  

    31 March   
2012   

£m   

  

    31 March 
2013 

£m 

  

    31 March  

2012  

£m  

  

 

  

Consolidated income statement

            
  Operating costs  (10,605)  (10,293)    (5)  (4)    (10,610)  (10,297) 
  Total operating profit  3,754   3,539     (5)  (4)    3,749   3,535  
  Total finance income  1,252   1,301     (1,222)  (1,273)    30   28  
  Total finance costs  (2,104)  (2,288)    1,018   1,100     (1,086)  (1,188) 
  Total profit before tax  2,920   2,559     (209)  (177)    2,711   2,382  
  Total taxation  (624)  (521)    67   58     (557)  (463) 
  Profit for the year  2,296   2,038     (142)  (119)    2,154   1,919  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of financial position

            
  Deferred tax liabilities  (4,076)  (3,738)    (1)  2     (4,077)  (3,736) 
  Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations  (3,694)  (3,088)      (5)    (3,692)  (3,093) 
  Total non-current liabilities  (37,027)  (31,998)      (3)    (37,026)  (32,001) 
  Total liabilities  (44,472)  (38,089)      (3)    (44,471)  (38,092) 
  Retained earnings  13,132   12,297       (3)    13,133   12,294  
  Total equity  10,233   9,246       (3)    10,234   9,243  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

            
  Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations  (930)  (1,325)    216   185     (714)  (1,140) 
  

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

  249   403     (70)  (61)    179   342  
  Total comprehensive income for the year  1,769   1,151       5     1,773   1,156  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

            
  Other comprehensive income  (527)  (887)    146   124     (381)  (763) 
  Total comprehensive income for the year  1,769   1,151       5     1,773   1,156  
  

 

  Consolidated cash flow statement            
  Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations  (413)  (386)      4     (408)  (382) 
  

 

  EPS – basic  62.6p   55.6p     (4.8)p   (4.0)p     57.8p   51.6p  
  EPS – diluted  62.3p   55.4p     (4.8)p   (4.1)p     57.5p   51.3p  
  

 

  

 

The restated amounts for EPS in the above table reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends. The effect of the change in accounting policy on the statement of cash flows was immaterial, with no impact on the cash position at any of the reporting dates.

 

We have revised our pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations disclosures in notes 22 and 29 to provide greater clarity by separately presenting our UK and US pension plans due to their different risk profiles.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

93

 

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the years ended 31 March

 

 

    Notes         

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2010

£m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

            

Total operating profit

   1(b     3,539      3,745      3,293  

Adjustments for:

            

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   3       (44    (145    (172

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

       1,282      1,245      1,188  

Share-based payment charge

       24      25      25  

Changes in working capital

       146      185      431  

Changes in provisions

       (116    (93    (98

Changes in pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

       (386    (304    (521

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

       (205    (147    (135

Cash flows relating to stranded cost recoveries

            247       343       361  

Cash generated from operations

       4,487      4,854      4,372  

Tax (paid)/received

            (259     4       144  

Net cash inflow from operating activities

            4,228       4,858       4,516  

Cash flows from investing activities

            

Acquisition of investments

       (13    (135    (86

Net proceeds from sale of investments in subsidiaries

       365      11      6  

Purchases of intangible assets

       (203    (176    (104

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

       (3,147    (2,958    (3,007

Disposals of property, plant and equipment

       24      26      15  

Dividends received from joint ventures

       26      9      18  

Interest received

       24      26      21  

Net movements in short-term financial investments

            553       (1,577     805  

Net cash flow used in investing activities

            (2,371     (4,774     (2,332

Cash flows from financing activities

            

Proceeds of rights issue

             3,214        

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares

       13      18      18  

Purchase of own shares

       (4    (3    (7

Proceeds from loans received

       1,809      767      1,933  

Repayment of loans

       (1,914    (2,878    (2,257

Net movements in short-term borrowings and derivatives

       (49    348      (175

Interest paid

       (749    (965    (1,003

Exceptional finance costs on the redemption of debt

             (73    (33

Dividends paid to shareholders

            (1,006     (858     (688

Net cash flow used in financing activities

            (1,900     (430     (2,212

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   27(a     (43    (346    (28

Exchange movements

             (3    (1

Net cash and cash equivalents at start of year

            342       691       720  

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year (i)

   17         299       342       691  

2.Segmental analysis

 

(i)Net of bank overdrafts of £33m (2011: £42m; 2010: £29m).

This note sets out the financial performance for the year split into the different parts of the business (operating segments). We monitor and manage the performance of these operating segments on a day-to-day basis.

 

124Our strategy in action

We own a portfolio of businesses that range from cash generative developed assets with minimal investment requirements (such as National Grid plcAnnual ReportMetering, included within Other activities) to businesses with high levels of investment and Accounts 2011/12growth (such as UK Electricity Transmission).


 

www.nationalgrid.com

We generate 95% of our revenue from our regulated businesses in the UK and US. We work with our regulators to obtain agreements that balance the risks we face with the opportunity to deliver reasonable returns for our investors. When investing in non-regulated businesses we aim to leverage our core capabilities to deliver higher returns for investors.

 

Our regulated businesses earn revenue for the transmission, distribution and generation services they have provided during the year. In any one year, the revenue recognised may differ from that allowed under our regulatory agreements and any such timing differences are adjusted through future prices. Our non-regulated businesses earn revenue in line with their contractual terms.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statements

1. Segmental analysis

Revenue primarily represents the sales value derived from the generation, transmission and distribution of energy, together with the sales value derived from the provision of other services to customers and, previously, recovery of US stranded costs during the year. It excludes value added (sales) tax and intra-group sales.

Revenue includes an assessment of unbilled energy and transportation services supplied to customers between the date of the last meter reading and the year end. This is estimated based on historical consumption and weather patterns.

Where revenue exceeds the maximum amount permitted by regulatory agreement and adjustments will be made to future prices to reflect this over-recovery, no liability is recognised, as such an adjustment relates to the provision of future services. Similarly no asset is recognised where a regulatory agreement permits adjustments to be made to future prices in respect of an under-recovery.

US stranded costs were various generation-related costs incurred prior to the divestiture of generation assets beginning in the late 1990s and costs of legacy contracts that are being recovered from customers. The Boardrecovery of Directors is National Grid’s chiefstranded costs and other amounts allowed to be collected from customers under regulatory arrangements was recognised in the period in which these amounts were recoverable from customers. The recovery of stranded costs was substantially completed at 31 March 2012.

We present revenue and the results of the business analysed by operating decision making body (as defined by IFRS 8 on operating segments). The segmental analysis issegment, based on the information the Board of Directors uses internally for the purposes of evaluating the performance of operating segments and determining resource allocation between operating segments. The Board is National Grid’s chief operating decision-making body (as defined by IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’) and assesses the performance of operating segments is assessedoperations principally on the basis of operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. The following table describes the main activities for each operating segment:recoveries (see note 4).

 

Following the commencement of new RIIO regulatory arrangements in the UK, we have changed the way in which we report our operational and financial performance. We have reviewed our segmental disclosure for the year ended 31 March 2014 with the separation of our UK Transmission segment into two new segments: UK Electricity Transmission and UK Gas Transmission. We have also moved the Great Britain-France electricity interconnector from UK Electricity Transmission to Other activities. The information given in this note for the years ended 31 March 2013 and 2012 has been restated to provide a like-for-like comparison.


UK Transmission High voltage electricity transmission networks, the gas transmission network in Great Britain, UK liquefied natural gas (LNG) storage activities and the French electricity interconnector.
UK Gas DistributionFour of the eight regional networks of Great Britain’s gas distribution system.
US RegulatedGas distribution networks, electricity distribution networks and high voltage electricity transmission networks in New York and New England and electricity generation facilities in New York.

Other activities primarily relate to non-regulated businesses and other commercial operations not included within the above segments, including: UK based gas and electricity metering activities (including OnStream up to the date it was sold on 24 October 2011); UK property management; a UK LNG import terminal; other LNG operations; US unregulated transmission pipelines; US gas fields (related to Seneca-Upshur up to the date it was sold on 3 October 2011); together with corporate activities.

Sales between operating segments are priced having regard to the regulatory and legal requirements to which the businesses are subject. The analysis of revenue by geographical area is on the basis of destination. There are no material sales between the UK and US geographical areas.

As a consequence of the introduction of a new operating model, which took effect on 4 April 2011, there has been a change to the reported segments: the US Transmission, US Gas Distribution and US Electricity Distribution & Generation segments which were presented as separate segments in prior periods, have been combined and are reported as a single ‘US Regulated’ segment.

(a) Revenue

        

Total

sales

2012

£m

   

Sales

between

segments

2012

£m

  

Sales

to third

parties

2012

£m

       

Total

sales

2011

£m

   

Sales

between

segments

2011

£m

  

Sales

to third

parties

2011

£m

       

Total

sales

2010

£m

   

Sales

between

segments

2010

£m

  

Sales

to third

parties

2010

£m

 

Operating segments

                     

UK Transmission

     3,804     (5  3,799       3,484     (7  3,477       3,475     (6  3,469  

UK Gas Distribution

     1,605     (52  1,553       1,524     (60  1,464       1,518     (70  1,448  

US Regulated

     7,795         7,795       8,746         8,746       8,372         8,372  

Other activities

      715     (30  685        678     (22  656        741     (23  718  
       13,919     (87  13,832        14,432     (89  14,343        14,106     (99  14,007  

Total excluding stranded
cost recoveries

        13,553          13,988          13,631  

Stranded cost recoveries

               279                 355                 376  
                13,832                 14,343                 14,007  

Geographical areas

                     

UK

        6,000          5,556          5,543  

US

               7,832                 8,787                 8,464  
                13,832                 14,343                 14,007  

Where revenue received or receivable exceeds the maximum amount permitted by regulatory agreement and adjustments will be made to future prices to reflect the over-recovery, no liability is recognised. Similarly, no asset is recognised where a regulatory agreement permits adjustments to be made to future prices in respect of an under-recovery. In the UK, there was an under-recovery of £26m at 31 March 2012 (2011: £34m; 2010: £100m). In the US, under-recoveries and other regulatory entitlements to future revenue amounted to £1,429m at 31 March 2012 (2011: £1,618m; 2010: £2,333m).

LOGO

 

94    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1252013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

2. Segmental analysiscontinued

The following table describes the main activities for each operating segment:

 

  

 

  UK Electricity Transmission  High voltage electricity transmission networks in Great Britain.
  

 

  UK Gas Transmission  The gas transmission network in Great Britain and UK LNG storage activities.
  

 

  UK Gas Distribution  Four of the eight regional networks of Great Britain’s gas distribution system.
  

 

  US Regulated  Gas distribution networks, electricity distribution networks and high voltage electricity transmission networks in New York and New England (including EnergyNorth and Granite State up to the date they were sold on 3 July 2012) and electricity generation facilities in New York and Massachusetts.
  

 

  

 

Other activities primarily relate to non-regulated businesses and other commercial operations not included within the above segments, including: the Great Britain-France electricity interconnector; UK-based gas metering activities; UK property management; a UK LNG import terminal; US LNG operations; US unregulated transmission pipelines; together with corporate activities.

 

Sales between operating segments are priced considering the regulatory and legal requirements to which the businesses are subject. The analysis of revenue by geographical area is on the basis of destination. There are no material sales between the UK and US geographical areas.

 

(a) Revenue

 

      2014  

2013

  

2012

      Total
    sales
£m
  Sales 
between 
  segments 
£m 
  Sales    
to third    
parties    
£m    
  

Total   

sales   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

between   

segments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

to third   

parties   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Total   

sales   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

between   

segments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

to third   

parties   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

                  
  

UK Electricity Transmission

  3,387  (14)  3,373     3,110    (15)   3,095    2,811    (16)   2,795  
  

UK Gas Transmission

  941  (104)  837     1,118    (89)   1,029    983    (8)   975  
  

UK Gas Distribution

  1,898  (49)  1,849     1,714    (47)   1,667    1,605    (52)   1,553  
  

US Regulated

  8,040  –   8,040     7,918    –    7,918    7,795    –    7,795  
  

Other activities

  736  (26)  710     678    (28)   650    744    (30)   714  
  

 

    15,002  (193)      14,809     14,538    (179)       14,359    13,938    (106)       13,832  
  

 

  

Total excluding stranded cost recoveries

      14,809         14,359        13,553  
  

Stranded cost recoveries

      –         –        279  
  

 

        14,809         14,359        13,832  
  

 

                    
  

 

  

Geographical areas

                  
  

UK

      6,759         6,421        6,000  
  

US

      8,050         7,938        7,832  
  

 

        14,809         14,359        13,832  
  

 

  

 

1. Restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

95

  2. Segmental analysiscontinued
  (b) Operating profit              
  

A reconciliation of the operating segments’ measure of profit to total profit before tax is provided below. Further details of the exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are provided in note 4.

 

      Before exceptional items,
remeasurements and stranded
cost recoveries
       After exceptional items,
remeasurements and stranded
cost recoveries
      

2014 

£m 

   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

       

2014 

£m 

   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

              
  

UK Electricity Transmission

   1,087      1,049        876          1,027      1,020       876   
  

UK Gas Transmission

   417      531        453          406      517       453   
  

UK Gas Distribution

   904      794        763          780      763       739   
  

US Regulated

   1,125      1,254        1,192          1,388      1,438       1,156   
  

Other activities

   131      11        207          134      11       311   
  

 

     3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

 

  

Geographical areas

              
  

UK

   2,723      2,530        2,347          2,531      2,456       2,351   
  

US

   941      1,109        1,144          1,204      1,293       1,184   
  

 

     3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

 

  

Reconciliation to profit before tax

              
  

Operating profit

   3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

Finance income

   36      30        28          36      30       28   
  

Finance costs

   (1,144)     (1,154)       (1,118)         (1,051)     (1,086)      (1,188)  
  

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   28      18        7          28      18       7   
  

 

  

Profit before tax

   2,584      2,533        2,408          2,748      2,711       2,382   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92. Also restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

  

 

(c) Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation

 
      Capital expenditure       Depreciation and amortisation
      2014
£m
   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

       2014 
£m 
   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

              
  

UK Electricity Transmission

   1,381     1,430        1,153          (343)     (323)      (281)  
  

UK Gas Transmission

   181     249        235          (172)     (162)      (146)  
  

UK Gas Distribution

   480     666        645          (271)     (261)      (251)  
  

US Regulated

   1,219     1,124        1,052          (419)     (430)      (411)  
  

Other activities

   180     217        290          (211)     (185)      (183)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

Geographical areas

              
  

UK

   2,155     2,471        2,217          (938)     (902)      (849)  
  

US

   1,286     1,215        1,158          (478)     (459)      (423)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

By asset type

              
  

Property, plant and equipment

   3,262     3,511        3,172          (1,289)     (1,260)      (1,193)  
  

Non-current intangible assets

   179     175        203          (127)     (101)      (79)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

 

1. Restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

  

 

Total non-current assets other than derivative financial assets, financial and other investments, deferred tax assets and pension assets located in the UK and US were £24,531m and £18,349m respectively as at 31 March 2014 (31 March 2013: UK £23,344m, US £19,340m; 31 March 2012: UK £21,793m, US £17,666m).

 


96    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

 

 

NotesUnaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment

We have summarised the results of our principal operating segments here by segment to provide direct reference to the consolidated financial statements continued

1. Segmentalresults as disclosed in note 2. This analysis continued

(b) Operating profit

A reconciliation of thehas been performed based on operating segments’ measure of profit to total profit before tax is provided below. Further details of the exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are providedas set out in note 3.2 (b).

 

   

Before exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

     

After exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Operating segments

         

UK Transmission

   1,354    1,363    1,311      1,354    1,293    1,252  

UK Gas Distribution

   763    711    723      739    671    682  

US Regulated

   1,190    1,407    941      1,154    1,704    1,300  

Other activities

   188    119    146       292    77    59  
    3,495    3,600    3,121       3,539    3,745    3,293  

Geographical areas

         

UK

   2,353    2,226    2,180      2,357    2,055    2,007  

US

   1,142    1,374    941       1,182    1,690    1,286  
    3,495    3,600    3,121       3,539    3,745    3,293  

Reconciliation to profit before tax:

         

Operating profit

   3,495    3,600    3,121      3,539    3,745    3,293  

Interest income and similar income

   1,301    1,281    1,005      1,301    1,324    1,005  

Interest expense and other finance costs

   (2,218  (2,415  (2,160    (2,288  (2,452  (2,113

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   7    7    8       7    7    8  

Profit before tax

   2,585    2,473    1,974       2,559    2,624    2,193  

 

(c) Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation

 

  

   Capital expenditure     Depreciation and amortisation 
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Operating segments

         

UK Transmission

   1,397    1,432    1,254      (431  (400  (373

UK Gas Distribution

   645    669    670      (251  (218  (201

US Regulated

   1,052    1,092    1,021      (411  (445  (447

Other activities

   281    275    307       (179  (189  (173
    3,375    3,468    3,252       (1,272  (1,252  (1,194

Geographical areas

         

UK

   2,217    2,310    2,187      (849  (789  (733

US

   1,158    1,158    1,065       (423  (463  (461
    3,375    3,468    3,252       (1,272  (1,252  (1,194

By asset type

         

Property, plant and equipment

   3,172    3,292    3,148      (1,193  (1,182  (1,131

Non-current intangible assets

   203    176    104       (79  (70  (63
    3,375    3,468    3,252       (1,272  (1,252  (1,194

US Regulated

Revenue in our US Regulated businesses was £122m higher at £8,040m, and adjusted operating profit fell by £129m to £1,125m.

The weaker dollar reduced operating profit in the year by £38m. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net regulated income fell by £52m, principally due to the end of deferral income recoveries for Niagara Mohawk at 31 March 2013. Timing differences added another £29m profit compared with prior year. Regulated controllable costs increased by £89m at constant currency as a result of inflation and wage increases, higher insurance costs post Superstorm Sandy, and cost true-ups identified during the implementation of new financial systems. Other operating costs (excluding major storms) increased by £61m at constant currency due to the higher cost of non-major storm remediation, higher property taxes and depreciation of the new US enterprise resource system.

There were no major storms affecting our operations in the year ended 31 March 2014. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, reduced operating profit within US Regulated by £82m at constant currency.

Our capital investment programme continues in the US, with a further £1,219m invested in 2013/14, including gas leak reduction programmes and gas growth and connection spend.

 

126Other activities

Revenue in Other activities increased by £58m to £736m in the year ended 31 March 2014. Adjusted operating profit was £120m higher at £131m.

There was no repeat of the major storm cost of £51m incurred in our insurance captive in the prior year due to Superstorm Sandy. Operating profit in the French interconnector was £62m higher as a result of strong auction revenues this year. In our other non-regulated businesses, adjusted operating profit was £7m higher due to improved results in our UK metering business and insurance captive, partially offset by higher costs associated with the stabilisation of the new US enterprise resource system.

Capital expenditure in our Other activities was £37m lower at £180m, principally reflecting reduced capital spend on the new US enterprise resource system.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

UK Electricity Transmission

For the year ended 31 March 2014, revenue in the UK Electricity Transmission segment increased by £277m, and adjusted operating profit increased by £38m.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £170m higher, reflecting increases in allowed revenues under the new RIIO regulatory framework. This was partially offset by under-recoveries of revenue in the year of £60m compared with over-recoveries of £29m in the prior year. Regulated controllable costs were £27m higher due to inflation, legal fees and one-off credits in the prior year. Depreciation and amortisation was £20m higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £1,381m). Other costs were £4m lower than prior year.

UK Gas Transmission

Revenue in the UK Gas Transmission segment decreased by £177m in 2013/14 to £941m and adjusted operating profit fell by £114m to £417m.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £80m lower, with lower permit income than prior year under the new RIIO arrangements. In addition, under-recoveries in the year of £21m compared with over-recoveries last year of £17m, gave rise to an adverse timing movement of £38m. Depreciation and amortisation was £10m higher due to investment, with £181m invested in the year. Partially offsetting these, other operating costs were £14m lower.

UK Gas Distribution

UK Gas Distribution revenue increased by £184m in the year to £1,898m, and adjusted operating profit increased to £904m from £794m in 2012/13.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £96m higher, reflecting increases in allowed revenues under the new RIIO regulatory framework. Timing differences added another £39m, with £29m over-recoveries in 2013/14, compared with a £10m under-recovery in the prior year. Partially offsetting these, regulated controllable costs were £14m higher primarily due to inflation. Depreciation and amortisation was £10m higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £480m). Other costs were £1m higher than prior year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

97

  

3.Operating costs

 

  

 

Below we have presented separately certain items included in our operating costs. These include a breakdown of payroll costs (including disclosure of amounts paid to key management personnel) and fees paid to our auditors.

 

  

 

Rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

     

 

Before exceptional items,

    remeasurements and stranded    

cost recoveries

   

Exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

   Total
     

      2014

£m

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

   

2014 

£m 

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

   

2014

£m

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Depreciation and amortisation

 1,416 1,361    1,267     –  –    5     1,416 1,361    1,272   
  

Payroll costs

 1,373 1,434    1,381     59  22    82     1,432 1,456    1,463   
  

Purchases of electricity

 1,513 1,251    1,356     (49) (111)   89     1,464 1,140    1,445   
  

Purchases of gas

 1,722 1,384    1,518     33  (69)   5     1,755 1,315    1,523   
  

Rates and property taxes

 963 969    955     –  –    –     963 969    955   
  

Balancing Services Incentive Scheme

 872 805    818     –  –    –     872 805    818   
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 630 487    407     –  –    –     630 487    407   
  

Other

 2,656 3,029    2,360     (114) 48    54     2,542 3,077    2,414   
  

 

   11,145 10,720    10,062     (71) (110)   235     11,074 10,610    10,297   
  

 

  

Operating costs include:

           
  

Inventory consumed

         422 389    360   
  

Operating leases

         115 109    97   
  

Research and development expenditure

         12 15    15   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  

 

(a) Payroll costs

                     

      2014 

£m 

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Wages and salaries2

         1,575  1,596    1,566   
  

Social security costs

         126  120    116   
  

Pension costs (note 22)

         245  231    231   
  

Share-based payment

         20  20    24   
  

Severance costs (excluding pension costs)

         30  16    35   
  

 

           1,996  1,983    1,972   
  

Less: payroll costs capitalised

         (564) (527)   (509)  
  

 

           1,432  1,456    1,463   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  

 

2. Included within wages and salaries are US other post-retirement benefit costs of £44m (2013: £43m; 2012: £60m). For further information refer to note 22 on page 122.

  

 

(b) Number of employees

 

                 31 March
2014
Number
     Monthly   
average   
2014   
Number   
 

    31 March 

2013 

Number1

   

    Monthly 

average 

2013 

Number1

 

31 March 

2012 

Number1

 

Monthly   

average   

2012   
Number1  

  

 

  

UK

     9,693 9,641    9,990   9,816  9,696  9,769   
  

US

     14,216 15,094    15,438   15,555  15,843  16,080   
  

 

       23,909 24,735    25,428   25,371  25,539  25,849   
  

 

  

 

1. Comparatives have been re-presented on a basis consistent with the current year classification.

 

The vast majority of employees in the US are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission, distribution and generation of electricity or the distribution of gas, while those in the UK are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission and distribution of gas or the transmission of electricity. At 31 March 2014, there were 2,044 (2013: 2,151; 2012: 2,357) employees in other operations, excluding shared services.

 


98    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

 

Notes to the consolidated

2. Operating costsfinancial statementscontinued

  3. Operating costscontinued      
  (c) Key management compensation      
      

        2014

£m

   

        2013

£m

   

        2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Short-term employee benefits

   9     8     10    
  

Post-employment benefits

   1     3     6    
  

Share-based payment

   5     5     5    
  

 

 
     15     16     21    
  

 

 
  

 

Key management compensation relates to the Board of Directors, including the Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors for the years presented.

   

  

 

(d) Directors’ emoluments

      
  Details of Directors’ emoluments are contained in the audited part of the Remuneration Report, which forms part of these financial statements.  
  

 

(e) Auditors’ remuneration

      
  

Auditors’ remuneration is presented below in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and the principal accountant fees and services disclosure requirements of Item 16C of Form 20-F.

 

   

      

2014

£m

   

2013

£m

   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Audit fees1payable to the parent Company’s auditors and their associates in respect of:

      
  

Audit of the parent Company’s individual and consolidated financial statements

   0.9     1.1     1.1    
  

The auditing of accounts of any associate of the Company

   7.8     6.0     5.2    
  

Other services supplied2

   2.3     2.7     2.3    
  

 

 
     11.0     9.8     8.6    
  

 

 
  

Total other services3

      
  

Tax fees4

      
  

Tax compliance services

   0.5     0.5     0.5    
  

Tax advisory services

   0.3     0.3     0.2    
  

All other fees5

      
  

Other assurance services

   0.1     0.1     0.3    
  

Services relating to corporate finance transactions not covered above

        0.3     0.2    
  

Other non-audit services not covered above

   0.8     1.1     2.6    
  

 

 
     1.7     2.3     3.8    
  

 

 
  

Total auditors’ remuneration

   12.7     12.1     12.4    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Audit fees in each year represent fees for the audit of the Company’s financial statements and regulatory reporting for the years ended 31 March 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the review of interim financial statements for the six month periods ended 30 September 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

    

  

 

2. Other services supplied represent fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required to be carried out by the auditors. In particular, this includes fees for reports under section 404 of the US Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) and audit reports on regulatory returns.

    

  

 

3. There were no audit related fees as described in Item 16C(b) of Form 20-F.

  

  

 

4. Tax fees include amounts charged for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. Total tax fees for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £0.8m (2013: £0.8m; 2012: £0.7m).

   

  

 

5. All other fees include amounts relating to the review of US pensions and other post-retirement benefits census data and sundry services, all of which have been subject to approval by the Audit Committee. Total other fees for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £0.9m (2013: £1.5m; 2012: £3.1m).

    

  

 

In addition, fees of £0.1m were incurred in 2014 in relation to the audits of the pension schemes of the Company (2013: £0.1m; 2012: £0.1m).

  

  

 

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the Audit Committee is solely and directly responsible for the approval of the appointment, reappointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s independent auditors. It is our policy that the Audit Committee must approve in advance all non-audit work to be performed by the independent auditors to ensure that the service will not compromise auditor independence. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002.

 

     


Strategic Report

 

   

Before exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

     

Exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

     

Total

 
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   1,267     1,245     1,188      5     7    6      1,272    1,252    1,194  

Payroll costs

   1,389     1,460     1,354      82     36    48      1,471    1,496    1,402  

Purchases of electricity

   1,356     1,547     1,592      89     (65  (19    1,445    1,482    1,573  

Purchases of gas

   1,518     2,102     2,294      5     (82  (52    1,523    2,020    2,242  

Rates and property taxes

   955     945     907                     955    945    907  

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

   818     581     691                     818    581    691  

Payments to other UK network owners

   407     298     260                     407    298    260  

Other

   2,348     2,210     2,224       54     314    221       2,402    2,524    2,445  
    10,058     10,388     10,510       235     210    204       10,293    10,598    10,714  

Operating costs include:

                 

Inventory consumed

                360    451    475  

Operating leases

                97    89    87  

Research expenditure

                                    15    16    19  

 

(a) Payroll costs

 

  

                                       

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Wages and salaries (i)

                1,597    1,592    1,596  

Social security costs

                116    119    120  

Pension costs (note 23)

                208    208    161  

Share-based payments (note 35)

                24    25    25  

Severance costs (excluding pension costs)

  

                               35    56    16  
                1,980    2,000    1,918  

Less: payroll costs capitalised

                                    (509  (504  (516
                                     1,471    1,496    1,402  

 

(i)   Included within wages and salaries are US other post-retirement benefit costs of £66m (2011: £11m; 2010: £41m). For further

      information refer to note 23.

  

  

 

(b) Number of employees

 

  

                               

31 March

2012

Number

      

Average

2012

Number

  

31 March

2011

Number

  

Average

2011

Number

 

UK

             9,675      9,704    9,807    9,953  

US

                             15,970       16,377    17,282    17,719  
                              25,645       26,081    27,089    27,672  

 

The vast majority of employees in the US are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission, distribution and generation of electricity or the distribution of gas, while those in the UK are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission and distribution of gas or the transmission of electricity. At 31 March 2012, there were 2,357 (2011: 2,597) employees in other operations, excluding shared services.

    

 

(c) Key management compensation

 

  

                                       

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

  

              10    10    10  

Post-retirement benefits

                6    6    4  

Share-based payments

                                    5    6    5  
                                     21    22    19  

Key management compensation relates to the Board of Directors, including the Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors for the years presented.Corporate Governance

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc127


Financial Statements

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAdditional Information

 

2. Operating costs continued99

 

(d) Directors’ emoluments

Details of Directors’ emoluments are contained in the auditable part of the Remuneration Report, which forms part of these financial statements.

(e) Auditors’ remuneration

Auditors’ remuneration presented in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006:

        2012
£m
      2011
£m
       2010
£m
 

Total services pursuant to legislation

           

Audit services:

           

Audit of parent company and consolidated financial statements

     1.1      1.0       1.1  

Other services pursuant to legislation (i):

           

Audit of subsidiary financial statements

     5.2      4.8       5.4  

Other services supplied

     2.3      2.1       1.9  
       8.6       7.9        8.4  

Total other services

           

Services relating to tax compliance

     0.5      0.5       0.6  

Services relating to tax advice

     0.2      0.4       0.8  

Services relating to information technology

     0.2      0.2         

Services relating to corporate finance transactions

     0.2      0.4       0.4  

All other services (ii)

      2.7       1.2        0.8  
     3.8      2.7       2.6  

Total auditors’ remuneration

      12.4       10.6        11.0  

(i)Other services supplied pursuant to legislation represent fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required to be carried out by the auditors. In particular, this includes fees for reports under section 404 of the US Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) and audit reports on regulatory returns.

 

(ii)All other services include fees relating to assurance provided on transformation initiatives and sundry services, all of which have been subject to prior approval by the Audit Committee.

In addition, fees of £0.1m were incurred in 2012 in relation to the audits of the pension schemes of the Company (2011: £0.1m; 2010: £0.1m).

Principal accountant fees and services presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements of Item 16C of Form 20-F:

 

        2012
£m
      2011
£m
       2010
£m
 

Audit fees (i)

     8.6      7.9       8.4  

Audit related fees (ii)

                  0.2  

Tax fees (iii)

     0.7      0.9       1.4  

All other fees (iv)

     3.1      1.8       1.0  

Total auditors’ remuneration

      12.4       10.6        11.0  

(i)Audit fees in each year represent fees for the audit of the Company’s financial statements and regulatory reporting for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the review of interim financial statements for the six month periods ended 30 September 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

(ii)Audit related fees comprise assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements but are not disclosed under audit fees above.

(iii)Tax fees include amounts charged for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

(iv)All other fees include amounts relating to assurance provided on transformation initiatives and sundry services, all of which have been subject to prior approval by the Audit Committee.

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the Audit Committee is solely and directly responsible for the approval of the appointment, reappointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s independent auditors. It is our policy that the Audit Committee must approve in advance all non-audit work to be performed by the independent auditors.

All of the above services were pre approved by the Audit Committee.

128National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

3. Exceptional4.Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

 

       

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2010

£m

 

Included within operating profit:

         

Exceptional items:

         

Restructuring costs(1)

    (101    (89    (149

Environmental charges(2)

    (55    (128    (63

Net gain on disposal of businesses(3)

    97      15      11  

Impairment charges and related costs(4)

    (64    (133      

Other(5)

     1       (15     (67
    (122    (350    (268

Remeasurements – commodity contracts(6)

    (94    147      71  

Stranded cost recoveries(7)

     260       348       369  
      44       145       172  

Included within interest income and similar income:

         

Exceptional items:

         

Interest credit on tax settlement(8)

            43         

Included within finance costs:

         

Exceptional items:

 ��       

Debt redemption costs(9)

       (73    (33

Remeasurements:

         

Commodity contracts(6)

                (1

Net (losses)/gains on derivative financial instruments(10)

     (70     36       81  
      (70     (37     47  

Total included within profit before tax

     (26     151       219  

Included within taxation:

         

Exceptional credits/(charges) arising on items not included in profit before tax:

         

Deferred tax credit arising on the reduction in the UK tax rate(11)

    242      226        

Other(12,13)

          59      (41

Tax on exceptional items

    54      79      72  

Tax on remeasurements(6,10)

    42      36      (134

Tax on stranded cost recoveries

    (104    (139    (148
      234       261       (251

Total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax

     208       412       (32

Analysis of total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax:

         

Exceptional items after tax

    174      (16    (270

Remeasurements after tax

    (122    219      17  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

    156      209      221  

Total

     208       412       (32

 

(1)Restructuring costs for the year include:

costs related to the restructuring of our US operations of £58m (2011: £10m; 2010: £nil), which includes a severance provision and a pension and other post-retirement benefits curtailment loss (2011: curtailment gain);

transformation related initiatives of £54m (2011: £103m; 2010: £78m); and

credit of £11m (2011: £39m; 2010: £nil) for the release of restructuring provisions in the UK recognised in prior years.

Restructuring costs in 2011 alsoTo monitor our financial performance, we use a profit measure that excludes certain income and expenses. We call that measure ‘business performance’. We exclude items from business performance because we think these items are individually important to understanding our financial performance. If included, a charge of £15m (2010: £30m) related to the integration of KeySpan. Restructuring costs in 2010 included a charge of £41m for the restructuringthese items could distort understanding of our UK LNG storage facilities.

(2)Environmental charges include £55m (2011: £58m; 2010: £21m) and £nil (2011: £70m; 2010: £42m) related to specific exposures in the US and UK respectively. Costs incurred with respect to US environmental provisions are substantially recoverable from customers.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc129


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

3. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries continued

(3)During the year, we recognised a gain on disposal of £56m for the sale of Seneca-Upshur our oil and gas exploration business in West Virginia and Pennsylvania; a gain of £16m for the sale of OnStream our non-regulated metering business in the UK; and gains of £25m in relation to disposals of businesses in prior years, representing the release of various unutilised provisions. During the year ended 31 March 2011, we sold three subsidiaries and an associate resulting in a gain of £15m. During the year ended 31 March 2010 there was a gain of £5m on the sale of an associate and the release of various unutilised provisions amounting to £6m originally recorded on the sale of a subsidiary in 2008.

(4)The charge for the current year represents an impairment of £64m of intangibles (originally recognised on the acquisition of KeySpan) related to our LIPA management services agreement contract, following the announcement on 15 December 2011 that the current contract would not be renewed after 31 December 2013. During the year ended 31 March 2011, impairment charges and related costs included a charge of £49m related to our investment in Blue-NG; an impairment charge of £34m against the goodwill related to our US companies in New Hampshire following our proposed sale of these businesses; and a charge of £50m related to our US generation assets for impairment and associated decommissioning.

(5)Other exceptional charges for the year include an amortisation charge of £5m (2011: £7m; 2010: £6m) in relation to acquisition-related intangibles offset by a release of £6m of unutilised provisions in our metering business, originally recognised during the year ended 31 March 2010. The charge for the year ended 31 March 2011 included an £8m penalty levied by Ofgem on our UK Gas Distribution business. The year ended 31 March 2010 also included an impairment charge of £11m in relation to acquisition-related intangibles, a charge of £9m relating to US healthcare costs arising from legislative changes, and £41m related to a fine of £15m levied by the Gas and Electricity Markets Authority together with associated costs and provisions against receivables and other balance sheet items.

(6)Remeasurements – commodity contracts represent mark-to-market movements on certain physical and financial commodity contract obligations in the US. These contracts primarily relate to the forward purchase of energy for supply to customers, or to the economic hedging thereof, that are required to be measured at fair value and that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Under the existing rate plans in the US, commodity costs are recoverable from customers although the timing of recovery may differ from the pattern of costs incurred. These movements are comprised of those affecting operating profit which are based on the change in the commodity contract liability and those recorded in finance costs as a result of the time value of money.

(7)Stranded cost recoveries include the recovery of some of our historical investments in generating plants that were divested as part of the restructuring and wholesale power deregulation process in New England and New York during the 1990s. The recovery of these stranded costs is now substantially completed and we do not expect to separately report income from stranded cost recoveries from 1 April 2012 onwards. Stranded cost recoveries on a pre-tax basis consist of revenue of £279m (2011: £355m; 2010: £376m) and operating costs of £19m (2011: £7m; 2010: £7m).

(8)During the year ended 31 March 2011, we reached agreement with the US tax authorities on the settlement of pre-acquisition tax liabilities which resulted in the repayment of tax and interest accruing.

(9)Debt redemption costs in the year ended 31 March 2011 represent costs arising from our debt repurchase programme following the rights issue on 14 June 2010. Debt redemption costs in the year ended 31 March 2010 represented costs relating to the early redemption of a significant loan.

(10)Remeasurements – net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments comprise gains/(losses) arising on derivative financial instruments reported in the income statement. These exclude gains and losses for which hedge accounting has been effective, which have been recognised directly in other comprehensive income or which are offset by adjustments to the carrying value of debt. The tax credit in the year includes a credit of £1m (2011: £104m credit; 2010: £78m charge) in respect of prior years.

(11)The exceptional tax credit arises from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 26% to 24% (2011: 28% to 26%) included in the Finance Bill 2012 and has statutory effect under the Provisional Collection of Taxes Act 1968 and applicable from 1 April 2012. This results in a reduction in deferred tax liabilities.

(12)The exceptional tax charge of £41m in the year ended 31 March 2010 arose from a change in US tax legislation under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

(13)The exceptional tax credit for the year ended 31 March 2011 primarily arose from a settlement of pre-acquisition tax liabilities with the US tax authorities.

130National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

4. Finance income and costs

      

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

      

2010

£m

 

Interest income and similar income

        

Expected return on pension and other post-retirement benefit plan assets

   1,273      1,256      981  

Interest income on financial instruments:

        

Bank deposits and other financial assets

   19      22      18  

Gains on disposal of available-for-sale investments

    9       3       6  

Interest income and similar income before exceptional items

    1,301       1,281       1,005  

Exceptional items

        

Exceptional interest credit on tax settlement

         43        

Interest income and similar income

    1,301       1,324       1,005  

Interest expense and other finance costs

        

Interest on pension and other post-retirement benefit plan obligations

   (1,203    (1,231    (1,193

Interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost:

        

Bank loans and overdrafts

   (84    (85    (80

Other borrowings

   (1,105    (1,184    (938

Derivatives

   122      84      22  

Unwinding of discounts on provisions

   (72    (128    (70

Less: interest capitalised (i)

   124      129      99  

Interest expense and other finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements

    (2,218     (2,415     (2,160

Exceptional items

        

Exceptional debt redemption costs

           (73     (33

Remeasurements

        

Net (losses)/gains on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements (ii):

        

Ineffectiveness on derivatives designated as:

        

Fair value hedges (iii)

   9      40      67  

Cash flow hedges

   14      9      (5

Net investment hedges

   (15    7      (19

Net investment hedges – undesignated forward rate risk

   39      (16    51  

Derivatives not designated as hedges or ineligible for hedge accounting

   (117    (4    (13

Financial element of remeasurements on commodity contracts

                  (1
   (70    36      80  

Exceptional items and remeasurements included within interest expense

    (70     (37     47  

Interest expense and other finance costs

    (2,288     (2,452     (2,113

Net finance costs

    (987     (1,128     (1,108

(i)Interest on funding attributable to assets in the course of construction was capitalised during the year at a rate of 5.2% (2011: 5.3%; 2010: 2.8%).

(ii)Includes a net foreign exchange gain on financing activities of £280m (2011: £173m; 2010: £334m) offset by foreign exchange gains and losses on derivative financial instruments measured at fair value.

(iii)Includes a net gain on instruments designated as fair value hedges of £233m (2011: £86m gain; 2010: £90m loss) offset by a net loss of £224m (2011: £46m loss; 2010: £157m gain) arising from fair value adjustments to the carrying value of debt.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc131


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

5. Taxation

Tax charged/(credited) to the income statement

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

       

2010

£m

 

Tax before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

      755        722        553  

Exceptional tax on items not included in profit before tax (see note 3)

     (242     (285     41  

Tax on other exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

      8        24        210  

Tax on total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries (see note 3)

      (234      (261      251  

Total tax charge

      521        461        804  

Taxation as a percentage of profit before tax

        

2012

%

      

2011

%

      

2010

%

 

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

     29.2      29.2      28.0  

After exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

      20.4       17.6       36.7  

The tax chargeperformance for the year can be analysed as follows:and the comparability between periods. This note analyses these items, which are included in our results for the year but are excluded from business performance.

 

        2012
£m
       2011
£m
       2010
£m
 

United Kingdom

            

Corporation tax at 26% (2011: 28%; 2010: 28%)

     186       168       197  

Corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     (5     (161     (31

Deferred tax

     12       53       259  

Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

      (18      (43      (5
       175        17        420  

Overseas

            

Corporate tax

     98       105       74  

Corporate tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     (144     (2     (364

Deferred tax

     225       393       279  

Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

      167        (52      395  
       346        444        384  

Total tax charge

      521        461        804  

Adjustments in respect of prior years include £nil for corporation tax (2011: £207m credit; 2010: £76m charge) and a £1m deferred tax credit (2011: £44m charge; 2010: £1m charge) that relate to

Our financial performance is analysed into two components: business performance, which excludes exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries; and exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. Business performance is used by management to monitor financial performance as it is considered that it improves the comparability of our reported financial performance from year to year. Business performance subtotals are presented on the face of the income statement or in the notes to the financial statements.

Tax (credited)/

Items of income or expense that are considered by management for designation as exceptional items include such items as significant restructurings, write-downs or impairments of non-current assets, significant changes in environmental or decommissioning provisions, integration of acquired businesses, gains or losses on disposals of businesses or investments and debt redemption costs as a consequence of transactions such as significant disposals or issues of equity.

Costs arising from restructuring programmes include redundancy costs. Redundancy costs are charged to other comprehensivethe income statement in the year in which a commitment is made to incur the costs and equitythe main features of the restructuring plan have been announced to affected employees.

 

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

       

2010

£m

 

Corporation tax

            

Share-based payments

     (3     (1     (3

Deferred tax

            

Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures and associates

            (2     4  

Available-for-sale investments

     2       1       5  

Cash flow hedges

     (2     2       (9

Share-based payments

            (4       

Actuarial (losses)/gains (i)

      (403      181        (175
       (406      177        (178

Total tax recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

     (403     182       (175

Total tax relating to share-based payments recognised directly in equity

      (3      (5      (3
       (406      177        (178

Remeasurements comprise gains or losses recorded in the income statement arising from changes in the fair value of commodity contracts and of derivative financial instruments to the extent that hedge accounting is not achieved or is not effective. These fair values increase or decrease because of changes in commodity and financial indices and prices over which we have no control.

 

(i)

Stranded cost recoveries represent the recovery, through charges to electricity customers in upstate New York and New England, of historical generation-related costs, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by National Grid. Such costs have been recovered from customers as permitted by regulatory agreements, with substantially all having been recovered by 31 March 2012.


2010 includes a £42m charge relating to a change in US tax legislation under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

 

132100    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

 

5. Taxation Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

4. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveriescontinued

 

  

            2014
£m
        2013
£m
  

    2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Included within operating profit

    
  

Exceptional items

    
  

Restructuring costs1

   (136  (87  (101)   
  

Gas holder demolition costs2

   (79      –    
  

LIPA MSA transition3

   254        (64)   
  

Other4

   16        1    
  

Environmental charges

           (55)   
  

Net gain on disposal of businesses5

       3    97    
  

 

 
     55    (84  (122)   
  

Remeasurements – commodity contracts6

   16    180    (94)   
  

Stranded cost recoveries7

       14    260    
  

 

 
     71    110    44    
  

 

 
  

Included within finance costs

    
  

Remeasurements – net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments8

   93    68    (70)   
  

 

 
     93    68    (70)   
  

 

 
  

Total included within profit before tax

   164    178    (26)   
  

 

 
  

Included within taxation

    
  

Exceptional credits/(charges) arising on items not included in profit before tax

    
  

Deferred tax credit arising on the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate9

   398    128    242    
  

Deferred tax charge arising from an increase in US state income tax rates10

   (8      –    
  

Tax on exceptional items

   (57  31    54    
  

Tax on remeasurements6,8

   (36  (92  42    
  

Tax on stranded cost recoveries

       (5  (104)   
  

 

 
     297    62    234    
  

 

 
  

Total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax

   461    240    208    
  

 

 
  

Analysis of total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax

    
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388    75    174    
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73    156    (122)   
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

       9    156    
  

 

 
  

Total

   461    240    208    
  

 

 
  

 

1.   Restructuring costs for the period of £136m related to the continued restructuring of our UK operations in preparedness to deliver RIIO, other transformation-related initiatives in the UK and US and an associated software impairment for licences that will no longer be used.

 

      Restructuring costs for 2013 included: costs related to the restructuring of our UK operations of £66m in preparedness for delivering RIIO; costs for transformation-related initiatives in the UK and US of £31m; and a credit of £10m for the release of restructuring provisions in the UK recognised in prior years. For the year ended 31 March 2012, restructuring costs included: costs for the restructuring of our US operations of £58m, which included severance costs and pension and other post-retirement curtailment gains and losses; costs for transformation-related initiatives of £54m; and a credit of £11m for the release of restructuring provisions in the UK recognised in prior years.

 

2.  A provision of £79m (2013: £nil) has been made for the demolition of certain non-operational gas holders in the UK.

 

3.  A net gain of £254m (2013: £nil) has been recognised in the year ended 31 March 2014. This includes a pension curtailment and settlement gain of £214m for employees who transferred to a new employer following the cessation of the Management Services Agreement (MSA) with LIPA on 31 December 2013. There was also a gain of £142m following the extinguishment of debt obligations of £98m and a £56m cash payment to be received, in compensation for the Company forgiving a historic pension receivable and carrying charges. These gains were offset by transition costs and other provisions incurred to effect the transition. For the year ended 31 March 2012, an impairment charge of £64m was recognised, representing intangibles (originally recognised on the acquisition of KeySpan) related to our LIPA MSA contract. This amount was previously disclosed as impairment charges and related costs.

 

4.  During the year ended 31 March 2014, £16m (2013: £nil) was received following the sale to a third party of a settlement award which arose as a result of a legal ruling in 2008. For the year ended 31 March 2012, an amortisation charge of £5m in relation to acquisition-related intangibles was offset by a release of £6m of unutilised provisions in our UK metering business.

 

5.  For the year ended 31 March 2013, we recognised a gain of £3m on the disposal of two subsidiaries in New Hampshire. During the year ended 31 March 2012, we sold two other subsidiaries resulting in a gain on disposal of £72m. We also recognised gains of £25m in relation to disposals of businesses in prior years, representing the release of various unutilised provisions.

 

6.  Remeasurements – commodity contracts represent mark-to-market movements on certain physical and financial commodity contract obligations in the US. These contracts primarily relate to the forward purchase of energy for supply to customers, or to the economic hedging thereof, that are required to be measured at fair value and that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Under the existing rate plans in the US, commodity costs are recoverable from customers although the timing of recovery may differ from the pattern of costs incurred.

 

7.  For the year ended 31 March 2013, stranded cost recoveries of £14m substantially represented the release of an unutilised provision recognised in a prior period. For the year ended 31 March 2012, stranded cost recoveries on a pre-tax basis consisted of revenue of £279m offset by operating costs of £19m. This represented the recovery of some of our historical investments in generating plants that were divested as part of the restructuring and wholesale power deregulation process in New England and New York during the 1990s.

 

8.  Remeasurements – net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments comprise gains/(losses) arising on derivative financial instruments reported in the income statement. These exclude gains and losses for which hedge accounting has been effective, which have been recognised directly in other comprehensive income or which are offset by adjustments to the carrying value of debt. The tax charge in the year includes a credit of £nil (2013: £1m; 2012: £1m) in respect of prior years.

 

9.  The exceptional tax credit arises from reductions in the UK corporation tax rate, from 23% to 21% applicable from 1 April 2014, and a further reduction from 21% to 20% applicable from 1 April 2015. The rate reductions were enacted in the Finance Act 2013. Other UK tax legislation also reduced the UK corporation tax rate in the prior periods (2013: from 24% to 23%; 2012: from 26% to 24%). These reductions have resulted in a decrease in deferred tax liabilities.

 

10. The exceptional tax charge arises from a net increase in US state income tax rates. Effective from 1 April 2014, the state income tax rate for Massachusetts regulated utilities increased from 6.5% to 8% and, effective from 1 April 2016, the state income tax rate for New York will decrease from 7.1% to 6.5%.

 

   

      

  

        

    

    

     

     

     

     

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

101

5.Finance income and costs

This note details the interest income generated by our financial assets and interest expense incurred on our financial liabilities. It also includes the expected return on our pension and other post-retirement assets, which is offset by the interest payable on pension and other post-retirement obligations and presented on a net basis. In reporting business performance, we adjust net financing costs to exclude any net gains or losses on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements.

        
        2014
£m
  2013   
(restated)1
£m   
   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

 
  

 

 
  

Finance income

     
  

Interest income on financial instruments

     
  

Bank deposits and other financial assets

   22    20        19     
  

Gains on disposal of available-for-sale investments

   14    10        9     
  

 

 
  

Finance income

   36    30        28     
  

 

 
  

Finance costs

     
  

Net interest on pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   (128  (135)       (103)    
  

Interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost

     
  

Bank loans and overdrafts

   (61  (65)       (84)    
  

Other borrowings

   (1,109  (1,052)       (1,105)    
  

Derivatives

   79    51        122     
  

Unwinding of discounts on provisions

   (73  (75)       (72)    
  

Less: interest capitalised2

   148    122        124     
  

 

 
  

Finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements

   (1,144  (1,154)       (1,118)    
  

 

 
  

Remeasurements

     
  

Net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements3:

     
  

Ineffectiveness on derivatives designated as:

     
  

Fair value hedges4

   22    17        9     
  

Cash flow hedges

   4    (7)       14     
  

Net investment hedges

   38    (26)       (15)    
  

Net investment hedges – undesignated forward rate risk

   (7  26        39     
  

Derivatives not designated as hedges or ineligible for hedge accounting

   36    58        (117)    
  

 

 
  

Exceptional items and remeasurements included within finance costs (note 4)

   93    68        (70)    
  

 

 
  

Finance costs

   (1,051  (1,086)       (1,188)    
  

 

 
 
  

Net finance costs

   (1,015  (1,056)       (1,160)    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    

  

 

2. Interest on funding attributable to assets in the course of construction was capitalised during the year at a rate of 4.5% (2013: 4.4%; 2012: 5.2%).

   ��

  

 

3. Includes a net foreign exchange gain on financing activities of £268m (2013: £32m loss; 2012: £280m gain) offset by foreign exchange gains and losses on derivative financial instruments measured at fair value.

     

  

 

4. Includes a net loss on instruments designated as fair value hedges of £183m (2013: £67m gain; 2012: £233m gain) offset by a net gain of £205m (2013: £50m loss; 2012: £224m loss) arising from fair value adjustments to the carrying value of debt.

 

     


102    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

6.Taxation

Tax is payable in the territories where we operate, mainly the UK and US. This note gives further details of the tax charge and tax liabilities, including current and deferred tax. The current tax charge is the tax payable on this year’s taxable profits. Deferred tax is an accounting adjustment to provide for tax that is expected to arise in the future due to differences in accounting and tax bases.

The tax charge for the year after exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveriesperiod is lower than (2011: lower; 2010: higher) the standard rate of corporation taxrecognised in the UKincome statement, the statement of 26% (2011: 28%; 2010: 28%):comprehensive income or directly in equity, according to the accounting treatment of the related transaction. The tax charge comprises both current and deferred tax.

 

    

Before
exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries

2012

£m

  

After

exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries
2012

£m

  

Before
exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries
2011

£m

  

After

exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries
2011

£m

  

Before
exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries
2010

£m

  

After

exceptional
items,
remeasurements
and stranded
cost recoveries
2010

£m

 

Profit before tax

       

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,585    2,585    2,473    2,473    1,974    1,974  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

       (26      151        219  

Profit before tax

   2,585    2,559    2,473    2,624    1,974    2,193  

Profit before tax multiplied by UK corporation tax rate of 26% (2011: 28%; 2010: 28%)

   672    665    692    735    553    614  

Effects of:

       

Adjustments in respect of prior years

   1        (95  (258  (82  (5

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

   36    55    42    204    62    237  

Non-taxable income

   (19  (30  5    (136  (6  (131

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates

   75    75    74    120    37    77  

Impact of share-based payments

   1    1    1    1          

Deferred tax impact of change in UK tax rate

       (242      (226        

Other

   (11  (3  3    21    (11  12  

Total tax

   755    521    722    461    553    804  
       
    %    %    %    %    %    %  

Effective tax rate

   29.2    20.4    29.2    17.6    28.0    36.7  

FactorsCurrent tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amounts are those that may affect futurehave been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

The calculation of the Group’s total tax chargescharge involves a degree of estimation and judgement, and management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

A reduction

Deferred tax is provided for using the balance sheet liability method and is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the UK corporationfinancial statements and the corresponding tax rate to 24% from 1 April 2012 was announcedbases used in the 2012 UK Budget Report. This has been substantively enactedcomputation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised on all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax balancesassets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction (other than a business combination) that affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities except where the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, based on the tax rates and tax laws that have been calculated at this rate.

Other changes such as the proposed reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 23% from April 2013, with a further 1 % reduction in the following year will result in a UK corporation tax rate of 22% from April 2014. These changes have not beenenacted or substantively enacted asby the reporting date.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the balance sheeteach reporting date and have therefore not been reflected in these financial statements.reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

The process for reforming

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the UK's rules for taxing controlled foreign companies completed withsame taxation authority and the issue of draft legislation in the UK Finance Bill 2012. We do not expect any material adverse impact of this legislationCompany and its subsidiaries intend to settle their current tax assets and liabilities on our holdings in foreign operations.a net basis.


LOGO

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

103

 

 6. Taxationcontinued 
  

Tax charged/(credited) to the income statement

 

    
     

 

        2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

    (restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

    (restated)1 

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Tax before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   581    619    697     
  

 

 
  

Exceptional tax on items not included in profit before tax (note 4)

   (390  (128  (242)    
  

Tax on other exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   93    66    8     
  

 

 
  

Tax on total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries (note 4)

   (297  (62  (234)    
  

 

 
  

Total tax charge

   284    557    463     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    
  

 

Taxation as a percentage of profit before tax

    
     

 

2014

%

  

  

  

 

 

2013

(restated

%

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

(restated)1 

%   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   22.5    24.4    28.9     
  

 

 
  

After exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   10.3    20.5    19.4     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    
  

 

The tax charge for the year can be analysed as follows:

    
     

 

2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

(restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  
 
 
2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
  
  
  
  

 

 
  

Current tax

    
  

UK corporation tax at 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%)

   355    306    186     
  

UK corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (9  (17  (5)    
  

 

 
     346    289    181     
  

 

 
  

Overseas corporation tax

   54    50    98     
  

Overseas corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (88  (222  (144)    
  

 

 
     (34  (172  (46)    
  

 

 
  

Total current tax

   312    117    135     
  

 

 
  

Deferred tax

    
  

UK deferred tax

   (292  35    (12)    
  

UK deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (3  (17  (18)    
  

 

 
     (295  18    (30)    
  

 

 
  

Overseas deferred tax

   276    283    191     
  

Overseas deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (9  139    167     
  

 

 
     267    422    358     
  

 

 
  

Total deferred tax

   (28  440    328     
  

 

 
      
  

 

 
  

Total tax charge

   284    557    463     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years include the following amounts that relate to exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries: £nil (2013: £1m credit; 2012: £1m credit).

 

  

   


104    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1332013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  6. Taxationcontinued  
  Tax charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income and equity  
    

 

        2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

    (restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Current tax

   
  

Share-based payment

  (3  1    (3)    
  

Available-for-sale investments

  (5      –     
  

Deferred tax

   
  

Available-for-sale investments

  2    2    2     
  

Cash flow hedges

  5    13    (2)    
  

Share-based payment

  (4  1    –     
  

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

  172    (179  (342)    
  

 

 
    167    (162  (345)    
  

 

 
  

Total tax recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

  174    (164  (342)    
  

Total tax relating to share-based payment recognised directly in equity

  (7  2    (3)    
  

 

 
    167    (162  (345)    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

  

  

The tax charge for the year after exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries is lower (2013: lower; 2012: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%).

 

   

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2014

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2014

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2013

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2013

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2012

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After   

exceptional   

items,   

remeasurements   

and stranded   

cost recoveries   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Profit before tax

      
  

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

  2,584    2,584    2,533    2,533    2,408    2,408    
  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

      164        178        (26)   
  

 

 
  

Profit before tax

  2,584    2,748    2,533    2,711    2,408    2,382    
  

 

 
  

Profit before tax multiplied by UK corporation tax rate of 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%)

  594    632    608    651    626    619    
  

Effect of:

      
  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

  (109  (109  (116  (117  1    –    
  

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

  32    284    37    169    36    55    
  

Non-taxable income

  (24  (268  (24  (152  (19  (30)   
  

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates

  98    138    116    140    63    63    
  

Impact of share-based payment

  (3  (3  2    2    1    1    
  

Deferred tax impact of change in UK and US tax rates

      (390      (128      (242)   
  

Other

  (7      (4  (8  (11  (3)   
  

 

 
  

Total tax

  581    284    619    557    697    463    
  

 

 
        
     %  %  %  %  %  %   
  

 

 
  

Effective tax rate

  22.5    10.3    24.4    20.5    28.9    19.4    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

Factors that may affect future tax charges

The Finance Act 2013 (the Act) was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. The Act further reduced the main rate of UK corporation tax to 21% with effect from 1 April 2014 and 20% from 1 April 2015.

 

The reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 20% from 1 April 2015 has been enacted and deferred tax balances have been calculated at this rate.

 

Effective from 1 April 2014, the state income tax rate for Massachusetts regulated utilities increased from 6.5% to 8% and, effective from 1 April 2016, the state income tax rate for New York will decrease from 7.1% to 6.5%. Neither of these rate changes is expected to have a material impact on the Group’s effective tax rate.

 

  

  

   

  

    


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

105

 

 6. Taxationcontinued
  Taxation included within the statement of financial position
  

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 

     
 
 
 
Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Share-
based
payment
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pensions
and other
post-
retirement
benefits
(restated
£m
  
  
  
  
  
)1 
  
  

 
 

Financial

instruments
£m

  

  
  

  
 

 
 

Other net
temporary

differences
£m

  
  

  
  

 

Total   

(restated)1 £m   

  

 

  

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

       
  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2012

   (1  (18  (1,173  (98  (702 (1,992)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2012

   5,484        128    9    109   5,730   
  

 

  

At 1 April 2012 as previously reported

   5,483    (18  (1,045  (89  (593 3,738   
  

Impact of change in accounting policy1

           (2         (2)  
  

 

  

At 1 April 2012 (restated)

   5,483    (18  (1,047  (89  (593 3,736   
  

Exchange adjustments

   149        (47  (1  (32 69   
  

Charged/(credited) to income statement

   329    2    65    68    (23 441   
  

Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income and equity

       1    (179  15       (163)  
  

Other

                   (6 (6)  
  

 

  

At 31 March 2013 (restated)

   5,961    (15  (1,208  (7  (654 4,077   
  

 

  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2013

   (2  (15  (1,362  (16  (777 (2,172)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2013

   5,963        154    9    123   6,249   
  

 

  

At 1 April 2013

   5,961    (15  (1,208  (7  (654 4,077   
  

Exchange adjustments

   (282      78        59   (145)  
  

(Credited)/charged to income statement

   (30  (3  141    (7  (126 (25)  
  

(Credited)/charged to other comprehensive income and equity

       (4  172    7       175   
  

 

  

At 31 March 2014

   5,649    (22  (817  (7  (721 4,082   
  

 

  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2014

   (1  (22  (960  (13  (796 (1,792)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2014

   5,650        143    6    75   5,874   
  

 

     5,649    (22  (817  (7  (721 4,082   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

       
  

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. The deferred tax balances (after offset) for statement of financial position purposes consist solely of deferred tax liabilities of £4,082m (2013: £4,077m).

  

 

At the reporting date there were no material current deferred tax assets or liabilities (2013: £nil).

  

 

Deferred tax assets in respect of capital losses, trading losses and non-trade deficits have not been recognised as their future recovery is uncertain or not currently anticipated. The deferred tax assets not recognised are as follows:

 

                  

2014

£m

  2013  
£m  
  

 

  

Capital losses

       274   323  
  

Non-trade deficits

       1   1  
  

Trading losses

       5   11  
  

 

  

 

The capital losses and non-trade deficits that arise in the UK are available to carry forward indefinitely. However, the capital losses can only be offset against specific types of future capital gains and non-trade deficits against specific future non-trade profits. The trading losses arising in the US have up to a 20 year carry forward time limit.

  

 

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised at the reporting date is approximately £2,118m (2013: £1,817m). No liability is recognised in respect of the differences because the Company and its subsidiaries are in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, as a result of a change in UK tax legislation, which largely exempts overseas dividends received on or after 1 July 2009 from UK tax, the temporary differences are unlikely to lead to additional tax.

 


 

106    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

Unaudited commentary on taxation

 

Tax strategy

National Grid manages its tax affairs in a proactive and responsible way in order to comply with all relevant legislation and minimise reputational risk. We have a good working relationship with all relevant tax authorities and actively engage with them in order to ensure that they are fully aware of our view of the tax implications of our business initiatives. Management responsibility and oversight for our tax strategy, which is approved by the Finance Committee, rests with the Finance Director and the Global Tax and Treasury Director who monitor our tax activities and report to the Finance Committee.

 

Total UK tax contribution

National Grid has taken the decision to provide additional information in respect of its total UK tax contribution and first disclosed this in last year’s annual report. This year we have again disclosed information in respect of our total UK tax contribution for consistency and to aid transparency in an area in which there has been increasing public interest. As was the case in the prior year, the total amount of taxes we pay and collect in the UK year on year is significantly more than just the corporation tax which we pay on our UK profits. Within the total, we again include significant other taxes paid such as business rates and taxes on employment together with employee taxes and other indirect taxes.

 

For 2013/14 our total tax contribution to the UK Exchequer was £1.4bn (2012/13: £1.2bn). Taxes borne in 2014 were £733m, an 8% increase on taxes borne in 2013 of £678m and primarily due to higher corporation tax payments in the current year. Our 2012/13 total tax contribution of £1.2bn resulted in National Grid being the 17th highest contributor of UK taxes based on the results of the Hundred Group’s 2013 Total Tax Contribution Survey, a position commensurate with the size of our business and capitalisation relative to other contributors to the survey. In 2012 we were in 16th position. In 2013 we ranked 9th in respect of taxes borne.

 

Of course, National Grid’s contribution to the UK economy is broader than just the taxes it pays over to and collects on behalf of HMRC. The Hundred Group’s 2013 Total Tax Contribution Survey ranks National Grid in 4th place in respect of UK capital expenditure on fixed assets and we also rank highly in respect of investment in research and development. National Grid’s economic contribution also supports a significant number of UK jobs in our supply chain.

 

The most significant amounts making up the 2013/14 total tax contribution were as follows:

 

UK total tax contribution 2013/14

LOGO

  

 

Tax transparency

The UK tax charge for the year disclosed in the accounts in accordance with accounting standards and the UK corporation tax paid during the year will differ. For transparency we have included a reconciliation below of the tax charge per the income statement to the UK corporation tax paid in 2013/14.

 

The tax charge for the Group as reported in the income statement is £284m (2012/13: £557m). The UK tax charge is £51m (2012/13: £307m) and UK corporation tax paid was £329m (2012/13: £243m), with the principal differences between these two measures as follows:

 

  

     

     

     

Year ended 31 March

 

 
  Reconciliation of UK total tax charge to UK corporation tax paid   

 

2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Total UK tax charge (current tax £346m (2013: £289m) and deferred tax £295m credit (2013: £18m charge))

   51    307     
  

Adjustment for non-cash deferred tax credit/(charge)

   295    (18)    
  

Adjustment for the current tax credit in respect of prior years

   9    17     
  

 

 
  

UK current tax charge

   355    306     
  

UK corporation tax instalment payments in respect of current year not payable until the following year

   (179  (155)    
  

UK corporation tax instalment payments in respect of prior years paid in current year

   153    92     
  

 

 
  

UK corporation tax paid

   329    243     
  

 

 
  

 

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See note 1 on page 92.

 

Tax losses

We have total unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of losses of £280m (2012/13: £335m) of which £274m (2012/13: £319m) are capital losses in the UK as set out on page 105. These losses arose as a result of the disposal of certain businesses or assets and may be available to offset against future capital gains in the UK.

 

Development of future tax policy

We believe that the continued development of a coherent and transparent tax policy in the UK is critical to help drive growth in the economy.

 

We continue to contribute to research into the structure of business taxation and its economic impact by contributing to the funding of the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation at the Saïd Business School.

 

We are a member of a number of industry groups which participate in the development of future tax policy, including the Hundred Group, which represents the views of finance directors of FTSE 100 companies and several other large UK companies. Our Finance Director is Chairman of its Tax Committee. This helps to ensure that we are engaged at the earliest opportunity on taxation issues which affect our business. For example, in the current year we have engaged with and responded to a number of HMRC consultations, the subject matter of which has a direct impact on taxes borne or collected by our business, and reviewed numerous others with a potential impact.

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

 

  

  

      

  

   

    

          

  


Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

107

  

7.Earnings per share (EPS)

 

  

  

 

EPS is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each ordinary share. Basic EPS is calculated on profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. Diluted EPS shows what the impact would be if all outstanding share options were exercised and treated as ordinary shares at year end.

 

    

  

 

Adjusted EPS, excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, are provided to reflect the business performance subtotals used by the Company. For further details of exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, see note 4.

 

   

  (a) Basic earnings per share  
     
 

 

Earnings
2014

£m

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2014
pence
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Earnings
2013
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  

 
 
 
 

Earnings

per share
2013
(restated
pence

  

  
  
)1,2 
  

  
 
 
 
Earnings
2012
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 

 
 
 

Earnings     
per share     

2012     
(restated)1,2 
pence     

  
  

  
  
  

  

 

 
  

Adjusted earnings

   2,015     54.0     1,913    51.4    1,709    46.0       
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388     10.4     75    2.0    174    4.7       
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73     2.0     156    4.2    (122  (3.3)      
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

             9    0.2    156    4.2       
  

 

 
  

Earnings

   2,476     66.4     2,153    57.8    1,917    51.6       
  

 

 
           
          2014
millions
      

2013

millions

     

2012     

millions     

 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of shares – basic2

     3,729      3,724     3,719       
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

         
  

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

  

  

 

(b) Diluted earnings per share

 

         
     

 

 

Earnings

2014

£m

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2014
pence
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Earnings
2013
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2013
(restated
pence
  
  
  
)1,2 
  
  
 
 
 
Earnings
2012
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Earnings     
per share     
2012     
(restated)1,2 
pence     
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 
  

Adjusted earnings

   2,015     53.8     1,913    51.1    1,709    45.7       
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388     10.4     75    2.0    174    4.7       
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73     1.9     156    4.2    (122  (3.3)      
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

             9    0.2    156    4.2       
  

 

 
  

Earnings

   2,476     66.1     2,153    57.5    1,917    51.3       
  

 

 
           
          2014
millions
      2013
millions
     2012     
millions     
 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of shares – diluted2

     3,748      3,742     3,738       
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

         
  

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

  

  

 

(c) Reconciliation of basic to diluted average number of shares

 

  

          2014
millions
      2013
millions
     2012     
millions     
 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic

     3,729      3,724     3,719       
  

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share plans

     19      18     19       
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted

     3,748      3,742     3,738       
  

 

 
  
  
  


108    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

8.Dividends

 

  

  

 

Dividends represents the return of profits to shareholders. Dividends are paid as an amount per ordinary share held. We retain part of the profits generated in the year to meet future growth plans and pay out the remainder in accordance with our dividend policy.

 

   

  

 

Interim dividends are recognised when they become payable to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

   

  

 

The following table shows the actual dividends paid to equity shareholders:

 

  

      2014     2013   2012   
      Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled
via scrip
£m
     Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled
via scrip
£m
   Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled  
via scrip  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2014

   14.49     539                                    –    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2013

   26.36     964     444                               –    
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2013

                   14.49     527     187               –    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2012

                   25.35     906     436               –    
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2012

                                  13.93     497     34    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2011

                                  23.47     822     279    
  

 

 
     40.85     1,503     444      39.84     1,433     623     37.40     1,319     313    
  

 

 
  

 

The Directors are proposing a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2014 of 27.54p per share that will absorb approximately £1,028m of shareholders’ equity (assuming all amounts are settled in cash). It will be paid on 20 August 2014 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 6 June 2014 and a scrip dividend will be offered as an alternative, subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM.

    

Unaudited commentary on dividends

Following the announcement of our new dividend policy in March 2013, we remain confident that our business is able to support a dividend rising at least in line with inflation for the foreseeable future, while continuing to invest as required in our regulated asset bases. The dividend cover chart opposite supports our decision.

With the exception of the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, a scrip option has been offered for all interim and final dividends in the last three years. The scrip take-up was as follows: 2012/13 final: 46%; 2012/13 interim: 35%; and 2011/12 final: 48%.

 

 

6. Earnings per shareDividend cover

Adjusted earnings per share, excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, are provided to reflectTimes

LOGO

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the business performance subtotals used by the Company. For further details of exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, see note 3.

(a) Basic earnings per sharefinancial statements.

 

    

Earnings

2012

£m

   Earnings
per share
2012
pence
   

Earnings

2011

£m

   Earnings 
per share 
2011*
pence 
   

Earnings

2010

£m

   Earnings 
per share 
2010*
pence 
 

Adjusted earnings

   1,828     51.3     1,747     50.9      1,418     48.6   

Exceptional items after tax

   174     4.9     (16   (0.5)     (270   (9.3)  

Remeasurements after tax

   (122   (3.4   219     6.4      17     0.6   

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

   156     4.3     209     6.1      221     7.6   

Earnings

   2,036     57.1     2,159     62.9      1,386     47.5   
            
         

2012

millions

        

2011 

millions 

        

2010 

millions 

 

Weighted average number of shares – basic*

        3,565          3,431           2,917   


*Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends

(b) Diluted earnings per shareStrategic Report

 

per share0per share0per share0per share0per share0per share0
    

Earnings

2012

£m

   Earnings
per share
2012
pence
   

Earnings

  2011

£m

   

Earnings 
per share 
2011*

pence 

   

Earnings

2010

£m

   

Earnings 
per share 

2010*

pence 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings

   1,828     51.0     1,747     50.6      1,418     48.3   

Exceptional items after tax

   174     4.9     (16   (0.5)     (270   (9.2)  

Remeasurements after tax

   (122)     (3.4   219     6.3      17     0.6   

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

   156     4.3     209     6.1      221     7.6   

Diluted earnings

   2,036     56.8     2,159     62.5      1,386     47.3   
            
         2012
millions
        2011 
millions 
        2010 
millions 
 

Weighted average number of shares – diluted*

        3,584          3,450           2,930   

*Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends

(c) Reconciliation of basic to diluted average number of sharesCorporate Governance

 

per shareper shareper shareper shareper shareper share
        

2012

millions

         

2011  

millions  

       

2010 

millions 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic

     3,565         3,431         2,917   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share plans

      19          19          13   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted

      3,584          3,450          2,930   

134Financial StatementsNational Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

Additional Information

109

 

 

7. Dividends

The following table shows the actual dividends paid to equity shareholders:

    2012
pence
per share
   

2012

Total

£m

   2012
settled
via scrip
£m
   2011
pence
per share
   

2011

Total

£m

   2011
settled
via scrip
£m
   2010
pence
per share
   

2010

Total

£m

   2010
settled
via scrip
£m
 

Interim – year ended 31 March 2012

   13.93     496     34                                

Final – year ended 31 March 2011

   23.47     823     279                                

Interim – year ended 31 March 2011

                  12.90     451     65                 

Final – year ended 31 March 2010

                  24.84     613     141                 

Interim – year ended 31 March 2010

                                 13.65     336     68  

Final – year ended 31 March 2009

                                 23.00     557     137  
    37.40     1,319     313     37.74     1,064     206     36.65     893     205  

The Directors are proposing a final dividend for 2012 of 25.35p per share that will absorb approximately £905m of shareholders’ equity (assuming all amounts are settled in cash). It will be paid on 15 August 2012 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 1 June 2012 and a scrip dividend will be offered as an alternative, subject to shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting.

8. Goodwill9.Goodwill

 

  

Total

£m

Cost at 1 April 2010

5,102

Exchange adjustments

(280

Impairment of goodwill on businesses reclassified as held for sale (i)

(34

Reclassified as held for sale (i)

(12

Cost at 31 March 2011

4,776

Exchange adjustments

22

Reclassified as held for sale (i)

(22

Cost at 31 March 2012

4,776

Net book value at 31 March 2012

4,776

Net book value at 31 March 2011

4,776

 

(i)Relates

Goodwill represents the excess of what we paid to acquire businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the acquisition date. We assess whether goodwill is recoverable each year by performing an impairment review.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing exchange rate.

Impairment

Goodwill is allocated to our New Hampshire businesses which have been classified as held for sale (notes 3 and 18).

With effect from 4 April 2011, a new operating model was introduced, which aligns more closely with local responsibilities. As a consequence, cash-generating units and this allocation is made to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

Impairments of goodwill are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill and the estimated recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that goodwill has been allocated. Recoverable amount is defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and estimated value-in-use at the date the impairment review is undertaken.

Value-in-use represents the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been reviewedadjusted.

Impairments are recognised in the income statement and revised. are disclosed separately.

Total  
£m  

Cost at 1 April 2012

4,776  

Exchange adjustments

252  

Cost at 31 March 2013

5,028  

Additions

12  

Exchange adjustments

(446) 

Cost at 31 March 2014

4,594  

Net book value at 31 March 2014

4,594  

.

Net book value at 31 March 2013

5,028  

The amounts disclosed above as at 31 March 20122014 include balances relating to the following jurisdictions:cash-generating units: New York £2,752m (2011: £2,752m)£2,640m (2013: £2,898m); Massachusetts £1,028m (2011: £1,028m)£987m (2013: £1,082m); Rhode Island £383m (2011: £383m)£367m (2013: £403m); and Federal £613m (2011: £613m)£600m (2013: £645m).

Additions during the year relate to a further investment in Clean Line Energy Partners LLC, a developer of long-distance, HVDC transmission projects in the US to move renewable energy to market. Under IFRS 10, this investment is now accounted for as a subsidiary rather than an equity investment. National Grid has a 37% interest, but has the option to increase this holding.

Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment and the recoverability of goodwill at 31 March 20122014 has been assessed by comparing the carrying amount of our operations described above (our cash-generating units) with the expected recoverable amount on a value-in-use basis. In each assessment, the value-in-use has been calculated based on five year plan projections that incorporate our best estimates of future cash flows, customer rates, costs, future prices and growth. Such projections reflect our current regulatory rate plans taking into account regulatory arrangements to allow for future rate plan filings and recovery of investment. Our plans have proved to be reliable guides in the past and the Directors believe the estimates are appropriate.

The future growth rate used to extrapolate projections beyond five years has been reduced tomaintained at 2.25% (2011: 2.4%(2013: 2.25%). The growth rate has been determined having regard to data on projected growth in US real gross domestic product.product (GDP). Based on our business’ place in the underlying US economy, it is appropriate for the terminal growth rate to be based upon the overall growth in real GDP and, given the nature of our operations, to extend over a long period of time. Cash flow projections have been discounted to reflect the time value of money, using an effective pre-tax discount rate of 9% (2011: 10%(2013: 9%). The discount rate represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital of these operations.

While it is possible that a key assumption in the calculation could change, the Directors believe that no reasonably foreseeable change would result in an impairment of goodwill, in view of the long-term nature of the key assumptions and the margin by which the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying amount.


LOGO

 

110    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1352013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

10.Other intangible assets

 

  

 

Other intangible assets includes software and acquisition-related assets (such as brand names and customer relationships), which are written down (amortised) over the period we expect to receive a benefit from the asset.

 

  

 

Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment only if there is an indication that the carrying value of the assets may have been impaired. Impairments of assets are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the recoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated. Impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately. Any assets which suffered impairment in a previous period are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

  

 

Internally generated intangible assets, such as software, are recognised only if: an asset is created that can be identified; it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recorded as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

  

 

On a business combination, as well as recording separable intangible assets possessed by the acquired entity at their fair value, identifiable intangible assets that arise from contractual or other legal rights are also included in the statement of financial position at their fair value. Acquisition-related intangible assets principally comprise customer relationships.

  

 

Other intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Amortisation periods for categories of intangible assets are:

              Years  
  

 

  Software      3 to 10  
  Acquisition-related intangibles      10 to 25  
  

 

      Software 
£m 
   

 

Acquisition- 

related 

£m 

   Total  
£m  
  

 

  Cost at 1 April 2012   899      116     1,015  
  Exchange adjustments   20          26  
  Additions   175      –     175  
  Disposals   (26)     –     (26) 
  Reclassifications1   (37)     –     (37) 
  

 

  Cost at 31 March 2013   1,031      122     1,153  
  Exchange adjustments   (38)     (7)    (45) 
  Additions   179      –     179  
  Disposals   (16)     (115)    (131) 
  Reclassifications1   66      –     66  
  

 

  Cost at 31 March 2014   1,222      –     1,222  
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 1 April 2012   (353)     (116)    (469) 
  Exchange adjustments   (6)     (6)    (12) 
  Amortisation charge for the year   (101)     –     (101) 
  Disposals        –     9  
  Reclassifications1        –     9  
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2013   (442)     (122)    (564) 
  Exchange adjustments   12          19  
  Amortisation charge for the year   (127)     –     (127) 
  Impairment charge   (5)     –     (5) 
  Disposals   12      115     127  
  Reclassifications1   (3)     –     (3) 
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2014   (553)     –     (553) 
  

 

  Net book value at 31 March 2014   669      –     669  
  

 

  Net book value at 31 March 2013   589      –     589  
  

 

  

 

1. Reclassifications represents amounts transferred (to)/from property, plant and equipment (see note 11 on page 112).

  
  
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAdditional Information

 

111

 

9. Other intangible assets

    Software
£m
  

Acquisition-
related

£m

  Other
£m
  

Total

£m

 

Cost at 1 April 2010

   624    122    18    764  

Exchange adjustments

   (13  (7      (20

Additions

   176            176  

Reclassified as held for sale

   (4          (4

Other reclassifications and disposals (i)

   17        (14  3  

Cost at 31 March 2011

   800    115    4    919  

Exchange adjustments

   1    1        2  

Additions

   203            203  

Disposals

   (105      (4  (109

Cost at 31 March 2012

   899    116        1,015  

Amortisation at 1 April 2010

   (334  (27  (14  (375

Exchange adjustments

   4    3        7  

Amortisation charge for the year

   (62  (7  (1  (70

Reclassified as held for sale

   3            3  

Other reclassifications and disposals (i)

   6        11    17  

Amortisation at 31 March 2011

   (383  (31  (4  (418

Exchange adjustments

   (1          (1

Amortisation charge for the year

   (74  (5      (79

Impairment charge for the year (note 3)

       (64      (64

Disposals

   89        4    93  

Reclassifications (i)

   16    (16        

Amortisation at 31 March 2012

   (353  (116      (469

Net book value at 31 March 2012

   546            546  

Net book value at 31 March 2011

   417    84        501  

(i)Primarily represents reclassifications between property, plant and equipment, trade and other receivables and between categories.

136National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

10. Property,11.Property, plant and equipment

 

    Land and
buildings
£m
  Plant and
machinery
£m
  

Assets

in the
course of
construction
£m

  Motor
vehicles
and office
equipment
£m
  

Total

£m

 

Cost at 1 April 2010

   1,572    39,230    2,541    1,026    44,369  

Exchange adjustments

   (56  (812  (30  (2  (900

Additions

   123    888    2,194    87    3,292  

Disposals

   (22  (305      (25  (352

Reclassified as held for sale

   (5  (278  (3  (1  (287

Reclassifications (i)

   146    2,175    (2,285  (33  3  

Cost at 31 March 2011

   1,758    40,898    2,417    1,052    46,125  

Exchange adjustments

   5    66    2        73  

Additions

   161    757    2,170    84    3,172  

Disposals

   (8  (294  (4  (612  (918

Reclassified as held for sale

   (3  11        (3  5  

Reclassifications between categories

   100    1,261    (1,610  249      

Cost at 31 March 2012

   2,013    42,699    2,975    770    48,457  

Depreciation at 1 April 2010

   (283  (12,624  (2  (605  (13,514

Exchange adjustments

   7    218            225  

Depreciation charge for the year (ii)

   (39  (1,072      (89  (1,200

Impairment charge for the year (iii)

       (20          (20

Disposals

   9    228        19    256  

Reclassified as held for sale

   5    78        1    84  

Reclassifications (i)

   (108  92        16      

Depreciation at 31 March 2011

   (409  (13,100  (2  (658  (14,169

Exchange adjustments

   (1  (18          (19

Depreciation charge for the year (ii)

   (54  (1,056      (102  (1,212

Impairment charge for the year (iv)

       (15          (15

Disposals

   8    257        374    639  

Reclassified as held for sale

       18        2    20  

Reclassifications between categories

   20    110        (130    

Depreciation at 31 March 2012

   (436  (13,804  (2  (514  (14,756

Net book value at 31 March 2012

   1,577    28,895    2,973    256    33,701  

Net book value at 31 March 2011

   1,349    27,798    2,415    394    31,956  

(i)

  Primarily represents reclassifications between categories, other intangible assets, trade and other receivables and other payables.

(ii)  Includes amounts in respect of capitalised depreciation of £19m (2011: £18m).

(iii)  Relates to write-down of certain of our US generation assets.

(iv)  Relates to impairment of LNG assets.

    

2012

£m

     

2011

£m

 

Information in relation to property, plant and equipment

      

Capitalised interest included within cost

   1,148       1,023  

Net book value of assets held under finance leases

   207       199  

Additions to assets held under finance leases

   36       68  

Contributions to cost of property, plant and equipment included within:

      

Trade and other payables

   43       40  

Non-current liabilities

   1,467       1,476  

LOGO

 

Annual ReportThe following note shows the physical assets controlled by us. The cost of these assets primarily represents the amount initially paid for them. A depreciation expense is charged to the income statement to reflect annual wear and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc137


Financial Statements

tear and the reduced value of the asset over time. Depreciation is calculated by estimating the number of years we expect the asset to be used (useful economic life) and charging the cost of the asset to the income statement equally over this period.

 

NotesOur strategy in action

We operate an energy networks business and therefore have a significant physical asset base. We continue to invest in our networks to maintain reliability, create new customer connections and ensure our networks are flexible and resilient. Our business plan envisages these additional investments will be funded through a mixture of cash generated from operations and the consolidated financial statements continuedissue of new debt.

 

  

    

11. Other non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

 

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Commodity contract assets

   36     94  

Other receivables

   54     37  

Prepayments

   5     4  
    95     135  

ThereCost includes the purchase price of the asset, any payroll and finance costs incurred which are directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipment as well as the cost of any associated asset retirement obligations.

Property, plant and equipment includes assets in which the Company’s interest comprises legally protected statutory or contractual rights of use. Additions represent the purchase or construction of new assets, including capital expenditure for safety and environmental assets, and extensions to, enhancements to, or replacement of, existing assets.

Contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards the cost of property, plant and equipment are included in trade and other payables as deferred income and credited on a straight-line basis to the income statement over the estimated useful economic lives of the assets to which they relate.

Contributions received post 1 July 2009 are recognised in revenue immediately, except where the contributions are consideration for a future service, in which case they are recognised initially as deferred income, and revenue is no material difference betweensubsequently recognised over the fair valueperiod in which the service is provided.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land or assets in the course of construction.

Other items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated, on a straight-line basis, at rates estimated to write off their book values over their estimated useful economic lives. In assessing estimated useful economic lives, consideration is given to any contractual arrangements and operational requirements relating to particular assets. The assessments of estimated useful economic lives and residual values of assets are performed annually. Unless otherwise determined by operational requirements, the depreciation periods for the principal categories of property, plant and equipment are, in general, as shown in the table below:

Years  

Freehold and leasehold buildings

up to 65  

Plant and machinery

Electricity transmission plant

15 to 60  

Electricity distribution plant

15 to 60  

Electricity generation plant

20 to 40  

Interconnector plant

15 to 60  

Gas plant – mains, services and regulating equipment

30 to 100  

Gas plant – storage

15 to 21  

Gas plant – meters

10 to 33  

Motor vehicles and office equipment

up to 10  

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are, depending on their magnitude, recognised as an exceptional item within operating profit in the income statement.

Items within property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment only if there is some indication that the carrying value of other non-current assets.

12. Financial and other investments

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Non-current

    

Available-for-sale investments

   251     237  

Investments in joint ventures and associates (note 13)

   341     356  
    592     593  

Current

    

Available-for-sale investments

   1,675     2,776  

Loans and receivables

   716     163  
    2,391     2,939  

Total financial and other investments

   2,983     3,532  

Financial and other investments include the following:

    

Investments in short-term money funds

   1,351     2,498  

Managed investments in equity and bonds (i)

   441     388  

Investment in joint ventures and associates (note 13)

   341     356  

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

   130     127  

Other investments

   4     2  

Restricted cash balances (ii)

   716     161  
    2,983     3,532  

(i)Includes £286m (2011: £282m) of current investments which are held by insurance captives and are therefore restricted.

(ii)Principally comprises collateral placed with counterparties with whom we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement £461m (2011: £54m), and pension scheme deficit contributions £146m (2011: £nil).

Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Due to their short maturities the carrying value of loans and receivables approximates their fair value. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the financial investments. For further information on our treasury related credit risk, refer to note 32(c). None of the financial investments are past due orassets may have been impaired.

13. Investments in joint ventures and associates

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Share of net assets at 1 April

   356     250  

Exchange adjustments

   (15   5  

Additions

   13     135  

Share of retained profit for the year

   7     7  

Dividends received

   (26   (9

Share of other comprehensive income

        (7

Impairment charge (note 3)

        (29

Other movements

   6     4  

Share of net assets at 31 March

   341     356  

A list of principal joint ventures and associates is provided in note 36.

138National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

14. Derivative financial instruments

Our useImpairments of derivatives may entail a derivative transaction qualifying for one or more hedge type designations under IAS 39. For further information and a detailed description of our derivative financial instruments and hedge type designations, refer to note 31. The fair value amounts by designated hedge type can be analysed as follows:

       2012         2011 
        

Assets

£m

       

Liabilities

£m

   

Total

£m

          

Assets

£m

      

Liabilities

£m

      

Total

£m

 

Fair value hedges

                     

Interest rate swaps

     230            230        99      (9    90  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

      409        (12   397          450       (4     446  
       639        (12   627          549       (13     536  

Cash flow hedges

                     

Interest rate swaps*

            (87   (87      3      (41    (38

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     448       (57   391        685      (28    657  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

            (5   (5      2      (1    1  

Inflation linked swaps*

      2        (18   (16        3       (9     (6
       450        (167   283          693       (79     614  

Net investment hedges

                     

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     149       (214   (65      179      (329    (150

Foreign exchange forward contracts

      50             50          26       (4     22  
       199        (214   (15        205       (333     (128

Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship

                     

Interest rate swaps*

     754       (710   44        339      (230    109  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps*

     33       (16   17        21      (4    17  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     14            14        19      (4    15  

Forward rate agreements

            (5   (5            (20    (20

Inflation linked swaps*

      37        (297   (260        29       (28     1  
       838        (1,028   (190        408       (286     122  
       2,126        (1,421   705          1,855       (711     1,144  

Hedge positions offset within derivative instruments

      10        (10             (117     117         

Total

      2,136        (1,431   705          1,738       (594     1,144  

*Inflation linked swaps have been separately presented in the current year, comparatives have been adjusted accordingly

The maturity of derivative financial instruments is as follows:

        2012         2011 
      

Assets

£m

       

Liabilities

£m

     

Total

£m

          Assets
£m
       

Liabilities

£m

      

Total

£m

 

Less than 1 year

      317        (162    155          468        (190     278  

Current

      317        (162    155          468        (190     278  

In 1-2 years

     109       (74   35        129       (45    84  

In 2-3 years

     92       (60   32        167       (37    130  

In 3-4 years

     84       (30   54        96       (28    68  

In 4-5 years

     116       (132   (16      66       (2    64  

More than 5 years

      1,418        (973    445          812        (292     520  

Non-current

      1,819        (1,269    550          1,270        (404     866  
       2,136        (1,431    705          1,738        (594     1,144  

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc139


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

14. Derivative financial instruments continued

For each class of derivative the notional contract* amounts are as follows:

       

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Interest rate swaps**

    (17,342    (18,647

Cross-currency interest rate swaps**

    (6,305    (7,265

Foreign exchange forward contracts

    (4,636    (4,028

Forward rate agreements

    (4,223    (13,752

Inflation linked swaps**

    (1,379    (890

Other

            (314

Total

     (33,885     (44,896

*The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date

**Inflation linked swaps have been separately presented in the current year, comparatives have been adjusted accordingly

15. Inventories and current intangible assets

         

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Fuel stocks

      191      114  

Raw materials and consumables

      143      152  

Work in progress

      13      12  

Current intangible assets – emission allowances

       29       42  
        376       320  

A provision for obsolescence of £28m has been made against inventories as at 31 March 2012 (2011: £22m).

16. Trade and other receivables

       

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Trade receivables

    933      1,163  

Prepayments and accrued income

    963      999  

Commodity contract assets

    35      16  

Other receivables

     40       34  
      1,971       2,212  

Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and generally have a 30-90 day term. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their book value. Commodity contract assets are recorded at fair value. All other receivables are recorded at amortised cost.

Provision for impairment of receivables

         

2012

£m

        

2011

£m

 

At 1 April

      283        311  

Exchange adjustments

      1        (16

Charge for the year, net of recoveries

      103        112  

Uncollectible amounts written off against receivables

       (117       (124

At 31 March

       270         283  

Trade receivables past due but not impaired

         

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Up to 3 months past due

      171      136  

3 to 6 months past due

      53      34  

Over 6 months past due

       4       74  
        228       244  

For further information on our wholesale and retail credit risk, refer to note 32(c). For further information on our commodity risk, refer to note 33.

140National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

17. Cash and cash equivalents

         2012
£m
        2011
£m
 

Cash at bank

      60        94  

Short-term deposits

       272          290  

Cash and cash equivalents excluding bank overdrafts

      332        384  

Bank overdrafts

      (33      (42

Net cash and cash equivalents

       299         342  

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts approximate their fair values.

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for periods varying between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. Net cash and cash equivalents held in currencies other than sterling have been converted into sterling at year-end exchange rates. For further information on currency exposures, refer to note 32(a)(i).

At 31 March 2012, £29m (2011: £50m) of cash and cash equivalents were restricted. This primarily relates to cash held in insurance captive companies.

18. Businesses classifiedcalculated as held for sale

During the year ended 31 March 2011, our EnergyNorth gas business and Granite State electricity business in New Hampshire were reclassified as businesses held for sale in the expectation that they would be disposed of during the year ended 31 March 2012. We are continuing to work with the NHPUC to obtain regulatory approval to complete the disposals. We expect to receive these approvals and to be able to complete the disposals. We therefore continue to report the businesses as held for sale.

During the year ended 31 March 2012, the amounts classified as held for sale have been reviewed and adjusted accordingly.

The following table shows the assets and liabilities related to businesses held for sale at 31 March 2012.

The results of these businesses have not been separately disclosed from those of continuing operations as they do not constitute a separate major line of business or geographical area of National Grid's operations.

         2012
£m
        2011
£m
 

Goodwill

      34        12  

Other intangible assets

      1        1  

Property, plant and equipment

      192        203  

Other receivables

      3        40  

Non-current assets

       230         256  

Inventories

      7        5  

Trade and other receivables

      25        29  

Financial investments

      2          

Current assets

       34         34  

Assets of businesses held for sale

       264         290  

Trade and other payables

      (15      (17

Current liabilities

       (15       (17

Borrowings

      (10      (9

Other non-current liabilities

      (2      (6

Deferred tax liabilities

      (9      (29

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

      (14      (9

Provisions

      (37      (40

Non-current liabilities

       (72       (93

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

       (87       (110

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc141


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

19. Borrowings

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

 

Current

        

Bank loans

     1,061       831  

Bonds

     1,356       1,595  

Commercial paper

            457  

Finance leases

     22       20  

Other loans

     20       7  

Bank overdrafts

     33       42  
       2,492        2,952  

Non-current

        

Bank loans

     2,160       2,118  

Bonds

     18,012       17,787  

Finance leases

     185       182  

Other loans

      176        159  
     20,533       20,246  

Total

      23,025        23,198  

Total borrowings are repayable as follows:

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

 

Less than 1 year

     2,492       2,952  

In 1-2 years

     1,867       1,225  

In 2-3 years

     1,725       1,610  

In 3-4 years

     828       1,766  

In 4-5 years

     1,252       424  

More than 5 years:

        

by instalments

     77       77  

other than by instalments

     14,784       15,144  
       23,025        23,198  

The fair value of borrowings at 31 March 2012 was £25,217m (2011: £24,182m). Market values, where available, have been used to determine fair value. Where market values are not available, fair values have been calculated by discounting cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The notional amount outstanding of the debt portfolio at 31 March 2012 was £22,618m (2011: £23,035m).

The assets of the Colonial Gas Company and the Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and certain gas distribution assets of the Narragansett Electric Company are subject to liens and other charges and are provided as collateral over borrowings totalling £487m at 31 March 2012 (2011: £486m).

Collateral is placed with or received from any counterparty where we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement once the current mark-to-market valuation of the trades between the parties exceeds an agreed threshold. Included in current bank loans is £655m (2011: £551m) in respect of cash received under collateral agreements.

For further details of our bonds in issue and borrowing facilities, refer to note 34.

Finance lease obligations

        

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Gross finance lease liabilities are repayable as follows:

       

Less than 1 year

     22      20  

1-5 years

     125      123  

More than 5 years

     100      105  
       247       248  

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods

     (40    (46
       207       202  

The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:

       

Less than 1 year

     22      20  

1-5 years

     109      104  

More than 5 years

     76      78  
       207           202  

142National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

20. Trade and other payables

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

 

Trade payables

     1,530       1,720  

Deferred income

     305       261  

Commodity contract liabilities

     149       118  

Social security and other taxes

     107       129  

Other payables

      594        600  
       2,685        2,828  

Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other payables approximates their book value. Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other trade and other payables are recorded at amortised cost.

21. Other non-current liabilities

        

2012

£m

       

2011

£m

 

Deferred income

     1,557       1,564  

Commodity contract liabilities

     111       101  

Other payables

      253        279  
       1,921        1,944  

Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other non-current liabilities are recorded at amortised cost. There is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying value of other non-current liabilities.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc143


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

22. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

   Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m
  Share-
based
payments
£m
  Pensions
and other
post-
retirement
benefits
£m
  Financial
instruments
£m
  Other net
temporary
differences
£m
  Total
£m
 

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2010

  (2  (12  (1,235  (103  (657  (2,009

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2010

  5,089        90    12    142    5,333  

At 1 April 2010

  5,087    (12  (1,145  (91  (515  3,324  

Exchange adjustments

  (122      49    4    29    (40

Charged/(credited) to income statement

  251    (2  137    32    (67  351  

(Credited)/charged to equity

      (4  181    1        178  

Reclassified as held for sale

  (31      5        (3  (29

Other

  (1      2        (19  (18

At 31 March 2011

  5,184    (18  (771  (54  (575  3,766  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2011

  (2  (18  (882  (60  (706  (1,668

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2011

  5,186        111    6    131    5,434  

At 1 April 2011

  5,184    (18  (771  (54  (575  3,766  

Exchange adjustments

  10        (3  (1  (4  2  

Charged/(credited) to income statement

  307        128    (34  (20  381  

Credited to equity

          (403          (403

Disposals

  (28                  (28

Reclassified as held for sale

  10        1        14    25  

Other

          3        (8  (5

At 31 March 2012

  5,483    (18  (1,045  (89  (593  3,738  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2012

  (1  (18  (1,173  (98  (702  (1,992

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2012

  5,484        128    9    109    5,730  
   5,483    (18  (1,045  (89  (593  3,738  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. The following is an analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for balance sheet purposes:

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Deferred tax liabilities

   3,738     3,766  

Deferred tax assets

          

   3,738     3,766  

At the balance sheet date there were no material current deferred tax assets or liabilities (2011: £nil).

Deferred tax assets in respect of capital losses, trading losses and non-trade deficits have not been recognised as their future recovery is uncertain or not currently anticipated. The deferred tax assets not recognised are as follows:

    2012
£m
   2011
£m
 

Capital losses

   353     368  

Non-trade deficits

   2     2  

Trading losses

   7     7  

The capital losses and non-trade deficits arise in the UK and are available to carry forward indefinitely. However, the capital losses can only be offset against specific types of future capital gains and non-trade deficits against specific future non-trade profits. The trading losses arise in the UK and the US and are also available to carry forward indefinitely.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised at the balance sheet date is approximately £1,729m (2011: £1,837m). No liability is recognised in respect of the differences because the Company and its subsidiaries are in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, as a result of a change in UK tax legislation which largely exempts overseas dividends received on or after 1 July 2009 from UK tax, the temporary differences are unlikely to lead to additional tax.

144National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

23. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Substantially all National Grid's employees are members of either defined benefit or defined contribution pension plans.

In the UK the principal schemes are the National Grid UK Pension Scheme and the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme. In the US we have a number of plans and also provide healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees. The fair value of plan assets and present value of defined benefit obligations are updated annually. For further details of each scheme/plan's terms and the actuarial assumptions used to value the associated assets and obligations, see note 30.

Amounts recognised in the income statement and statement of other comprehensive income

  Pensions     US other post-retirement benefits 
  2012  2011  2010     2012  2011  2010 
   £m  £m  £m      £m  £m  £m 

Included within payroll costs

        

Defined contribution scheme costs

  13    11    7                

Defined benefit scheme costs:

        

Current service cost

  159    165    112      37    37    26  

Past service cost

  2    28    19      6    3    6  

Curtailment loss/(gain) on redundancies

  13    (4  (7    23    (29    

Special termination benefits on redundancies

  19    6    26                

Curtailment cost – augmentations

  2    2    4                

US healthcare reform cost

                         9  
   208    208    161       66    11    41  

(Profit)/loss on sale of subsidiary undertaking

  (6  2                     

Interest cost

  1,063    1,084    1,050      140    147    143  

Expected return on plan assets

  (1,189  (1,185  (931     (84  (71  (50
   (126  (101  119       56    76    93  

Included within other comprehensive income

        

Actuarial net (loss)/gain during the year

  (1,207  483    (572    (118  88    (159

Exchange differences

  2    38    64       6    87    76  
   (1,205  521    (508     (112  175    (83

Cumulative actuarial loss

  (1,880  (673  (1,156     (392  (274  (362

Amounts recognised in the balance sheet

 

                     
  Pensions     US other post-retirement benefits 
   

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Present value of funded obligations

  (21,143  (19,255  (19,372    (2,630  (2,458  (2,602

Fair value of plan assets

  19,957    18,903    18,186       1,192    1,066    950  
   (1,186  (352  (1,186     (1,438  (1,392  (1,652

Present value of unfunded obligations

  (243  (225  (226              

Other post-employment liabilities

  (5            (66  (62  (62

Unrecognised past service cost

  2    4           3    9    28  

Net liability in the balance sheet

  (1,432  (573  (1,412     (1,501  (1,445  (1,686

Liabilities

  (1,587  (1,129  (1,412    (1,501  (1,445  (1,686

Assets

  155    556                     

Net liability

  (1,432  (573  (1,412     (1,501  (1,445  (1,686

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc145


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

23. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits continued

  Pensions     US other post-retirement benefits 
   

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

      

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

  

2010

£m

 

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations (including unfunded obligations)

        

Opening defined benefit obligations

  (19,480  (19,598  (16,000    (2,458  (2,602  (2,299

Current service cost

  (159  (165  (112    (37  (37  (26

Interest cost

  (1,063  (1,084  (1,050    (140  (147  (143

Actuarial (losses)/gains

  (1,673  185    (3,563    (83  28    (360

Curtailment (loss)/gain on redundancies

  (13  10    7      (23  29      

Transfers in/(out)

  1    1    (3              

Special termination benefits

  (13  (17  (26              

Curtailment cost – augmentations

  (2  (2  (4              

Plan amendments

      (28  (19        14    9  

Plan amendments – US healthcare reform

                        (9

Medicare subsidy received

                (6  (5  (10

Employee contributions

  (3  (3  (10              

Benefits paid

  1,035    985    1,008      127    117    132  

Transferred to liabilities of businesses held for sale

  3    7          2    2      

Exchange adjustments

  (19  229    174       (12  143    104  

Closing defined benefit obligations

  (21,386  (19,480  (19,598     (2,630  (2,458  (2,602

Changes in the fair value of plan assets

        

Opening fair value of plan assets

  18,903    18,186    14,797      1,066    950    722  

Expected return on plan assets

  1,189    1,185    931      84    71    50  

Actuarial gains/(losses)

  466    298    2,991      (35  60    201  

Transfers (out)/in

  (1  (1  3                

Employer contributions

  415    408    572      198    158    137  

Employee contributions

  3    3    10                

Benefits paid

  (1,035  (985  (1,008    (127  (117  (132

Exchange adjustments

  17    (191  (110     6 ��  (56  (28

Closing fair value of plan assets

  19,957    18,903    18,186       1,192    1,066    950  

Actual return on plan assets

  1,655    1,483    3,922       49    131    251  

Expected contributions to plans in the following year

  353    353    353       248    200    148  

146National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

24. Provisions

    

Environ-

mental

£m

  

Decom-

missioning

£m

  

Restructuring

£m

  

Emissions

£m

  

Other

£m

  

Total

provisions

£m

 

At 1 April 2010

   1,076    97    105    22    410    1,710  

Exchange adjustments

   (46  (5  (1  (1  (16  (69

Additions

   167    43    87    9    30    336  

Unused amounts reversed

   (12  (7  (39  (6  (6  (70

Reclassified as held for sale

   (39  (1              (40

Unwinding of discount

   104    2            22    128  

Utilised

   (100  (9  (24      (48  (181

At 31 March 2011

   1,150    120    128    24    392    1,814  

Exchange adjustments

   4    1            1    6  

Additions

   58    1    39    7    14    119  

Unused amounts reversed

   (9      (23  (6  (17  (55

Reclassified as held for sale

   3                    3  

Unwinding of discount

   53    1            18    72  

Utilised

   (101  (11  (74  (2  (40  (228

At 31 March 2012

   1,158    112    70    23    368    1,731  
                    
                    2012
£m
  

2011

£m

 

Current

       282    353  

Non-current

                   1,449    1,461  
                    1,731    1,814  

Environmental provision

The environmental provision represents the estimated restoration and remediation costs relating to a number of sites owned and managed by subsidiary undertakings, together with certain US sites that National Grid no longer owns. The environmental provision is as follows:

   2012     2011        
    Discounted
£m
  Undiscounted
£m
      

Discounted

£m

  Undiscounted
£m
      Real
discount rate
 

UK sites (i)

   306    423      339    503      2.0%  

US sites (ii)

   852    960       811    923       2.0%  
    1,158    1,383       1,150    1,426         

(i)The remediation expenditure in the UK relates to old gas manufacturing sites and also to electricity transmission sites. Cash flows are expected to be incurred between 2012 and 2060. A number of uncertainties affect the calculation of the provision, including the impact of regulation, accuracy of the site surveys, unexpected contaminants, transportation costs, the impact of alternative technologies and changes in the discount rate. This provision incorporates our best estimate of the financial effect of these uncertainties, but future material changes in any of the assumptions could materially impact the calculation of the provision. The undiscounted amount is the undiscounted best estimate of the liability having regard to these uncertainties.

(ii)The remediation expenditure in the US is expected to be incurred between 2012 and 2058. The uncertainties regarding the calculation of this provision are similar to those considered in respect of UK sites. However, unlike the UK, with the exception of immaterial amounts of such costs, this expenditure is expected to be largely recoverable from ratepayers under the terms of various rate agreements in the US.

Decommissioning provision

The decommissioning provision primarily represents the net present value of the estimated expenditure (discounted at a real rate of 3%) expected to be incurred until 2038 in respect of the decommissioning of certain nuclear generating units that National Grid no longer owns. It also includes £74m (2011: £73m) of expenditure relating to other asset retirement obligations expected to be incurred until 2058.

Restructuring provision

At 31 March 2012, £8m of the total restructuring provision (2011: £12m) consisted of provisions for the disposal of surplus leasehold interests and rates payable on surplus properties with expenditure expected to be incurred until 2018. The remainder of the restructuring provision, related to business reorganisation costs in the UK and the US, is expected to be incurred until 2013.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc147


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

24. Provisions continued

Emissions provision

The provision for emission costs is expected to be settled using emission allowances granted.

Other provisions

Included within other provisions at 31 March 2012 are amounts provided in respect of onerous lease commitments of £178m (2011: £196m). Other provisions also included £141 m (2011: £118m) of estimated liabilities in respect of past events insured by insurance subsidiary undertakings, including employer liability claims. In accordance with insurance industry practice, these estimates are based on experience from previous years and there is, therefore, no identifiable payment date. Other provisions also included £3m (2011: £5m) in respect of the sales of four UK gas distribution networks relating to property transfer costs and £13m (2011: £20m) in respect of obligations associated with investments in joint ventures.

25. Share capital

  Allotted, called up  
and fully paid  
 
Ordinary shares millions     £m   

 

 

At 1 April 2010

  2,617       298    

Rights issue

  990       113    

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends (i)

  41       5    

 

 

At 31 March 2011

  3,648       416    

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends (i)

  53       6    

 

 

At 31 March 2012

  3,701       422    

 

 

(i)The issue of shares in lieu of dividends is considered to be a bonus issue under the terms of the Companies Act 2006 and the nominal value of the shares is charged to the share premium account.

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 17/43 pence nominal value each and American Depositary Shares. The ordinary and American Depositary Shares allow holders to receive dividends and vote at general meetings of the Company. The Company holds treasury shares but may not exercise any rights over these shares including the entitlement to vote or receive dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares.

In line with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, National Grid plc has amended its Articles of Association and ceased to have authorised share capital.

Rights issue

During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Company raised £3.2bn (net of expenses of £105m) through a rights issue of 990m new ordinary shares at 335 pence each on the basis of two new ordinary shares for every five existing ordinary shares. The issue price represented a discount of 44% to the closing ex-dividend share price on 20 May 2010, the announcement date of the rights issue.

The structure of the rights issue initially gave rise to a merger reserve under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006, representing the net proceeds of the rights issue less the nominal value of the new shares issued. Following the receipt of the cash proceeds through the structure, the excess of the net proceeds over the nominal value of the share capital issued was transferred from the merger reserve to retained earnings.

Treasury shares

At 31 March 2012, the Company held 135m (2011: 140m) of its own shares. The market value of these shares as at 31 March 2012 was £854m (2011: £833m).

The maximum number of shares held during the year was 140m ordinary shares (2011: 144m) representing approximately 3.8% (2011: 3.9%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2012 and having a nominal value of £16m (2011: £16m).

148National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

26. Other equity reserves

   
 
Translation
£m
  
  
     
 
 
Cash flow
hedge
£m
  
  
  
     
 
 
Available-
for-sale
£m
  
  
  
     
 
 
Capital
redemption
£m
  
  
  
     
 
Merger
£m
  
  
     
 
Total
£m
  
  

At 1 April 2009

  384       (72     4       19       (5,165     (4,830

Exchange adjustments

  30       3       1                     34  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

         (45     54                     9  

Transferred to profit or loss

         3       (6                   (3

Deferred tax

         9       (5                   4  

Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures

         5                            5  

At 31 March 2010

  414       (97     48       19       (5,165     (4,781

Exchange adjustments

  (95                                 (95

Net gains taken to equity

         7       16                     23  

Transferred to profit or loss

         (7     (3                   (10

Rights issue (i)

                              3,101       3,101  

Transfer to retained earnings (i)

                              (3,101     (3,101

Deferred tax

         (2     (1                   (3

Share of other comprehensive loss of joint ventures

         (4                          (4

At 31 March 2011

  319       (103     60       19       (5,165     (4,870

Exchange adjustments

  27                                   27  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

         (18     16                     (2

Transferred to profit or loss

         19       (9                   10  

Deferred tax

         2       (2                     

At 31 March 2012

  346       (100     65       19       (5,165     (4,835

(i)For details of the rights issue and subsequent transfer to retained earnings see note 25.

The merger reserve represents the difference between the carrying value of subsidiary undertaking investments and their respective capital structures following the Lattice demerger from BG Group plcasset and the 1999 Lattice refinancingrecoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of £5,745m and merger differences of £221m and £359m.the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated.

The cash flow hedge reserve on interest rate swap contracts will be continuously transferred to

Material impairments are recognised in the income statement untiland are disclosed separately.

Any assets which suffered impairment in a previous period are reviewed for possible reversal of the borrowings are repaid. The amount due to be released from reserves to the income statement next year is £17m and the remainder released with the same maturity profile as borrowings due after more than one year.impairment at each reporting date.


LOGO

 

112    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1492013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  11. Property, plant and equipmentcontinued
      Land and
buildings
£m
  Plant and
machinery
£m
  Assets
in the
course of
construction
£m
  Motor
vehicles
and office
equipment
£m
  

Total  

£m  

  

 

  

Cost at 1 April 2012

   2,013    42,699    2,975    770   48,457  
  

Exchange adjustments

   55    803    45    13   916  
  

Additions

   141    704    2,584    82   3,511  
  

Disposals

   (24  (311  (2  (130 (467) 
  

Reclassifications1

   140    1,471    (1,642  68   37  
  

 

  

Cost at 31 March 2013

   2,325    45,366    3,960    803   52,454  
  

Exchange adjustments

   (99  (1,471  (82  (28 (1,680) 
  

Additions

   69    623    2,514    56   3,262  
  

Disposals

   (32  (288  (2  (98 (420) 
  

Reclassifications1

   (15  2,195    (2,366  120   (66) 
  

 

  

Cost at 31 March 2014

   2,248    46,425    4,024    853   53,550  
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 1 April 2012

   (436  (13,804  (2  (514 (14,756) 
  

Exchange adjustments

   (11  (216      (9 (236) 
  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (75  (1,085      (121 (1,281) 
  

Disposals

   23    299    2    96   420  
  

Reclassifications1

               (9 (9) 
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2013

   (499  (14,806      (557 (15,862) 
  

Exchange adjustments

   16    399        21   436  
  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (84  (1,112      (103 (1,299) 
  

Impairment charge for the year

   (1             (1) 
  

Disposals

   25    234        93   352  
  

Reclassifications1

   107    (65      (39 3  
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2014

   (436  (15,350      (585 (16,371) 
  

 

  

Net book value at 31 March 2014

   1,812    31,075    4,024    268   37,179  
  

 

  

Net book value at 31 March 2013

   1,826    30,560    3,960    246   36,592  
  

 

  

 

1. Represents amounts transferred between categories and from/(to) other intangible assets (see note 10 on page 110).

  

 

2. Includes amounts in respect of capitalised depreciation of £10m (2013: £21m).

 

               

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

  

 

  

Information in relation to property, plant and equipment

      
  

Capitalised interest included within cost

      1,409   1,275  
  

Net book value of assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

      170   188  
  

Additions to assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

      25   48  
  

Contributions to cost of property, plant and equipment included within:

      
  

Trade and other payables

      44   43  
  

Non-current liabilities

      1,526   1,492  
  

 

  

 

12.Other non-current assets

 

      
  

 

Other non-current assets includes assets that do not fall into any other non-current asset category (such as goodwill or property, plant and equipment) and where the benefit to be received from the asset is not due to be received until after 31 March 2015.

 

                   
               

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

  

 

  

Commodity contract assets

      45   47  
  

Other receivables

      33   51  
  

Prepayments

      9   6  
  

 

        87   104  
  

 

        
        
        


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

113

  

13.Financial and other investments

 

  

  

Financial and other investments includes two main categories. Assets classified as available-for-sale typically represent investments in short-term money funds and quoted investments in equities or bonds of other companies. The second category is loans and receivables which includes bank deposits with a maturity of greater than three months, and cash balances that cannot be readily used in operations, principally collateral pledged for certain borrowings and restricted cash balances relating to our UK pension schemes.

     

  

 

Financial assets, liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into, and recognised on trade date. Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any other categories.

 

Available-for-sale financial investments are recognised at fair value plus directly related incremental transaction costs, and are subsequently carried at fair value in the statement of financial position. Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments are recognised directly in equity, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired. At this time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the income statement for the period. Investment income is recognised using the effective interest method and taken through interest income in the income statement.

 

Loans receivable and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, together with gains and losses when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, are recognised in the income statement.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial assets measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques that are consistent with techniques commonly used by the relevant market. The techniques use observable market data.

 

    

      

   

    

        

2014

£m

     2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Non-current      
  Available-for-sale investments   284       278    
  

 

 
  Current      
  Available-for-sale investments   2,716       4,441    
  Loans and receivables   883       990    
  

 

 
     3,599       5,431    
  

 

 
  Total financial and other investments   3,883       5,709    
  

 

 
  Financial and other investments include the following:      
   Investments in short-term money funds   2,165       4,120    
   Managed investments in equity and bonds1   465       453    
   Bank deposits1   355       165    
   Cash surrender value of life insurance policies   140       145    
   Other investments   2       4    
   Restricted balances2   756       822    
  

 

 
           3,883             5,709    
  

 

 
  1. 

 

Includes £296m (2013: £296m) of current investments which are held by insurance captives and are therefore restricted.

  

  

 

2.

 

 

Principally comprises collateral placed with counterparties with whom we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement £402m (2013: £507m), and assets held within security accounts, with charges in favour of the UK pension schemes Trustees of £234m (2013: £179m).

    

  

 

Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Due to their short maturities the carrying value of loans and receivables approximates their fair value. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the financial investments. For further information on our credit risk, refer to note 30 (a). None of the financial investments are past due or impaired.

 

    


 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

27. Consolidated cash flow statement

(a) Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

(25,095)(25,095)(25,095)(25,095)(25,095)(25,095)(25,095)
    

2012

£m

   

2011  

£m  

     

2010  

£m  

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  

  (43   (346)       (28) 

(Decrease)/increase in financial investments

  

  (553   1,577        (805) 

Decrease in borrowings and related derivatives

  

  154     1,763        499  

Net interest paid on the components of net debt

  

  721     1,011        999  

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows

  

  279     4,005        665  

Changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities and exchange movements

  

  (87   690        865  

Net interest charge on the components of net debt

  

  (1,042   (1,228)       (996) 

Reclassified as held for sale

  

  (2   9        –  

Other non-cash movements

  

  (14   (68)       –  

Movement in net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) in the year

  

  (866   3,408        534  

Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at start of year

  

  (18,731   (22,139)       (22,673) 

Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at end of year

  

  (19,597   (18,731)       (22,139) 

(b) Analysis of changes in net debt

 

  

       
   

Cash

and cash
equivalents
£m

  

Bank  

overdrafts  
£m  

  Net cash
and cash
equivalents
£m
  Financial
investments
£m
  Borrowings
£m
   Derivatives  
£m  
     

Total(i)

£m  

At 1 April 2009

  737    (17)     720    2,197    (26,776   1,186        (22,673) 

Cash flow

  (16  (12)     (28  (826  2,079     (560)       665  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  (1  –      (1  2    644     220        865  

Interest charges

      –          24    (1,042   22        (996) 

At 31 March 2010

  720    (29)     691    1,397    (25,095   868        (22,139) 

Cash flow

  (333  (13)     (346  1,551    2,933     (133)       4,005  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  (3  –      (3  (34  402     325        690  

Interest charges

      –          25    (1,337   84        (1,228) 

Reclassified as held for sale

      –              9     –        9  

Other non-cash movements

      –              (68   –        (68) 

At 31 March 2011

  384    (42)     342    2,939    (23,156   1,144        (18,731) 

Cash flow

  (52  9      (43  (577  1,343     (444)       279  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

      –          8    22     (117)       (87) 

Interest charges

      –          23    (1,187   122        (1,042) 

Reclassified as held for sale

      –          (2       –        (2) 

Other non-cash movements

      –              (14   –        (14) 

At 31 March 2012

  332    (33)     299    2,391    (22,992   705        (19,597) 

Balances at 31 March 2012 comprise:

           

Non-current assets

      –                   1,819        1,819  

Current assets

  332    –      332    2,391         317        3,040  

Current liabilities

      (33)     (33      (2,459   (162)       (2,654) 

Non-current liabilities

      –              (20,533   (1,269)       (21,802) 
   332    (33)     299    2,391    (22,992   705        (19,597) 

(i)Includes accrued interest at 31 March 2012 of £178m (2011: £162m).

150114    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements – supplementary information continued

  

14.Investments in joint ventures and associates

 

  

  

Investments in joint ventures and associates represents businesses we do not control, but instead exercise joint control or significant influence.

  

  

 

A joint venture is an arrangement established to engage in economic activity, which the Company jointly controls with other parties and has rights to the net assets of the arrangement. An associate is an entity that is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, but over which the Company has significant influence.

 

    

      

2014 

£m 

              2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Share of net assets at 1 April    371     341    
  Exchange adjustments    (16)    9    
  Additions        14    
  Share of post-tax results for the year    28     18    
  Dividends received    (38)    (21)   
  Other movements        10    
  

 

 
  Share of net assets at 31 March    351     371    
  

 

 
  

 

A list of principal joint ventures and associates including the name, proportion of ownership and principal activity is provided in note 32.

  

  

 

The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interest in the joint ventures and associates.

   

  

 

Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 28.

  

  

 

15.Derivative financial instruments

 

  

  

Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of an underlying item such as interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities, equity or other indices. In accordance with Board approved policies, derivatives are transacted to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rate and foreign exchange rate on borrowings and other contractual cash flows. Specifically, we use derivatives to manage these risks from our financing portfolio to optimise the overall cost of accessing the debt capital markets. These derivatives are analysed below. We also use derivatives to manage our operational market risks from commodities. The commodity derivative contracts are detailed in note 30 (e).

      

  

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in fair values are recorded in the period they arise, either in the income statement or other comprehensive income depending on the applicable accounting standards. Where the fair value of a derivative is positive it is carried as a derivative asset, and where negative as a derivative liability.

    

  

 

We calculate fair value of the financial derivatives by discounting all future cash flows using the market yield curve at the reporting date. The market yield curve for each currency is obtained from external sources for interest and foreign exchange rates. In the absence of sufficient market data, fair values would be based on the quoted market price of similar derivatives. Analysis of these derivatives and the various methods used to calculate their respective fair values is detailed below and in note 30.

 

     

  

For each class of derivative instrument type the fair value amounts are as follows:

 

  

      2014   2013 
          Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
       Total 
£m 
       Assets
£m
      Liabilities 
£m 
      Total  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Interest rate swaps   861     (743)     118      1,282    (1,207)    75    
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps   1,025     (195)     830      900    (160)    740    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts   68     (12)     56      15    (63)    (48)   
  Forward rate agreements        –      –          (5)    (5)   
  Inflation linked swaps   16     (213)     (197)     48    (246)    (198)   
  

 

 
  Total   1,970     (1,163)     807      2,245    (1,681)    564    
  

 

 
            
            


Strategic Report

 

28. Commitments and contingenciesCorporate Governance

 

      

2012

£m

     

2011

£m

 

Future capital expenditure

        

Contracted for but not provided

     2,728       1,614  

Operating lease commitments

        

Less than 1 year

     81       83  

In 1-2 years

     96       79  

In 2-3 years

     89       93  

In 3-4 years

     66       72  

In 4-5 years

     63       70  

More than 5 years

     311       398  
      706       795  

Energy purchase commitments (i)

        

Less than 1 year

     1,073       1,081  

In 1-2 years

     511       480  

In 2-3 years

     403       328  

In 3-4 years

     357       272  

In 4-5 years

     276       241  

More than 5 years

     1,554       1,141  
      4,174       3,543  

Guarantees and letters of credit

        

Guarantee of sublease for US property (expires 2040)

     304       328  

Letter of credit and guarantee of certain obligations of BritNed Interconnector (expired 2011)

            36  

Guarantees of certain obligations of Grain LNG Import Terminal (expire up to 2028)

     161       139  

Guarantee of certain obligations for construction of HVDC West Coast Link (expected expiry 2016)

     691         

Other guarantees and letters of credit (various expiry dates)

     188       259  
      1,344       762  

Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

115

  

15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

 

The maturity profile of derivative financial instruments is as follows:

 

  

  

      2014   2013 
          Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
       Total 
£m 
       Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
   

    Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Less than 1 year

   413     (339)     74      273     (407)     (134)   
  

 

 
  

Current

   413     (339)     74      273     (407)     (134)   
  

 

 
  

In 1-2 years

   54     (26)     28      42     (44)     (2)   
  

In 2-3 years

   73     (57)     16      75     (51)     24    
  

In 3-4 years

   71     (103)     (32)     119     (121)     (2)   
  

In 4-5 years

   244     (128)     116      84     (55)     29    
  

More than 5 years

   1,115     (510)     605      1,652     (1,003)     649    
  

 

 
  

Non-current

   1,557     (824)     733      1,972     (1,274)     698    
  

 

 
     1,970     (1,163)     807      2,245     (1,681)     564    
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of derivative the notional contract* amounts are as follows:

 

  

                      

2014 

£m 

   

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Interest rate swaps           (15,406)     (16,603)   
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps           (8,614)     (9,641)   
  Foreign exchange forward contracts           (4,698)     (3,142)   
  Forward rate agreements           –      (2,443)   
  Inflation linked swaps           (1,391)     (1,390)   
  

 

 
  Total           (30,109)         (33,219)   
  

 

 
  

 

*The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the reporting date.

 

Where possible, derivatives held as hedging instruments are formally designated as hedges as defined in IAS 39. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. Our use of derivatives may entail a derivative transaction qualifying for one or more hedge type designations under IAS 39.

 

Hedge accounting allows derivatives to be designated as a hedge of another non-derivative financial instrument, to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement of changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments. To qualify for hedge accounting, documentation is prepared specifying the hedging strategy, the component transactions and methodology used for effectiveness measurement. National Grid uses three hedge accounting methods, which are described as follows:

 

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate, long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement to the extent the fair value hedge is effective. Adjustments made to the carrying amount of the hedged item for fair value hedges will be amortised over the remaining life, in line with the hedged item.

 

  

    

     

  

      

                      

2014

£m

   

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps           367     732    
  

 

 
  Fair value hedges           367     732    
  

 

 
  

 

Cash flow hedges

            
  

Exposure arises from the variability in future interest and currency cash flows on assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or are in a foreign currency. Interest rate and cross-currency swaps are maintained, and designated as cash flow hedges, where they qualify, to manage this exposure. Fair value changes on designated cash flow hedges are initially recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve, as gains or losses recognised in equity and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts are transferred from equity and recognised in the income statement as the income or expense is recognised on the hedged item.

 

      

  

Forward foreign currency contracts are used to hedge anticipated and committed future currency cash flows. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as cash flow hedges. On recognition of the underlying transaction in the financial statements, the associated hedge gains and losses, deferred in equity, are transferred and included with the recognition of the underlying transaction.

 

 

    


(i)Energy commitments relate to contractual commitments to purchase electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to our customers or for energy that we use ourselves (ie normal purchase, sale or usage) and hence are accounted for as ordinary purchase contracts. Details of commodity contracts that do not meet the normal purchase, sale or usage criteria, and hence are accounted for as derivative contracts, are shown in note 33.

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases is £22m (2011: £20m).

Litigation and claims

KeySpan class actions

As reported in our 2010/11116    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts two putative class actions were commenced in 2009 against KeySpan and Morgan Stanley, one in2013/14

Notes to the federal court and one in a New York state court. The claims were based on allegations that the consolidated

financial swap transaction between KeySpan and Morgan Stanley dated 18 January 2006 caused customers of Consolidated Edison, Inc. to overpay for electricity between May 2006 and February 2008. Both claims were dismissed – the first on 22 March 2011 and the second on appeal on 10 April 2012. On 6 January 2012, a third putative class action was commenced in the federal court on behalf of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation customers on similar grounds and in respect of the same financial swap transaction which we also believe is without merit.statementscontinued

  

15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

 

    
  Cash flow hedgescontinued    
  

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is transferred to the income statement.

 

   

  

Where a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability results from a forecasted transaction or firm commitment being hedged, the amounts deferred in equity are included in the initial measurement of that non-monetary asset or liability.

 

   

              2014 
£m 
           2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps   224      123    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts   (11)     1    
  Inflation linked swaps   (32)     (16)   
  

 

 
  Cash flow hedges   181      108    
  

 

 
  

 

Net investment hedges

  

  

Borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are used in the management of the foreign exchange exposure arising from the investment in non-sterling denominated subsidiaries. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as net investment hedges.

 

    

      2014 
£m 
   

        2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps   342      (56)   
�� Foreign exchange forward contracts   66      (39)   
  

 

 
  Net investment hedges   408      (95)   
  

 

 
  

 

The cross-currency swaps and forward foreign currency contracts are hedge accounted using the spot to spot method. The foreign exchange gain or loss on retranslation of the borrowings and the spot to spot movements on the cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are transferred to equity to offset gains or losses on translation of the net investment in the non-sterling denominated subsidiaries, with any ineffective portion recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

     

  Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship    
  

Our policy is not to use derivatives for trading purposes. However, due to the complex nature of hedge accounting under IAS 39 some derivatives may not qualify for hedge accounting, or are specifically not designated as a hedge where natural offset is more appropriate. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in remeasurements within the income statement.

 

    

      2014 
£m 
   

        2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps   15      16    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts        (10)   
  Forward rate agreements   –      (5)   
  Inflation linked swaps   (165)     (182)   
  

 

 
  Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship   (149)     (181)   
  

 

 
  

 

Discontinuation of hedge accounting

    
  

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gains or losses relating to cash flow hedges recognised in equity are initially retained in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the previously hedged item affects net profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity with respect to net investment hedges are subsequently recognised in the income statement in the event of the disposal of the overseas operations concerned. For fair value hedges, the cumulative adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the hedged item at the date hedge accounting is discontinued is amortised to the income statement using the effective interest method.

 

       

  Embedded derivatives    
  

No adjustment is made with respect to derivative clauses embedded in financial instruments or other contracts that are defined as closely related to those instruments or contracts. Consequently these embedded derivatives are not accounted for separately from the debt instrument. Where there are embedded derivatives in host contracts not closely related, the embedded derivative is separately accounted for as a derivative financial instrument.

 

 

     


LOGO

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

117

  

16.Inventories and current intangible assets

 

  

  

Inventories represent assets that we intend to use in order to generate revenue in the short term, either by selling the asset itself (for example fuel stocks) or by using it to fulfil a service to a customer or to maintain our network (consumables).

   

  

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value.

  

  

 

Where applicable, cost comprises direct materials and direct labour costs as well as those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

   

  

 

Emission allowances, principally relating to the emissions of carbon dioxide in the UK and sulphur and nitrous oxides in the US, are recorded as intangible assets within current assets and are initially recorded at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Where emission allowances are granted by relevant authorities, cost is deemed to be equal to the fair value at the date of allocation. Receipts of such grants are treated as deferred income, which is recognised in the income statement as the related charges for emissions are recognised or on impairment of the related intangible asset. A provision is recorded in respect of the obligation to deliver emission allowances and emission charges are recognised in the income statement in the period in which emissions are made.

 

       

                2014
£m
           2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Fuel stocks

   74     114    
  

Raw materials and consumables

   128     156    
  

Work in progress

   13     13    
  

Current intangible assets – emission allowances

   53     8    
  

 

 
      268     291    
  

 

 
  

 

There is a provision for obsolescence of £29m against inventories as at 31 March 2014 (2013: £27m).

 

 

 

 

  


118    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc1512013/14


 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

17.Trade and other receivables

 

  

  

 

Trade and other receivables are amounts which are due from our customers for services (and commodities in the US) we have provided. Other receivables also include prepayments made by us, for example, property lease rentals paid in advance.

 

   

  

 

Trade, loan and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. A provision is established for irrecoverable amounts when there is objective evidence that amounts due under the original payment terms will not be collected.

 

    

      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  Trade receivables       1,602          1,325    
  Prepayments and accrued income   1,090      1,421    
  Commodity contract assets   42      42    
  Current tax assets   11      –    
  Other receivables   110      122    
  

 

 
     2,855      2,910    
  

 

 
  

 

Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and generally have a 30-90 day term. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their book value. Commodity contract assets are recorded at fair value. All other receivables are recorded at amortised cost.

   

  

 

Provision for impairment of receivables

    
      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  At 1 April   261      270    
  Exchange adjustments   (23)     13    
  Charge for the year, net of recoveries   105      75    
  Uncollectible amounts written off against receivables   (94)     (97)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March   249      261    
  

 

 
  

 

Trade receivables past due but not impaired

    
      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  Up to 3 months past due   212      242    
  3 to 6 months past due   69      45    
  Over 6 months past due   65      4    
  

 

 
     346      291    
  

 

 
  

 

For further information on our wholesale and retail credit risk, refer to note 30 (a). For further information on our commodity risk, refer to note 30 (e).

 

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

119

  

18.Cash and cash equivalents

 

  

  

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash balances, together with short-term investments with a maturity of less than three months that are readily convertible to cash.

   

  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents reflected in the cash flow statement are net of bank overdrafts, which are reported in borrowings. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts approximate their fair values.

   

  

 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for periods varying between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

   

  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents held in currencies other than sterling have been converted into sterling at year-end exchange rates.

  

  

For further information on currency exposures, refer to note 30 (d).

 

  

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Cash at bank  75     99    
  Short-term deposits  279     572    
  

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents excluding bank overdrafts  354     671    
  Bank overdrafts  (15)    (23)   
  

 

 
  Net cash and cash equivalents  339     648    
  

 

 
  

 

At 31 March 2014, £24m (2013: £21m) of cash and cash equivalents were restricted. This primarily relates to cash held in captive insurance companies.

  

  

 

19.Borrowings

 

  

  

 

We borrow money primarily in the form of bonds and bank loans. These are for a fixed term and may have fixed or floating interest rates or are linked to RPI. As indicated in note 15, we use derivatives to manage risks associated with interest rates and foreign exchange.

   

  

 

Our strategy in action

  

  

Our price controls and rate plans require us to fund our networks within a certain ratio of debt to equity and, as a result, we have issued a significant amount of debt. As we continue to invest in our networks, the level of debt is expected to increase over time. To maintain a strong balance sheet and to allow us to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates, we balance the amount of debt we issue with the value of our assets and take account of certain other metrics used by credit rating agencies.

 

     

  

 

Borrowings, which include interest-bearing and inflation linked debt and overdrafts are recorded at their initial fair value which normally reflects the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs less any repayments. Subsequently these are stated at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Any difference between the proceeds after direct issue costs and the redemption value is recognised over the term of the borrowing in the income statement using the effective interest method.

     

  

 

The Finance Committee controls refinancing risk by limiting the amount of our debt maturities arising from borrowings in any one year which is demonstrated by our maturity profile.

 

   

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Current  
  Bank loans  1,485     1,194    
  Bonds  1,730     1,761    
  Commercial paper  252     438    
  Finance leases  19     20    
  Other loans  10     12    
  Bank overdrafts  15     23    
  

 

 
    3,511     3,448    
  

 

 
  Non-current  
  Bank loans  1,414     1,863    
  Bonds  20,732     22,435    
  Finance leases  151     175    
  Other loans  142     174    
  

 

 
    22,439     24,647    
  

 

 
  Total  25,950     28,095    
  

 

 
    


 

120    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

29. Related party transactionsfinancial statementscontinued

The following significant transactions with related parties were in the normal course of business; amounts receivable from and payable to related parties are due on normal commercial terms:

      2012
£m
     2011
£m
     2010
£m
 

Sales: Services and goods supplied to a pension plan and joint ventures

     10       11       5  

Purchases: Services and goods received from joint ventures (i)

     95       84       73  

Interest income: Interest receivable on loans with joint ventures

            2       1  

Receivable from a pension plan and joint ventures

     2       2       1  

Loan to joint venture (ii)

                   23  

Payable to joint ventures

     6       8       6  

Dividends received from joint ventures (iii)

     26       9       18  

(i)During the year the Company received services and goods from a number of joint ventures, including Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £39m (2011: £40m; 2010: £58m) and Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £32m (2011: £28m; 2010: £26m) for the transportation of gas in the US.

 

(ii)

  19. Borrowingscontinued  
  Total borrowings are repayable as follows:  
     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

Less than 1 year

 3,511    3,448    
  

In 1-2 years

 895    1,872    
  

In 2-3 years

 1,177    860    
  

In 3-4 years

 1,661    1,255    
  

In 4-5 years

 1,509    1,420    
  

More than 5 years:

  
  

by instalments

 175    71    
  

other than by instalments

 17,022    19,169    
  

 

 
       25,950        28,095    
  

 

 
  

 

The fair value of borrowings at 31 March 2014 was £28,131m (2013: £30,792m). Where market values were available, fair value of borrowings (Level 1) was £17,388m (2013: £20,543m). Where market values were not available, fair value of borrowings (Level 2) was £10,743m (2013: £10,249m), calculated by discounting cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The notional amount outstanding of the debt portfolio at 31 March 2014 was £25,539m (2013: £27,391m).

     

  

 

The assets of the Colonial Gas Company and the Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and certain gas distribution assets of the Narragansett Electric Company are subject to liens and other charges and are provided as collateral over borrowings totalling £438m at 31 March 2014 (2013: £512m).

   

  

 

Collateral is placed with or received from any counterparty where we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement once the current mark-to-market valuation of the trades between the parties exceeds an agreed threshold. Included in current bank loans is £843m (2013: £730m) in respect of cash received under collateral agreements. For further details of our borrowing facilities, refer to note 31. For further details of our bonds in issue, please refer to the debt investor section of our website.

     

  

 

Assets held under finance leases are recognised at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments on inception. The corresponding liability is recognised as a finance lease obligation within borrowings. Rental payments are apportioned between finance costs and reduction in the finance lease obligation, so as to achieve a constant rate of interest.

    

  

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term.

  

  

 

Finance lease obligations

  

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

Gross finance lease liabilities are repayable as follows:

  
  

Less than 1 year

 19    20    
  

1-5 years

 89    109    
  

More than 5 years

 100    101    
  

 

 
   208    230    
  

 

 
  

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods

 (38)   (35)   
  

 

 
   170    195    
  

 

 
  

The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:

  
  

Less than 1 year

 19    20    
  

1-5 years

 70    96    
  

More than 5 years

 81    79    
  

 

 
   170    195    
  

 

 
    
    


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

121

For the year ended 31 March 2011, following a decision in August 2010 to cease investing in Blue-NG (a joint venture), an impairment charge was recorded against the carrying value of the investment, together with provision against recovery of loans from National Grid to Blue-NG of £30m (2010: £23m) and associated interest receivable.

 

(iii)Dividends were received from Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £17m (2011: £9m; 2010: £17m) and Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £9m (2011: £nil; 2010: £nil).

Details

Unaudited commentary on borrowings

As at 31 March 2014, total borrowings of investments£25,950m (2013: £28,095m) including bonds, bank loans, commercial paper, collateral, finance leases and other debt had decreased by £2,145m primarily representing maturity and redemption of debt during the year. We expect to repay £3,511m of our total borrowings in principal subsidiary undertakings, joint venturesthe next 12 months including commercial paper, collateral and associates are disclosedinterest, and we expect to be able to refinance this borrowing through the capital and money markets.

The maturity profile of long-term debt in note 36 andour major entities is illustrated below:

National Grid long-term debt maturity profile

£m

LOGO

1. Includes hybrid bonds at first callable date (euro: 2020; sterling: 2025). Actual maturity of these bonds is euro: 2076; sterling: 2073.

Further information relating to pension fund arrangements is disclosedon our bonds can be found in notes 23 and 30. For details of Directors' and key management remuneration, refer to note 2(c) and the auditabledebt investor section of our website.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the Remuneration Report.financial statements.


122    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

30.financial statementscontinued

  

20.Trade and other payables

 

  

  

 

Trade and other payables includes amounts owed to suppliers, tax authorities and other parties which are due to be settled within 12 months. The total also includes deferred income, which represents monies received from customers but for which we have not yet completed the associated service. These amounts are recognised as revenue when the service is provided.

 

    

  

 

Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

 

  
     2014   2013  
     £m   £m  
  

 

 
  

Trade payables

  1,942     2,033   
  

Deferred income

  224     155   
  

Commodity contract liabilities

  77     69   
  

Social security and other taxes

  146     131   
  

Other payables

  642     663   
  

 

 
        3,031         3,051   
  

 

 
  

 

Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other payables approximates their book value. Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other trade and other payables are recorded at amortised cost.

   

  

 

21.Other non-current liabilities

 

  

  

 

Other non-current liabilities includes deferred income which will not be recognised as income until after 31 March 2015. It also includes payables that are not due until after that date.

 

   

  
     2014  2013 
     £m  £m 
  

 

 
  

Deferred income

  1,605    1,579  
  

Commodity contract liabilities

  46    70  
  

Other payables

  190    235  
  

 

 
    1,841    1,884  
  

 

 
  

 

Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other non-current liabilities are recorded at amortised cost. There is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying value of other non-current liabilities.

   

  

 

22.Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

 

  
  

 

Substantially all our employees are members of either DB or DC pension plans. The principal UK plans are the National Grid UK Pension Scheme, the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme and The National Grid YouPlan. In the US, we have a number of plans and also provide healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees.

 

    

  

The fair value of associated plan assets and present value of DB obligations are updated annually. For further details and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations, see note 29.

 

   

  

With the adoption of IAS 19 (revised), we have increased our disclosures by separately presenting our UK and US pension plans to show geographical split.

 

   

  

Below we provide a more detailed analysis of the amounts recorded in the primary financial statements.

 

  

  

 

For DC plans, the Group pays contributions into separate funds on behalf of the employee and has no further obligations to employees. The risks associated with this type of plan are assumed by the member.

 

   

  

For DB retirement plans, members receive benefits on retirement, the value of which is dependent on factors such as salary and length of pensionable service. The Group underwrites both financial and demographic risks associated with this type of plan.

 

   

  

The cost of providing benefits in a DB plan is determined using the projected unit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each reporting date by a qualified actuary. This valuation method is an accrued benefits valuation method that makes allowance for projected earnings.

 

   

  

The Group’s obligation in respect of DB pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by projecting the estimated amount of future benefit payments that employees have earned for their pensionable service in the current and prior periods. These future benefit payments are discounted to determine the present value of the liabilities and the fair value of plan assets and any unrecognised past service cost is then deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the valuation date on high-quality corporate bonds.

 

     


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

123

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

  

The Group takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of any key assumptions applied which include life expectancy of members, expected salary and pension increases, and inflation. It should be noted that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of other comprehensive income and the net liability recognised in the statement of financial position.

 

  

Remeasurements of net retirement obligations are recognised in full in the period in which they occur in the statement of other comprehensive income.

 

  Risks
  

The DB pension obligations and other post-retirement benefit liabilities are exposed to the primary risks outlined below.

 

  

Liabilities are calculated using discount rates set with reference to yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the US and UK debt markets and will fluctuate as yields change. Plan funds are invested in a variety of asset classes, principally: equities, government securities, corporate bonds and property. Consequently, actual returns will differ from the underlying discount rate adopted and therefore have an impact on the net balance sheet liability.

 

  

Changes in inflation will affect both current and future pension payments and are partially mitigated through investment in inflation matching assets and hedging instruments.

 

  

Longevity is also a key driver of liabilities and changes in expected mortality will have a direct impact on liabilities. The liabilities are, in aggregate, relatively mature which serves to mitigate this risk to some extent.

 

  

Each plan’s investment strategy seeks to balance the level of investment return sought with the aim of reducing volatility and risk. In undertaking this approach reference is made both to the maturity of the liabilities and the funding level of that plan. A number of further strategies are employed to manage underlying risks, including liability matching asset strategies, diversification of asset portfolios, interest rate hedging and active management of foreign exchange exposure.

 

  

Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

 

     UK pensions   US pensions   US other post-retirement benefits
     2014 
£m 
 

2013  

 (restated)1

£m  

 

2012  

 (restated)1

£m  

   2014 
£m 
 

2013  

 (restated)1

£m  

 

2012  

 (restated)1
£m  

   2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Present value of funded obligations

   (18,100) (18,495)  (16,719)     (4,566) (4,915)  (4,424)     (2,680) (3,020)  (2,630) 
  

Fair value of plan assets

 17,409  17,392   16,107    4,229  4,378   3,850    1,620  1,515   1,192  
  

 

   (691) (1,103)  (612)   (337) (537)  (574)   (1,060) (1,505)  (1,438) 
  

Present value of unfunded obligations

 (62) (66)  (56)   (186) (200)  (187)   –  –   –  
  

Other post-employment liabilities

 –  –   –    –  (3)  (5)   (75) (83)  (66) 
  

 

  

Net defined benefit liability

 (753) (1,169)  (668)   (523) (740)  (766)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

Represented by:

           
  

Liabilities

 (753) (1,169)  (668)   (697) (935)  (921)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

Assets

 –  –   –    174  195   155    –  –   –  
  

 

   (753) (1,169)  (668)   (523) (740)  (766)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

 


124    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

  Notes to the consolidated

  financial statementscontinued

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of other comprehensive income

 

     UK pensions    US pensions      US other post-retirement benefits  
   

 

 

 

 

 

       2014 
£m 
 2013  
  (restated)1
£m  
 2012  
 (restated)1
£m  
   2014 
£m 
 2013  
 (restated)1
£m  
 2012  
 (restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Included within operating costs

         
  Administration costs  6   6    4   5    2   1  
  

 

  

Included within payroll costs

         
  

Defined contribution scheme costs

 19  16   13   21  23   25   –  –   –  
  

Defined benefit scheme costs

         
  

Current service cost

 96  90   84   85  87   75   44  43   37  
  

Past service cost – augmentations

 15  2   2   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

Past service (credit)/cost – redundancies

 (19) (7)  (6)  –  –   19   –  –  ��23  
  

Past service credit – plan amendments

 (11) –   –   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

 39  20   19   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

 

   139  121   112   106  110   119   44  43   60  
  

 

  

Included within exceptional items

         
  LIPA MSA transition –  –   –   (16) –   –   (198) –   –  
  

Net (gain)/loss on disposal of businesses

 –  –   (6)  –  3   –   –  1   –  
  

 

   –  –   (6)  (16) 3   –   (198) 1   –  
  

 

  

Included within finance income and costs

         
  

Net interest cost

 47  31   1   27  34   26   54  70   76  
  

 

  

 

Total included in income statement

 192  158   113   122  151   150   (99) 116   137  
  

 

  

 

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

 354  (560)  (676)  81  (35)  (367)  50  (119)  (97) 
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –   60  (37)  (2)  126  (75)  (6) 
  

 

  

Total included in the statement of other comprehensive income

 354  (560)  (676)  141  (72)  (369)  176  (194)  (103) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 
  

 

Reconciliation of the net defined benefit liability

 

     UK pensions    US pensions    US other post-retirement benefits
   

 

 

 

 

 

     2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Opening net defined benefit liability

 (1,169) (668)  (90)  (740) (766)  (484)  (1,588) (1,504)  (1,452) 
  

(Cost)/credit recognised in the income statement

 (173) (142)  (100)  (101) (128)  (125)  99  (116)  (137) 
  

Remeasurement effects recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income

 354  (560)  (676)  141  (72)  (369)  176  (194)  (103) 
  

Employer contributions

 235  201   198   174  224   217   187  262   198  
  

Other movements

 –  –   –    2   (5)  (9) (36)  (10) 
  

 

  

Closing net defined benefit liability

 (753) (1,169)  (668)  (523) (740)  (766)  (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

125

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

     UK pensions US pensions US other post-retirement benefits
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

2014 

£m 

 2013  
  (restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
 

2014 

£m 

 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
 

2014 

£m 

 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

 

  

Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations (including unfunded obligations)

         
  

Opening defined benefit obligations

 (18,561) (16,775)  (15,443)   (5,115) (4,611)  (4,037)   (3,020) (2,630)  (2,458)  
  

Current service cost

 (96) (90)  (84)   (85) (87)  (75)   (44) (43)  (37)  
  

Interest cost

 (780) (788)  (830)   (221) (232)  (233)   (123) (133)  (140)  
  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – experience

 16  74   (112)   (22) 1   (13)   47  60  71   
  

Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions

 –  –   –    (129) 5   (64)   (154) (18)  (84)  
  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – financial assumptions

 436  (1,765)  (1,062)   57  (245)  (422)   49  (218)  (70)  
  

Past service credit/(cost) – redundancies

 19  7   6    16  36   (19)   119  5   (23)  
  

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

 (39) (20)  (13)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Past service cost – augmentations

 (15) (2)  (2)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Past service credit – plan amendments

 11  –   –    –  –   –    19  –   –   
  

Transfers in

 –  –   1    –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Medicare subsidy received

 –  –   –    –  –   –    (17) (19)  (6)  
  

Liabilities extinguished on settlements

 –  –   –    –  –   –    60  –   –   
  

Employee contributions

 (2) (3)  (3)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Benefits paid

 849  801   767    291  269   268    117  123   127   
  

Transferred to liabilities of businesses held for sale

 –  –   –    –  –   3    –  –   2   
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –    456  (251)  (19)   267  (147)  (12)  
  

 

  

Closing defined benefit obligations

 (18,162) (18,561)  (16,775)   (4,752) (5,115)  (4,611)   (2,680) (3,020)  (2,630)  
  

 

  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets

         
  

Opening fair value of plan assets

 17,392  16,107   15,353    4,378  3,850   3,550    1,515  1,192   1,066   
  

Interest income

 733  757   829    194  198   207    69  63   64   
  

Return on assets (less)/greater than assumed

 (98) 1,131   498    175  204   132    108  57   (14)  
  

Administration costs

 (6) (6)  (6)   (5) (4)  (5)   (1) (2)  (1)  
  

Transfers out

 –  –   (1)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Employer contributions

 235  201   198    174  224   217    187  262   198   
  

Employee contributions

  3   3    –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Benefits paid

 (849) (801)  (767)   (291) (269)  (268)   (117) (123)  (127)  
  

Assets distributed in settlements and transfers

 –  –   –    –  (39)  –    –  (6)  –   
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –    (396) 214   17    (141) 72   6   
  

 

  

Closing fair value of plan assets

 17,409  17,392   16,107    4,229  4,378   3,850    1,620  1,515   1,192   
  

 

  

Actual return on plan assets

 635  1,888   1,327    369  402   339    177  120   50   
  

 

  

Expected contributions to plans in the following year

 182  181   129    118  183   224    109  196   248   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 


126    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

23.Provisions

 

  

  

We make provisions when an obligation exists, resulting from a past event and it is probable that cash will be paid to settle it, but the exact amount of cash required can only be estimated.

 

The main estimates relate to environmental remediation and decommissioning costs for various sites we own or have owned and other provisions, including restructuring plans and lease contracts we have entered into that are now loss making.

 

Our strategy in action

We are committed to the protection and enhancement of the environment. However, we have acquired, owned and operated a number of businesses which have, during the course of their operations, created an environmental impact. Therefore we have a provision that reflects the expected cost to remediate these sites. Current operations will seldom result in new sites with significant expected costs being added to the provision.

   

   

  

    

  

 

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the reporting date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

 

Provision is made for decommissioning and environmental costs, based on future estimated expenditures, discounted to present values. An initial estimate of decommissioning and environmental costs attributable to property, plant and equipment is recorded as part of the original cost of the related property, plant and equipment.

 

Changes in the provision arising from revised estimates or discount rates or changes in the expected timing of expenditures that relate to property, plant and equipment are recorded as adjustments to their carrying value and depreciated prospectively over their remaining estimated useful economic lives; otherwise such changes are recognised in the income statement.

 

The unwinding of the discount is included within the income statement as a financing charge.

 

   

    

    

  

     

Environmental 

£m 

  

  Decommissioning 

£m 

  

  Restructuring 

£m 

  

  Emissions 

£m 

  

      Other 

£m 

  

Total  

  provisions  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  At 1 April 2012  1,158     112     70     23     368     1,731    
  Exchange adjustments  45         –         14     65    
  Additions  92     –     31         83     207    
  

Unused amounts reversed

  (55)    (20)    (5)    (3)    (4)    (87)   
  Unwinding of discount  59     –     –     –     16     75    
  Utilised  (101)    (16)    (43)    (14)    (57)    (231)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March 2013  1,198     81     53         420     1,760    
  Exchange adjustments  (79)    (7)    –     (1)    (25)    (112)   
  Additions  11     84     86         42     230    
  

Unused amounts reversed

  (14)    –     (1)    –     (3)    (18)   
  Unwinding of discount  57     –     –     –     16     73    
  Utilised  (101)    (14)    (59)    –     (114)    (288)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March 2014  1,072     144     79     14     336     1,645    
  

 

 
        
                 2014   2013   
                 £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Current      282     308    
  Non-current      1,363     1,452    
  

 

 
        1,645     1,760    
  

 

 
        


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

127

  

23. Provisionscontinued

Environmental provision

The environmental provision represents the estimated restoration and remediation costs relating to a number of sites owned and managed by subsidiary undertakings, together with certain US sites that National Grid no longer owns. The environmental provision is as follows:

 

  

  

   

      2014   2013 
      

 

 

 
      

    Discounted

£m

   

    Undiscounted

£m

   

Real  

      discount  

rate  

   

      Discounted

£m

   

    Undiscounted

£m

   

Real  

      discount  

rate  

 
  

 

 
  

 

UK sites1

   286     367     2%       302     397     2%    
  

US sites2

 

   

 

786

 

  

 

   

 

891

 

  

 

   

 

2%  

 

  

 

   

 

896

 

  

 

   

 

1,014

 

  

 

   

 

2%  

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

  

 

   

 

1,258

 

  

 

     

 

1,198

 

  

 

   

 

1,411

 

  

 

  
  

 

 
  

 

1. The remediation expenditure in the UK relates to old gas manufacturing sites and also to electricity transmission sites. Cash flows are expected to be incurred between 2014 and 2067. A number of uncertainties affect the calculation of the provision, including the impact of regulation, accuracy of the site surveys, unexpected contaminants, transportation costs, the impact of alternative technologies and changes in the discount rate. This provision incorporates our best estimate of the financial effect of these uncertainties, but future material changes in any of the assumptions could have a material impact on the calculation of the provision. The undiscounted amount is the undiscounted best estimate of the liability having regard to these uncertainties.

 

2. The remediation expenditure in the US is expected to be incurred between 2014 and 2059. The uncertainties regarding the calculation of this provision are similar to those considered in respect of UK sites. However, unlike the UK, with the exception of immaterial amounts of such costs, this expenditure is expected to be largely recoverable from ratepayers under the terms of various rate agreements in the US.

 

Decommissioning provision

The decommissioning provision primarily represents both £55m (2013: £69m) of expenditure relating to asset retirement obligations expected to be incurred until 2058, and £72m (2013: £nil) of expenditure relating to the demolition of gas holders expected to be incurred until 2022. It also includes the net present value of the estimated expenditure (discounted at a real rate of 2%) expected to be incurred until 2038 in respect of the decommissioning of certain US nuclear generating units that National Grid no longer owns.

 

Restructuring provision

The restructuring provision principally relates to business reorganisation costs in the UK and the US and is expected to be incurred until 2021.

 

Emissions provision

The provision for emission costs is expected to be settled using emission allowances granted.

 

Other provisions

Included within other provisions at 31 March 2014 are amounts provided in respect of onerous lease commitments and rates payable on surplus properties of £117m (2013: £165m) with expenditure expected to be incurred until 2018.

 

Other provisions also include £160m (2013: £174m) of estimated liabilities in respect of past events insured by insurance subsidiary undertakings, including employer liability claims. In accordance with insurance industry practice, these estimates are based on experience from previous years and there is, therefore, no identifiable payment date. It also includes £13m (2013: £13m) in respect of obligations associated with investments in joint ventures.

 

       

    

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

   

     


128    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

24.Share capital

 

    
  

Ordinary share capital represents the total number of shares issued which are publicly traded. We also disclose the number of treasury shares the Company holds, which are shares that the Company has bought itself, predominantly to satisfy employee share option plan liabilities.

  

 

Share capital is accounted for as an equity instrument. An equity instrument is any contract that includes a residual interest in the consolidated assets of the Company after deducting all its liabilities and is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, with an amount equal to the nominal amount of the shares issued included in the share capital account and the balance recorded in the share premium account.

 

      

        Allotted, called up        

and fully paid

    

 

      millions   £m 
  

 

  At 1 April 2012  3,701   422 
  Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1  94   11 
  

 

  At 31 March 2013  3,795   433 
  Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1  59   
  

 

  At 31 March 2014  3,854   439 
  

 

  

 

1. The issue of shares in lieu of dividends is considered to be a bonus issue under the terms of the Companies Act 2006 and the nominal value of the shares is charged to the share premium account.

 

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each including ADSs. The ordinary and ADSs allow holders to receive dividends and vote at general meetings 43 of the Company. The Company holds treasury shares but may not exercise any rights over these shares including the entitlement to vote or receive dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares.

 

In line with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has amended its Articles of Association and ceased to have authorised share capital.

 

Treasury shares

At 31 March 2014, the Company held 124m (2013: 129m) of its own shares. The market value of these shares as at 31 March 2014 was £1,019m (2013: £989m).

 

The maximum number of shares held during the year was 129m ordinary shares (2013: 135m) representing approximately 3.4% (2013: 3.6%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2014 and having a nominal value of £15m (2013: £15m).

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

129

  

25.Other equity reserves

 

            
  Other equity reserves are different categories of equity as required by accounting standards and represent the impact of a number of our historical transactions.
  

 

Other equity reserves comprise the translation reserve (see accounting policy B), cash flow hedge reserve (see note 15), available-for-sale reserve (see note 13), the capital redemption reserve and the merger reserve. The merger reserve arose as a result of the application of merger accounting principles under the then prevailing UK GAAP, which under IFRS 1 was retained for mergers that occurred prior to the IFRS transition date. Under merger accounting principles, the difference between the carrying amount of the capital structure of the acquiring vehicle and that of the acquired business was treated as a merger difference and included within reserves.

 

As the amounts included in other equity reserves are not attributable to any of the other classes of equity presented, they have been disclosed as a separate classification of equity.

 

      Translation  
£m  
  Cash flow  
hedge  
£m  
  Available-  
for-sale  
£m  
  Capital  
redemption  
£m  
  Merger  
£m  
  Total  
£m  
  

 

  

At 1 April 2011

  319    (103)   60    19    (5,165)   (4,870) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  27    –    –    –    –    27  
  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

  –    (18)   16    –    –    (2) 
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    19    (9)   –    –    10  
  

Tax

  –    2    (2)   –    –    –  
  

 

  

At 31 March 2012

  346    (100)   65    19    (5,165)   (4,835) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  117    –    –    –    –    117  
  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

  –    (31)   20    –    –    (11) 
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    73    (10)   –    –    63  
  

Tax

  –    (13)   (2)   –    –    (15) 
  

 

  

At 31 March 2013

  463    (71)   73    19    (5,165)   (4,681) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  (158)   –    –    –    –    (158) 
  

Net gains taken to equity

  –    63    6    –    –    69  
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    27    (14)   –    –    13  
  

Tax

  –    (5)   3    –    –    (2) 
  

 

  

At 31 March 2014

  305    14    68    19    (5,165)   (4,759) 
  

 

  

 

The merger reserve represents the difference between the carrying value of subsidiary undertaking investments and their respective capital structures following the Lattice demerger from BG Group plc and the 1999 Lattice refinancing of £5,745m and merger differences of £221m and £359m.

 

The cash flow hedge reserve on interest rate swap contracts will be continuously transferred to the income statement until the borrowings are repaid. The amount due to be released from reserves to the income statement next year is £17m (pre-tax) and the remainder released with the same maturity profile as borrowings due after more than one year.

 


130    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

26.Net debt

 

      
  Net debt represents the amount of borrowings and overdrafts, less cash, financial investments and related derivatives.  
  

 

Funding and liquidity risk management is carried out by the treasury function under policies and guidelines approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The Finance Committee is responsible for the regular review and monitoring of treasury activity and for the approval of specific transactions, the authority for which falls outside the delegation of authority to management.

 

The primary objective of the treasury function is to manage our funding and liquidity requirements. A secondary objective is to manage the associated financial risks, in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, to within pre-authorised parameters. Details of the main risks arising from our financing and commodity hedging activities can be found in the risk factors discussion starting on page 167 and in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 137 to 144.

 

Investment of surplus funds, usually in short-term fixed deposits or placements with money market funds that invest in highly liquid instruments of high credit quality, is subject to our counterparty risk management policy.

 

The movement in cash and cash equivalents is reconciled to movements in net debt.

 

(a) Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

 

    

     

   

  

  

      

2014  

£m  

   

2013  

£m  

   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  (Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents   (283)      335       (43)   
  (Decrease)/increase in financial investments   (1,720)      2,992       (553)   
  Decrease/(increase) in borrowings and related derivatives   1,021       (4,304)      154    
  Net interest paid on the components of net debt   841       756       721    
  

 

 
  Change in debt resulting from cash flows   (141)      (221)      279    
  Changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities and exchange movements   1,360       (536)      (87)   
  Net interest charge on the components of net debt   (1,053)      (1,017)      (1,042)   
  Reclassified as held for sale   –       –       (2)   
  Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)   98       –       –    
  Other non-cash movements   (25)      (58)      (14)   
  

 

 
  Movement in net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) in the year   239       (1,832)      (866)   
  Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at start of year   (21,429)      (19,597)      (18,731)   
  

 

 
  Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at end of year   (21,190)      (21,429)      (19,597)   
  

 

 
  

 

Composition of net debt

      
  

Net debt is made up as follows:

 

      
      2014  
£m  
   2013  
£m  
   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cash, cash equivalents and financial investments   3,953       6,102       2,723    
  Borrowings and bank overdrafts   (25,950)      (28,095)      (23,025)   
  Derivatives   807       564       705    
  

 

 
  Total net debt   (21,190)      (21,429)      (19,597)   
  

 

 
        


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

131

  26. Net debtcontinued  
  

(b) Analysis of changes in net debt

 

  

     

Cash  

and cash  
equivalents  
£m  

  Bank  
overdrafts  
£m  
  Net cash  
and cash  
equivalents  
£m  
  Financial  
investments  
£m  
  Borrowings  
£m  
  Derivatives  
£m  
  Total1  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2011

  384      (42)     342      2,939      (23,156)     1,144      (18,731)   
  

Cash flow

  (52)     9      (43)     (577)     1,343      (444)     279    
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  –      –      –      8      22      (117)     (87)   
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      23      (1,187)     122      (1,042)   
  

Reclassified as held for sale

  –      –      –      (2)     –      –      (2)   
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (14)     –      (14)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2012

  332      (33)     299      2,391      (22,992)     705      (19,597)   
  

Cash flow

  325      10      335      2,963      (3,433)     (86)     (221)   
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  14      –      14      47      (452)     (145)     (536)   
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      30      (1,137)     90      (1,017)   
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (58)     –      (58)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  671      (23)     648      5,431      (28,072)     564      (21,429)   
  

Cash flow

  (291)     8      (283)     (1,755)     2,009      (112)     (141)   
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  (26)     –      (26)     (113)     1,223      276      1,360    
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      36      (1,168)     79      (1,053)   
  

Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)

  –      –      –      –      98      –      98    
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (25)     –      (25)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  354      (15)     339      3,599      (25,935)     807      (21,190)   
  

 

 
  

Balances at 31 March 2014 comprise:

       
  

Non-current assets

  –      –      –      –      –      1,557      1,557    
  

Current assets

  354      –      354      3,599      –      413      4,366    
  

Current liabilities

  –      (15)     (15)     –      (3,496)     (339)     (3,850)   
  

Non-current liabilities

  –      –      –      –      (22,439)     (824)     (23,263)   
  

 

 
    354      (15)     339      3,599      (25,935)     807      (21,190)   
  

 

 
  

 

1. Includes accrued interest at 31 March 2014 of £239m (2013: £250m).

 

  


132    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

– supplementary information

  

This section includes information that is important to enable a full understanding of our financial position, particularly areas of potential risk that could affect us in the future.

 

We also include specific disclosures for British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and National Grid Gas plc in accordance with various rules including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (a US SEC requirement), as they have issued public debt securities which have been guaranteed by National Grid plc and one of its subsidiary companies, National Grid Gas plc. Additional disclosures have also been included in respect of the two guarantor companies. These disclosures are in lieu of publishing separate financial statements for these companies. See note 34 for further information.

   

      

  

 

27.Commitments and contingencies

 

  

  

 

Commitments are those amounts that we are contractually required to pay in the future as long as the other party meets its obligations. These commitments primarily relate to operating lease rentals, energy purchase agreements and contracts for the repurchase of network assets which, in many cases, extend over a long period of time. We also disclose any contingencies, which include guarantees that companies have given, where we pledge assets against obligations that will remain for a specific period.

 

     

    
     

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Future capital expenditure

  
  

Contracted for but not provided

  2,624    3,011    
  

 

 
  

Operating lease commitments

  
  

Less than 1 year

  84    109    
  

In 1-2 years

  76    84    
  

In 2-3 years

  70    74    
  

In 3-4 years

  66    72    
  

In 4-5 years

  56    70    
  

More than 5 years

  278    333    
  

 

 
    630    742    
  

 

 
  

Energy purchase commitments1

  
  

Less than 1 year

  1,103    1,094    
  

In 1-2 years

  481    535    
  

In 2-3 years

  356    394    
  

In 3-4 years

  279    306    
  

In 4-5 years

  235    263    
  

More than 5 years

  1,083    1,403    
  

 

 
    3,537    3,995    
  

 

 
  

Guarantees and letters of credit

  
  

Guarantee of sublease for US property (expires 2040)

  232    293    
  

Guarantees of certain obligations of Grain LNG Import Terminal (expire up to 2028)

  155    159    
  

Guarantee of certain obligations for construction of HVDC West Coast Link (expected expiry 2016)

  594    618    
  

Other guarantees and letters of credit (various expiry dates)

  271    262    
  

 

 
          1,252          1,332    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Energy purchase commitments relate to contractual commitments to purchase electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to our customers or for energy that we use ourselves (ie normal purchase, sale or usage) and hence are accounted for as ordinary purchase contracts. Details of commodity contracts that do not meet the normal purchase, sale or usage criteria, and hence are accounted for as derivative contracts, are shown in note 30 (e) on page 142.

 

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases is £21m (2013: £23m).

 

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

     

  

   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

133

  

28.Related party transactions

 

  

  

 

A related party is a company or individual who has an interest in us, for example a company that provides a service to us with a director who holds a controlling stake in that company and who is also a Director of National Grid plc. The related parties identified include joint ventures, associates, investments and key management personnel.

 

    

  

 

The following significant transactions with related parties were in the normal course of business. Amounts receivable from and payable to related parties are due on normal commercial terms:

 

   

       

      2014

£m

  

        2013

£m

         2012  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Sales: Goods and services supplied to a pension plan and joint ventures

  15   10     10    
  

Purchases: Goods and services received from joint ventures and associates1

  128   133     95    
 
  

Receivable from a pension plan and joint ventures

  3   3     2    
  

Payable to joint ventures and associates

  5   6     6    
 
  

Dividends received from joint ventures and associates2

 

  

38

 

   

 

21

 

  

 

   

 

26  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

 

1. During the year the Company received goods and services from a number of joint ventures and associates including Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £30m (2013: £37m; 2012: £39m), Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £31m (2013: £35m; 2012: £32m) for the transportation of gas in the US and NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited of £67m (2013: £52m; 2012: £14m) for the construction of a transmission link in the UK.

 

2. Dividends were received from BritNed Development Limited of £17m (2013: £nil; 2012: £nil), Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £11m (2013: £12m; 2012: £17m) and Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £10m (2013: £9m; 2012: £9m).

 

Details of investments in principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are disclosed in note 32 and information relating to pension fund arrangements is disclosed in notes 22 and 29. For details of Directors’ and key management remuneration, refer to the audited section of the Remuneration Report and note 3 (c).

 

29.Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits

 

    

   

    

  

  

 

Further details of the DB plans terms and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations are set out in this note.

 

When deciding on these assumptions we take independent actuarial advice. Comparatively small changes in the assumptions applied may have a significant effect on the overall deficit or surplus of a DB plan.

 

  

   

  

 

UK pension plans

  

  

National Grid’s DB pension arrangements are funded with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The arrangements are managed by trustee companies with boards consisting of company and member appointed directors. The directors are required to manage the arrangements in accordance with local regulations and the arrangements’ governing documents, acting on behalf of its beneficiaries.

 

    

  

The arrangements are subject to independent actuarial funding valuations at least every three years and following consultation and agreement with us, the qualified actuary certifies the employers’ contribution, which, together with the specified contributions payable by the employees and proceeds from the plans’ assets, are expected to be sufficient to fund the benefits payable. The last full actuarial valuations were carried out as at 31 March 2010. The 2013 valuations are ongoing and are expected to be agreed by the end of June.

 

     

  

The results of the 2010 valuations are shown below:

 

  

     

NGUKPS1

  NGEG of ESPS2  
  

 

 
  

Latest full actuarial valuation

 31 March 2010    31 March 2010    
  

Actuary

 Towers Watson    Aon Hewitt    
  

Market value of scheme assets at latest valuation

 £13,399m    £1,531m    
  

Actuarial value of benefits due to members

 £(13,998)m    £(2,038)m    
  

Market value as percentage of benefits

 96%    75%    
  

Funding deficit

 £599m    £507m    
  

Funding deficit (net of tax)

 £479m    £406m    
  

 

 
  

 

1. National Grid UK Pension Scheme.

 

2. National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme.

 

Following consultations during the past year with affected employees and our trade union partners, and the positive outcome of trade union ballots, National Grid, working with the Trustees, will implement changes to the benefits provided by its two UK DB pension schemes from 1 April 2014. From April 2014 an annual cap will be placed on future increases to the salary used to calculate pensions at the lower of 3% or the annual increase in RPI. This capped salary will apply to all pensionable service from 1 April 2013 onwards. These changes have resulted in a past service credit of £11m to the income statement (see note 22) and a change to the salary increase assumption which affects how our DB liabilities as at 31 March 2014 have been calculated.

 

The aim of these changes is to ensure our Schemes remain affordable and sustainable over the coming years.

  

  

       

  


134    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

UK pension schemes

National Grid's defined benefit pension arrangements are funded with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The arrangements are subject to independent actuarial valuations at least every three years, on the basis of which the qualified actuary certifies the rate of employers' contribution, which, together with the specified contributions payable by the employees and proceeds from the schemes' assets, are expected to be sufficient to fund the benefits payable under the schemes. The next valuations will be based on the position at 31 March 2013. The results of the 2010 valuations are shown below:

   NG UK Pension Scheme     NGEG of ESPS  

 

Latest full actuarial valuation

   31 March 2010      31 March 2010  

Actuary

   Towera Watson      Aon Hewitt  

Market value of scheme assets at latest valuation

   £13,399m      £1,531m  

Actuarial value of benefits due to members

   £(13,998)m      £(2,038)m  

Market value as percentage of benefits

   96%      75%  

Funding deficit

   £599m      £507m  

Funding deficit (net of tax)

   £455m      £385m  

 

National Grid UK Pension Scheme

The 2010 actuarial funding valuation showed that, based on long-term financial assumptions, the contribution rate required to meet future benefit accrual was 35% of pensionable earnings (32% by employers and 3% by employees). In addition, National Grid makes payments to the scheme to cover administration costs and the Pension Protection Fund levy. The employer contribution rate will beand administration costs are being reviewed as part of the next valuation in 2013 while administration costs are reviewed annually.valuation.

Following the 2010 actuarial valuation, National Grid and the Trustees agreed a recovery plan which willwould see the funding deficit repaid by 31 March 2027. Under the schedule of contributions, no deficit contributions were made in 2010/11 or 2011/12. An annual paymentAnnual payments of £47m, rising in line with the RPI from March 2010, will commencecommenced in 2012/13 and (subject to the current valuation discussions) are due to continue until 2027. As part of the initial 2013 valuation discussions with the Trustees an additional payment of £6m was paid in March 2014.

Following this

As part of the 2010 agreement, National Grid has established a secured banksecurity account arrangements with a charge in favour of the Trustees. The balancevalue of the bankassets in the security account at 31 March 20122014 was £142m.approximately £199m. The fundsassets in the banksecurity account will be paid to the scheme in the event that National Grid Gas plc (NGG) is subject to an insolvency event, or is given notice of less than 12 months that Ofgem intends to revoke its licence under the Gas Act 1986. The fundsassets in the banksecurity account will be released back to National Grid if the scheme moves into surplus.

This scheme ceased to allow new hires to join from 1 April 2002 and from 4 September 2001 for certain employees.2002. A defined contribution arrangementDC section of the scheme was offered for employees joining after these dates.

152this date, which closed to future contributions on 31 October 2013 and was replaced by The National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

YouPlan (see below).

 

30. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits continued

National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme

The 2010 actuarial funding valuation showed that, based on long-term financial assumptions, the contribution rate required to meet future benefit accrual was 29.6% of pensionable earnings (23.7% by employers and an average of 5.9% by employees). The employer contribution rate will beis being reviewed as part of the next valuation in 2013.2013 valuation.

Following the 2010 actuarial valuation, National Grid and the Trustees agreed a recovery plan that willwould see the funding deficit repaid by 31 March 2027. Under the schedule of contributions, a paymentpayments of £45m waswere made in 2010/11 and 2011/12 and a further payment of £45m£38m was made in 2011/12.2012/13. Thereafter an annual paymentpayments of £38m is due to be made, rising in line with RPI.RPI are due to continue until 2027. The actual payment made in 2013/14 was £45m which included an additional payment of £7m following initial 2013 valuation discussions with the Trustees. A further £35m paid in 2011/12 to support a de-risking initiative has been recognised from a funding perspective during 2013/14.

Following

As part of this agreement, National Grid has established a secured banksecurity account arrangements with a charge in favour of the Trustees. The balancevalue of the bankassets in the security account at 31 March 20122014 was £4m.approximately £35m. The fundsassets in the banksecurity account will be paid to the scheme in the event that:that National Grid Electricity Transmission plc (NGET) is subject to an insolvency event, or ceases to hold a licence granted under the Electricity Act 1989. The fundsassets in the banksecurity account will be released back to National Grid if the scheme moves into surplus.

National Grid has also agreed to make a payment in respect of the deficit up to a maximum of £220m should certain triggers be breached; namely if NGET ceases to hold the licence granted under the Electricity Act 1989 or NGET'sNGET’s credit rating by two out of three specified agencies falls below certain agreed levels for a period of 40 days.

The scheme closed to new members from 1 April 2006. A defined contribution arrangement

The National Grid YouPlan

Following a review of the DC section of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme, National Grid established a new DC trust, The National Grid YouPlan (YouPlan). This was offeredlaunched on 1 November 2013 and future contributions for active members of the DC section were paid to YouPlan from this date.

Under the rules of the plan, National Grid double matches contributions to YouPlan currently up to a maximum of 5% of employee salary. Member accounts built up in the DC section prior to 1 November 2013 will be transferred to YouPlan in 2014.

YouPlan is the qualifying scheme used for automatic enrolment and National Grid’s staging date was 1 April 2013. All new hires from this date.are enrolled into YouPlan.

US pension plans

National Grid's defined benefitGrid’s DB pension plans in the US provide annuity or lump sum payments for vested employees. Non-union employees hired on or after 1 January 2011 are provided with a definedcore contribution into the DC plan, irrespective of the employee’s contribution to the plan. A definedcore contribution in the DC plan is also provided to twonew hires in ten groups of represented US employees. In addition, a matched defined contribution planan employer match is offered to all eligible employees.employees in the DC plan on their elective deferrals into the plan. The assets of the plans are held in separate trusteetrusts and administered funds.by the fiduciary committees.

Employees do not contribute to the defined benefitDB pension plans. Employer contributions are made in accordance with the rules set outforth by the US Internal Revenue Code and can vary according to the funded status of the plans and the amounts that are tax deductible. At present, there is some flexibility in the amount that is contributed on an annual basis. In general, the Company'sCompany’s policy for funding the US pension plans is to contribute amounts collected in rates.rates and capitalised in the rate bases during the year. These contributions are expectedwill be no less than the amounts needed to meet the requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans

National Grid provides healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees. Eligibility is based on certain age and length of service requirements and in most cases retirees contribute to the cost of their coverage. In the US, there is no governmental requirement to pre fund post-retirement health and welfare plans. However, there may be requirements under the various state regulatory agreements to contribute to these plans. Depending upon the rate jurisdiction and the plan, the funding level may be equal to: the expense under US GAAP; the amount collected in rates; the maximum tax deductible contribution; or zero.

Asset allocations

  UK pensions   US pensions   US other post- retirement benefits  
  2012   2011 2010     2012   2011   2010     2012   2011 2010  
  %   % %     %   %   %     %   % %  

 

Equities (i)

 33.3   34.5 36.8    47.7   51.5   52.8    76.6   76.5 68.6  

Corporate bonds (ii)

 33.1   30.3 32.3    42.5   40.7   41.5    22.7   22.6 24.8  

Gilts

 24.3   26.8 22.4    –   –   –    –    –  

Property

 7.2   5.9 5.9    3.8   2.0   –    –    –  

Other

 2.1   2.5 2.6    6.0   5.8   5.7    0.7   0.9 6.6  

 

Total

     100.0         100.0       100.0        100.0         100.0         100.0        100.0         100.0       100.0  

 

(i)Included within equities at 31 March 2012 were ordinary shares of National Grid plc with a value of £13m (2011: £12m; 2010: £17m).

 


(ii)Included within corporate bonds at 31 March 2012 was an investment in a number of bonds issued by subsidiary undertakings with a value of £50m (2011: £39m; 2010: £nil).

Target asset allocationsStrategic Report

 

   NGUKPS
%
         ESPS 
 US 
    pensions 
 US  
        OPEB  
%  

Equities (i)

 31 46  60  70  

Bonds, property and other matching assets

 69 54  40  30  

Total

 100 100  100  100  

(i)Included within equities are hedge fund and active currency investments.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc153


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedCorporate Governance

 

30. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits continued

Actuarial assumptions

For UK schemes, the expected long-term rate of return on assets has been set reflecting the price inflation expectation, the expected real return on each major asset class and the long-term asset allocation strategy adopted for each scheme. The expected real returns on specific asset classes reflect historical returns, investment yields on the measurement date and general future return expectations, and have been set after taking advice from the schemes’ actuaries.

For US plans, the estimated rate of return for various passive asset classes is based both on analysis of historical rates of return and forward looking analysis of risk premiums and yields. Current market conditions, such as inflation and interest rates, are evaluated in connection with the setting of our long-term assumptions. A small premium is added for active management of both equity and fixed income. The rates of return for each asset class are then weighted in accordance with the actual asset allocation resulting in a long-term return on asset rate for each plan.

  UK pensions   US pensions   US OPEBs
   

        2012  

%  

 

        2011

%

 

        2010  

%  

    

        2012  

%  

 

        2011

%

 

        2010  

%  

    

        2012  

%  

 

        2011

%

 

        2010  

%  

Discount rate (i)

 4.8   5.5 5.6    5.1   5.9 6.1    5.1   5.9 6.1  

Expected return on plan assets

 5.5   6.1 6.4    6.6   7.2 7.5    6.8   7.1 7.2  

Rate of increase in salaries (ii)

 4.0   4.4 4.7    3.5   3.5 3.5    3.5   3.5 3.5  

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

 3.2   3.5 3.8    –    –    n/a   n/a n/a  

Rate of increase in pensions in deferment

 3.2   3.5 3.8    –    –    n/a   n/a n/a  

Rate of increase in RPI (or equivalent)

 3.2   3.5 3.8    2.1   2.2 2.4    n/a   n/a n/a  

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

 n/a   n/a n/a    n/a   n/a n/a    8.0   8.5 8.5  

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

 n/a   n/a n/a     n/a   n/a n/a     5.0   5.0 5.0  

(i)The discount rates for pension liabilities have been determined by reference to appropriate yields on high quality corporate bonds prevailing in the UK and US debt markets at the balance sheet date.

(ii)A promotional scale has also been used where appropriate.

  2012   2011   2010
   

UK

      years

 

US  

          years  

    

UK

    years

 

US  

          years  

    

UK

    years

 

US  

        years  

Assumed life expectations for a retiree at age 65

        

Today

        

Males

 22.5 19.4    22.4 18.8    21.0 18.8  

Females

 25.0 21.3    24.9 20.8    23.4 20.8  

In 20 years

        

Males

 24.9 20.9    24.7 18.8    23.4 18.8  

Females

 27.5 22.2     27.4 20.8     25.7 20.8  

Sensitivities to actuarial assumptions

  Change in pensions
and OPEB liability
   Change in annual
pension and OPEB cost
   

        2012  

£m  

 

          2011

£m

 

        2010  

£m  

    

        2012

£m

 

        2011

£m

 

         2010  

£m  

Sensitivities (all other assumptions held constant)

       

0.1% change in discount rate

 346   304 317    7   7 4  

0.5% change in long-term rate of increase in salaries

 158   162 166    8   8 8  

Change of one year to life expectations at age 60

 686   653 670     6   7 5  
       
               

2012  

£m  

 

2011

£m

 

2010  

£m  

Sensitivities to a 1% change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates

       

Increase

       

Effect on the aggregate of the service costs and interest costs

     29   28 25  

Effect on defined benefit obligations

     366   330 348  

Decrease

       

Effect on the aggregate of the service costs and interest costs

     (25)  (23) (21) 

Effect on defined benefit obligations

         (310)    (282) (298) 

154National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

30. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits continued

The history of the present value of obligations, the fair value of plan assets and of experience adjustments is as follows:

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

   

2010

£m

   

2009

£m

   

2008

£m

 

Present value of funded and unfunded obligations

   (24,016   (21,938   (22,200   (18,299   (18,175

Fair value of plan assets

   21,149     19,969     19,136     15,519     17,273  
    (2,867   (1,969   (3,064   (2,780   (902

Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets

   431     358     3,192     (3,952   (911

Experience (losses)/gains on plan liabilities

   (54   28     509     (125   152  

Actuarial (losses)/gains on plan liabilities

   (1,756   213     (3,923   1,934     1,343  

31. Supplementary information on derivative financial instruments

Treasury financial instruments

Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of an underlying item such as interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities, equity or other indices. Derivatives enable their users to alter exposure to these market or credit risks. We use derivatives to manage the interest rate and foreign exchange risks from our financing portfolio and this enables the optimisation of the overall cost of accessing debt capital markets. We also use derivatives to manage our operational market risks from commodities. The commodity derivative contracts and commodity market risks are detailed in note 33.

We calculate fair value of the financial derivatives by discounting all future cash flows by the market yield curve at the balance sheet date. The market yield curve for each currency is obtained from external sources for interest and foreign exchange rates. In the case of derivative instruments that include options, the Black's variation of the Black-Scholes model is used to calculate fair value.

Hedging policies using derivative financial instruments are further explained in note 32 and, where possible, derivatives held as hedging instruments are formally designated as hedges as defined in IAS 39. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. These are described as follows:

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate, long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement. If the hedge relationship is terminated, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the item and is amortised to the income statement as a yield adjustment over the remainder of the life of the hedged item.

Cash flow hedges

Exposure arises from the variability in future interest and currency cash flows on assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or are in a foreign currency. Interest rate and cross-currency swaps are maintained, and designated as cash flow hedges, where they qualify, to manage this exposure. Fair value changes on designated cash flow hedges are initially recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve, as gains or losses recognised in equity. Amounts are transferred from equity and recognised in the income statement as the income or expense is recognised on the hedged asset or liability.

Forward foreign currency contracts are used to hedge anticipated and committed future currency cash flows. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as cash flow hedges. On recognition of the underlying transaction in the financial statements, the associated hedge gains and losses, deferred in equity, are transferred and included with the recognition of the underlying transaction.

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in remeasurements within the income statement.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement or on the balance sheet. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to remeasurements within the income statement.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc155


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

31. Supplementary information on derivative financial instruments continued

Net investment hedges

Borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are used in the management of the foreign exchange exposure arising from the investment in non-sterling denominated subsidiaries. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as net investment hedges.

The cross-currency swaps and forward foreign currency contracts are hedge accounted using the spot to spot method. The foreign exchange gain or loss on retranslation of the borrowings and the spot to spot movements on the cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are transferred to equity to offset gains or losses on translation of the net investment in the non-sterling denominated subsidiaries.

Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship

Our policy is not to use derivatives for trading purposes. However, due to the complex nature of hedge accounting under IAS 39 some derivatives may not qualify for hedge accounting, or are specifically not designated as a hedge where natural offset is more appropriate. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in remeasurements within the income statement.

32. Financial risk

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks: market risk, including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and commodity price risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on financial performance. We use financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments to manage risks of this type.

Risk management related to financing activities is carried out by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The objective of the treasury department is to manage funding and liquidity requirements, including managing associated financial risks, to within acceptable boundaries. The Finance Committee provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

National Grid operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and investments in foreign operations.

Our policy for managing foreign exchange transaction risk is to hedge contractually committed foreign currency cash flows over a prescribed minimum size. Where foreign currency cash flow forecasts are less certain, our policy is to hedge a proportion of such cash flows based on the probability of those cash flows occurring. Instruments used to manage foreign exchange transaction risk include foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swaps.

Our policy for managing foreign exchange translation risk relating to our net investment in foreign operations is to maintain a percentage of net debt and foreign exchange forwards so as to provide an economic offset of our cash flows arising in the foreign currency. The primary managed foreign exchange exposure arises from the dollar denominated assets and liabilities held by our US operations, with a further small euro exposure in respect of a joint venture investment.

During 2012 and 2011, derivative financial instruments were used to manage foreign currency risk as follows:

   2012     2011 
    

Sterling

£m

   

Euro

£m

   

Dollar

£m

   

Other

£m

   

Total 

£m 

      

Sterling

£m

   

Euro

£m

   

Dollar

£m

   

Other

£m

   

Total

£m

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   14     1     317          332       319     1     64          384  

Financial investments

   1,021     84     1,200     86     2,391       1,046     111     1,696     86     2,939  

Borrowings (i)

   (11,034   (4,146   (7,284   (561   (23,025)       (10,565   (4,896   (7,113   (624   (23,198

Pre-derivative position

   (9,999   (4,061   (5,767   (475   (20,302)      (9,200   (4,784   (5,353   (538   (19,875

Derivative effect

   2,584     3,845     (6,206   482     705        2,921     4,637     (6,962   548     1,144  

Net debt position

   (7,415   (216   (11,973   7     (19,597)       (6,279   (147   (12,315   10     (18,731

(i)Includes bank overdrafts.

The overall exposure to dollars largely relates to our net investment hedge activities as described in note 31.

156National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

32. Financial risk continued

The currency exposure on other financial instruments is as follows:

           2012                       2011          
    

  Sterling

£m

  

  Euro

£m

  

  Dollar

£m

  

  Other

£m

   

  Total

£m

        Sterling
£m
  

  Euro

£m

   

  Dollar

£m

  

  Other

£m

   

  Total

£m

 

Trade and other receivables

   112        896         1,008      91         1,122         1,213  

Trade and other payables

   (1,124  (1  (1,255       (2,380    (1,319       (1,248       (2,567

Other non-current liabilities

   (24      (340       (364     (26       (354       (380

The carrying amounts of other financial instruments are denominated in the above currencies, which in most instances are the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries. Our exposure to dollars is due to activities in our US subsidiaries. We do not have any other significant exposure to currency risk on these balances.

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

National Grid’s interest rate risk arises from our long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose National Grid to cash flow interest rate risk, partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose National Grid to fair value interest rate risk.

Our interest rate risk management policy is to seek to minimise total financing costs (being interest costs and changes in the market value of debt) subject to constraints. We do this by using fixed- and floating-rate debt and derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements.

We hold some borrowings on issue that are inflation linked. We believe that these provide a partial economic offset to the inflation risk associated with our UK inflation linked revenues.

The following table sets out the carrying amount, by contractual maturity, of borrowings that are exposed to interest rate risk before taking into account interest rate swaps:

    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

 

Fixed interest rate borrowings

   

Less than 1 year

   (1,026  (1,313

In 1-2 years

   (1,428  (808

In 2-3 years

   (1,169  (1,467

In 3-4 years

   (734  (1,189

In 4-5 years

   (1,052  (307

More than 5 years

   (7,985  (8,487
   (13,394  (13,571

Floating interest rate borrowings (including inflation linked)

   (9,618  (9,627

Non-interest bearing borrowings

   (13    

Total borrowings

   (23,025  (23,198

During 2012 and 2011, net debt was managed using derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risk as follows:

  2012     2011 
   

  Fixed

rate

£m

  

  Floating

rate

£m

  

  Inflation
linked(i)

£m

     Other(ii)
£m
  

  Total

£m

      

  Fixed

rate

£m

  

  Floating

rate

£m

  

  Inflation

linked(i)

£m

  

  Other(ii)

£m

   

  Total

£m

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  289    43            332      315    69             384  

Financial investments

  742    1,523        126    2,391      759    2,053        127     2,939  

Borrowings (iii)

  (13,394  (3,314  (6,304  (13  (23,025     (13,571  (3,933  (5,694       (23,198

Pre-derivative position

  (12,363  (1,748  (6,304  113    (20,302    (12,497  (1,811  (5,694  127     (19,875

Derivative effect (iv)

  1,220    (567  52        705       295    531    318         1,144  

Net debt position

  (11,143  (2,315  (6,252  113    (19,597     (12,202  (1,280  (5,376  127     (18,731

(i)The post-derivative impact represents financial instruments linked to UK RPI.

(ii)Represents financial instruments which are not directly affected by interest rate risk, such as investments in equity or other similar financial instruments.

(iii)Includes bank overdrafts.

(iv)The impact of 2012/13 (2011: 2011/12) maturing short-dated interest rate derivatives is included.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc157


Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

 

135

   

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans

National Grid provides healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees. Eligibility is based on certain age and length of service requirements and in most cases retirees contribute to the cost of their healthcare coverage. In the US, there is no governmental requirement to pre-fund post-retirement health and welfare plans. However, in general, the Company’s policy for funding the US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans is to contribute amounts collected in rates and capitalised in the rate bases during the year.

 

Asset allocations

Within the asset allocations below there is significant diversification across regions, asset managers, currencies and bond categories.

 

UK pensions

 

   

  

      

  

   

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities1

   4,045    620    4,665    4,825    546    5,371    4,796    570    5,366    
   

Corporate bonds2

   5,706        5,706    5,804        5,804    5,330        5,330    
   

Government securities

   4,161        4,161    4,743        4,743    3,906        3,906    
   

Property

   33    1,057    1,090        1,072    1,072        1,160    1,160    
   

Diversified alternatives3

       793    793                        –    
   

Other4

   1,031    (37  994    426    (24  402    407    (62  345    
   

 

 
   

Total

   14,976    2,433    17,409    15,798    1,594    17,392    14,439    1,668    16,107    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Included within equities at 31 March 2014 were ordinary shares of National Grid plc with a value of £15m (2013: £16m; 2012: £13m).

2. Included within corporate bonds at 31 March 2014 was an investment in a number of bonds issued by subsidiary undertakings with a value of £72m (2013: £69m; 2012: £50m).

3. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

4. Includes liability-driven investment vehicles, cash and cash type instruments.

 

US pensions

 

   

   

  

  

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities

   508    1,225    1,733    507    1,289    1,796    619    1,025    1,644    
   

Corporate bonds

   823    336    1,159    863    295    1,158    733    229    962    
   

Government securities

   632    28    660    707    19    726    649    20    669    
   

Property

       189    189        175    175        148    148    
   

Diversified alternatives1

       434    434        465    465        411    411    
   

Other

       54    54        58    58        16    16    
   

 

 
   

Total

   1,963    2,266    4,229    2,077    2,301    4,378    2,001    1,849    3,850    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

 

US other post-retirement benefits

 

  

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities

   245    852    1,097    195    774    969    252    523    775    
   

Corporate bonds

   2    10    12    2    11    13    1    10    11    
   

Government securities

   357    1    358    361    2    363    262    4    266    
   

Diversified alternatives1

   43    110    153    43    127    170    87    53    140    
   

 

 
   

Total

   647    973    1,620    601    914    1,515    602    590    1,192    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

 

Target asset allocations

Each plan’s investment strategy is formulated specifically in order to manage risk, through investment in diversified asset classes, including the use of liability matching assets and where appropriate through the employment of interest rate and inflation hedging instruments. The target asset allocation of the plans as at 31 March 2014 is as follows:

 

  

  

     

                    UK pensions     US pensions     US other  
post-retirement  
benefits  
 
                    %     %     %   
   

 

 
   

Equities

       31     47     70    
   

Other

       69     53     30    
   

 

 
   

Total

       100     100     100    
   

 

 


 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

32. Financial risk continued

(b) Fair value analysis

The following provides an analysis of our financial instruments measured at fair value. They are reported in a tiered hierarchy based on the valuation methodology described in note 31, and reflecting the significance of market observable inputs. The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

   2012     2011 
    

  Level 1

£m

   

  Level 2

£m

  

  Level 3

£m

  

  Total

£m

        Level 1
£m
     Level 2
£m
    Level 3
£m
   

  Total

£m

 

Assets

              

Available-for-sale investments

   1,741     185        1,926      2,834     179         3,013  

Derivative financial instruments

        2,078    58    2,136            1,684    54     1,738  
    1,741     2,263    58    4,062       2,834     1,863    54     4,751  

Liabilities

              

Derivative financial instruments

        (1,193  (238  (1,431          (594       (594

Total

   1,741     1,070    (180  2,631       2,834     1,269    54     4,157  

Level 1:Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2:Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are based directly or indirectly on observable market data.
Level 3:Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are based on unobservable market data.

During the year no transfers have been made between the hierarchy levels.

The financial instruments classified as level 3 include cross-currency swaps with an embedded call option, currency swaps where the currency forward curve is illiquid and inflation linked swaps where the inflation curve is illiquid. In valuing these instruments third party valuations are obtained from more than one source to support the reported fair value.

The changes in value of our level 3 derivative financial instruments are as follows:

   

2012

Level 3

valuation

£m

  

2011

Level 3

      valuation

£m

 

At 1 April

  54    36  

Net (losses)/gains for the year (i)

  (47  21  

Purchases

  (184    

Settlements

  (3  (3

At 31 March

  (180  54  

(i)Losses of £47m (2011: £21m gain) are attributable to assets or liabilities held at the end of the reporting period and have been recognised in finance costs in the income statement.

During the year limited price inflation (LPI) swaps were transacted. These derivative instruments are sensitive to changes in the LPI market curve. An illustrative movement in basis points of the LPI market curve would have the following impacts, after the effects of tax:

  2012 
   

Income

statement

£m

  

Other equity

reserves

£m

 

+20 basis point change in LPI market curve

  (56    

–20 basis point change in LPI market curve

  52      

A reasonably possible change in assumption of all the other level 3 instruments is unlikely to result in a material change in fair values.

158136    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 

 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

 

  

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

Actuarial assumptions

The Company has applied the following financial assumptions in assessing DB liabilities:

 

  

  

  

     UK pensions  US pensions  US other post-retirement benefits 
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
             2014          2013          2012            2014  2013   2012            2014  2013 2012   
     %  %  %    %  %   %    %  % %   
  

 

 
  

Discount rate1

  4.3    4.3    4.8      4.8    4.7     5.1      4.8   4.7  5.1    
  

Rate of increase in salaries2

  3.6    4.1    4.0      3.5    3.5     3.5      3.5   3.5  3.5    
  

Rate of increase in RPI3

  3.3    3.4    3.2      n/a    n/a     n/a      n/a   n/a  n/a    
  

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

  n/a    n/a    n/a      n/a    n/a     n/a      8.0   8.0  8.0    
  

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

  n/a    n/a    n/a      n/a    n/a     n/a      5.0   5.0  5.0    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The discount rates for pension liabilities have been determined by reference to appropriate yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the UK and US debt markets at the reporting date.

   

  

 

2.

 

 

A promotional scale has also been used where appropriate. The UK assumption stated is that relating to service prior to 1 April 2013. The UK assumption for the rate of increase in salaries for service after this date is 2.5%.

   

  

 

3.

 

 

This is the key assumption that determines assumed increases in pensions in payment and deferment in the UK only. The assumptions for the UK were 3.3% (2013: 3.4%; 2012: 3.2%) for increases in pensions in payment and 3.3% (2013: 3.4%; 2012: 3.2%) for increases in pensions in deferment.

 

    

                2014   2013  

2012

 
                UK  US     UK  US    UK US   
                    years      years         years      years        years     years   
  

 

 
  

 

Assumed life expectations for a retiree age 65

  

       
  

Today

          
  

Males

     22.9    20.6       22.7    19.5     22.5  19.4    
  

Females

     25.4    22.9       25.2    21.4     25.0  21.3    
  

In 20 years

          
  

Males

     25.2    22.8       25.0    21.0     24.9  20.9    
  

Females

 

     27.8    24.7       27.6    22.2     27.5  22.2    
  

 

 
  

 

Maturity profile of defined benefit obligations

The weighted average duration of the DB obligation for each category of scheme is 16 years for UK pension schemes; 13 years for US pension schemes and 15 years for US other post-retirement benefits. The forecast timing of benefits payable to scheme members for each of these categories is shown on a net present value basis in the chart below.

 

Maturity profile

£m

  

    

  

  

LOGO


 

32. Financial risk continuedStrategic Report

(c) Credit risk

We are exposed to the risk of loss resulting from counterparties’ default on their commitments including failure to pay or make a delivery on a contract. This risk is inherent in our commercial business activities. We are exposed to credit risk on our cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

Treasury related credit risk

Counterparty risk arises from the investment of surplus funds and from the use of derivative instruments. As at 31 March 2012, the following limits were in place for investments held with banks and financial institutions:

 

    

Maximum limit

£m

     

Long-term limit

£m

 

AAA rated G8 sovereign entities

   Unlimited       Unlimited  

Triple ‘A’ vehicles

   290       246  

Triple ‘A’ range institutions (AAA)

   990 to 1,493       498 to 782  

Double ‘A’ range institutions (AA)

   591 to 744       301 to 372  

Single ‘A’ range institutions (A)

   203 to 290       104 to 148  

As at 31 March 2011 and 2012, we had a number of exposures to individual counterparties. In accordance with our treasury policies, counterparty credit exposure utilisations are monitored daily against the counterparty credit limits. Counterparty credit ratings and market conditions are reviewed continually with limits being revised and utilisation adjusted, if appropriate. Management does not expect any significant losses from non performance by these counterparties.

The counterparty exposure under derivative financial contracts as shown in note 14 was £2,136m (2011: £1,738m); after netting agreements it was £1,453m (2011: £1,389m). This exposure is further reduced by collateral received as shown in note 19. Additional information for commodity contract credit risk is in note 33.

Wholesale and retail credit riskCorporate Governance

Our principal commercial exposure in the UK is governed by the credit rules within the regulated codes Uniform Network Code and Connection and Use of System Code. These lay down the level of credit relative to the regulatory asset value (RAV) for each credit rating. In the US, we are required to supply electricity and gas under state regulations. Our credit policies and practices are designed to limit credit exposure by collecting security deposits prior to providing utility services, or after utility service has commenced if certain applicable regulatory requirements are met. Collection activities are managed on a daily basis. Sales to retail customers are usually settled in cash, cheques, electronic bank payments or by using major credit cards. We are committed to measuring, monitoring, minimising and recording counterparty credit risk in our wholesale business. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored and collateral is collected against these accounts when necessary. Management does not expect any significant losses of receivables that have not been provided for as shown in note 16.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc159


Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

137

  

30.Financial risk management

 

    
  

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risk including currency risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, credit risk, capital risk and liquidity risk. Our risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential volatility of financial performance of these risks. We use financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, to manage risks of this type.

 

This note describes our approach to managing risk, including an analysis of assets and liabilities by currency type and an analysis of interest rate category for our net debt. We are required by accounting standards to also include a number of specific disclosures (such as a maturity analysis of contractual undiscounted cash flows) and have included these requirements below.

    

    

  

 

Risk management related to financing activities is carried out by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The objective of the treasury department is to manage funding and liquidity requirements, including managing associated financial risks, to within acceptable boundaries. The Finance Committee provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

 

We have exposure to the following risks, which are described in more detail below:

 

  credit risk;

  liquidity risk;

  interest rate risk;

  currency risk;

  commodity risk; and

  capital risk

 

(a) Credit risk

We are exposed to the risk of loss resulting from counterparties’ default on their commitments including failure to pay or make a delivery on a contract. This risk is inherent in our commercial business activities. We are exposed to credit risk on our cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

 

Treasury credit risk

Counterparty risk arises from the investment of surplus funds and from the use of derivative instruments. As at 31 March 2014, the following limits were in place for investments held with banks and financial institutions:

 

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

   

      Maximum limit                   Long-term limit   
      £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

AAA rated G8 sovereign entities

   Unlimited     Unlimited    
  

Triple ‘A’ vehicles

   311     263    
  

Triple ‘A’ range institutions (AAA)

   1,060 to 1,599     534 to 837    
  

Double ‘A’ range institutions (AA)

   633 to 797     322 to 398    
  

Single ‘A’ range institutions (A)

   218 to 311     111 to 159    
  

 

 
  

 

As at 31 March 2013 and 2014, we had a number of exposures to individual counterparties. In accordance with our treasury policies, counterparty credit exposure utilisations are monitored daily against the counterparty credit limits. Counterparty credit ratings and market conditions are reviewed continually with limits being revised and utilisation adjusted, if appropriate. Management does not expect any significant losses from non performance by these counterparties.

 

Commodity credit risk

The credit policy for commodity transactions is owned and monitored by the Executive Energy Risk Committee, under authority delegated by the Board and Executive Committee, and establishes controls and procedures to determine, monitor and minimise the credit risk of counterparties.

 

Wholesale and retail credit risk

Our principal commercial exposure in the UK is governed by the credit rules within the regulated codes Uniform Network Code and Connection and Use of System Code. These set out the level of credit relative to the RAV for each credit rating. In the US, we are required to supply electricity and gas under state regulations. Our credit policies and practices are designed to limit credit exposure by collecting security deposits prior to providing utility services, or after utility service has commenced if certain applicable regulatory requirements are met. Collection activities are managed on a daily basis. Sales to retail customers are usually settled in cash, cheques, electronic bank payments or by using major credit cards. We are committed to measuring, monitoring, minimising and recording counterparty credit risk in our wholesale business. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored and collateral is collected against these accounts when necessary. Management does not expect any significant losses of receivables that have not been provided for as shown in note 17.

 

     

  

   

  

         


138    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(a) Credit riskcontinued

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The following tables set out our financial assets and liabilities which are subject to offset and to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The tables show the amounts which are offset and reported net in the statement of financial position. Amounts which cannot be offset under IFRS, but which could be settled net under terms of master netting agreements if certain conditions arise, and with collateral received or pledged, are shown to present National Grid’s net exposure.

 

Financial assets and liabilities on different transactions are only reported net if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis.

 

Amounts which do not meet the criteria for offsetting on the statement of financial position but could be settled net in certain circumstances principally relate to derivative transactions under ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) agreements where each party has the option to settle amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party.

 

Commodity contracts that have not been offset on the balance sheet may be settled net in certain circumstances under ISDA or NAESB (North American Energy Standards Board) agreements.

 

National Grid has similar arrangements in relation to bank account balances and bank overdrafts; and trade payables and trade receivables which are subject to general terms and conditions. However, these balances are immaterial.

 

  

  

  

     

   

    

   

   

                 Related amounts available
to be offset but not offset in
statement of financial  position
    
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

As at 31 March 2014

  

Gross
carrying
amounts

£m

  

Gross
amounts
offset1

£m

  

Net amount
presented
in statement
of financial
position

£m

  

Financial
instruments

£m

  

Cash
collateral
received/
pledged

£m

  

Net amount  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Assets

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   1,970        1,970    (609  (831  530    
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

89

 

  

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

87

 

  

 

  

 

(7

 

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

78  

 

  

 

  

 

 
      2,059    (2  2,057    (616  (833  608    
  

 

 
  

Liabilities

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   (1,163      (1,163  609    374    (180)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(123

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(123

 

 

  

 

7

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(116) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
      (1,286      (1,286  616    374    (296)   
  

 

 
              
  

 

 
  

Total

   773    (2  771        (459  312    
  

 

 
 
                 

Related amounts available

to be offset but not offset in

statement of financial position

    
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   As at 31 March 2013  

Gross
carrying
amounts

£m

  

Gross
amounts
offset1

£m

  

Net amount
presented
in statement
of financial
position

£m

  

Financial
instruments

£m

  

Cash
collateral
received/
pledged

£m

  

Net amount  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Assets

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   2,245        2,245    (891)2   (709  645    
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

91

 

  

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

89

 

  

 

  

 

(1

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

88  

 

  

 

  

 

 
      2,336    (2  2,334    (892  (709  733    
  

 

 
  

Liabilities

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   (1,681      (1,681  8912   440    (350)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(140

 

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

  

 

(139

 

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(138) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
      (1,821  1    (1,820  892    440    (488)   
  

 

 
              
  

 

 
  

Total

   515    (1  514        (269  245    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The gross financial assets and liabilities offset in the statement of financial position primarily relate to commodity contracts. Offsets relate to margin payments for NYMEX gas futures which are traded on a recognised exchange.

   

  

 

2.

 

 

Comparatives have been restated to present items on a basis consistent with the current year.

 

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

139

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(b) Liquidity risk

Our policy is to determine our liquidity requirements by the use of both short-term and long-term cash flow forecasts. These forecasts are supplemented by a financial headroom analysis which is used to assess funding requirements for at least a 24 month period and maintain adequate liquidity for a continuous 12 month period.

 

We believe our contractual obligations, including those shown in commitments and contingencies in note 27 can be met from existing cash and investments, operating cash flows and other financings that we reasonably expect to be able to secure in the future, together with the use of committed facilities if required.

 

Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the periodic and timely provision of financial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness. Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the lender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

 

The following is an analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities as at the reporting date:

 

  

  

    

    

     

   

   At 31 March 2014  

Less
than
1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More
than
3 years

£m

  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (3,091  (864  (1,140  (20,275  (25,370)   
  

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (826  (812  (796  (14,571  (17,005)   
  

Finance lease liabilities

   (18  (19  (20  (112  (169)   
  

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,584  (190          (2,774)   
   

    

      
  

Derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Derivative contracts – receipts

   1,068    950    153    1,155    3,326    
  

Derivative contracts – payments

   (556  (861  (144  (1,638  (3,199)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(177

 

 

  

 

(30

 

 

  

 

(22

 

 

  

 

2

 

  

 

  

 

(227) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

Total

 

   

 

(6,184

 

 

  

 

(1,826

 

 

  

 

(1,969

 

 

  

 

(35,439

 

 

  

 

(45,418) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
 
   

At 31 March 2013

  

Less
than
1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More
than
3 years

£m

  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (3,061  (1,836  (790  (21,704  (27,391)   
  

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (951  (861  (842  (15,775  (18,429)   
  

Finance lease liabilities

   (27  (26  (26  (151  (230)   
  

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,696  (235          (2,931)   
   

    

      
  

Derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Derivative contracts – receipts

   1,388    816    1,053    441    3,698    
  

Derivative contracts – payments2

   (1,309  (469  (969  (1,039  (3,786)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(150

 

 

  

 

(41

 

 

  

 

(35

 

 

  

 

(25

 

 

  

 

(251) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

Total

 

   

 

(6,806

 

 

  

 

(2,652

 

 

  

 

(1,609

 

 

  

 

(38,253

 

 

  

 

(49,320) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The interest on borrowings is calculated based on borrowings held at 31 March without taking account of future issues. Floating-rate interest is estimated using a forward interest rate curve as at 31 March. Payments are included on the basis of the earliest date on which the Company can be required to settle.

    

  

 

2.

 

 

The comparatives have been restated on a basis consistent with the current year.

 

  


140    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements continued

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(c) Interest rate risk

National Grid’s interest rate risk arises from our long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose National Grid to cash flow interest rate risk, partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose National Grid to fair value interest rate risk.

 

Our interest rate risk management policy is to seek to minimise total financing costs (being interest costs and changes in the market value of debt) subject to constraints. We do this by using fixed and floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements.

 

We hold some borrowings on issue that are inflation linked. We believe that these provide a partial economic offset to the inflation risk associated with our UK inflation linked revenues.

 

The table in note 19 sets out the carrying amount, by contractual maturity, of borrowings that are exposed to interest rate risk before taking into account interest rate swaps.

 

During 2014 and 2013, net debt was managed using derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risk as follows:

 

     2014 

2013

     

Fixed 

rate 

£m 

 

 Floating 
rate 

£m 

 

 Inflation 
linked 

£m 

   Other1 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

 

    Fixed 

rate 

£m 

 

 Floating 
rate 

£m 

 

 Inflation 
linked 

£m 

   Other1 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

  

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 175  179  –  –  354   577  94  –  –  671  
  

Financial investments

 615  2,979  –   3,599   540  4,843  –  48  5,431  
  

Borrowings2

 (15,585) (3,520) (6,836) (9)   (25,950)  (17,767) (3,700) (6,617) (11)   (28,095) 
  

 

  

Pre-derivative position

 (14,795) (362) (6,836) (4) (21,997)  (16,650) 1,237  (6,617) 37  (21,993) 
  

Derivative effect3

 3,359  (2,743) 191  –  807   1,555  (1,132) 141  –  564  
  

 

  

Net debt position

 (11,436) (3,105) (6,645) (4) (21,190)  (15,095) 105  (6,476) 37  (21,429) 
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

Represents financial instruments which are not directly affected by interest rate risk, such as investments in equity or other similar financial instruments.

  2. Includes bank overdrafts.
  3. The impact of 2014/15 (2013: 2013/14) maturing short-dated interest rate derivatives is included.
  

 

(d) Currency risk

National Grid operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities, and investments in foreign operations.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange transaction risk is to hedge contractually committed foreign currency cash flows over a prescribed minimum size. Where foreign currency cash flow forecasts are less certain, our policy is to hedge a proportion of such cash flows based on the probability of those cash flows occurring. Instruments used to manage foreign exchange transaction risk include foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swaps.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange translation risk relating to our net investment in foreign operations is to maintain a percentage of net debt and foreign exchange forwards so as to provide an economic offset of our cash flows arising in the foreign currency. The primary managed foreign exchange exposure arises from the dollar denominated assets and liabilities held by our US operations, with a further small euro exposure in respect of a joint venture investment.

 

During 2014 and 2013, derivative financial instruments were used to manage foreign currency risk as follows:

 

     2014 

2013

   Sterling 
£m 
 

Euro 

£m 

 

Dollar 

£m 

 Other 
£m 
 

Total 

£m 

 Sterling 
£m 
 

Euro 

£m 

 

Dollar 

£m 

 Other 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 16  –  338  –  354  238   432  –  671  
 

Financial investments

 1,879  111  1,553  56  3,599  3,938  124  1,289  80  5,431  
 

Borrowings1

 (12,780) (4,479) (7,330) (1,361) (25,950) (12,573) (5,220) (8,678) (1,624) (28,095) 
 

 

 

Pre-derivative position

 (10,885) (4,368) (5,439) (1,305) (21,997) (8,397) (5,095) (6,957) (1,544) (21,993) 
 

Derivative effect

 3,137  4,670  (8,326) 1,326  807  320  5,368  (6,684) 1,560  564  
 

 

 

Net debt position

 (7,748) 302  (13,765) 21  (21,190) (8,077) 273  (13,641) 16  (21,429) 
 

 

 

 

1.

 

 

Includes bank overdrafts.

 

 

The overall exposure to dollars largely relates to our net investment hedge activities as described in note 15.

 

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

141

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(d) Currency risk continued

The currency exposure on other financial instruments is as follows:

 

  

  

  

    2014   2013 
        Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
   Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
   Total  
£m  
       Sterling
£m
  Euro  
£m  
   Dollar  
£m  
   Other  
£m  
   Total  
£m  
 
 

 

 
 

Trade and other receivables

   142         1,623         1,765       151    –       1,338       –       1,489    
 

Trade and other payables

   (1,370       (1,291       (2,661)      (1,328  –       (1,437)      –       (2,765)   
 

Other non-current liabilities

   (16       (220       (236)      (22  –       (283)      –       (305)   
 

 

 
 

 

The carrying amounts of other financial instruments are denominated in the above currencies, which in most instances are the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries. Our exposure to dollars is due to activities in our US subsidiaries. We do not have any other significant exposure to currency risk on these balances.

 

(e) Commodity risk

We purchase electricity and gas to supply our customers in the US and to meet our own energy needs. Substantially all our costs of purchasing electricity and gas for supply to customers are recoverable at an amount equal to cost. The timing of recovery of these costs can vary between financial periods leading to an under- or over-recovery within any particular year, that can lead to large fluctuations in the income statement. We follow approved policies to manage price and supply risks for our commodity activities.

 

Our energy procurement risk management policy and delegations of authority govern our US commodity trading activities for energy transactions. The purpose of this policy is to ensure we transact within pre-defined risk parameters and only in the physical and financial markets where we or our customers have a physical market requirement. In addition, state regulators require National Grid to manage commodity risk and cost volatility prudently through diversified pricing strategies. In some jurisdictions we are required to file a plan outlining our strategy to be approved by regulators. In certain cases we might receive guidance with regard to specific hedging limits.

 

Energy purchase contracts for the forward purchase of electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to customers or for energy that the Company uses itself meet the normal purchase, sale or usage exemption of IAS 39. They are, therefore, not recognised in the financial statements. Disclosure of commitments under such contracts is made in note 27.

 

We enter into forward contracts for the purchase of commodities, some of which do not meet the own use exemption for accounting purposes and hence are accounted for as derivatives. We also enter into derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices, including index-linked futures, swaps and options contracts. These derivative financial instruments are used to manage market price volatility and are carried at fair value on the statement of financial position, with the mark-to-market changes reflected through earnings.

 

    

  

     

      

    

     


142    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(e) Commodity riskcontinued

The fair value of our commodity contracts by type can be analysed as follows:

 

  

  

  

       2014  2013 
               Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m
  Total 
£m 
          Assets
£m
  

Liabilities 

£m 

 

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Commodity purchase contracts accounted for as derivative contracts

      
  

Forward purchases of electricity

  1    (49  (48)       (89)  (89)   
  

Forward purchases of gas

  30    (66  (36)    46   (45)  1    
 
  

Derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices

      
  

Electricity swaps

  26    (6  20     16   (1)  15    
  

Electricity options

  22        22     16   –   16    
  

Gas swaps

  7    (2      10   (4)  6    
  

Gas options

  1            1   –   1    
  

 

 
     87    (123  (36)    89   (139)  (50)   
  

 

 
 
  The maturity profile of commodity contracts is as follows:  
 
       2014  2013 
       

      Assets

£m

        Liabilities
£m
          Total 
£m 
  

      Assets

£m

  

      Liabilities 

£m 

 

        Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Less than one year

  42    (77  (35)    42   (69)  (27)   
  

 

 
  

Current

  42    (77  (35)    42   (69)  (27)   
  

 

 
  

In 1-2 years

  13    (22  (9)    13   (23)  (10)   
  

In 2-3 years

  15    (17  (2)    10   (23)  (13)   
  

In 3-4 years

  4    (7  (3)    14   (16)  (2)   
  

In 4-5 years

  3            2   (8)  (6)   
  

More than 5 years

  10        10     8   –   8    
  

 

 
  

Non-current

  45    (46  (1)    47   (70)  (23)   
  

 

 
  

Total

  87    (123  (36)    89   (139)  (50)   
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of commodity contract, our exposure based on the notional quantities is as follows:

 

  

                2014       2013   
  

 

 
  

Forward purchases of electricity1

     1,740 GWh        2,595 GWh    
  

Forward purchases/sales of gas2

     84m Dth        59m Dth    
  

Electricity swaps

     6,603 GWh        6,309 GWh    
  

Electricity options

     28,760 GWh        32,999 GWh    
  

Gas swaps

     50m Dth        66m Dth    
  

Gas options

     23m Dth        4m Dth    
  

NYMEX gas futures3

     20m Dth        17m Dth    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

Forward electricity purchases have terms up to four years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £106m (2013: £174m).

  

  2. Forward gas purchases have terms up to five years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £171m (2013: £119m).  
  3. NYMEX gas futures have been offset with related margin accounts (see note 30 (a) on page 137).  
  

 

(f) Capital risk management

National Grid’s objectives when managing capital are: to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern; to remain within regulatory constraints of our regulated operating companies; and to maintain an efficient mix of debt and equity funding thus achieving an optimal capital structure and cost of capital. We regularly review and maintain or adjust the capital structure as appropriate in order to achieve these objectives.

 

Maintaining appropriate credit ratings for our regulated companies is an important aspect of our capital risk management strategy and balance sheet efficiency. We monitor our balance sheet efficiency using several metrics including our interest cover. Interest cover for the year ended 31 March 2014 was 4.1 (2013: 3.9). Our long-term target range for interest cover is greater than 3.0, which we believe is consistent with single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies, NGET and NGG, based on guidance from the rating agencies.

 

In addition, we monitor the RAV gearing within each of NGET and the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG. This is calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of RAV, and indicates the level of debt employed to fund our UK regulated businesses. It is compared with the level of RAV gearing indicated by Ofgem as being appropriate for these businesses, at around 60-65%.

 

  

    

     

    


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

143

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(f) Capital risk management continued

The majority of our regulated operating companies in the US and the UK (and one intermediate UK holding company), which are all consolidated subsidiaries of National Grid, are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends by administrative order (by regulators relevant to the individual company), contract and/or licence. The types of restrictions that a company may have that would prevent a dividend being declared or paid unless they are met include:

 

  

 dividends must be approved in advance by the relevant US state regulatory commission;

 
  

 the subsidiary must have at least two recognised rating agency credit ratings of at least investment grade;

 
  

 dividends must be limited to cumulative retained earnings, including pre-acquisition retained earnings;

 
  

 National Grid plc must maintain an investment grade credit rating and if that rating is the lowest investment grade bond rating it cannot have a negative watch/review downgrade notice by a credit rating agency;

 
  

 the subsidiary must not carry on any activities other than those permitted by the licences;

 
  

 the subsidiary must not create any cross-default obligations or give or receive any intra-group cross-subsidies; and

 
  

 the percentage of equity compared with total capital of the subsidiary must remain above certain levels.

  

 

There is a further restriction relating only to the Narragansett Electric Company, which is required to maintain its consolidated net worth above certain levels.

 

These restrictions are subject to alteration in the US as and when a new rate case or rate plan is agreed with the relevant regulatory bodies for each operating company and in the UK through the normal licence review process.

 

As most of our business is regulated, at 31 March 2014 the majority of our net assets are subject to some of the restrictions noted above. These restrictions are not considered to be significantly onerous, nor do we currently expect they will prevent the planned payment of dividends in future in line with our dividend policy.

 

Some of our regulatory and bank loan agreements additionally impose lower limits for the long-term credit ratings that certain companies within the Group must hold. All the above requirements are monitored on a regular basis in order to ensure compliance. The Company has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject.

 

(g) Fair value analysis

The financial instruments included on the statement of financial position are measured at fair value. These fair values can be categorised into hierarchy levels that are representative of the inputs used in measuring the fair value. The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

 

       2014 

2013

       

        Level 1

£m

         Level 2 
£m 
         Level 3  
£m  
       Total  
£m  
       Level 1
£m
       Level 2 
£m 
       Level 3  
£m  
       Total  
£m  
  

 

  Assets        
  

Available-for-sale investments

 2,786 214  –   3,000   4,510 209  –   4,719  
  

Derivative financial instruments

  1,950  20   1,970    2,197  48   2,245  
  

Commodity contracts

  34  53   87    26  63   89  
  

 

   2,786 2,198  73   5,057   4,510 2,432  111   7,053  
  

 

  Liabilities        
  

Derivative financial instruments

  (1,043) (120)  (1,163)   (1,529) (152)  (1,681) 
  

Commodity contracts

  (12) (111)  (123)   (5) (134)  (139) 
  

 

    (1,055) (231)  (1,286)   (1,534) (286)  (1,820) 
  

 

  

Total

 2,786 1,143  (158)  3,771   4,510 898  (175)  5,233  
  

 

  

 

Level 1:

 

 

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

  

 

Level 2:

 

 

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are based directly or indirectly on observable market data.

  

 

Level 3:

 

 

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are based on unobservable market data.

 


144    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(g) Fair value analysis continued

Our level 3 derivative financial instruments include cross-currency swaps with an embedded call option, currency swaps where the currency forward curve is illiquid and inflation linked swaps where the inflation curve is illiquid. In valuing these instruments a third-party valuation is obtained to support each reported fair value.

 

Our level 3 commodity contracts primarily consist of our forward purchases of electricity and gas where pricing inputs are unobservable, as well as other complex transactions. Complex transactions can introduce the need for internally developed models based on reasonable assumptions. Industry standard valuation techniques such as the Black-Scholes pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation are used for valuing such instruments. Level 3 is also applied in cases when optionality is present or where an extrapolated forward curve is considered unobservable. All published forward curves are verified to market data; if forward curves differ from market data by 5% or more they are considered unobservable.

 

The changes in value of our level 3 derivative financial instruments are as follows:

 

  

  

    

      

  

     

Derivative

    financial instruments    

     Commodity contracts     Total 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
     2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013   
Level 3   
valuation   
£m   
 2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013   
Level 3   
valuation   
£m   
 2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013  
Level 3  
valuation  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

At 1 April

  (104 (180)    (71 (140)    (175  (320)   
  

Net gains/(losses) for the year1,2

  7   79     19   45     26    124    
  

Purchases

     –     1   (14)    1    (14)   
  

Settlements

  (3 (3)    (7 39     (10  36    
  

Reclassification out of level 3

     –        (1)        (1)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March

  (100 (104)    (58 (71)    (158  (175)   
  

 

 
  

 

1. Gain of £7m (2013: £79m gain) is attributable to derivative financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period.

2. Loss of £30m (2013: £51m gain) is attributable to commodity contract financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period.

 

In 2014 the transfers out of level 3 were immaterial.

 

The impacts on a post-tax basis of reasonably possible changes in significant level 3 assumptions are as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

          

Derivative

financial instruments

 Commodity contracts 
     

 

 

 

 

 

 
          2014
Income
statement
£m
  2013   
Income   
statement   
£m   
 2014
Income
statement
£m
  2013  
Income  
statement  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

10% increase in commodity prices1

       –     33    40    
  

10% decrease in commodity prices1

       –     (15  (23)   
  

Volume forecast uplift2

       –     (2  (4)   
  

Volume forecast reduction2

       –     2    4    
  

Forward curve extrapolation

       –     1    –    
  

+20 basis point change in LPI market curve3

    (54 (62)        –    
  

–20 basis point change in LPI market curve3

    53   60         –    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Level 3 commodity price sensitivity is included within the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 33 on page 147.

2. Volumes were flexed using maximum and minimum historical averages, or by >10% where historical averages were not available.

3. A reasonably possible change in assumption of other level 3 derivative financial instruments is unlikely to result in a material change in fair values.

 

The impacts disclosed above were considered on a contract by contract basis with the most significant unobservable inputs identified.

 

 

 

    

    

    

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

145

   

31.Borrowing facilities

   

 

To support our long-term liquidity requirements and provide backup to commercial paper and other borrowings, we agree loan facilities with financial institutions over and above the value of borrowings that may be required. These facilities have never been drawn, and our undrawn amounts are listed below.

 

   

 

At 31 March 2014, we had bilateral committed credit facilities of £2,073m (2013: £2,009m). In addition, we had committed credit facilities from syndicates of banks of £800m at 31 March 2014 (2013: £877m). All committed credit facilities were undrawn in 2014 and 2013. An analysis of the maturity of these undrawn committed facilities is shown below:

 

       

        2014  

£m  

 

            2013  

£m  

   

 

   

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities expiring:

  
   

Less than 1 year

 –   –  
   

In 1-2 years

 800   1,140  
   

In 2-3 years

 –   877  
   

In 3-4 years

 853   –  
   

In 4-5 years

 1,220   869  
   

 

    2,873   2,886  
   

 

   

 

Of the unused facilities at 31 March 2014, £2,583m (2013: £2,568m) was held as backup to commercial paper and similar borrowings, while £290m (2013: £318m) is available as backup to specific US borrowings.

 

Further information on our bonds can be found on the debt investor section of our website.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     


146  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

32.Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

While we present consolidated results in these financial statements as if we were one company, our legal structure is such that there are a number of different operating and holding companies that contribute to the overall result. This structure has evolved through acquisitions as well as regulatory requirements to have certain activities within separate legal entities.

Principal subsidiary undertakings

The principal subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidated financial statements continued

at 31 March 2014 are listed below. These undertakings are wholly owned and, unless otherwise indicated, are incorporated in England and Wales.

 

Principal activity

National Grid Gas plcTransmission and distribution of gas
National Grid Electricity Transmission plcTransmission of electricity
New England Power Company1Transmission of electricity
Massachusetts Electric Company1Distribution of electricity
The Narragansett Electric Company1Transmission and distribution of electricity
Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation1Transmission of electricity and distribution of electricity and gas
National Grid Metering LimitedMetering services
National Grid Grain LNG LimitedLNG importation and storage
National Grid Interconnectors LimitedElectricity interconnector operator
Boston Gas Company1Distribution of gas
National Grid Generation LLC1Generation of electricity
KeySpan Gas East Corporation1Distribution of gas
The Brooklyn Union Gas Company1Distribution of gas
NGG Finance plcFinancing
National Grid Property Holdings LimitedProperty services
National Grid Holdings One plcHolding company
Lattice Group plcHolding company
National Grid USA1Holding company
Niagara Mohawk Holdings, Inc.1Holding company
National Grid Commercial Holdings LimitedHolding company
National Grid Holdings LimitedHolding company
KeySpan Corporation1Holding company
National Grid North America Inc.1Holding company
British Transco Finance Inc.1Financing
British Transco International Finance BV (incorporated in the Netherlands)Financing

1.

Incorporated in the US.

 

32. Financial risk continuedPrincipal joint ventures and associates

The principal joint ventures and associated undertakings included in the financial statements at 31 March 2014 are listed below. These undertakings are incorporated in England and Wales (unless otherwise indicated).

% of ordinary
shares held
Principal activity

BritNed Development Limited

50UK-Netherlands interconnector

NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited

50England-Scotland interconnector

(d) Liquidity analysisMillennium Pipeline Company, LLC1

26.25Transmission of gas

Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P.1

20.4Transmission of gas

1.

Incorporated in the US.

The Group comprises a large number of entities and it is not practical to include all of them in this list. This list therefore includes brief details for those principal companies which in the Directors’ opinion have a significant impact on the revenue, profit or assets of the Group. A full list of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates is annexed to the Company’s Annual Return filed with the Registrar of Companies.

Our policy isinterests and activities are held or operated through subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or associates established in, and subject to determine our liquidity requirements by the uselaws and regulations of, both short- and long-term cash flow forecasts. These forecasts are supplemented by a financial headroom analysis which is used to assess funding adequacy for at least a 12 month period.

We believe our contractual obligations, including those shown in commitments and contingencies in note 28 can be met from existing cash and investments, operating cash flows and other financings that we reasonably expect to be able to secure in the future, together with the usenumber of committed facilities if required.different jurisdictions.

The following is an analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date:

At 31 March 2012  

Less

than

1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More

than

3 years

£m

  

Total

£m

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (2,157  (1,822  (1,707  (16,725  (22,411)  

Interest payments on borrowings (i)

   (819  (749  (655  (8,927  (11,150)  

Finance lease liabilities

   (22  (44  (30  (151  (247)  

Other non interest-bearing liabilities

   (2,124  (253          (2,377)  

Derivative financial liabilities

      

Derivative contracts – receipts

   536    1,186    600    1,004    3,326   

Derivative contracts – payments

   (336  (992  (370  (851  (2,549)  

Commodity contracts

   (257  (54  (43  (62  (416)  

Total

   (5,179  (2,728  (2,205  (25,712  (35,824)  
At 31 March 2011  

Less

than

1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More

than

3 years

£m

  

Total

£m

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (2,616  (1,188  (1,574  (17,455  (22,833)  

Interest payments on borrowings (i)

   (828  (807  (741  (9,328  (11,704)  

Finance lease liabilities

   (20  (38  (33  (157  (248)  

Other non interest-bearing liabilities

   (2,320  (279          (2,599)  

Derivative financial liabilities

      

Derivative contracts – receipts

   1,596    407    649    1,606    4,258   

Derivative contracts – payments

   (1,213  (169  (345  (1,345  (3,072)  

Commodity contracts

   (290  (84  (40  (43  (457)  

Total

   (5,691  (2,158  (2,084  (26,722  (36,655)  

 

(i)


The interest on borrowings is calculated based on borrowings held at 31 March without taking account of future issues. Floating rate interest is estimated using a forward interest rate curve as at 31 March. Payments are included on the basis of the earliest date on which the Company can be required to settle.

 

160Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

147

   33.Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty
   

 

In order to give a clearer picture of the impact on our results or financial position of potential changes in significant estimates and assumptions, the following sensitivities are presented. These sensitivities are hypothetical, as they are based on assumptions and conditions prevailing at the year end, and should be used with caution. The effects provided are not necessarily indicative of the actual effects that would be experienced because our actual exposures are constantly changing.

 

   

 

The sensitivities in the table below show the potential impact in the income statement (and consequential impact on net assets) for a range of different variables which each have been considered in isolation (ie with all other variables remaining constant). There are a number of these sensitivities which are mutually exclusive and therefore if one were to happen, another would not, meaning a total showing how sensitive our results are to these external factors is not meaningful.

 

We are further required to show additional sensitivity analysis for changes in interest and exchange rates and these are shown separately in the table below due to the additional assumptions that are made in order to produce meaningful sensitivity disclosures.

 

The sensitivities included in the table below all have an equal and opposite effect if the sensitivity increases or decreases by the same amount unless otherwise stated. For example a 10% increase in unbilled revenue at 31 March 2014 would result in a decrease in the income statement of £58m and a 10% decrease in unbilled revenue would have the equal but opposite effect.

 

         2014  2013
     

 

  

 

         

Income 

  statement 

£m 

 

Net 

            assets 

£m 

  

Income 

    statement 

£m 

 

Net 

            assets 

£m 

   

 

   

One year average change in economic useful lives (pre-tax)

     
   

Depreciation charge on property, plant and equipment

 68  68   68  68 
   

Amortisation charge on intangible assets

 18  18   15  15 
 
   

Estimated future cash flows in respect of provisions change of 10% (pre-tax)

 164  164   176  176 
 
   

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value change of 10% (pre-tax)

     
   

Derivative financial instruments1

 81  81   56  56 
   

Commodity contract liabilities

     
 
   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits2(pre-tax)

     
   

UK discount rate change of 0.5%3

 13  1,347   12  1,460 
   

US discount rate change of 0.5%3

 15  473   12  568 
   

UK RPI rate change of 0.5%4

 12  1,217   12  1,185 
   

UK long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%5

  95    128 
   

US long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%5

  39    43 
   

UK change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

  548    597 
   

US change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

 12  220   11  197 
   

Assumed US healthcare cost trend rates change of 1%

 28  355   29  416 
 
   

Unbilled revenue at 31 March change of 10% (post-tax)

 58  58   77  77 
   

No hedge accounting for our derivative financial instruments (post-tax)

 350  (294)  (184) 106 
 
   

Commodity risk6(post-tax)

     
   

Commodity prices +10%

 50  50   45  45 
   

Commodity prices –10%

 (33) (33)  (34) (34)
 
   

Financial risk7(post-tax)

     
   

UK RPI rate change of 0.5%8

 26  –   25  – 
   

UK interest rates change of 0.5%

 93  68   98  90 
   

US interest rates change of 0.5%

 70  13   87  16 
   

US dollar exchange rate change of 10%

 55  641   65  600 
   

 

 
   1. The effect of a 10% change in fair value assumes no hedge accounting.
   2. The changes shown are a change in the annual pension or other post-retirement benefit costs and change in the defined benefits obligations.
   3. A change in the discount rate is likely to occur as a result of changes in bond yields and as such would be expected to be offset to a significant degree by a change in the value of the bond assets held by the plans.
   4. The projected impact resulting from a change in RPI reflects the underlying effect on pensions in payment, pensions in deferment and resultant increases in salary assumptions.
   5. This change has been applied to both the pre 1 April 2013 and post 1 April 2013 rate of increase in salary assumption.
   6. Represents potential impact on fair values of commodity contracts only.
   7. The impact on net assets does not reflect the exchange translation in our US subsidiary net assets. It is estimated this would change by £781m (2013: £712m) in the opposite direction if the dollar exchange rate changed by 10%.
   8. Excludes sensitivities to LPI index. Further details on sensitivities are provided in note 30 (g) on page 143.
 
   With the adoption of IAS 19 (revised), we have reviewed the pension assumptions that we consider key (as shown on page 136), and as a result have changed the sensitivities presented in the table above.
 
   


148  National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


www.nationalgrid.com

 

 Notes to the consolidated

 financial statementscontinued

 

 

 

33. Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertaintycontinued

 

32. Financial risk continuedPensions and other post-retirement benefits assumptions

(e) Sensitivity analysisSensitivities have been prepared to show how the DB obligations and annual service costs could potentially be impacted by changes in the relevant actuarial assumptions that were reasonably possible as at 31 March 2014. In preparing sensitivities the potential impact has been calculated by applying the change to each assumption in isolation and assuming all other assumptions remain unchanged. This is with the exception of RPI in the UK where the corresponding effect on pensions in payment, pensions in deferment and resultant increases in salary are recognised.

Following the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) the pension sensitivities have been reviewed. The rate of change has been amended in respect of the impact of discount rate, and life expectancy is now shown as at age 65 (as opposed to age 60). A new sensitivity has been introduced for the impact of UK RPI. The impacts of salaries and US healthcare trend rates remain unchanged. Comparatives for each sensitivity have been presented on a consistent basis. The introduction of a new assumption in the UK for increases in salary for service from 1 April 2013 is reflected in the sensitivity analysis.

Financial instruments affected by market risk include borrowings, deposits, derivativeassumptions

Our financial instruments and commodity contracts. The following analysis illustrates the sensitivityare sensitive to changes in market variables, being UK and US interest rates, the UK RPI and the dollar to sterling exchange rate, on our financial instruments.

rate. The analysis excludes the impact of movementschanges in market variables onaffect the carrying valuevaluation of pensionour borrowings, deposits, derivative financial instruments and other post-retirement benefit obligations, provisions and oncommodity contracts. The analysis illustrates the non-financial assets and liabilitiessensitivity of overseas subsidiaries.our financial instruments to the changes in market variables.

The following main assumptions were made in calculating the sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis that analysis:

the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and derivatives portfolio, and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant and on the basis of the hedge designations in place at 31 March 20122014 and 2011 respectively. As a consequence, this sensitivity analysis relates to the positions at those dates and is not representative of the years then ended, as all of these varied.

The following assumptions were made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

2013 respectively;

 

the balance sheet

the statement of financial position sensitivity to interest rates relates only to derivative financial instruments and available-for-sale investments, as debt and other deposits are carried at amortised cost and so their carrying value does not change as interest rates move;

the sensitivity of accrued interest to movements in interest rates is calculated on net floating rate

the sensitivity of accrued interest to movements in interest rates is calculated on net floating-rate exposures on debt, deposits and derivative instruments;

changes in the carrying value of derivatives from movements in interest rates of designated cash flow hedges are assumed to be recorded fully within equity; and

 

changes in the carrying value of derivatives from movements in interest rates of designated cash flow hedges are assumed to be recorded fully within equity;

changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as net investment hedges from movements in interest rates are recorded in the income statement as they are designated using the spot rather than the forward translation method. The impact of movements in the dollar to sterling exchange rate are recorded directly in equity;

changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments not in hedging relationships only affect the income statement;

all other changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges are fully effective with no impact on the income statement;

debt with a maturity below one year is floating rate for the accrued interest part of the calculation;

the floating leg of any swap or any floating rate debt is treated as not having any interest rate already set, therefore a change in interest rates affects a full 12 month period for the accrued interest portion of the sensitivity calculations; and

sensitivity to the UK RPI does not take into account any changes to revenue or operating costs that are affected by the UK RPI or inflation generally. Inflation linked derivative sensitivity assumes that changes to nominal interest rates are solely due to changes in inflation.

Using the above assumptions, the following table shows the illustrative impact on the income statement and items that are recognised directly in equity that would result from reasonably possible movements in the UK RPI, UK and US interest rates and in the dollar to sterling exchange rate after the effects of tax.

  2012    2011   
   Income
    statement
+/- £m
   

Other equity
reserves

+/- £m

     Income
   statement
+/- £m
   

Other equity

reserves

+/- £m

 

UK RPI +/- 0.50%*

  24          19       

UK interest rates +/- 0.50%

  38     54     38     50  

US interest rates +/- 0.50%

  23     11     39     15  

US dollar exchange rate +/- 10%

  39     571      44     636  

* Excludes sensitivities to Limited Price Inflation index, further details on sensitivities are providedrecorded directly in note 32 (b)

The income statement sensitivities impact interest expense and financial instrument remeasurements.

The other equity reserves impact does not reflect the exchange translation in our US subsidiary net assets. It is estimated this would change by £691m (2011: £800m) in the opposite direction if the dollar exchange rate changed by 10%.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc161


Financial Statement

Notes to consolidated financial statement continued

32. Financial risk continued

(f) Capital and risk management

National Grid’s objectives when managing capital are: to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern; to remain within regulatory constraints; and to maintain an efficient mix of debt and equity funding thus achieving an optimal capital structure and cost of capital. We regularly review and maintain or adjust the capital structure as appropriate in order to achieve these objectives.

The principal measure of our balance sheet efficiency is our interest cover ratio. Interest cover for the year ended 31 March 2012 increased to 3.9 from 3.8 for the year ended 31 March 2011. Our long-term target range for interest cover is between 3.0 and 3.5, which we believe is consistent with single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and National Grid Gas plc, based on guidance from the rating agencies. The increase in interest cover from 2011 was due to a reduction in finance costs combined with a smaller decrease in our funds from operations.

In addition, we monitor the regulatory asset value (RAV) gearing within each of National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within National Grid Gas plc. This is calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of RAV, and indicates the level of debt employed to fund our UK regulated businesses. It is compared with the level of RAV gearing indicated by Ofgem as being appropriate for these businesses, at around 60%.

National Grid USA and its public utility subsidiaries, all consolidated subsidiaries of National Grid, are subject to restrictions on the payment of dividends by administrative order and contract. Orders by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and applicable state regulatory commissions limit the payment of dividends to cumulative retained earnings, including pre-acquisition retained earnings. Other orders by federal and state commissions require National Grid USA and its public utility subsidiaries to maintain a minimum equity to capital ratio of between 30% to 44%, varying by entity and order or covenant.

Some of our regulatory and bank loan agreements additionally impose lower limits for the long-term credit ratings that certain companies within the group must hold. All of the above requirements are monitored on a regular basis in order to ensure compliance. Additional information is provided on page 77. The Company has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject.

33. Commodity risk

We purchase electricity and gas in order to supply our customers in the US and also to meet our own energy requirements.

Substantially all our costs of purchasing electricity and gas for supply to customers are recoverable at an amount equal to cost. The timing of recovery of these costs can vary between financial periods leading to an under- or over-recovery within any particular financial period.

We enter into forward contracts for the purchase of commodities, some of which do not meet the own use exemption for accounting purposes and hence are accounted for as derivatives. We also enter into derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices, including index-linked swaps and futures contracts. These derivative financial instruments are used to manage market price volatility and are carried at fair value on the balance sheet, with the mark-to-market changes reflected through earnings.

Our energy procurement risk management policy and delegations of authority govern our US commodity trading activities for energy transactions. The purpose of this policy is to ensure we transact within pre-defined risk parameters and only in the physical and financial markets where we or our customers have a physical market requirement.

The credit policy for commodity transactions is owned and monitored by the energy procurement risk management committee, under authority delegated by the Board and Executive Committee, and establishes controls and procedures to determine, monitor and minimise the credit risk of counterparties. The valuation of our commodity contracts considers the risk of credit by utilising the most current default probabilities and the most current published credit ratings. We also use internal analysis to guide us in setting credit and risk levels and use contractual arrangements including netting agreements as applicable.

The counterparty exposure for our commodity derivatives is £71m (2011: £110m), and after netting agreements it was £58m (2011: £73m).

162National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

33. Commodity risk continued

(a) Fair value analysis

The fair value of our commodity contracts by type can be analysed as follows:

    2012    2011 
    Assets   Liabilities    Total       Assets     Liabilities    Total 
  £m   £m  £m   £m   £m  £m 

Commodity purchase contracts accounted for as derivative contracts

          

Forward purchases of electricity

        (119  (119        (101  (101

Forward purchases/sales of gas

   48     (77  (29   42     (83  (41

Derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices

          

Electricity swaps

   1     (25  (24   4     (18  (14

Electricity options

   10         10     62         62  

Gas swaps

   12     (39  (27    2     (17  (15
    71     (260  (189    110     (219  (109

The fair value classification of our commodity contracts is as follows; a definition of each level can be found on page 158:

    2012    2011 
    Level 1     Level 2    Level 3        Total     Level 1     Level 2        Level 3    Total 
  £m   £m  £m  £m   £m   £m  £m  £m 

Assets

            

Commodity contracts

        13    58    71          6    104    110  

Liabilities

            

Commodity contracts

        (62  (198  (260         (36  (183  (219

Total

        (49  (140  (189         (30  (79  (109

Our level 3 commodity contracts primarily consist of our forward purchases of electricity and gas where pricing inputs are unobservable, as well as other complex transactions. Complex transactions can introduce the need for internally developed models based on reasonable assumptions. Industry standard valuation techniques such as the Black-Scholes pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation are used for valuing such instruments. Level 3 is also applied in cases when optionality is present or where an extrapolated forward curve is considered unobservable. All published forward curves are verified to market data; if forward curves differ from market data by 5% or more they are considered unobservable.

The changes in the value of our level 3 commodity contracts are as follows:

    2012
£m
  2011
£m
 

At 1 April

   (79  (124

Net (losses)/gains for the year (i)

   (98  20  

Purchases

   (36  (42

Settlements

   73    68  

Reclassification out of level 3

       (1

At 31 March

   (140  (79

(i)Losses of £96m (2011: £14m gain) are attributable to assets or liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.

In 2011 the transfers out of level 3 were driven by changes in the observability of extrapolated forward curves.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc163


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

33. Commodity risk continued

The impacts on a post-tax basis of reasonably possible changes in significant level 3 assumptions are as follows:

   

2012

Income

  statement

£m

  

2011

Income

  statement

£m

 

10% increase in commodity prices (i)

  28    39  

10% decrease in commodity prices (i)

  (16  (36

Volume forecast uplift (ii)

  (5  (5

Volume forecast reduction (ii)

  6    3  

Forward curve extrapolation

  (2  (1

(i)Level 3 commodity price sensitivity is included within the sensitivity analysis disclosed in (d) below.

(ii)Volumes were flexed using historical averages, or by ±10% where historical averages were not available.

The impacts disclosed above were considered on a contract by contract basis with the most significant unobservable inputs identified.

(b) Maturity analysis

The maturity of commodity contracts measured at fair value can be analysed as follows:

   2012     2011 
    

  Assets

£m

   

  Liabilities

£m

  

          Total

£m

      

  Assets

£m

   

  Liabilities

£m

  

          Total

£m

 

Less than one year

   35     (149  (114     16     (118  (102

Current

   35     (149  (114     16     (118  (102

In 1 – 2 years

   9     (38  (29    18     (26  (8

In 2 – 3 years

   5     (28  (23    9     (20  (11

In 3 – 4 years

   6     (22  (16    8     (20  (12

In 4 – 5 years

   11     (16  (5    11     (18  (7

More than 5 years

   5     (7  (2     48     (17  31  

Non-current

   36     (111  (75     94     (101  (7

Total

   71     (260  (189     110     (219  (109

(c) Notional quantities

For each class of commodity contract, our exposure based on the notional quantities is as follows:

equity.
  20122011*

Forward purchases of electricity (i)

3,403 GWh4,257 GWh 

Forward purchases/sales of gas (ii)

106m Dth100m Dth 

Electricity swaps

5,380 GWh2,559 GWh 

Electricity options

  36,580 GWh  30,248 GWh 

Gas swaps

84m Dth27m Dth 

Gas options

8m Dth9m Dth 

NYMEX gas futures (iii)

21m Dth18m Dth 

*Comparatives have been reclassified to present items on a basis consistent with the current year classification

(i)Forward electricity purchases have terms up to 5 years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £206m (2011: £240m).

(ii)Forward gas purchases have terms up to 5 years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £148m (2011: £247m).

(iii)NYMEX gas futures have been offset with related margin accounts.

(d) Sensitivity analysis

A sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis that all commodity contracts are constant from the balance sheet date. Based on this, an illustrative 10% movement in commodity prices would have the following impacts after the effects of tax:

   

2012

Income

  statement

£m

  2011
Income
  statement
£m
 

10% increase in commodity prices

  29    58  

10% decrease in commodity prices

  (23  (54

The income statement sensitivities would affect commodity remeasurements.

164National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

 

34. Bonds and facilities

The table below shows our significant bonds34.Additional disclosures in issue, being those with approximately £100m equivalent original notional value or greater. Unless otherwise indicated, these instruments were outstanding at both 31 March 2012 and 2011.

IssuerOriginal Notional ValueDescription of InstrumentDue  

Bonds

Boston Gas Company

USD 500m4.487% Fixed Rate (i)2042  

British Transco Finance Inc.

USD 300m6.625% Fixed Rate2018  

British Transco International Finance BV

USD 1,500mZero Coupon Bond2021  

Brooklyn Union Gas Company

USD 153m4.7% GFRB’s Series 19962021  
USD 400m5.6% Senior Unsecured Note2016  

KeySpan Corporation

USD 250mMTN 8.00%2030  
USD 307m5.803% Notes2035  
USD 150m4.65% Notes2013  
USD 150m5.875% Notes2033  

KeySpan Gas East Corporation

USD 500m5.819% Fixed Rate2041  

(National Grid Energy Delivery Long Island)

Massachusetts Electric Company

USD 800m5.90% Fixed Rate2039  

National Grid Electricity Transmission plc

EUR 600m6.625% Fixed Rate2014  
GBP 300m2.983% Guaranteed Retail Price Index Linked2018  
GBP 220m3.806% Retail Price Index Linked2020  
GBP 450m5.875% Fixed Rate2024  
GBP 360m6.5% Fixed Rate2028  
GBP 200m1.6449% Retail Price Index Linked2036  
GBP 150m1.823% Retail Price Index Linked2056  
GBP 150m1.8575% Index Linked2039  
GBP 379m7.375% Fixed Rate2031  

National Grid Gas plc

GBP 300m6.0% Fixed Rate2017  
GBP 275m8.75% Fixed Rate2025  
GBP 100m1.6747% Retail Price Index Linked2036  
GBP 115m1.7298% Retail Price Index Linked2046  
GBP 100m1.6298% Retail Price Index Linked2048  
GBP 100m1.5522% Retail Price Index Linked2048  
GBP 300m1.754% Retail Price Index Linked2036  
GBP 140m1.7864% Index Linked2037  
GBP 100m1.9158% Index Linked2037  
GBP 100m1.7762% Index Linked2037  
GBP 100m1.7744% Index Linked2039  
GBP 100m1.8625% Index Linked2039  
GBP 484m6.375% Fixed Rate2020  
GBP 503m4.1875% Index Linked2022  
GBP 503m7.0% Fixed Rate2024  
EUR 800m5.125% Fixed Rate2013  
EUR 163m4.36% EUR-HICP Linked2018  
GBP 457m6.0% Fixed Rate2038  

National Grid plc

CAD 200m4.98% Fixed Rate (ii)2011  
EUR 1,000m4.125% Fixed Rate2013  
EUR 600m5.0% Fixed Rate2018  
EUR 500m4.375% Fixed Rate2020  
EUR 750mFloating Rate (ii)2012  
GBP 300m5.25% Fixed Rate (ii)2011  
GBP 310m5.5% Fixed Rate2013  
USD 1,000m6.3% Fixed Rate2016  
EUR 578m6.5% Fixed Rate2014  
GBP 414m6.125% Fixed Rate2014  
GBP 283m1.25% Retail Price Index Linked (i)2021  

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc165


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedrespect of guaranteed securities

 

 

34. BondsWe have three debt issuances (including preferred shares) that are listed on a US national securities exchange and facilities continuedare guaranteed by other companies in the Group. These guarantors commit to honour any liabilities should the company issuing the debt have any financial difficulties. In order to provide debt holders with information on the financial stability of the companies providing the guarantees, we are required to disclose individual financial information for these companies. We have chosen to include this information in the Group financial statements rather than submitting separate stand-alone financial statements.

 

IssuerOriginal Notional ValueDescription of InstrumentDue  

Bonds continued

National Grid USA

EUR 500m3.25% Fixed Rate (i)2015  

NGG Finance plc

EUR 750m6.125% Fixed Rate (ii)2011  

Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

USD 750m4.881% Fixed Rate2019  
USD 500m3.553% Fixed Rate2014  

The Narragansett Electric Company

USD 250m4.534% Fixed Rate2020  
USD 300m5.638% Fixed Rate2040  

Bank loans and other loans

National Grid Grain LNG Limited

GBP 120mFloating Rate2014  
GBP 140mFloating Rate2023  

National Grid Electricity Transmission plc

GBP 200mFloating Rate2012  
GBP 200mFloating Rate2017  
GBP 100m0.96% Retail Price Index Linked (i)2021  

National Grid Gas plc

GBP 200mFloating Rate2012  
GBP 180m1.88% Retail Price Index Linked2022  
GBP 190m2.14% Retail Price Index Linked2022  
GBP 360mRetail Price Index Linked2024  

National Grid Holdings Inc.

USD 250mFloating Rate (i)2013  
USD 250mFloating Rate (i)2013  
USD 500mFloating Rate (i)2014  

National Grid Holdings Limited

GBP 250m4.13840% Fixed Rate (ii)2011  

National Grid USA

USD 250mFloating Rate (ii)2014  
USD 150mFloating Rate (ii)2014  

 

(i)Issued during the year ended 31 March 2012.

(ii)Matured or repurchased during the year ended 31 March 2012.

No significant bonds have been announced to the market or issued subsequent to 31 March 2012, up to the date of the signing of the accounts.

Borrowing facilities

At 31 March 2012, there were bilateral committed credit facilities of £1,140m (2011: £2,086m), of which £1,140m (2011: £2,086m) were undrawn. In addition, there were committed credit facilities from syndicates of banks of £844m at 31 March 2012 (2011: £812m), of which £844m (2011: £812m) were undrawn. An analysis of the maturity of these undrawn committed facilities is shown below:

      

2012

£m

     

2011  

£m  

 

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities expiring:

        

Less than 1 year

     313       330    

In 1-2 years

            899    

In 2-3 years

     1,140       –    

In 3-4 years

     531       1,140    

In 4-5 years

            529    
      1,984       2,898    

In addition to the committed facilities at 31 March 2012, we have negotiated a further £860m equivalent available for five years from July 2012.

At 31 March 2012 of the unused facilities £1,671m (2011: £2,568m) was held as back up to commercial paper and similar borrowings, while £313m (2011: £330m) is available as back up to specific US borrowings.

166National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

35. Share options and reward plans

We operate four principal forms of share option and share reward plans. These plans include an employee Sharesave scheme, a Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP), the Deferred Share Plan and the Retention Award Plans. In any ten year period, the maximum number of shares that may be issued or issuable pursuant to these share plans may not exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital.

Active share plans

Sharesave scheme – share options are offered to employees at 80% of the market price at the time of the invitation. The share options are exercisable on completion of a three and/or five year Save As You Earn contract.

LTPP – awards granted in National Grid shares (ADSs for US participants) are made to Executive Directors and senior employees. The criteria are based on adjusted EPS (50%) when compared to the growth in RPI, the Company’s total shareholder return (25%) when compared to the median TSR of the FTSE 100 companies and return on equity (25%) compared against the relevant allowed regulatory return.

Deferred Share Plan – 50% of any Annual Performance Plan awarded to the Executive Directors and a fixed percentage awarded to senior employees is automatically deferred into National Grid shares (ADSs for US participants) which are held in trust for three years before release.

Retention Award Plans – awards delivered in National Grid shares (ADSs for US participants) to senior employees and vest in equal tranches over a period up to four years provided the employee remains employed by the Company.

Additional information in respect of active share plans (excluding Sharesave scheme)

      2012
millions
   2011  
millions  
 

Awards of ordinary share equivalents at 1 April

     14.8     10.2    

Impact of rights issue

          1.5    

Transfer of PSP to non-active share plans*

     (13.0   –    

Awards made

     4.0     5.5    

Lapses/forfeits

          (1.5)   

Awards vested

     (0.7   (0.9)   

Awards of ordinary share equivalents at 31 March

     5.1     14.8    

Conditional awards available for release at 31 March

          1.4    

*PSP has been presented as an inactive plan for the whole of 2011/12

Non-active share plans

We also have historical plans where awards are still outstanding but no further awards will be granted. These include the Share Matching Plan and the Performance Share Plan (PSP), for which 64,157 and 1,232,397 awards are available for release as at 31 March 2012 respectively and the Executive Share Option Plan, for which details of movements are provided below.

Share options – Sharesave scheme and Executive Share Option Plan

   Sharesave scheme  Executive Share Option Plan    
    

    Weighted
average
price

£

   millions  

    Weighted
average price

£

   millions  Total  
options  
millions  
 

At 1 April 2010

   5.05     18.4    4.92     0.9    19.3    

Impact of rights issue

        2.1         0.1    2.2    

Granted

   4.45     3.9             3.9    

Lapsed – expired

   4.57     (1.4  4.61     (0.3  (1.7)   

Exercised

   4.31     (3.5  4.37     (0.2  (3.7)   

At 31 March 2011

   4.43     19.5    4.03     0.5    20.0    

Granted

   4.96     3.9             3.9    

Lapsed – expired

   4.57     (0.6           (0.6)   

Exercised

   4.29     (3.5  4.03     (0.3  (3.8)   

At 31 March 2012

   4.56     19.3    4.01     0.2    19.5    

Exercisable

        

At 31 March 2012

   4.52     0.2    4.01     0.2    0.4    

At 31 March 2011

   4.83     1.2    4.03     0.4    1.6    

Weighted average share price at exercise date

        

Year ended 31 March 2012

   6.16     3.5    6.21     0.3    3.8    

Year ended 31 March 2011

   5.53     3.5    5.59     0.2    3.7    

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options in the employee Sharesave scheme at 31 March 2012 was two years. These options have exercise prices between £3.80 and £5.73 per ordinary share. The aggregate intrinsic value of all options outstanding and exercisable at 31 March 2012 amounted to £47m and £2m respectively.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc167


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

35. Share options and reward plans continued

Awards under share option and reward plans

    

2012

pence

   

2011

pence

   

2010  

pence  

Share options

      

Average share price at date of grant

   607.0     564.5    676.0  

Average exercise price

   496.0     445.0    520.0  

Average fair value

   90.5     137.0    161.1  

Other share plans

      

Average share price at date of grant

   602.1     493.3    598.2  

Average fair value

   483.2     327.8    355.6  

 

Fair value calculation assumptions

    2012   2011   2010  

Dividend yield (%)

   6.4-6.9     4.4-5.0    4.4-5.0  

Volatility (%)

   25.4-28.0     22.4-26.1    22.4-26.1  

Risk free investment rate (%)

   0.6-1.2     2.5    2.5  

Average life (years)

   4.0     4.0    4.0  

The fair values of awards under the Sharesave scheme have been calculated using the Black-Scholes European model. The fair value of awards with total shareholder return performance conditions are calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model. Fair values of other awards are calculated as the share price at grant date, less the present value of dividends not received in the vesting period.

Volatility was derived based on the following, and is assumed to revert from its current implied level to its long-run mean based on historical volatility under (ii) below:

(i)implied volatility in traded options over the Company’s shares;

(ii)historical volatility of the Company’s shares over a term commensurate with the expected life of each option; and

(iii)implied volatility of comparator companies where options in their shares are traded.

Additional information in respect of share options

    

        2012  

£m  

  

         2011  

£m  

  

         2010  

£m  

Share options exercised

      

Cash received on exercise of all share options during the year

  13    18    18  

Tax benefits realised from share options exercised during the year

  6    3    8  

168National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

36. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

Principal subsidiary undertakings

The principal subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidated financial statements at 31 March 2012 are listed below. These undertakings are wholly-owned and, unless otherwise indicated, are incorporated in England and Wales.

Principal activity

National Grid Gas plc

Transmission and distribution of gas

National Grid Electricity Transmission plc

Transmission of electricity

New England Power Company (i)

Transmission of electricity

Massachusetts Electric Company (i)

Distribution of electricity

The Narragansett Electric Company (i)

Transmission and distribution of electricity

Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation (i)

Transmission of electricity and distribution of electricity and gas

National Grid Metering Limited

Metering services

National Grid Grain LNG Limited

LNG importation and storage

Boston Gas Company (i)

Distribution of gas

National Grid Generation LLC (i)

Generation of electricity

KeySpan Gas East Corporation (i)

Distribution of gas

The Brooklyn Union Gas Company (i)

Distribution of gas

NGG Finance plc

Financing

National Grid Property Holdings Limited

Property services

National Grid Holdings One plc

Holding company

Lattice Group plc

Holding company

National Grid USA (i)

Holding company

Niagara Mohawk Holdings, Inc. (i)

Holding company

National Grid Commercial Holdings Limited

Holding company

National Grid Holdings Limited

Holding company

KeySpan Corporation (i)

Holding company

National Grid Holdings Inc. (i)

Holding company

British Transco Finance Inc. (i)

Financing

British Transco International Finance BV (incorporated in the Netherlands)

Financing

(i)Incorporated in the US.

Principal joint ventures and associates

The principal joint ventures and associated undertakings included in the financial statements at 31 March 2012 are listed below. These undertakings are incorporated in England and Wales (unless otherwise indicated).

% of ordinary

shares held

Principal activity

BritNed Development Limited

50UK/Netherlands interconnector

Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC (i)

26.25Transmission of gas

Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. (i)

20.4Transmission of gas

(i)Incorporated in the US.

A full list of all subsidiary and associated undertakings is available from the Company Secretary & General Counsel of the Company.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc169


Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. National Grid Gas plc and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures

The following condensed consolidating financial information, comprising statements of comprehensive income, balance sheetsstatements of financial position and cash flow statements, is given in respect of National Grid Gas plc (Subsidiary(subsidiary guarantor), which became joint full and unconditional guarantor on 11 May 2004 with National Grid plc (Parent(parent guarantor) of the 6.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2018 issued in June 1998 by British Transco Finance Inc., then known as British Gas Finance Inc. (issuer of notes). Condensed consolidating financial information is also provided in respect of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation as a result of National Grid plc’s guarantee, dated 29 October 2007, of Niagara Mohawk’s 3.6% and 3.9% issued preferred shares. National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation are wholly-owned subsidiaries of National Grid plc.

The following financial information for National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation on a condensed consolidating basis is intended to provide investors with meaningful and comparable financial information and is provided pursuant to various rules including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X in lieu of the separate financial statements of each subsidiary issuer of public debt securities.

This financial information should be read in conjunction with the Company’sother disclosures in these financial statements and footnotes presented in our 2011/12statements.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

149

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

 

Summary statements of comprehensive income are presented, on a consolidating basis, for the three years ended 31 March 2014. Summary statements of comprehensive income of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc are presented under IFRS measurement principles, as modified by the inclusion of the results of subsidiary undertakings on the basis of equity accounting principles.

 

The summary statements of financial position of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc include the investments in subsidiaries recorded on the basis of equity accounting principles for the purposes of presenting condensed consolidating financial information under IFRS. The summary statements of financial position present these investments within non-current financial and other investments.

 

The consolidation adjustments column includes the necessary amounts to eliminate the intercompany balances and transactions between National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and other subsidiaries.

 

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2014 – IFRS

 

     

Parent  

guarantor  

   Issuer of notes   

  Subsidiary  

guarantor  

            
   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

National  

Grid plc  

£m  

   

Niagara  

Mohawk  

Power  

Corporation  
£m  

   

British  

Transco  

Finance Inc.  
£m  

   

National  

Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

   

Other  

subsidiaries  

£m  

   

Consolidation  

adjustments  

£m  

   

National  

Grid  

consolidated  

£m  

  

 

  

Revenue

 4    2,185    –    3,141    9,653    (174)   14,809  
  

Operating costs

             
  

Depreciation and amortisation

 –    (127)   –    (529)   (760)   –    (1,416) 
  

Payroll costs

 –    (278)   –    (251)   (903)   –    (1,432) 
  

Purchases of electricity

 –    (647)   –    –    (817)   –    (1,464) 
  

Purchases of gas

 –    (194)   –    (112)   (1,449)   –    (1,755) 
  

Rates and property tax

 –    (137)   –    (241)   (585)   –    (963) 
  

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –    –    –    –    (872)   –    (872) 
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 –    –    –    –    (630)   –    (630) 
  

Other operating costs

 15    (440)   –    (661)   (1,630)   174    (2,542) 
   15    (1,823)   –    (1,794)   (7,646)   174    (11,074) 
  

 

  

Operating profit

 19    362    –    1,347    2,007    –    3,735  
  

Net finance costs

 (128)   (85)   –    (285)   (517)   –    (1,015) 
  

Dividends receivable

 –    –    –    –    600    (600)   –  
  

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,550    –    –    11    28    (2,561)   28  
  

 

  

Profit before tax

 2,441    277    –    1,073    2,118    (3,161)   2,748  
  

Taxation

 35    (97)   –    3    (225)   –    (284) 
  

 

  

Profit for the year

 2,476    180    1   1,076    1,893    (3,161)   2,464  
  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income2

 235    (8)   –    9    383    (384)   235  
  

 

  

Total comprehensive income for the year

 2,711    172    –    1,085    2,276    (3,545)   2,699  
  

 

  

Attributable to:

             
  

Equity shareholders

 2,711    172    –    1,085    2,288    (3,545)   2,711  
  

Non-controlling interests

 –    –    –    –    (12)   –    (12) 
  

 

   2,711    172    –    1,085    2,276    (3,545)   2,699  
  

 

  

 

1.   Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

2.   Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

               
               
               
               


150  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts.Accounts 2013/14

Summary

 Notes to the consolidated

 financial statementscontinued

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2013 – IFRS

 

   

Parent   

  guarantor   

   Issuer of notes   

  Subsidiary   

guarantor   

        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

National   

Grid plc   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Niagara   

Mohawk   

Power   

Corporation   

(restated)1

£m   

  

British   

Transco   

Finance Inc.   

(restated)1

£m   

  

National   

Grid Gas   

plc   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Other   

subsidiaries   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Consolidation   

adjustments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

National   

Grid   

consolidated   

(restated)1

£m   

 

 

 

Revenue

 –     2,129     –     3,062     9,345     (177)    14,359   
 

Operating costs

             
 

Depreciation and amortisation    

 –     (119)    –     (511)    (731)    –     (1,361)  
 

Payroll costs

 –     (276)    –     (238)    (942)    –     (1,456)  
 

Purchases of electricity

 –     (561)    –     –     (579)    –     (1,140)  
 

Purchases of gas

 –     (151)    –     (128)    (1,036)    –     (1,315)  
 

Rates and property tax

 –     (141)    –     (235)    (593)    –     (969)  
 

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –     –     –     –     (805)    –     (805)  
 

Payments to other UK network owners

 –     –     –     –     (487)    –     (487)  
 

Other operating costs

 –     (357)    –     (579)    (2,318)    177     (3,077)  
  –     (1,605)    –     (1,691)    (7,491)    177     (10,610)  
 

 

 

Operating profit

 –     524     –     1,371     1,854     –     3,749   
 

Net finance costs

 (181)    (88)    –     (274)    (513)    –     (1,056)  
 

Dividends receivable

 –     –     –     –     1,900     (1,900)    –   
 

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,295     –     –     8     18     (2,303)    18   
 

 

 

Profit before tax

 2,114     436     –     1,105     3,259     (4,203)    2,711   
 

Taxation

 39     (168)    –     (174)    (254)    –     (557)  
 

 

 

Profit for the year

 2,153     268     2    931     3,005     (4,203)    2,154   
 

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income3

 (381)    (35)    –     3     (353)    385     (381)  
 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 1,772     233     –     934     2,652     (3,818)     1,773   
 

 

 

Attributable to:

             
 

Equity shareholders

 1,772     233     –     934     2,651     (3,818)    1,772   
 

Non-controlling interests

 –     –     –     –     1     –     1   
 

 

  1,772     233     –     934     2,652     (3,818)    1,773   
 

 

 

1.   See note 1 on page 92.

2.   Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

3.   Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

151

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2012 – IFRS

 

 
     Parent   
        guarantor   
       Issuer of notes             Subsidiary  
guarantor  
            
   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

National   

Grid plc   
(restated)1
£m   

   Niagara  
Mohawk  
Power  
    Corporation  
(restated)1
£m  
   

British  
Transco  
    Finance Inc.  
(restated)1

£m  

   

National  

Grid Gas  

plc  
(restated)1
£m  

   Other  
    subsidiaries  
(restated)1
£m  
   Consolidation  
adjustments  
(restated)1
£m  
   

National  

Grid  
    consolidated  
(restated)1

£m  

  

 

  Revenue –     2,269    –    2,909    8,828    (174)   13,832  
  Operating costs             
  

Depreciation and amortisation

 –     (115)   –    (491)   (666)   –    (1,272) 
  

Payroll costs

 –     (267)   –    (228)   (968)   –    (1,463) 
  

Purchases of electricity

 –     (530)   –    –    (915)   –    (1,445) 
  

Purchases of gas

 –     (169)   –    (133)   (1,221)   –    (1,523) 
  

Rates and property tax

 –     (137)   –    (236)   (582)   –    (955) 
  

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –     –    –    –    (818)   –    (818) 
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 –     –    –    –    (407)   –    (407) 
  

Other operating costs

 1     (502)   –    (492)   (1,595)   174    (2,414) 
   1     (1,720)   –    (1,580)   (7,172)   174    (10,297) 
  

 

  

Operating profit

 1     549    –    1,329    1,656    –    3,535  
  

Net finance costs

 (133)    (97)   –    (400)   (530)   –    (1,160) 
  

Dividends receivable

 –     –    –    –    350    (350)   –  
  

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,022     –    –    5    7    (2,027)   7  
  

 

  

Profit before tax

 1,890     452    –    934    1,483    (2,377)   2,382  
  

Taxation

 27     (187)   –    (102)   (201)   –    (463) 
  

 

  

Profit for the year

 1,917     265    2   832    1,282    (2,377)   1,919  
  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income3

 (763)    (33)   –    9    (773)   797    (763) 
  

 

  

Total comprehensive income for the year

 1,154     232    –    841    509    (1,580)   1,156  
  

 

  

Attributable to:

             
  

Equity shareholders

 1,154     232    –    841    507    (1,580)   1,154  
  

Non-controlling interests

 –     –    –    –    2    –    2  
  

 

   1,154     232    –    841    509    (1,580)   1,156  
  

 

  

1. See note 1 on page 92.

2. Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

3. Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

  
  
  
  
  
  


 152  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2014 – IFRS

 
     

Parent 

    guarantor 

        Issuer of notes            Subsidiary 
guarantor 
         
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

National 

Grid plc 

£m 

  

Niagara 

Mohawk 

Power 

 Corporation 

£m 

  

British 

Transco 

 Finance Inc. 

£m 

  

National 

 Grid Gas 

plc 

£m 

  

Other 

 subsidiaries 

£m 

  

 Consolidation 
adjustments 

£m 

  

National  

Grid  

consolidated  

£m  

  

 

  

Non-current assets

       
  

Goodwill

  –     581     –     –     4,013     –    4,594  
  

Other intangible assets

  –     –     –     230     439     –    669  
  

Property, plant and equipment

  –     4,266     –     12,259     20,654     –    37,179  
  

Other non-current assets

  –     26     –     15     46     –    87  
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  305     –     180     5,609     2,676     (8,770)   –  
  

Pension assets

  –     –     –     –     174     –    174  
  

Financial and other investments

  14,520     22     –     50     9,896     (23,853)   635  
  

Derivative financial assets

  643     –     –     642     272     –    1,557  
  

 

  

Total non-current assets

  15,468     4,895     180     18,805     38,170     (32,623)   44,895  
  

 

  

Current assets

       
  

Inventories and current intangible assets

  –     27     –     24     217     –    268  
  

Trade and other receivables

      572     –     361     1,855     64    2,855  
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,025     11         262     11,100     (20,403)   –  
  

Financial and other investments

  1,481     10     –     420     1,688     –    3,599  
  

Derivative financial assets

  284     –     –     63     174     (108)   413  
  

Cash and cash equivalents

  24     16     –     –     314     –    354  
  

 

  Total current assets  10,817     636         1,130    15,348     (20,447)   7,489  
  

 

  Total assets  26,285     5,531     185     19,935    53,518     (53,070)   52,384  
  

 

  

Current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (1,327)    (328)    (4)    (568)    (1,284)    –    (3,511) 
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (286)    –     –     (99)    (62)    108    (339) 
  

Trade and other payables

  (37)    (252)    –     (809)    (1,933)    –    (3,031) 
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (8,695)    (56)    –     (2,212)    (9,440)    20,403    –  
  

Current tax liabilities

  –     (64)    –     (27)    (13)    (64)   (168) 
  

Provisions

  –     –     –     (74)    (208)    –    (282) 
  

 

  

Total current liabilities

  (10,345)    (700)    (4)    (3,789)    (12,940)    20,447    (7,331) 
  

 

  

Non-current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (1,850)    (1,321)    (180)    (6,048)    (13,040)    –    (22,439) 
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (154)    –     –     (279)    (391)    –    (824) 
  

Other non-current liabilities

  –     (245)    –     (1,045)    (551)    –    (1,841) 
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (2,022)    –     –     (654)    (6,094)    8,770    –  
  

Deferred tax liabilities

  (3)    (609)    –     (1,601)    (1,869)    –    (4,082) 
  

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

  –     (652)    –     –     (1,933)    –    (2,585) 
  

Provisions

  –     (243)    –     (158)    (962)    –    (1,363) 
  

 

  

Total non-current liabilities

  (4,029)    (3,070)    (180)    (9,785)    (24,840)    8,770    (33,134) 
  

 

  

Total liabilities

  (14,374)    (3,770)    (184)    (13,574)    (37,780)    29,217    (40,465) 
  

 

  

Net assets

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,738     (23,853)   11,919  
  

 

  

Equity

       
  

Share capital

  439     112     –     45     182     (339)   439  
  

Share premium account

  1,336     1,808     –     204     8,032     (10,044)   1,336  
  

Retained earnings

  14,895     (159)        4,814     7,628     (12,284)   14,895  
  

Other equity reserves

  (4,759)    –     –     1,298     (112)    (1,186)   (4,759) 
  

 

  

Shareholders’ equity

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,730     (23,853)   11,911  
  

 

Non-controlling interests

  –     –     –     –         –    8  
  

 

  

Total equity

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,738     (23,853)   11,919  
  

 

         
         
         


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

153

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2013 – IFRS

 

     Parent   
    guarantor   
  Issuer of notes      Subsidiary  
guarantor  
         
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     National   
Grid plc   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

Niagara   
Mohawk   
Power   
Corporation   
(restated)1 

£m   

  

British  
Transco  

Finance Inc.  

£m  

  

National  
Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

  Other   
subsidiaries   
(restated)1 
£m   
  Consolidation   
adjustments   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

National   
Grid   
consolidated   

(restated)1 

£m   

  

 

  

Non-current assets

       
  

Goodwill

  –       737       –      –      4,291       –      5,028   
  

Other intangible assets

  –       –       –      199      390       –      589   
  

Property, plant and equipment

  –       4,441       –      12,122      20,029       –      36,592   
  

Other non-current assets

  –       21       –      12      71       –      104   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  295       –       –      5,609      2,043       (7,947)     –   
  

Pension assets

  –       195       –      –      –       –      195   
  

Financial and other investments

  12,167       21       –      43      9,896       (21,478)     649   
  

Derivative financial assets

  585       –       –      977      410       –      1,972   
  

 

  

Total non-current assets

  13,047       5,415       –      18,962      37,130       (29,425)     45,129   
  

 

  

Current assets

       
  

Inventories and current intangible assets

  –       28       –      22      241       –      291   
  

Trade and other receivables

  3       428       –      380      2,099       –      2,910   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,470       18       202      202      12,250       (22,142)     –   
  

Financial and other investments

  2,385       32       –      854      2,160       –      5,431   
  

Derivative financial assets

  163       –       –      119      60       (69)     273   
  

Cash and cash equivalents

  338       9       –      20      304       –      671   
  

 

  

Total current assets

  12,359       515       202      1,597      17,114       (22,211)     9,576   
  

 

  

Total assets

  25,406       5,930       202      20,559      54,244       (51,636)     54,705   
  

 

  

Current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (613)      (69)      (4)     (1,103)     (1,659)      –      (3,448)  
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (228)      –       –      (86)     (162)      69      (407)  
  

Trade and other payables

  (44)      (132)      –      (590)     (2,285)      –      (3,051)  
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (9,029)      (70)      –      (3,152)     (9,891)      22,142      –   
  

Current tax liabilities

  –       (59)      –      (26)     (146)      –      (231)  
  

Provisions

  –       –       –      (63)     (245)      –      (308)  
  

 

  

Total current liabilities

  (9,914)      (330)      (4)     (5,020)     (14,388)      22,211      (7,445)  
  

 

  

Non-current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (2,762)      (1,798)      (198)     (6,247)     (13,642)      –      (24,647)  
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (458)      –       –      (420)     (396)      –      (1,274)  
  

Other non-current liabilities

  –       (281)      –      (1,053)     (550)      –      (1,884)  
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (2,042)      –       –      –      (5,905)      7,947      –   
  

Deferred tax liabilities

  (1)      (562)      –      (1,817)     (1,697)      –      (4,077)  
  

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

  –       (980)      –      –      (2,712)      –      (3,692)  
  

Provisions

  –       (268)      –      (121)     (1,063)      –      (1,452)  
  

 

  

Total non-current liabilities

  (5,263)      (3,889)      (198)     (9,658)     (25,965)      7,947      (37,026)  
  

 

  

Total liabilities

  (15,177)      (4,219)      (202)     (14,678)     (40,353)      30,158      (44,471)  
  

 

  

Net assets

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,891       (21,478)     10,234   
  

 

  

Equity

       
  

Share capital

  433       123       –      45      182       (350)     433   
  

Share premium account

  1,344       1,930       –      204      7,426       (9,560)     1,344   
  

Retained earnings

  13,133       (342)      –      4,325      6,471       (10,454)     13,133   
  

Other equity reserves

  (4,681)      –       –      1,307      (193)      (1,114)     (4,681)  
  

 

  

Shareholders’ equity

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,886       (21,478)     10,229   
  

 

Non-controlling interests

  –       –       –      –      5       –      5   
  

 

  

Total equity

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,891       (21,478)     10,234   
  

 

  1. See note 1 on page 92.       
         
         
         


154    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Cash flow statements

 

  

  

      Parent 
  guarantor 
   Issuer of notes     Subsidiary 
guarantor 
             
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      

National 
Grid plc 

£m 

   Niagara 
Mohawk 
Power 
Corporation 
£m 
   

British 
Transco 
Finance 

Inc. 

£m 

   

National 
Grid Gas 
plc 

£m 

   Other
subsidiaries
£m
   Consolidation
adjustments
£m
   National 
Grid 
consolidated 
£m 
 
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2014

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   52      581      –      1,717       1,669      –      4,019    
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   1,358      (555)     –      (91)      (993)     (1,049)     (1,330)   
  

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (1,724)     (18)     –      (1,632)      (647)     1,049      (2,972)   
  

 

 
  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (314)          –      (6)      29      –      (283)   
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2013

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   36      162      –      1,608       1,944      –      3,750    
  

Net cash flow used in investing activities

   (979)     (286)     –      (1,345)      (1,048)     (2,472)     (6,130)   
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities

   1,255      132      –      (240)      (904)     2,472      2,715    
  

 

 
  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   312           –      23       (8)     –      335    
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2012

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   75      441      –      1,596       2,116      –      4,228    
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   559      (287)     –      (1,171)      (1,166)     (306)     (2,371)   
  

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (808)     (155)     –      (502)      (741)     306      (1,900)   
  

 

 
  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (174)     (1)     –      (77)      209      –      (43)   
  

 

 
  

 

Cash dividends were received by National Grid plc from subsidiary undertakings amounting to £1,050m during the year ended 31 March 2014 (2013: £570m; 2012: £200m).

 

   

  

Maturity analysis of parent Company borrowings

 

  

                          2014   2013  
                          £m   £m  
  

 

 
  Total borrowings are repayable as follows:            
  

Less than 1 year

             1,327     613   
  

In 1-2 years

             46     835   
  

In 2-3 years

             580     51   
  

In 3-4 years

                  642   
  

In 4-5 years

             506     –   
  

More than 5 years

             718     1,234   
  

 

 
               3,177     3,375   
  

 

 
 
                


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

155

Company accounting policies

We are required to include the stand-alone balance sheet of comprehensive incomeour ultimate parent Company, National Grid plc, under the Companies Act 2006. This is because the publicly traded shares are presented, on a consolidating basis, for the three years ended 31 March 2012. Summary statements of comprehensive incomethose of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc are presented under IFRS measurement principles, as modified by the inclusionfollowing disclosures provide additional information to shareholders.

D. Foreign currencies

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the resultsCompany are recorded at the rates of subsidiary undertakingsexchange prevailing on the basisdates of equity accounting principles.

The summarythe transactions. At each balance sheetssheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at closing exchange rates. Gains and losses arising on retranslation of National Grid plcmonetary assets and National Grid Gas plc includeliabilities are included in the investments in subsidiaries recorded on the basis of equity accounting principles for the purposes of presenting condensed consolidating financial information under IFRS. The summary balance sheets present these investments within non-current financialprofit and other investments.

The consolidation adjustments column includes the necessary amounts to eliminate the intercompany balances and transactions between National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and other subsidiaries.

170National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

loss account.

 

37. National Grid Gas plcE. Financial instruments

The Company’s accounting policies under UK GAAP, namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, FRS 26 ‘Financial Instruments: Measurement’ and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Summary statementsFRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, are the same as the Group’s accounting policies under IFRS, namely IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. The Company applies these policies only in respect of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2012 – IFRS

      Parent
     guarantor
    Issuer of notes         Subsidiary
    guarantor
       
       Niagara                          
       Mohawk    British    National              National   
  National    Power    Transco    Grid Gas    Other    Consolidation    Grid   
  Grid plc    Corporation    Finance Inc.    plc    subsidiaries    adjustments    consolidated   
  £m    £m    £m    £m    £m    £m    £m   

Revenue

        2,269            2,909      8,828      (174    13,832    

Operating costs

             

Depreciation and amortisation

       (115        (491   (666        (1,272)   

Payroll costs

       (273        (228   (970        (1,471)   

Purchases of electricity

       (530             (915        (1,445)   

Purchases of gas

       (169        (133   (1,221        (1,523)   

Rates and property taxes

       (137        (236   (582        (955)   

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

                      (818        (818)   

Payments to other UK network owners

                      (407        (407)   

Other operating costs

  1     (501        (486   (1,590   174     (2,402)   
   1      (1,725          (1,574    (7,169    174      (10,293)   

Operating profit

  1     544          1,335     1,659          3,539    

Net finance costs

  (133   (71        (406   (377        (987)   

Dividends receivable

                      350     (350   –    

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

  2,141                  5      7      (2,146    7    

Profit before tax

  2,009     473          934     1,639     (2,496   2,559    

Taxation

  27      (195          (102    (251          (521)   

Profit for the year

  2,036     278     (i)    832     1,388     (2,496   2,038    

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income (ii)

  (887    (50          9      (880    921      (887)   

Total comprehensive income for the year

  1,149      228            841      508      (1,575    1,151    

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders

  1,149     228          841     506     (1,575   1,149    

Non-controlling interests

                          2            2    
   1,149      228            841      508      (1,575    1,151    

(i)Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

(ii)Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

LOGO

Annual Reportfinancial instruments that it has, namely investments, derivative financial instruments, debtors, cash at bank and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc171


Financial Statements

in hand, borrowings and creditors.

 

NotesThe policies are set out in notes 13, 15, 17, 18, 19 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. National Grid Gas plcstatements. The Company is taking the exemption for financial instruments disclosures, because IFRS 7 disclosures are given in notes 30 and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2011 – IFRS

  

    Parent

    guarantor

   

Issuer of notes

   

    Subsidiary 

    guarantor 

   

    

        
   

National
Grid plc

£m

    Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
    British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
    

National

Grid Gas

plc

£m

    Other
subsidiaries
£m
    Consolidation
adjustments
£m
    National  
Grid  
consolidated  
£m  

Revenue

   2,606    2,739  9,174  (176)  14,343  

Operating costs

             

Depreciation and amortisation

   (133)    (455)  (664)    (1,252) 

Payroll costs

   (288)    (236)  (972)    (1,496) 

Purchases of electricity

   (628)      (854)    (1,482) 

Purchases of gas

   (244)    (141)  (1,635)    (2,020) 

Rates and property taxes

   (151)    (239)  (555)    (945) 

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

         (581)    (581) 

Payments to other UK network owners

         (298)    (298) 

Other operating costs

   (375)    (489)  (1,836)  176  (2,524) 
     (1,819)      (1,560)   (7,395)   176   (10,598) 

Operating profit

   787    1,179  1,779    3,745  

Net finance costs

 (261)  (119)    (395)  (353)    (1,128) 

Dividends receivable

         400  (400)  –  

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,360         7   7   (2,367)   7  

Profit before tax

 2,099  668    791  1,833  (2,767)  2,624  

Taxation

 64   (236)      (97)   (192)      (461) 

Profit for the year

 2,163  432  (i)  694  1,641  (2,767)  2,163  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income (ii)

 301   49      7   351   (407)   301  

Total comprehensive income for the year

 2,464   481      701   1,992   (3,174)   2,464  

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders

 2,460  481    701  1,988  (3,170)  2,460  

Non-controlling interests

 4            4   (4)   4  
  2,464   481      701   1,992   (3,174)   2,464  

(i)Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.
(ii)Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

172National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

37. National Grid Gas plc and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2010 – IFRS

      Parent
     guarantor
    Issuer of notes        Subsidiary 
    guarantor 
       
   

National
Grid plc

£m

     Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
     British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
     

National

Grid Gas

plc

£m

     Other
subsidiaries
£m
     Consolidation
adjustments
£m
     National  
Grid  
consolidated  
£m  
 

Revenue

       2,409          2,787     9,008     (197   14,007    

Operating costs

             

Depreciation and amortisation

       (131        (430   (633        (1,194)   

Payroll costs

       (274        (224   (904        (1,402)   

Purchases of electricity

       (575             (998        (1,573)   

Purchases of gas

       (253        (155   (1,834        (2,242)   

Rates and property taxes

       (126        (248   (533        (907)   

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

                      (691        (691)   

Payments to other UK network owners

                      (260        (260)   

Other operating costs

  4     (435        (633   (1,578   197     (2,445)   
   4      (1,794          (1,690    (7,431    197      (10,714)   

Operating profit

  4     615          1,097     1,577          3,293    

Net finance costs

  (227   (96        (224   (561        (1,108)   

Dividends receivable

                      300     (300   –    

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

  1,558                  12      8      (1,570    8    

Profit before tax

  1,335     519          885     1,324     (1,870   2,193    

Taxation

  54      (225          (285    (348          (804)   

Profit for the year

  1,389     294     (i)    600     976     (1,870   1,389    

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income (ii)

  (508    (22          (47    (473    542      (508)   

Total comprehensive income for the year

  881      272            553      503      (1,328    881    

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders

  879     272          553     501     (1,326   879    

Non-controlling interests

  2                        2      (2    2    
   881      272            553      503      (1,328    881    

(i)Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.
(ii)Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc173


Financial Statements

Notes33 to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. National Grid Gas plc and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Balance sheets as at 31 March 2012 – IFRS

   Parent  
    guarantor  
   Issuer of notes      Subsidiary  
guarantor  
      
    

National  
Grid plc  

£m  

   Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
  

British
Transco
Finance Inc.

£m

  

National  
Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

   Other
subsidiaries
£m
  Consolidation
adjustments
£m
  National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Non-current assets

          

Goodwill

   –       701        –       4,075        4,776  

Other intangible assets

   –       9        229       308        546  

Property, plant and equipment

   –       4,038        11,650       18,013        33,701  

Deferred tax assets

   1               –           (1    

Other non-current assets

   –       2        11       82        95  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   537               5,611           (6,148    

Pension assets

   –       155        –               155  

Financial and other investments

   10,811       22        37       9,838    (20,116  592  

Derivative financial assets

   624               856       339        1,819  

Total non-current assets

   11,973       4,927        18,394       32,655    (26,265  41,684  

Current assets

          

Inventories and current intangible assets

   –       36        25       315        376  

Trade and other receivables

   4       405        282       1,280        1,971  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   9,346       32    191    173       9,740    (19,482    

Financial and other investments

   830       22        432       1,107        2,391  

Derivative financial assets

   207               85       135    (110  317  

Cash and cash equivalents

   26       1        –       305        332  

Total current assets

   10,413       496    191    997       12,882    (19,592  5,387  

Assets of businesses held for sale

   –               –       264        264  

Total assets

   22,386       5,423    191    19,391       45,801    (45,857  47,335  

Current liabilities

          

Borrowings

   (897)      (12  (4  (832)      (747      (2,492

Derivative financial liabilities

   (202)              (52)      (18  110    (162

Trade and other payables

   (37)      (258      (573)      (1,817      (2,685

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (8,429)      (260      (1,051)      (9,742  19,482      

Current tax liabilities

   –       (173      (21)      (189      (383

Provisions

   –       (22      (57)      (203      (282

Total current liabilities

   (9,565)      (725  (4  (2,586)      (12,716  19,592    (6,004

Non-current liabilities

          

Borrowings

   (3,119)      (1,309  (187  (6,568)      (9,350      (20,533

Derivative financial liabilities

   (463)              (391)      (415      (1,269

Other non-current liabilities

   –       (235      (1,079)      (607      (1,921

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   –               –       (6,148  6,148      

Deferred tax liabilities

   –       (400      (1,824)      (1,515  1    (3,738

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   –       (913      –       (2,175      (3,088

Provisions

   –       (248      (102)      (1,099      (1,449

Total non-current liabilities

   (3,582)      (3,105  (187  (9,964)      (21,309  6,149    (31,998

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

   –               –       (87      (87

Total liabilities

   (13,147)      (3,830  (191  (12,550)      (34,112  25,741    (38,089

Net assets

   9,239       1,593        6,841       11,689    (20,116  9,246  

Equity

          

Called up share capital

   422       117        45       182    (344  422  

Share premium account

   1,355       1,835        204       7,426    (9,465  1,355  

Retained earnings

   12,297       (363      5,287       4,303    (9,227  12,297  

Other equity reserves

   (4,835)      4        1,305       (229  (1,080  (4,835

Shareholders’ equity

   9,239       1,593        6,841       11,682    (20,116  9,239  

Non-controlling interests

   –               –       7        7  

Total equity

   9,239       1,593        6,841       11,689    (20,116  9,246  

174National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

statements.

 

37. National Grid Gas plcF. Hedge accounting

The Company applies the same accounting policy as the Group in respect of fair value hedges and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Balance sheets as at 31 March 2011 – IFRS

   Parent  
    guarantor  
   Issuer of notes      Subsidiary  
guarantor  
      
    

National  
Grid plc  

£m  

   Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
  

British
Transco
Finance Inc.

£m

  

National  
Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

   Other
subsidiaries
£m
  Consolidation
adjustments
£m
  National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Non-current assets

          

Goodwill

   –       697        –       4,079        4,776  

Other intangible assets

   –       4        185       312        501  

Property, plant and equipment

   –       3,876        11,290       16,790        31,956  

Deferred tax assets

   4               –           (4    

Other non-current assets

   –       64        10       61        135  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   311               5,611           (5,922    

Pension assets

   –       154        –       402        556  

Financial and other investments

   9,504       20        30       9,841    (18,802  593  

Derivative financial assets

   576               535       159        1,270  

Total non-current assets

   10,395       4,815        17,661       31,644    (24,728  39,787  

Current assets

          

Inventories and current intangible assets

   –       24        40       256        320  

Trade and other receivables

   3       498        217       1,494        2,212  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   9,985       16    190    107       9,552    (19,850    

Financial and other investments

   1,424       12        223       1,280        2,939  

Derivative financial assets

   244               80       198    (54  468  

Cash and cash equivalents

   200       2        83       99        384  

Total current assets

   11,856       552    190    750       12,879    (19,904  6,323  

Assets of businesses held for sale

   –               –       290        290  

Total assets

   22,251       5,367    190    18,411       44,813    (44,632  46,400  

Current liabilities

          

Borrowings

   (1,125)      (11  (4  (410)      (1,402      (2,952

Derivative financial liabilities

   (194)              (22)      (28  54    (190

Trade and other payables

   (34)      (259      (654)      (1,881      (2,828

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (7,957)      (422      (1,171)      (10,300  19,850      

Current tax liabilities

   –       (222      (23)      (258      (503

Provisions

   –       (22      (79)      (252      (353

Total current liabilities

   (9,310)      (936  (4  (2,359)      (14,121  19,904    (6,826

Non-current liabilities

          

Borrowings

   (3,628)      (1,293  (186  (6,535)     (8,604      (20,246

Derivative financial liabilities

   (253)              (85)     (66      (404

Other non-current liabilities

   –       (291      (1,097)     (556      (1,944

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   –               –       (5,922  5,922      

Deferred tax liabilities

   –       (286      (1,873)      (1,611  4    (3,766

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   –       (967      –      (1,607      (2,574

Provisions

   –       (243      (121)       (1,097      (1,461

Total non-current liabilities

   (3,881)      (3,080  (186  (9,711)       (19,463  5,926    (30,395

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

   –               –       (110      (110

Total liabilities

   (13,191)      (4,016  (190  (12,070)      (33,694  25,830    (37,331

Net assets

   9,060       1,351        6,341       11,119    (18,802  9,069  

Equity

          

Called up share capital

   416       116        45       183    (344  416  

Share premium account

   1,361       1,825        204       7,183    (9,212  1,361  

Retained earnings

   12,153       (591      4,796       3,962    (8,167  12,153  

Other equity reserves

   (4,870)      1        1,296       (218  (1,079  (4,870

Shareholders’ equity

   9,060       1,351        6,341       11,110    (18,802  9,060  

Non-controlling interests

   –               –       9        9  

Total equity

   9,060       1,351        6,341       11,119    (18,802  9,069  

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc175


Financial Statements

Notescash flow hedges. This policy is set out in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements continuedstatements.

 

37. National Grid Gas plcG. Parent Company guarantees

The Company has guaranteed the repayment of the principal sum, any associated premium and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation additional disclosures continued

Cash flow statements

   Parent  
    guarantor  
   Issuer of notes   Subsidiary  
    guarantor  
      
    

National  
Grid plc  

£m  

   Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
  British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
   

National  
Grid Gas  
plc  

£m  

   Other
  subsidiaries
£m
  Consolidation
adjustments
£m
  National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Year ended 31 March 2012

           

Net cash provided by operating activities

   75       441         1,596       2,116        4,228  

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

   559       (287       (1,171)      (1,166  (306  (2,371

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

   (808)      (155       (502)      (741  306    (1,900

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (174)      (1       (77)      209        (43

Year ended 31 March 2011

           

Net cash provided by operating activities

   55       742         1,596       2,465        4,858  

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

   2,127       (377       (909)      (1,850  (3,765  (4,774

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

   (2,180)      (365       (621)      (1,029  3,765    (430

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   2                66       (414      (346

Year ended 31 March 2010

           

Net cash provided by operating activities

   –       527         1,449       2,540        4,516  

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

   600       (307       (367)      (1,451  (807  (2,332

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

   (637)      (222       (1,088)      (1,072  807    (2,212

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (37)      (2       (6)      17        (28

Cash dividends were receivedinterest on specific loans due by National Grid plc fromcertain subsidiary undertakings amountingprimarily to £200m duringthird parties. In the year ended 31 March 2012 (2011: £150m; 2010: £504m).event of default or non performance by the subsidiary, the Company recognises such guarantees as insurance contracts, at fair value with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment.

 

176H. Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakingsNational Grid plcAnnual Report

The issuance by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries of a grant over the Company’s options represents additional capital contributions by the Company to its subsidiaries. An additional investment in subsidiaries results in a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity. The additional capital contribution is based on the fair value of the option at the date of grant, allocated over the underlying grant’s vesting period. Where payments are subsequently received from subsidiaries, these are accounted for as a return of a capital contribution and Accounts 2011/12credited against the Company’s investments in subsidiaries. The Company has no employees.


 

www.nationalgrid.comI. Dividends

Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

 

Company accounting policies

A. Basis of preparation of individual financial statements under UK GAAP

These individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK accounting and financial reporting standards and the Companies Act 2006. They have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments, and are presented in pounds sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The 2013 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.

These individual financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis following the assessment made by the Directors as set out on page 52.

The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemptions in FRS 8 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from disclosing transactions with other members of the National Grid plc group of companies.

In accordance with exemptions under FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, the Company has not presented the financial instruments disclosures required by the standard, as disclosures which comply with the standard are included in the consolidated financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

B. Fixed asset investments

Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less any provisions for impairment. Investments are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairments are calculated such that the carrying value of the fixed asset investment is the lower of its cost or recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of its net realisable value and its value-in-use.

C. Taxation

Current tax for the current and prior periods is provided at the amount expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided in full on timing differences which result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or the right to pay less tax, at a future date, at tax rates expected to apply when the timing differences reverse based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Timing differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in periods different from those in which they are included in the financial statements.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.


D. Foreign currencies156    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Transactions

Company balance sheet

at 31 March

      Notes  

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Fixed assets

    
  

Investments

   1    8,803     8,177    
  

 

 
 
  

Current assets

    
  

Debtors (amounts falling due within one year)

   2    9,312     9,636    
  

Debtors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   2    948     880    
  

Investments

   5    1,504     2,723    
  

Cash at bank and in hand

        –    
  

 

 
  

Total current assets

      11,765     13,239    
 
  

Creditors (amounts falling due within one year)

   3    (10,345)    (9,914)   
  

 

 
  

Net current assets

    1,420     3,325    
  

 

 
  

Total assets less current liabilities

    10,223     11,502    
 
  

Creditors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   3    (4,029)    (5,263)   
  

 

 
  

Net assets

    6,194     6,239    
  

 

 
 
  

Capital and reserves

    
  

Called up share capital

   7    439     433    
  

Share premium account

   8    1,336     1,344    
  

Cash flow hedge reserve

   8    20     12    
  

Available-for-sale reserve

   8        –    
  

Other equity reserves

   8    260     240    
  

Profit and loss account

   8    4,138     4,210    
  

 

 
  

Total shareholders’ funds

   9    6,194         6,239    
  

 

 
  

 

The notes on pages 157 to 159 form part of the individual financial statements of the Company, which were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:

 

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

   

  

  

 
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements    

Additional Information

157

 

Notes to the Company

financial statements

 

 

 
  1.Fixed asset investments 
        Shares in  
subsidiary  
undertakings  
£m  
  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  

 8,157   
  

Additions

  

 20   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  

 8,177   
  

Additions

  

 626   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  

 8,803   
  

 

 
  

 

During the year there was a capital contribution of £20m (2013: £20m) which represents the fair value of equity instruments granted to subsidiaries’ employees arising from equity-settled employee share schemes. On 27 March 2014, the Company also acquired a further 98,851 ordinary shares of £1 each in National Grid (US) Holdings Limited for a total consideration of £606m.

 

The names of the principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are included in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by the fair value of their underlying net assets.

 

2.Debtors

 

 
     2014
£m
  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  284   163   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,025   9,470   
  

Prepayments and accrued income

  3   3   
  

 

 
    9,312   9,636   
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  643   585   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  305   295   
  

 

 
    948   880   
  

 

 
  

 

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the assets.

 

3.Creditors

 

 
     2014
£m
  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

   
  

Borrowings (note 6)

  1,327   613   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  286   228   
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  8,695   9,029   
  

Other creditors

  37   44   
  

 

 
    10,345   9,914   
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   
  

Borrowings (note 6)

  1,850   2,762   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  154   458   
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  2,022   2,042   
  

Deferred taxation

  3   1   
  

 

 
    4,029   5,263   
  

 

 
  

 

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the liabilities.

 

 
        

Deferred  
taxation  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  (1)  
  

Charged to the profit and loss account

  1   
  

Charged to equity

  1   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  1   
  

Charged to the profit and loss account

  1   
  

Charged to equity

  1   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  3   
  

 

 


158    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the Company

financial statements continued

  

4.Derivative financial instruments

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are:

 

  

  

      2014  2013     
      

 

 

 
     Assets  
£m  
  Liabilities  
£m  
  Total  
£m  
  Assets
£m
  Liabilities  
£m  
  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

  284      (286)     (2)     163    (228)     (65)   
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

  643      (154)     489      585    (458)     127    
  

 

 
    927      (440)     487      748    (686)     62    
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of derivative the notional contract* amounts are as follows:

 

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Interest rate swaps

      (6,531)    (8,015)   
  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

      (4,490)    (5,376)   
  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

      (11,626)    (9,080)   
  

 

 
  

Total

      (22,647)    (22,471)   
  

 

 
  

 

*The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date.

 

5.Investments

The following table sets out the Company’s current asset investments:

 

  

  

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Investments in short-term money funds

      1,238     2,113    
  

Short-term deposits

      245     438    
  

Restricted cash balances – collateral

      21     172    
  

 

 
        1,504     2,723    
  

 

 
  

 

6.Borrowings

The following table analyses the Company’s total borrowings:

 

  

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

      
  

Bank loans

      423     277    
  

Bonds

      904     336    
  

 

 
        1,327     613    
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

      
  

Bonds

      1,850     2,762    
  

 

 
        
  

Total borrowings

      3,177     3,375    
  

 

 
  

 

The maturity of total borrowings is disclosed in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. There are no differences in the maturities as calculated under IFRS or UK GAAP.

 

The notional amount of borrowings outstanding as at 31 March 2014 was £3,074m (2013: £3,250m). Further information on significant borrowings can be found on the debt investors section of our website.

 

7.Called up share capital

The called up share capital amounting to £439m (2013: £433m) consists of 3,854,339,684 (2013: 3,794,575,998) ordinary shares. For further information on share capital, refer to note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

   

   

  

   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements    

Additional Information

159

  8.Reserves 
     

Share  

premium  

account  

£m  

  

Cash flow  

hedge  

reserve  

£m  

  

Available-  

for-sale  

reserve  

£m  

  

Other equity  

reserves  

£m  

  

Profit and  

loss account  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  1,355      9      –      220     4,579   
  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

  –      3      –      –     –   
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

  (11)     –      –      –     –   
  

Issue of treasury shares

  –      –      –      –     19   
  

Purchase of own shares

  –      –      –      –     (6)  
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

  –      –      –      20     –   
  

Loss for the financial year

  –      –      –      –     (382)  
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  1,344      12      –      240     4,210   
  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

  –      8      –      –     –   
  

Net gains taken to equity

  –      –      1      –     –   
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

  (8)     –      –      –     –   
  

Issue of treasury shares

  –      –      –      –     14   
  

Purchase of own shares

  –      –      –      –     (3)  
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

  –      –      –      20     –   
  

Loss for the financial year

  –      –      –      –     (83)  
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  1,336      20      1      260     4,138   
  

 

 
  

 

There were no gains and losses, other than losses for the years stated above; therefore no separate statement of total recognised gains and losses has been presented. At 31 March 2014, £86m (2013: £86m) of the profit and loss account reserve relating to gains on intra-group transactions was not distributable to shareholders.

 

9.Reconciliation of movements in total shareholders’ funds

 

 
              

2014 

£m 

  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Profit for the financial year

     976    428   
  

Dividends1

     (1,059)   (810)  
  

 

 
  

Loss for the financial year

     (83)   (382)  
  

Issue of treasury shares

     14    19   
  

Purchase of own shares

     (3)   (6)  
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends2

     (2)   –   
  

Movement on cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax)

        3   
  

Movement on available-for-sale reserve

        –   
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

     20    20   
  

 

 
  

Net decrease in shareholders’ funds

     (45)   (346)  
  

Opening shareholders’ funds

     6,239    6,585   
  

 

 
  Closing shareholders’ funds     6,194    6,239   
  

 

 
  

 

1. For further details of dividends paid and payable to shareholders, refer to note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

 

10.Parent Company guarantees

The Company has guaranteed the repayment of the principal sum, any associated premium and interest on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. At 31 March 2014, the sterling equivalent amounted to £2,713m (2013: £2,767m). The guarantees are for varying terms from less than one year to open-ended.

 

11.Audit fees

The audit fee in respect of the parent Company was £26,750 (2013: £25,750). Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit services to the Company are included within note 3 (e) to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 


160    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Additional

Information

Business

information in currencies other thandetail

UK regulation

Our licences, established under the functional currencyGas Act 1986 and Electricity Act 1989, as amended (the Acts), require us to develop, maintain and operate economic and efficient networks and to facilitate competition in the supply of gas and electricity in Great Britain. They also give us statutory powers, such as the right to bury our pipes or cables under public highways and the ability to use compulsory powers to purchase land to enable the conduct of our business.

Our networks are regulated by Ofgem, which has established price control mechanisms that set the amount of revenue that can be earned by our regulated businesses. Price control regulation is designed to ensure our interests, as a monopoly, are balanced with those of our customers. Ofgem allows us to charge reasonable, but not excessive, prices giving us a future level of revenue sufficient to meet our statutory duties and licence obligations, and also to make a reasonable return on our investment.

The price control includes a number of mechanisms to achieve its objectives, including financial incentives designed to encourage us to: continuously improve the cost and effectiveness of our services; manage and operate our networks efficiently; deliver high-quality services to our customers and wider stakeholder community; and invest in the development of the Company are recorded atnetwork in a manner that ensures long-term security of supply.

Our UK Electricity Transmission (UK ET), UK Gas Transmission (UK GT) and UK Gas Distribution (UK GD) businesses operate under eight separate price controls in the ratesUK. These comprise two for our UK ET operations, one covering our role as transmission owner (TO) and the other for our role as system operator (SO); two for our UK GT operations, again one as TO and one as SO; and one for each of exchange prevailing on the datesour four regional gas distribution networks. While each of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at closing exchange rates.

Gains and losses arising on retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities are included in the profit and loss account.

E. Financial instruments

Financial assets, liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities and is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, with an amount equal to the nominal amount of the shares issued included in the share capital account and the balance recorded in the share premium account.

Loans receivable are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any allowance for estimated impairments. A provision is established for impairments when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due under the originaleight price controls may have differing terms, of the loan. Interest income, together with losses when the loans are impaired are recognised using the effective interest method in the profit and loss account.

Current asset financial investments are recognised at fair value plus directly related incremental transaction costs and are subsequently carried at fair value on the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale are recognised directly in equity, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired. At this time, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in net profit or loss for the period. Investment income on investments classified as available-for-sale is recognised in the profit and loss account as it accrues.

Borrowings, which include interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recorded at their initial fair value which normally reflects the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs less any repayments. Subsequently, these are stated at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

Any difference between proceeds and the redemption value is recognised over the term of the borrowing in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Where the fair value of a derivative is positive, it is carried as a derivative asset, and where negative as a liability. Assets and liabilities on different transactions are only netted if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of set off exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in the profit and loss account in the period they arise.

Where derivatives are embedded in other financial instruments that are closely related to those instruments, no adjustment is made with respect to such derivative clauses. Otherwise the derivative is recorded separately at fair value on the balance sheet.

The fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for issued liabilities. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques which area consistent with techniques commonly used by the relevant market. The techniques use observable market data.

LOGO

regulatory framework.

 

In addition to the eight price controls, our LNG storage business has a price control covering some aspects of its operations. There is also a tariff cap price control applied to certain elements of domestic metering and daily meter reading activities undertaken by National Grid Metering.

Interconnectors derive their revenues from congestion revenues. Congestion revenues are dependent on the existence of price differentials between markets at either end of the interconnector. European legislation governs how capacity is allocated. It requires all interconnection capacity to be allocated to the market via market-based methods, ie auctions.

There are two routes for interconnector investment: a regulated route, where interconnector developers have to comply with all aspects of European legislation on cross-border electricity infrastructure and receive a regulated return for their investment; or a merchant-exempt route, where developers would face the full upside and downside of the investment and typically have an exemption from European legislation.

National Grid’s UK interconnectors earn their revenue by auctioning capacity based on the price difference between the markets at each end of the link and are referred to as merchant interconnectors; this being the typical UK model.

Contents

160

Business information in detail

160UK regulation
162US regulation
166Where we operate
167Risk factors

170

Internal control

170Information assurance
170Disclosure controls
170Internal control over financial reporting

171

Directors’ Report disclosures

171Articles of Association
171Board biographies
173Capital gains tax (CGT)
173Change of control provisions
173Conflicts of interest
173Directors’ indemnity
173Events after the reporting period
174Material interests in shares
174Political donations and expenditure
174Research and development
174Share capital
175Share price

176

Other disclosures

176Articles of Association
177Code of Ethics
177Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards
177Depositary payments to the Company
178Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges
178Documents on display
178Employees
178Exchange controls
178Exchange rates
179Key milestones
179Material contracts
179Property, plant and equipment
179Shareholder analysis
179Taxation
181The All-employee Share Plans
181The offer and listing
181Unresolved SEC staff comments

182

Other unaudited financial information

186

Summary consolidated financial information

188

Definitions and glossary of terms

192

Want more information or help?

LOGO         


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

 Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc177


Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

161

RIIO price controls

Our UK regulator has introduced a new regulatory framework called RIIO (revenue = incentives + innovation + outputs) that became effective on 1 April 2013 and lasts for eight years. The building blocks of the RIIO price control are broadly similar to the historical price controls used in the UK; however there are some significant differences in the mechanics of the calculations.

 

How is revenue calculated?

Under RIIO the outputs we deliver are clearly articulated and are integrally linked to the calculation of our allowed revenue. These outputs have been determined through an extensive consultation process which has given stakeholders a greater opportunity to input to these decisions. The clarity around outputs should lead to greater transparency of our performance in delivering them.

 

The six key output categories are:

 

·   Safety: ensuring the provision of a safe energy network.

·   Reliability (and availability): promoting networks capable of delivering long-term reliability, as well as minimising the number and duration of interruptions experienced over the price control period, and ensuring adaptation to climate change.

·   Environmental impact: encouraging companies to play their role in achieving broader environmental objectives – specifically facilitating the reduction of carbon emissions – as well as minimising their own carbon footprint.

·   Customer and stakeholder satisfaction: maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction and stakeholder engagement, and improving service levels.

·   Customer connections: encouraging networks to connect customers quickly and efficiently.

·   Social obligations (UK GD only): extending the gas network to communities that are fuel poor where it is efficient to do so and introducing measures to address carbon monoxide poisoning incidents.

 

Within each of these output categories are a number of primary and secondary deliverables, reflecting what our stakeholders want us to deliver over the coming price control period. The nature and number of these deliverables varies according to the output category, with some being linked directly to our allowed revenue, some linked to legislation, and others having only a reputational impact. Ofgem, using information submitted by us along with independent assessments, determines the efficient level of expected costs necessary to deliver them. Under RIIO this is known as totex, short for total expenditure, and is similar to the sum of controllable opex, capex and repex (for UK GD) under the previous price control.

 

A number of assumptions are necessary in setting these outputs, such as certain prices or the volumes of work that will be needed. As a result, to protect us and our customers from windfall gains and losses, there are a number of uncertainty mechanisms within the RIIO framework that can result in adjustments to totex if actual prices or volumes differ from the assumptions.

 

Where we under- or over-spend the allowed totex for reasons that are not covered by uncertainty mechanisms, there is a sharing factor, ie the under- or over-spend is shared between us and customers through an adjustment to allowed revenues in a future year. This sharing factor provides an incentive for us to provide the outputs efficiently as we are able to keep a portion of the savings, with the remainder benefiting our customers.

    

This sharing factor is one of the ways that RIIO has given innovation more prominence. Innovation includes traditional areas such as new technologies, as well as the broader challenge of finding new ways of working to deliver outputs more efficiently. This broader challenge will have an impact on everyone in our business.

 

Totex is then split between fast and slow money, a new concept under RIIO, based on a specified percentage. Fast money represents the amount of totex that we are able to recover in the current year. Slow money is added to our RAV.

 

In addition to fast money, in each year we are allowed to collect a depreciation of and a return on our RAV.

 

This operates in a similar way to the previous price control, although there have been changes to the asset lives for electricity transmission (transition from 20 years to 45 years evenly across the RIIO period) and the depreciation calculation for UK GD (changed from 45 years straight line to 45 years sum of digits for assets added post 2002). We are also allowed to collect additional revenues related to non-controllable costs and incentives.

 

The incentive mechanisms can increase or decrease our allowed revenue and result from our performance against various measures related to our outputs. RIIO has introduced new incentive mechanisms as a way to provide further incentives to align our objectives with those of our customers and other stakeholders. For example, performance against our customer satisfaction targets can have a positive or negative effect of up to 1% of allowed annual revenues. Incentives will normally affect our revenues two years after the year of performance.

 

RIIO regulatory building blocks

 

LOGO

 

Allowed returns

The cost of capital allowed under RIIO is as follows:

        Transmission    Gas Distribution  
        Gas Electricity     
    Cost of equity (post-tax real) 6.8%  7.0%     6.7% 
    Cost of debt (pre-tax real) iBoxx 10 year simple trailing average index
(2.92% for 2013/14)
    Notional gearing 62.5%  60.0%     65.0% 
    Vanilla WACC1 4.38%  4.55%     4.24% 
    

 

1. Vanilla WACC = cost of debt x gearing + cost of equity x (1- gearing).

         


 

Company accounting policies continued

F. Hedge accounting

The Company enters into derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments in order to manage its interest rate and foreign currency exposures, with a view to managing these risks associated with the Company’s underlying business activities and the financing of those activities. The principal derivatives used include interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, currency swaps, forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaptions.

Hedge accounting allows derivatives to be designated as a hedge of another (non-derivative) financial instrument, to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the profit and loss account. The Company uses two hedge accounting methods.

Firstly, changes in the carrying value of financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows (cash flow hedges) are recognised directly in equity and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts deferred in equity in respect of cash flow hedges are subsequently recognised in the profit and loss account in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss.

Secondly, changes in the carrying value of financial instruments that are designated as hedges of the changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities (fair value hedges) are recognised in the profit and loss account. An offsetting amount is recorded as an adjustment to the carrying value of hedged items, with a corresponding entry in the profit and loss account, to the extent that the change is attributable to the risk being hedged and that the fair value hedge is effective.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the profit and loss account as they arise.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gains or losses relating to cash flow hedges recognised in equity are initially retained in equity and subsequently recognised in the profit and loss account in the same periods in which the previously hedged item affects net profit or loss. For fair value hedges the cumulative adjustment recorded to its carrying value at the date hedge accounting is discontinued is amortised to the profit and loss account using the effective interest method.

If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the profit and loss account immediately.

G. Parent Company guarantees

The Company has guaranteed the repayment of the principal sum, any associated premium and interest on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. In the event of default or non performance by the subsidiary, the Company recognises such guarantees as insurance contracts, at fair value with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment.

H. Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

The Company issues equity-settled, share-based payments to certain employees of subsidiary undertakings, detailed in the Directors’ Report, including the Remuneration Report and in note 35 to the consolidated financial statements.

Equity-settled, share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The Company has no employees. Equity-settled, share-based payments that are made available to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries are treated as increases in equity over the vesting period of the award, with a corresponding increase in the Company’s investments in subsidiaries, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. Where payments are subsequently received from subsidiaries, these are accounted for as a return of a capital contribution and credited against the Company’s investments in subsidiaries.

I. Dividends

Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

178162    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


Business

information in detail

continued

     Gas Transmission   Electricity Transmission   Gas Distribution
      

 

Transmission
Operator

 

 

  System
  Operator

    

 

Transmission
Operator

 

 

System
Operator

    

 

North
West

 

 

    East of

    England

 

 

West Midlands

 London
         Repex: Stepped decline from 50% in 2013/14 to 0% in 2020/21
   Baseline 35.6%        in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
  

1 Fast

 Uncertainty 10%   62.60%   15.00% 72.10%   73.90%     73.37% 75.05% 76.53%
         Repex: Stepped increase from 50% in 2013/14 to 100% in 2020/21
   Baseline 64.4%        in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
  

2 Slow

 Uncertainty 90%   37.40%   85.00% 27.90%   26.10%     26.63% 24.95% 23.47%
  

3 Sharing

 44.36%   46.89%   63.04%
 
            

The sharing factor means that any over- and under-spend is shared between the businesses and consumers. The shared figures displayed are the sharing factors that apply to UK ET, UK GT and UK GD.

 

www.nationalgrid.com

Company balance sheet

at 31 March

    Notes   

2012

£m

      

2011

£m

 

Fixed assets

       

Investments

   1       8,157      7,890  

Current assets

       

Debtors (amounts falling due within one year)

   2       9,350      9,988  

Debtors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   2       538      315  

Derivative financial instruments (amounts falling due within one year)

   4       207      244  

Derivative financial instruments (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   4       624      576  

Current asset investments

   5       855      1,624  

Cash at bank and in hand

     1        
     11,575      12,747  

Creditors (amounts falling due within one year)

   3       (9,565     (9,310

Net current assets

        2,010       3,437  

Total assets less current liabilities

     10,167      11,327  

Creditors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

       

Borrowings

   6       (3,119    (3,628

Derivative financial instruments

   4       (463    (253
         (3,582     (3,881

Net assets

        6,585       7,446  

Capital and reserves

       

Called up share capital

   7       422      416  

Share premium account

   8       1,355      1,361  

Cash flow hedge reserve

   8       9      2  

Other equity reserves

   8       220      196  

Profit and loss account

   8       4,579       5,471  

Total shareholders’ funds

   9       6,585       7,446  

Parent Company guarantees are shown in note 10 toFor more information on RIIO, including incentive mechanisms, please see the Company financial statementsrelevant investor fact sheets on page 183.

The notes on pages 180 to 183 form partthe Investor Relations section of the individual financial statements of the Company, which were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 May 2012 and were signed on its behalf by:

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc179


Financial Statements

Notes to the Company financial statementsour website.

 

1. FixedUS regulation

Regulators

In the US, public utilities’ retail transactions are regulated by state utility commissions, including the NYPSC, the MADPU and the RIPUC.

Utility commissions serve as economic regulators, approving cost recovery and authorised rates of return. The state commissions establish the retail rates to recover the cost of transmission and distribution services, and focus on services and costs within their jurisdictions. FERC regulates the wholesale transactions of public utilities, such as interstate transmission and electricity generation, and provides for the wholesale cost recovery of these services.

Utility commissions are also charged with serving the public interest by ensuring utilities provide safe and reliable service at just and reasonable prices. They establish service standards and approve mergers and acquisitions of public utilities. FERC also regulates public utility holding companies and centralised service companies, including those of our US businesses.

With the exception of residential gas customers in Rhode Island, all of our customers are allowed to select a competitive supplier for the supply component of electricity and gas utility services.

Regulatory process

Utilities in the US submit a formal rate filing to the relevant state regulatory body, requesting a revenue adjustment in a proceeding known as a rate case.

The rate case process is conducted in a litigated setting and, in the states in which we operate, it can take 10 to 13 months for the commission to render a final decision. In all states, the utility is required to prove that its requested rate change is prudent and reasonable. The utility may request a rate plan that can span multiple years. Unlike the state processes, the federal regulator has no specified timeline for adjudicating a rate case, but typically makes a final decision retroactive when the case is completed.

During the rate case process, consumer advocates and other intervening parties scrutinise and often file opposing positions to the utility’s rate request. The rate case decision reflects a weighing of the facts in light of the regulator’s policy objectives.

During a rate case, the utility, consumer advocates and intervening parties may agree on the resolution of aspects of a case and file a negotiated settlement with a commission for approval.

Gas and electricity rates are established from a revenue requirement which comprises the utility’s total cost of providing distribution or delivery service to its customers. It includes operating expenses, depreciation, taxes and a fair and reasonable return on certain components of the utility’s regulated asset base, typically referred to as its rate base.

The rate of return applied to the rate base is the utility’s weighted average cost of capital. This represents its cost of debt and an allowed RoE intended to provide the utility with an opportunity to attract capital from investors and maintain its financial integrity. The total revenue requirement is apportioned among different customer classes and categories of service to establish the prices for service. The final revenue requirement and prices are ultimately approved in the rate case decision.

The revenue requirement is derived from a comprehensive study of the utility’s total costs during a recent 12 month period of operations, referred to as a test year.

Each commission has its own rules and standards for adjustments to the test year. These are intended to arrive at the total costs expected in the first year new rates will be in effect, or the rate year, and may include forecast capital investments in determining rate year rate base. Often, known and measurable adjustments are made to test year data to reflect normal operating conditions. In Massachusetts, only limited adjustments to this test year are allowed, which are required to be both known and measurable. New York and Rhode Island allow more comprehensive adjustments to the test year. In summary, the US regulatory regime is based on a building block approach intended to allow the utility to recover its cost of service and earn a return on its investments.

US regulatory building blocks

 

Shares in  
subsidiary  
undertakings  
£m  

At 1 April 2010

7,865  

Additions

25  

At 31 March 2011

7,890  

Additions

267  

At 31 March 2012

8,157  

During the year there was a capital contribution of £24m (2011: £25m) which represents the fair value of equity instruments granted to subsidiaries’ employees arising from equity-settled employee share schemes. Furthermore on 22 August 2011, the Company acquired a further 69,242 ordinary shares of £1 each in National Grid (US) Holdings Limited for a total consideration of £243m.LOGO

The names of the principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are included in note 36 in the consolidated financial statements. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by the fair value of their underlying net assets.

2. DebtorsOur rate plans

Each operating company has a set of rates for service. We have three electric distribution operations (upstate New York, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island) and six gas distribution


Strategic Report

 

    

2012

£m

   

2011  

£m  

Amounts falling due within one year:

    

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   9,346    9,985  

Prepayments and accrued income

   4    3  
    9,350    9,988  

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

    

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   537    311  

Deferred taxation

   1    4  
    538    315  
         

Deferred  
taxation  

£m  

At 1 April 2010

    2  

Charged to the profit and loss account

    (2) 

Credited to equity

       4  

At 31 March 2011

    4  

Charged to the profit and loss account

    (1) 

Charged to equity

       (2) 

At 31 March 2012

       1  

3. Creditors (amounts falling due within one year)Corporate Governance

 

    

2012

£m

   

2011  

£m  

Borrowings (note 6)

   897    1,125  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

   202    194  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   8,429    7,957  

Other creditors

   37    34  
    9,565    9,310  

Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

163

networks (upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts (2), and Rhode Island). Distribution and transmission electricity services in upstate New York are recovered with a combined rate billed to end use customers. In New England, retail transmission rates recover wholesale transmission charges assessed to our electric distribution companies from our end use customers.

Our rate plans are designed to a specific allowed RoE, by reference to an allowed operating expense level and rate base. Some rate plans include earnings sharing mechanisms that allow us to retain a proportion of the earnings above our allowed RoE we achieve through improving efficiency, with the balance benefiting customers.

In addition, our performance under certain rate plans is subject to service performance targets. We may be subject to monetary penalties in cases where we do not meet those targets.

 

180Allowed RoE in context

One measure used to monitor the performance of our regulated businesses is a comparison of achieved RoE to allowed RoE, with a target that the achieved should be equal to or above the allowed. This measure cannot be used in isolation, however, as there are a number of factors that may prevent us from achieving that target in any given year:

·   Regulatory lag: in the years following the rate year, costs may increase due to inflation or other factors. If the cost increases cannot be offset by productivity gains, the total cost to deliver will be higher as a proportion of revenue and therefore achieved RoE will be lowered.

·   Cost disallowances: a cost disallowance is a decision by the regulator that a certain expense should not be recovered in rates from customers. The regulator may do this for a variety of reasons. We can respond to some disallowances by choosing not to incur those costs; others may be unavoidable. As a result, unless offsetting cost reductions can be found, the achieved RoE will be lowered.

·   Market conditions: if a utility files a new rate case, the new allowed RoE may be below the current allowed RoE as financial market conditions may have changed. As such, a utility that appears to be underperforming the allowed RoE and files a new rate case may not succeed in increasing revenues.

We work to increase achieved RoEs through: productivity improvements; positive performance against incentives or earned savings mechanisms such as energy efficiency programmes, where available; and, through filing a new rate case when achieved returns are lower than that which the Company could reasonably expect to attain through a new rate case.

Features of our rate plans

We are responsible for billing our customers for their use of electricity and gas services. Customer bills typically comprise a commodity charge, covering the cost of the electricity or gas delivered, and charges covering our delivery service. Depending on the state, delivery rates are either based upon actual sales volumes and costs incurred in an historical test year, or on estimates of sales volumes and costs, and in both cases may differ from actual amounts. A substantial proportion of our costs, in particular electricity and gas purchases for supply to customers, are pass-through costs, meaning they are fully recoverable from our customers. These pass-through costs are recovered through separate charges to customers that are designed to recover those costs with no profit. Rates are adjusted from time to time to ensure any over- or under-recovery of these costs is returned to,

or recovered from, our customers. There can be timing differences between costs being incurred and rates being adjusted.

Revenue for our wholesale transmission businesses in New England and New York is collected from wholesale transmission customers, who are typically other utilities and include our own New England electricity distribution businesses. With the exception of upstate New York, which continues to combine retail transmission and distribution rates to end use customers, these wholesale transmission costs are incurred by distribution utilities on behalf of their customers and are fully recovered as a pass-through from end use customers as approved by each state commission. Our Long Island generation plants sell capacity to LIPA under a power supply agreement, approved by FERC, which provides a similar economic effect to cost of service rate regulation.

US regulatory filings

The objectives of our rate case filings are to ensure we have the right cost of service with the ability to earn a fair and reasonable rate of return, while providing a safe and reliable service to our customers. In order to achieve these objectives and to reduce regulatory lag, we have been requesting structural changes, such as revenue decoupling mechanisms, capital trackers, commodity-related bad debt true-ups, and pension and other post-employment benefit (OPEB) true-ups, separately from base rates. These terms are explained below the table on page 165.

Below we summarise significant developments in rate filings and the regulatory environment during the year.

Massachusetts

Capital investment programmes

Our Massachusetts gas and electricity operating companies have rate mechanisms that allow for the recovery of new capital investment, including a return, outside of base rate proceedings, subject to further review and reconciliation. Most recently, on the gas side, MADPU allowed approximately $11.6 million into rates effective from 1 November 2013, related to incremental additions to the rate base, and on the electricity side it allowed approximately $8.8 million into rates effective from 1 March 2014, related to rate base additions.

Storm fund recovery

The Massachusetts electricity business collects $4.3 million per year in base rates to credit towards a storm fund devoted to funding storm restoration. The severity and frequency of storms in Massachusetts over the last few years left our storm fund in a deficit position of approximately $212 million. On 3 May 2013, MADPU allowed us to begin collecting $40 million per year for three years towards the replenishment of the storm fund, subject to a review of the prudency of the underlying costs. That review is under way. The funding of the remaining deficit will be addressed as part of the prudency review and in future rate proceedings.

Storm management audit

The MADPU’s December 2012 order regarding our performance during Tropical Storm Irene and the October 2011 snowstorm requires us to undergo an independent audit regarding our storm management. This audit is under way, addressing: emergency management systems, protocols and plans; preparation for and management of restoration efforts with respect to emergency events; the Company’s emergency response resources and allocation of those resources during an emergency event; communications with state, municipal and public safety officials and with the DPU; dissemination of timely information to the public; and identification of management recommendations.


164    National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


Business

information in detail

continued

New York

Upstate New York 2012 rate plan filing

Effective from 1 April 2013, the upstate New York electricity and gas businesses began the first year of their new three year rate plan. The new rate plan provides an increase in electricity delivery revenue of $43.4 million, $51.4 million and $28.3 million for rate years one to three respectively. For the gas operations, the rate plan provides a decrease in delivery revenue of $3.3 million in rate year one and an increase of $5.9 million and $6.3 million in rate years two and three respectively. The revenue requirements for Niagara Mohawk’s electricity and gas businesses are based on a RoE of 9.3%, which includes a stay out premium for the three year term, and a capital structure that includes a 48% common equity component. The final agreement also includes annual reconciliation mechanisms for certain non-controllable costs.

Downstate New York rate plan extension

In 2013, The Brooklyn Union Gas Company (also known as KeySpan Energy Delivery New York or KEDNY) received approval from the PSC to extend its existing five year rate plan by two years. The extension provides a 9.4% RoE, with a 48% equity structure. Under the agreement, 80% of any earnings over 9.4% will fund recovery of prior environmental deferrals with the remaining 20% being retained by KEDNY. The agreement increased capital expenditure allowances to $320.1 million in 2013 and $293.7 million in 2014 as compared with the prior capital allowances of $155.4 million per year. The agreement also proposed updates to various customer service and other performance metrics.

2013 New York gas management audit

On 13 February 2013, the PSC announced a comprehensive management and operations audit of National Grid’s three New York gas distribution utilities. New York law requires periodic management audits of all utilities at least once every five years. We last underwent a management audit in 2009 when the PSC audited Niagara Mohawk’s electricity business.

The final report is expected to be filed with the PSC this summer. The report will make recommendations regarding the operation and management of our New York gas utilities, and will specify costs and savings associated with each recommendation. In our next major gas rate proceeding, the Commission will consider our effectiveness in implementing the audit recommendations and seek to reflect the costs and savings associated with the recommendations in rates.

 

www.nationalgrid.comLong Island

LIPA Amended and Restated Power Supply Agreement (A&RPSA)

We own and manage a number of power plants on Long Island, with a generation capacity of 3.8 GW. We supply wholesale capacity and energy to LIPA under an agreement with LIPA that was renewed in May 2013. LIPA in turn provides retail electricity to communities and businesses on Long Island.

 

On 23 May 2013, FERC approved the A&RPSA which expires on 30 April 2028 and replaces the original Power Supply Agreement that was effective from May of 1998 to May of 2013. LIPA may terminate the agreement as early as 30 April 2025 upon two years’ advance notice. The A&RPSA became effective on 28 May 2013.

The agreement resulted in a rate decrease of $27.4 million annually compared with the rate in effect for the final year of the previous PSA. The agreement sets a RoE of 9.75% and a capital structure with an equity component of 50%. The A&RPSA continues certain annual rate adjustments, such as pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses, property tax true-up, adjustments for new plant in service, and certain inflationary

increases. The A&RPSA allows both parties a RoE reopener in contract years four to six depending on financial market changes, and National Grid a one-time rate reopener in contract year six.

The A&RPSA also contains new options for modernising the power plants through retirement or repowering existing facilities to reduce energy costs and improve environmental performance.

Rhode Island

Rhode Island 2014/15 electricity and gas infrastructure, safety, and reliability plans (ISR)

Legislation provides our Rhode Island gas and electricity operating divisions with rate mechanisms that allow for recovery of capital investment, including a return, outside of base rate proceedings through the submission of annual ISR plans.

The electricity plan includes electricity operation expenses for vegetation management and certain inspection and maintenance costs.

In December 2013, we filed annual petitions seeking approval of our 2014/15 ISR plans for the electricity and gas systems. The PUC approved the petitions in March 2014.

The electricity ISR plan encompasses a $74.3 million spending programme for capital investment and $10.7 million for operating and maintenance expenses for vegetation management and inspection and maintenance.

The gas ISR plan encompasses a $71.7 million spending for capital investment and, for the first time, incremental operation and maintenance expense for the hiring, training and supervision of additional personnel to support increases in leak-prone pipe replacement.

FERC

Complaint on transmission allowed RoE

In September 2011 and December 2012, complaints were filed with FERC against certain transmission owners, including our New England transmission business, to lower the base RoE from the FERC approved rate of 11.14% to 9.2% and 8.7% respectively. The transmission owners argued that the complainants have not proven the existing rate is unjust and unreasonable and that the 11.14% base RoE should remain in effect. Non-binding preliminary findings by a FERC administrative law judge, suggested a 10.6% base RoE for a 15 month refund and a 9.7% base RoE prospectively.

Short-term borrowing extension

In October 2013, National Grid filed an application with FERC on behalf of its electricity public utility subsidiaries seeking an extension of the Commission’s prior authorisation to issue short-term debt, as required by Section 204 of the Federal Power Act. National Grid explained in its extension request that challenges associated with the implementation of the US enterprise resource system had delayed the production of certain FERC financial reports that are required in any Section 204 filing. FERC denied the extension request on the grounds that the lack of current FERC financial reports rendered the Commission unable to make the required findings under Section 204 as to the Company’s ability to perform certain public utility functions. As a result, National Grid implemented a contingency plan aimed at ensuring that each impacted public utility subsidiary would have sufficient cash resources pending a new short-term borrowing authorisation. This contingency plan included the receipt of open account advances and/or capital contributions permitted under the existing FERC borrowing authorisation. National Grid intends to file its Section 204 renewal applications as soon as practicable this year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

165

Summary of US price controls and rate plans

LOGO

Revenue decoupling

A mechanism that removes the link between a utility’s revenue and sales volume so that the utility is indifferent to changes in usage. Revenues are reconciled to a revenue target, with differences billed or credited to customers. Allows the utility to support energy efficiency.

Capital tracker

A mechanism that allows for the recovery of the revenue requirement of incremental capital investment above that embedded in base rates, including depreciation, property taxes and a return on the incremental investment.

§Commodity-related bad debt true-up

A mechanism that allows a utility to reconcile commodity-related bad debt to either actual commodity-related bad debt or to a specified commodity-related bad debt write-off percentage. For electricity utilities, this mechanism also includes working capital.

¯Pension/OPEB true-up

A mechanism that reconciles the actual non-capitalised costs of pension and OPEB and the actual amount recovered in base rates. The difference may be amortised and recovered over a period or deferred for a future rate case.


166    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Business

information in detail

continued

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

167

 

 

 

 

4. DerivativeRisk factors

Management of our risks is an important part of our internal control environment, as we describe on pages 22 to 25. In addition to the principal risks listed we face a number of inherent risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial instrumentscondition, results of operations and reputation, as well as the value and liquidity of our securities. Any investment decision regarding our securities and any forward-looking statements made by us should be considered in the light of these risk factors and the cautionary statement set out on the inside back cover. An overview of the key inherent risks we face is provided below.

Risk factors

Potentially harmful activities

Aspects of the work we do could potentially harm employees, contractors, members of the public or the environment.

Potentially hazardous activities that arise in connection with our business include the operation and maintenance of electricity generation facilities, electricity lines and substations and the storage, transmission and distribution of gas. Electricity and gas utilities also typically use and generate hazardous and potentially hazardous products and by-products. In addition, there may be other aspects of our operations that are not currently regarded or proved to have adverse effects but could become so, such as the effects of electric and magnetic fields.

A significant safety or environmental incident, or the failure of our safety processes or of our occupational health plans, as well as the breach of our regulatory or contractual obligations or our climate change targets, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and our reputation.

We commit significant resources and expenditure to process safety and to monitoring safety and occupational health, as well as environmental risks, and to meeting our obligations under negotiated settlements.

We are also subject to laws and regulations in the UK and US governing health and safety matters to protect the public and our employees and contractors, who could potentially be harmed by these activities as well as laws and regulations relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, and the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste materials. These expose us to costs and liabilities relating to our operations and properties whether current, including those inherited from predecessor bodies, or formerly owned by us, and sites used for the disposal of our waste. The fair valuescost of future environmental remediation obligations is often inherently difficult to estimate and uncertainties can include the extent of contamination, the appropriate corrective actions and our share of the liability. We are increasingly subject to regulation in relation to climate change and are affected by requirements to reduce our own carbon emissions as well as reduction in energy use by our customers.

If more onerous requirements are imposed or our ability to recover these costs under regulatory frameworks changes, this could have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial position.

For more information about environmental, climate change and health and safety matters relating to our business, see the corporate responsibility section of our website.

Infrastructure and IT systems

We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non-network operations due to the failure of technology supporting our business-critical processes.

Operational performance could be materially adversely affected by a failure to maintain the health of the system or network, inadequate forecasting of demand, inadequate record keeping or control of data or failure of information systems and supporting technology. This could cause us to fail to meet agreed standards of service, incentive and reliability targets, or be in breach of a licence, approval, regulatory requirement or contractual obligation. Even incidents that do not amount to a breach could result in adverse regulatory and financial consequences, as well as harming our reputation.

In addition to these risks, we may be affected by other potential events that are largely outside our control, such as the impact of weather (including as a result of climate change and major storms), unlawful or unintentional acts of third parties, insufficient or unreliable supply or force majeure. Weather conditions can affect financial performance and severe weather that causes outages or damages infrastructure together with our actual or perceived response will materially adversely affect operational and potentially business performance and our reputation.

Malicious attack, sabotage or other intentional acts, including breaches of our cyber security, may also damage our assets (which include critical national infrastructure) or otherwise significantly affect corporate activities and, as a consequence, have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Unauthorised access to, or deliberate breaches of, our IT systems may also lead to manipulation of our proprietary business data or customer information.

Unauthorised access to private customer information may make us liable for a violation of data privacy regulations. Even where we establish business continuity controls and security against threats against our systems, these may not be sufficient.

Due to control weaknesses occurring from the implementation of the US business’s new enterprise resource system, associated controls over financial reporting and related system programme conversion difficulties, we may be unable to provide accurate financial reporting and regulatory compliance reporting in a timely manner, which may include the provision of financial statements. This could result in regulatory fines, penalties, and other sanctions and adversely impact our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.


168    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Business

information in detail

continued

Risk factors

Law and regulation

Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us.

Most of our businesses are utilities or networks subject to regulation by governments and other authorities. Changes in law or regulation or regulatory policy and precedent, including decisions of governmental bodies or regulators, in the countries or states in which we operate could materially adversely affect us. If we fail to engage in the energy policy debate, we may not be able to influence future energy policy and deliver our strategy.

Decisions or rulings concerning, for example:

(i)    whether licences, approvals or agreements to operate or supply are granted, amended or renewed, whether consents for construction projects are granted in a timely manner or whether there has been any breach of the terms of a licence, approval or regulatory requirement; and

(ii)    timely recovery of incurred expenditure or obligations, the ability to  pass through commodity costs, a decoupling of

energy usage and revenue, and other decisions relating to the impact of general economic conditions on us, our markets and customers, implications of climate change, whether aspects of our activities are contestable, the level of permitted revenues and dividend distributions for our businesses and in relation to proposed business development activities,

could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows, the financial condition of our businesses and the ability to develop those businesses in the future.

As the result of control weaknesses in our US business, we may be unable to provide timely regulatory reporting, which may include the provision of financial statements. This could result in the imposition of regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions, which could impact our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.

For further information see pages 160 to 165, which explain our regulatory environment in detail.

Business performance

Current and future business performance may not meet our expectations or those of our regulators and shareholders.

Earnings maintenance and growth from our regulated gas and electricity businesses will be affected by our ability to meet or exceed efficiency targets and service quality standards set by, or agreed with, our regulators.

If we do not meet these targets and standards, or if we do not implement the transformation projects we are carrying out as envisaged, including to our US financial systems and controls over financial reporting, or are not able to deliver our RIIO operating model and the US Elevate 2015 strategy successfully, we may not achieve the expected benefits, our business may be materially adversely affected and our performance, results of operations and reputation may be materially harmed and we may be in breach of regulatory or contractual obligations.

Growth and business development activity

Failure to respond to external market developments and execute our strategic ambition may negatively affect our performance. Conversely, new businesses or activities that we undertake alone or with partners may not deliver target outcomes and may expose us to additional operational and financial risk.

Failure to grow our core business sufficiently and have viable options for new future business over the longer term could negatively affect the Group’s credibility and reputation and jeopardise the achievement of intended financial returns.

Business development activities and the delivery of our growth ambition, including acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures, partnering and organic investment opportunities (including organic investments made as a result of changes to the energy

mix), are subject to a wide range of both external uncertainties (including the availability of potential investment targets and attractive financing), and internal uncertainties (including actual performance of our various existing operating companies and our business planning model assumptions and ability to integrate acquired businesses effectively). As a result, we may suffer unanticipated costs and liabilities and other unanticipated effects.

We may also be liable for the past acts, omissions or liabilities of companies or businesses we have acquired, which may be unforeseen or greater than anticipated. In the case of joint ventures, we may have limited control over operations and our joint venture partners may have interests that diverge from our own. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition, and could also impact our ability to enter into other transactions.

Cost escalation

Changes in foreign currency rates, interest rates or commodity prices could materially impact earnings or our financial condition.

We have significant operations in the US and so are subject to the exchange rate risks normally associated with non UK operations, including the need to translate US assets and liabilities, and income and expenses, into sterling, our primary reporting currency. In addition, our results of operations and net debt position may be affected because a significant proportion of our borrowings,

derivative financial instruments are:and commodity contracts are affected by changes in interest rates, commodity price indices and exchange rates, in particular the dollar to sterling exchange rate.

 

   2012      2011 
    Assets
£m
   Liabilities
£m
       Total
£m
       Assets
£m
   Liabilities
£m
       Total
£m
 

Amounts falling due within one year

   207     (202  5       244     (194  50  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   624     (463  161        576     (253  323  
    831     (665  166        820     (447  373  

For each classFurthermore, our cash flow may be materially affected as a result of settling hedging arrangements entered into to manage our exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price exposure, or by cash collateral movements relating to derivative market values, which also depend on the notional contract* amounts are as follows:sterling exchange rate into euro and other currencies.


Strategic Report

 

000000000000
    

2012

£m

  

2011

£m

 

Interest rate swaps

   (8,624  (9,328

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   (3,829  (4,886

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   (9,801  (9,334

Forward rate agreements

       (10,670

Total

   (22,254  (34,218

*Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information    

169

Risk factors

Operating costs may increase faster than revenues.

In periods of inflation in the US, our operating costs may increase by more than our revenues. In both the UK and US such increased costs may materially adversely affect the results of our operations.

Income under our price controls in the UK is linked to the RPI. Our operating costs may increase without a corresponding increase in the RPI and therefore without a corresponding increase in UK revenues. Our income under our rate plans in the US is not typically linked to inflation.

We may be required to make significant contributions to fund pension and other post-retirement benefits.

We participate in a number of pension schemes that together cover substantially all our employees. In both the UK and US, the principal schemes are DB schemes where the scheme assets are held independently of our own financial resources. In the US, we also have other post-retirement benefit schemes. Estimates of the amount and timing of future funding for the UK and US schemes are based on actuarial assumptions

and other factors including: the actual and projected market performance of the scheme assets, future long-term bond yields, average life expectancies and relevant legal requirements.

Actual performance of scheme assets may be affected by volatility in debt and equity markets. Changes in these assumptions or other factors may require us to make additional contributions to these pension schemes which, to the extent they are not recoverable under our price controls or state rate plans, could materially adversely affect the results of our operations and financial condition.

Financing and liquidity

An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our businesses.

Our businesses are financed through cash generated from our ongoing operations, bank lending facilities and the capital markets, particularly the long-term debt capital markets. Some of the debt we issue is rated by credit rating agencies and changes to these ratings may affect both our borrowing capacity and borrowing costs. In addition, restrictions imposed by regulators may also limit how we service the financial requirements of our current businesses or the financing of newly acquired or developing businesses.

Financial markets can be subject to periods of volatility and shortages of liquidity. If we were unable to access the capital markets or other sources of finance at competitive rates for a prolonged period, our cost of financing may increase, the discretionary and uncommitted elements of our proposed capital investment programme may need to be reconsidered and the manner in which we implement our strategy may need to be reassessed.

Such events could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our regulatory agreements impose lower limits for the long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings that certain

companies within the Group must hold or the amount of equity within their capital structures. One of the principal limits requires National Grid plc to hold an investment grade long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating. In addition, some of our regulatory arrangements impose restrictions on the way we can operate. These include regulatory requirements for us to maintain adequate financial resources within certain parts of our operating businesses and may restrict the ability of National Grid plc and some of our subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions, including paying dividends, lending cash and levying charges. The notional contract amountsinability to meet such requirements or the occurrence of derivatives indicateany such restrictions may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Due to control weaknesses in our US business, we may be unable to provide accurate financial information to our debt investors in a timely manner. Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the gross nominal valueperiodic and timely provision of transactions outstandingfinancial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants, such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness. Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the balance sheet datelender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

Customers and counterparties

Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations.

Our operations are exposed to the risk that customers, suppliers, banks and other financial institutions and others with whom we do business will not satisfy their obligations, which could materially adversely affect our financial position.

This risk is significant where our subsidiaries have concentrations of receivables from gas and electricity utilities and their affiliates, as well as industrial customers and other purchasers, and may also arise where customers are unable to pay us as a result of increasing commodity prices or adverse economic conditions. There is also a risk to us where we invest excess cash, enter into derivatives and other financial contracts with banks or other financial institutions. Banks who provide us with credit facilities may also fail to perform under those contracts.

Employees and others

We may fail to attract, develop and retain employees with the competencies, including leadership and business capabilities, values and behaviours required to deliver our strategy and vision and ensure they are engaged to act in our best interests.

Our ability to implement our strategy depends on the capabilities and performance of our employees and leadership at all levels of the business. Our ability to implement our strategy and vision may be negatively affected by the loss of key personnel or an inability to attract, integrate, engage and retain appropriately

qualified personnel, or if significant disputes arise with our employees. As a result, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

There is a risk that an employee or someone acting on our behalf may breach our internal controls or internal governance framework or may contravene applicable laws and regulations. This could have an impact on the results of our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.


170    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

5. Current asset investmentsInternal control

 

000000000000
    2012
£m
   

2011

£m

 

Investments in short-term money funds

   705     1,375  

Short-term deposits

   34     200  

Restricted cash balances – collateral

   116     49  
    855     1,624  

6. BorrowingsInformation assurance

Internal control over financial reporting

The following table analysesBoard considers that it is imperative to have accurate and reliable information to enable informed and timely decisions to be taken that further our objectives, and to ensure continued focus and quality of non-financial data that we supply to external third parties.

Our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, has carried out an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. As required by Section 404, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s total borrowings:

000000000000
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Amounts falling due within one year:

    

Bank loans

   134     172  

Bonds

   763     953  
    897     1,125  

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

    

Bank loans

   125     133  

Bonds

   2,994     3,495  
    3,119     3,628  

Total borrowings

   4,016     4,753  
    
    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Total borrowings are repayable as follows:

    

Less than 1 year

   897     1,125  

In 1-2 years

   373     714  

In 2-3 years

   826     381  

In 3-4 years

   48     851  

In 4-5 years

   654     48  

More than 5 years, other than by instalments

   1,218     1,634  
    4,016     4,753  

The notional amountinternal control over financial reporting was based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of borrowings outstandingSponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 31 March 2012 was £3,878m (2011: £4,608m). For further information on significant borrowings, refer to note 34 in the2014.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited our consolidated financial statements.

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc181


Financial Statements

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

7. Called up share capital

   

Allotted, called up

and fully paid

 
Ordinary shares  millions   £m 

At 1 April 2010

   2,617     298  

Rights issue

   990     113  

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends (i)

   41     5  

At 31 March 2011

   3,648     416  

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends (i)

   53     6  

At 31 March 2012

   3,701     422  

(i)The issue of shares in lieu of dividends is considered to be a bonus issue under the terms of the Companies Act 2006 and the nominal value of the shares is charged to the share premium account.

Duringfor the year ended 31 March 2011,2014, has also audited the Company completed a rights issue. The structureeffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report can be found on page 81.

During the rights issue initially gave riseyear, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to a merger reserve (included withinmaterially affect, it.

Key elements in managing information assurance risks include education, training, awareness and ongoing transformation initiatives.

In line with ongoing transformation initiatives, we also continue to monitor and evolve our control processes, which is supported by the Certificate of Assurance process in which managers affirm, among other equity reserves below) under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006. Following the receipt of the cash proceeds through the structure, the excess of the net proceeds over the nominal value of the share capital issued was transferred from the merger reservethings, they have control frameworks in place to the profit and loss account.

For further information on share capital, refer to note 25assist in the consolidated financial statements.accurate reporting of data and other information. These initiatives emphasise the importance of information security, the quality of data collection and the affirmation process that supports our business transactions, evidencing our decisions and actions.

All communication channels, including training for ‘Doing the Right Thing’, make it clear that the accurate and honest reporting of data and other information must never be compromised.

8. ReservesDisclosure controls

Working with management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 March 2014. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, however the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures has limitations including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Even effective disclosure controls and procedures provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive and Finance Director concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file and submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.


Strategic Report

 

    Share
premium
account
£m
  Cash flow
hedge
reserve
£m
  Other equity
reserves
£m
  Profit and
loss account
£m
 

At 1 April 2010

   1,366    14    171    3,261  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

       (12        

Merger reserve created on rights issue

           3,101      

Transfer to distributable reserves

           (3,101  3,101  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

   (5            

Purchase of own shares

               (3

Issue of treasury shares

               18  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

           25      

Loss for the year

               (906

At 31 March 2011

   1,361    2    196    5,471  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

       7          

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

   (6            

Purchase of own shares

               (4

Issue of treasury shares

               13  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

           24      

Loss for the year

               (901

At 31 March 2012

   1,355    9    220    4,579  

There were no gainsCorporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information    

171

Directors’ Report

disclosures

Articles of Association

A summary of the material terms of our Articles of Association (the Articles) and losses, other than lossesapplicable English Law is set out on page 176.

Board biographies

Sir Peter Gershon CBE FREng, Chairman

Appointment to the Board: August 2011 as Deputy Chairman, Chairman with effect from January 2012

Committee membership: N (ch)

Previous appointments: Chairman of Premier Farnell plc, Chief Executive of the Office of Government Commerce, Managing Director of Marconi Electronic Systems and member of the UK Defence Academy Advisory Board.

External appointments: Chairman of Tate & Lyle plc and the Aircraft Carrier Alliance and member of the HM Government Efficiency and Reform Board and The Sutton Trust Board.

Experience:

   Chairman

   Engineer

   Government

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   High tech industry

   US

   International

   General management

Steve Holliday FREng, Chief Executive

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to National Grid Group plc 2001, Chief Executive with effect from January 2007.

Committee membership: F

Previous appointments: Executive Director of British Borneo Oil and Gas; he also spent 19 years within the Exxon Group, where he held senior positions in the international gas business and managed major operational areas such as refining and shipping. Most recently Chairman of UK Business Council for Sustainable Energy and the Technician Council.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Marks and Spencer Group plc, Chairman of Crisis UK, the Prince’s National Ambassador, Vice Chair for Business in the Community and Chair of the Energy and Efficiency Industrial Partnership.

Experience:

   Chief Executive

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   Oil and gas

   US

   International

Philip Aiken AM, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: May 2008

Committee membership: A, N, S (ch)

Previous appointments:Group President of BHP Billiton’s Energy business, Executive Director of BTR plc, held senior roles in BOC Group plc, senior advisor to Macquarie Capital (Europe) Limited, Chairman of Robert Walters plc, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Kazakhmys PLC and Non-executive Director of Miclyn Express Offshore Limited.

External appointments: Chairman of AVEVA Group plc, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Essar Energy plc and Non-executive Director of Essar Oil Limited and Newcrest Mining Limited.

Experience:

   Chairman

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Emerging markets

   Natural resources

   International

Andrew Bonfield, Finance Director

Appointment to the Board: November 2010

Committee membership: F, S

Previous appointments: Chief Financial Officer at Cadbury plc until March 2010; he also spent five years as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and has previous experience in the energy sector as Finance Director of BG Group plc.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Kingfisher plc.

Experience:

   Finance Director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

   International

Nora Mead Brownell, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 1 June 2012

Committee membership: N, R, S

Previous appointments: Commissioner of the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission from 1997 to 2001, Commissioner for the years stated above; therefore no separate statement of total recognised gainsFederal Energy Regulatory Commission from 2001 to 2006 and losses has been presented. At 31 March 2012, £273m (2011: £623m)former President of the profitNational Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners. Board member of ONCOR Electric Delivery Holding Company LLC.

External appointments: Board member of Comverge, Inc. and loss account reserve relating to gains on intra-group transactions was not distributable to shareholders.Spectra Energy Partners LP and partner in ESPY Energy Solutions, LLC.

Experience:

   US Government/regulatory

   US utilities – energy

   FERC

   Various non-executive directorships

   US


 

182    172  National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14

Directors’ Report

disclosures

continued

Jonathan Dawson, Non-executive DirectorRuth Kelly, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 4 March 2013

Committee membership: F, N, R (ch)

Previous appointments: Various roles within the Ministry of Defence before joining Lazard where he spent over 20 years. Non-executive Director of Galliford Try plc 2004 to 2008, National Australia Group Europe Limited 2005 to 2012 and Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Limited 2010 to 2013.

External appointments: Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Next plc, Non-executive Director of Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc and Chairman of Penfida Limited.

Experience:

   City

   Corporate finance

   Banking

   Pensions

Therese Esperdy, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 18 March 2014

Committee membership: F, N

Previous appointments: Joined Chase Securities in 1997, having started her banking career with Lehman Brothers. Various senior roles at JPMorgan Chase & Co. including Head of US Debt Capital Markets and Global Head of Debt Capital Markets at JPMorgan.

External appointments: Co head of Banking, Asia Pacific for JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Experience:

   City

   Corporate finance

   Banking

   US

   International

Paul Golby CBE FREng, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: February 2012

Committee membership: N, R, S

Previous appointments: Executive Director of Clayhithe plc before joining East Midlands Electricity plc in 1998 as Managing Director, Chief Executive of E.ON UK plc in 2002, and later additionally as Chairman, stepping down from the E.ON board in December 2011 and most recently Non-executive Chairman of AEA Technology Group plc.

External appointments: Chairman of EngineeringUK, Chair of the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and a member of the Council for Science and Technology.

Experience:

   Chairman and chief executive

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – energy

Appointment to the Board: October 2011

Committee membership: A, F, N

Previous appointments: Various senior roles in Government from 2001 to 2008, including Secretary of State for Transport, Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government, Secretary of State for Education and Skills and Financial Secretary to the Treasury.

External appointments: Senior Executive at HSBC and Governor for the National Institute of Economic and Social Research.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Financial and economic

   Infrastructure projects

Tom King, Executive Director, US

Appointment to the Board: August 2007

Previous appointments: President of PG&E Corporation and Chairman and CEO of Pacific Gas and Electric Company from 2003 to 2007, having held a number of senior positions within the PG&E group since joining in 1998. Senior management positions with Kinder Morgan Energy Partners and Enron Corporation.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   FERC

   Generation

   US

John Pettigrew, Executive Director, UK

Appointment to the Board: 1 April 2014

Previous appointments: Joined The National Grid Company plc in 1991 and held various senior management roles, becoming Director of Engineering in 2003. He went on to become Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President for the US Electricity Distribution & Generation business between 2007 and 2010; Chief Operating Officer for UK Gas Distribution between 2010 and 2012; and UK Chief Operating Officer from 2012 to 2014. Currently UK Chief Operating Officer.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Utilities – energy

   US

Maria Richter, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2003

Committee membership: A, F (ch), N

Previous appointments: Morgan Stanley from 1993 to 2002, latterly as Managing Director of its Corporate Finance Retail Group. Vice President of Independent Power Group for Salomon Brothers and Vice President of Prudential Capital Corporation and Power Funding Associates. Most recently Non-executive Director of The Pantry, Inc. and The Vitec Group plc.

External appointments: Non-executive Chairman of Pro Mujer UK and Non-executive Director of The Bessemer Group, Inc.

Experience:

   City

   Financial services

   Emerging markets

   US

   International


 

www.nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

173

 

 

 

Mark Williamson, Non-executive Director

9. ReconciliationAppointment to the Board: 3 September 2012

Committee membership: A (ch), N, R

Previous appointments: Chief Accountant then Group Financial Controller of movementsSimon Group plc before joining International Power plc as Group Financial Controller in shareholders’ funds2000 and appointed as Chief Financial Officer in 2003.

External appointments: Non-executive, Chairman of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director of Alent plc, and Chairman of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC.

Experience:

   Finance director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – energy

   International

 

    

2012

£m

   

2011

£m

 

Profit /(loss)for the year after taxation

   105     (48

Dividends (i)

   (1,006   (858

Loss for the financial year

   (901   (906

Proceeds of issue of treasury shares

   13     18  

Purchase of own shares

   (4   (3

Movement on cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax)

   7     (12

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

   24     25  

Rights issue

        3,214  

Net (decrease)/increase in shareholders’ funds

   (861   2,336  

Opening shareholders’ funds

   7,446     5,110  

Closing shareholders’ funds

   6,585     7,446  

Nick Winser CBE FREng, Executive Director, UK

(i)For further details of dividends paid and payable to shareholders, refer to note 7 in the consolidated financial statements.

10. Parent Company guaranteesAppointment to the Board: April 2003

The Company has guaranteed the repaymentPrevious appointments: Chief Operating Officer of the US transmission business for National Grid Transco plc having joined The National Grid Company plc in 1993, becoming Director of Engineering in 2001. Prior to this, with Powergen since 1991 as principal sum, any associated premium and interestnegotiator on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. At 31 March 2012,commercial matters. Most recently co-Chair of the sterling equivalent amounted to £703m (2011: £1,874m). The guarantees are for varying terms from less than one year to open-ended.Energy Research Partnership.

11. Audit feesExternal appointments:

Non-executive Director of Kier Group plc, Chair of CIGRE UK, Vice President and Trustee of The audit fee in respectInstitution of Engineering and Technology and President of the parent Company was £25,000 (2011: £25,000). Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLPEuropean Network of Transmission System Operators for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed as they are included within note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.Electricity.

LOGOExperience:

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

 

Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12Appointment as Company Secretary: 24 January 2013

Previous appointments: Various roles since joining National Grid plc183


Additional Informationin 1996 including UK General Counsel and Company Secretary from 2000 to 2008 and Commercial Director, UK Transmission from 2008 to 2012.

 

 

Additional disclosuresCapital gains tax (CGT)

CGT information relating to National Grid shares for UK resident shareholders can be found on our website under Investors, Shareholder Services. Share prices on specific dates can also be found on our website.

 

Change of control provisions

No compensation would be paid for loss of office of Directors on a change of control of the Company. As at 31 March 2012,2014, the Company had undrawn borrowing facilities with a number of its banks of £0.8£1.7 billion available to it and a further £1.3£1.1 billion of drawn bank loans which, on a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, may alter or terminate. All the Company’s share plans contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding awards and options would normally vest and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time. In the event of a change of control of the Company, a number of governmental and regulatory consents or approvals are likely to be required arising from laws or regulations of the UK, US or the EU.

No other agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid are considered to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business as a whole.

Charitable donations

During 2011/12, approximately £16 million (2010/11: £13 million; 2009/10: £11 million) was invested in support of community initiatives and relationships focusing on education and skills (£7 million), environment and energy (£5 million), community development (£3 million) and various other areas (less than £1 million). The London Benchmarking Group model was used to assess this overall community investment. Direct donations to charitable organisations amounted to £4 million (2010/11: £0.8 million; 2009/10: £1.1 million), a proportion of which was donated via our employee community grant schemes which support and encourage employee fundraising and volunteering. In addition to our donations, financial support was provided for our affordable warmth programme, education programme, university research and our young offenders programme.

Code of Ethics

In accordance with US legal requirements, the Board has adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial professionals. This code is available on our website at www.nationalgrid.com (where any amendments or waivers will also be posted). There were no amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics during the year.

Conflicts of interest

The Board continues to monitor and note possible conflicts of interest that each Director may have and Directors are reminded of their continuing obligations in relation to conflicts at each Board meeting. Potential conflicts are considered and, if appropriate, approved and noted, with the conflicted Director not voting on the matter.noted. During the year ended 31 March 2012,2014, the Board has been advised by the Directors of a number of situations in relation to which no actual conflict of interest was identified and has therefore authorised such situations in accordance with its powers as set out in the Articles of Association.

Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards

The Company is listed on the NYSE and is therefore required to disclose differences in its corporate governance practices adopted as a UK listed company, compared with those of a US company.

The corporate governance practices of the Company are primarily based on the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) but substantially conform to those required of US companies listed on the NYSE. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which the Company’s corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under the Section 303A Corporate Governance Standards of the NYSE.Articles.

 

The NYSE rules and the Code apply different tests for the independence of Board members.

The NYSE rules require a separate nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. There is, however, no requirement for a separate corporate governance committee in the UK. Under the Company’s corporate governance policies, all Directors on the Board discuss and decide upon governance issues and the Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the Board with regard to certain of the responsibilities of a corporate governance committee.

The NYSE rules require listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. While the Company reports compliance with the Code in each Annual Report and Accounts, the UK requirements do not require the Company to adopt and disclose separate corporate governance guidelines.

The NYSE rules require a separate audit committee composed of at least three independent members. While the Company’s Audit Committee, having a membership of five independent Non-executive Directors, exceeds the NYSE’s minimum membership requirements, it should be noted that the quorum for a meeting of the Audit Committee, of two independent Non-executive Directors, is less than the minimum membership requirements under the NYSE rules.

Directors’ indemnity

The Company has arranged, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles, of Association, qualifying third partythird-party indemnities against financial exposure that Directors may incur in the course of their professional duties. Equivalent qualifying third partythird-party indemnities were, and remain, in force for the benefit of those Directors who stood down from the Board during the year ended 31 March 2012.2014. Alongside these indemnities, the Company places Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover for each Director.

Material interests in sharesEvents after the reporting period

As at 31 March 2012,There have been no material events affecting the Company since the year end.

Key
AAudit Committee
FFinance Committee
NNominations Committee
RRemuneration Committee
SSafety, Environment and
Health Committee
(ch)Chairman of committee


174  National Grid had been notifiedAnnual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Directors’ Report

disclosures

continued

  

Material interests in shares

As at 31 March 2014, National Grid had been notified of the following holdings in voting rights of 3% or more in the issued share capital of the Company:

 

    

Share capital

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each and ADSs, which represent five ordinary shares.

 

Authority to purchase shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2013 AGM to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s share capital. The Directors intend to seek shareholder approval to renew this authority at this year’s AGM.

 

In some circumstances, the Company may find it advantageous to have the authority to purchase its own shares in the market. The Directors believe that it is an important part of the financial management of the Company to have the flexibility to repurchase issued shares in order to manage its capital base.

 

The Company will only purchase shares where the Directors believe this would be in the best interests of shareholders generally, for example to manage the excess share dilution created by a large take-up through the scrip dividend scheme. The authority will only be used after careful consideration, taking into account market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall financial position of the Company.

 

Share issuance arising from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme may be actively managed through the repurchase of the Company’s shares. It is expected that such repurchases will not exceed 1% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per annum. For further details in relation to the management of the scrip dividend scheme, see page 02.

 

Repurchased shares may be held as treasury shares by the Company, and resold for cash, cancelled, either immediately or at some point in the future, or used for the purposes of employee share schemes.

 

No shares were repurchased during the year. Of the shares repurchased in prior years and held as treasury shares, 7,578,281 have been transferred to employees under the employee share plans, leaving a balance as at the date of this report of 119,565,599 ordinary shares held as treasury shares.

      Number of
ordinary shares
  % of voting
rights1
     
  

 

    
  The Capital Group Companies, Inc.  414,173,676  11.103    
  Black Rock, Inc.  182,630,798  5.21    
  Crescent Holding GmbH  149,414,285  4.07    
  

 

    
  

 

1. This number is calculated in relation to the issued share capital at the time the holding was disclosed.

 

As at 18 May 2014, no further notifications have been received.

 

The rights attached to ordinary shares are detailed on page 175. All ordinary shares carry the same voting rights.

 

Political donations and expenditure

National Grid made no donations in the UK or EU during the year, including donations as defined for the purposes of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. National Grid USA and its affiliated New York and federal political action committees (each, a PAC) made political donations in the US totalling $100,325 (£61,929) during the year. National Grid USA’s affiliated New York PAC was funded partly by contributions from National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries and partly by voluntary employee contributions. National Grid USA’s affiliated federal PAC was funded wholly by voluntary employee contributions.

 

Research and development

Expenditure on research and development during the year was £12 million (2012/13: £15 million; 2011/12: £15 million). RIIO has strengthened the incentives and provided additional innovation funding support to stimulate innovation so that we deliver increased benefits for our stakeholders.

 

During 2013/14, collaboration has been a key focus for a number of National Grid’s innovation projects in all three of our UK Regulated business areas: UK ET, UK GT and UK GD. Innovation in UK ET has focused on technologies and approaches for enhancing the capacity and the reliability of the electricity transmission network. UK GT has focused innovation on safety and alternative material while incorporating commercial, operation and process-led innovation to complement the preceding focus on asset management. Innovation in UK GD has centred around life extension and emission reduction, looking to robotic technologies that can remediate our assets while having the minimum of impact on our customers through street works. Focus has also been on understanding the potential of alternative fuel sources to support a low carbon economy.

 

    


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

175

Authority to allot shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2013 AGM to allot shares of up to one third of the following holdingsCompany’s share capital and a further third in votingconnection with an offer by way of a rights issue.

This year the Directors are seeking a lower level of 3% or moreauthority than in recent years, where an equivalent of two thirds of the issued share capital of the Company:Company, exclusive of treasury shares, was sought. The Directors consider that the Company will have sufficient flexibility with the lower level of authority to respond to market developments. This authority is in line with investor guidelines.

 

    

Number of
ordinary

shares

   % of voting  
rights* 

Capital Group Companies, Inc

   357,303,376    10.02  

Black Rock Inc

   182,630,798    5.21  

Crescent Holding GmbH

   149,414,285    4.25  

Legal and General Group plc

   138,503,443    3.99  

*This numberThe Directors currently have no intention of issuing new shares, or of granting rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares, except in relation to, or in connection with, the operation and management of the Company’s scrip dividend scheme and the exercise of options under the Company’s share plans. No issue of shares will be made which would effectively alter control of the Company without the sanction of shareholders in general meeting.

The Company intends to actively manage the share issuance arising from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme. In some circumstances, additional shares may be allotted to the market under the authority provided by this resolution. Under these unlikely circumstances, it is calculatedexpected that the allotment of new shares (or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares) will not exceed 1% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per annum. For further details in relation to the issuedmanagement of the scrip dividend scheme, see page 02.

Rights attached to shares

Ordinary shareholders and ADS holders receive dividends and can vote at general meetings. Treasury shares do not attract a vote or dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares. Some of the Company’s employee share capitalplans, details of which are contained in the Remuneration Report, include restrictions on the transfer of shares while the shares are subject to the plan. Where, under an employee share plan operated by the Company, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owner, the voting rights may be exercised by the registered owner at the timedirection of the holding was disclosedparticipant.

As at 16 May 2012, no further notifications had been received.

The rights attached to ordinary shares are detailed on page 107. All ordinary shares carry the same voting rights.

184National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

Policy and practice on payment of creditors

It is National Grid’s policy to include in contracts or other agreements terms of payment with suppliers. Once agreed, National Grid aims to abide by these payment terms. The average creditor payment period at 31 March 2012 for National Grid’s principal operations in the UK was 22 days (20 days at 31 March 2011).

Political donations and expenditure

National Grid made no donations in the UK or EU during the year, including donations as defined for the purposes of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries made political donations in the US of $99,900 (£62,500) (2010/11: $151,000; 2009/10: $177,000) during the year to affiliated Federal and New York and New Hampshire state political action committees (PACs). National Grid USA’s affiliated New York PACs were funded partly by contributions from National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries and partly by voluntary employee contributions. National Grid USA’s affiliated New Hampshire PAC, which was terminated in July 2011, was funded wholly by contributions from National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries. National Grid USA’s affiliated federal PACs were funded wholly by voluntary employee contributions.

Post balance sheet events

There have been no material post balance sheet events.

Research and development

Expenditure on research and development during the year was £15 million (2010/11: £16 million; 2009/10: £19 million). This included development of new materials for use in the electricity transmission business and research into low carbon energy such as carbon capture and storage.

Shareholder analysisShare price

The following table includes a brief analysisgraph represents the movement of National Grid’s share price during 2013/14. A graph showing the total shareholder numbers and shareholdings as at 31 March 2012.return over the last five years is available on page 72.

 

Size of shareholding 

Number  

of share-  

holders  

 

% of  
share-  

holders  

 Number of  
shares  
 % of
shares

1–50

 183,517   17.4198   5,401,533   0.1549

51–100

 292,984   27.8106   20,759,355   0.5609

101–500

 455,820   43.2673   95,147,582   2.5709

501–1,000

 60,760   5.7675   42,480,072   1.1478

1,001–10,000

 57,254   5.4347   140,298,337   3.7909

10,001–50,000

 2,079   0.1973   37,747,023   1.0199

50,001–100,000

 226   0.0215   16,031,738   0.4332

100,001–500,000

 434   0.0412   104,092,811   2.8126

500,001–1,000,000

 135   0.0128   96,698,260   2.6128

1,000,001+

 289   0.0274   3,142,292,831   84.905

Total

 1,053,498   100   3,700,949,542   100

Key milestonesLOGO

Some of the key dates and actions in the history of Source: Datastream

National Grid ordinary shares are listed below. The full history goes back much further.on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol NG and the ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol NGG.


1986

 British Gas incorporated as a public limited company

1990

Electricity transmission network in England and Wales transferred to National Grid on electricity privatisation

1995

National Grid listed on the London Stock Exchange

1997

Centrica demerged from British Gas (BG)

1997

Energis demerged from National Grid

2000

Lattice Group demerged from BG and listed separately

2000

New England Electric System and Eastern Utilities Associates acquired

2002

Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation merged with National Grid in US

2002

National Grid and Lattice Group merged to form National Grid Transco

2004

UK wireless infrastructure network acquired from Crown Castle International Corp

2005

Four UK regional gas distribution networks sold and National Grid adopted as our name

2006

Rhode Island gas distribution network acquired

2007

UK and US wireless infrastructure operations and the Basslink electricity interconnector in Australia sold

2007

KeySpan Corporation acquired

2008

Ravenswood generation station sold

2010

Rights issue raised £3.2 billion

Capital Gains Tax (CGT)

CGT information relating to National Grid shares for UK resident shareholders can be found on our website under Investors. Share prices on specific dates can also be found on our website.

Property, plant and equipment

This information can be found under the heading note 10 property, plant and equipment on page 137, operating across two geographies on page 15 and principal operations on pages 64 to 71.

Employees

We negotiate with recognised unions. It is our policy to maintain well developed communications and consultation programmes and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years. National Grid believes that it can conduct its relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

Unresolved SEC staff comments

There are no unresolved staff comments required to be reported.

LOGO

 

176  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14National Grid plc185


Additional Information

 

AdditionalOther disclosures continued

 

 

 

The offer and listing

Price history

The following table shows the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated.

     

  Ordinary share (pence)

 

        ADS ($)

       High Low High Low 

 

2011/12

 

 

     660.50     545.50      52.18      45.80 

2010/11*

 

 

 666.00 474.80 51.00 36.72 

2009/10

 

 

 685.50 511.00 56.59 38.25 

2008/09

 

 

 754.00 515.00 74.89 36.64 

2007/08

 

 

 863.00 686.00 86.58 69.22 

2011/12 Q4

 

 

 660.50 605.50 51.86 46.85 

Q3

 

 

 653.50 590.00 51.53 46.49 

Q2

 

 

 650.59 545.50 51.00 45.80 

Q1

 

 

 639.00 581.50 52.18 46.93 

2010/11 Q4

 

 

 598.31 521.50 48.41 42.29 

Q3

 

 

 600.50 536.50 48.88 42.76 

Q2

 

 

 565.00 480.30 44.17 36.72 

Q1

 

 

 666.00 474.80 51.00 36.77 

April 2012

 

 

 674.50 627.00 54.18 49.85 

March 2012

 

 

 660.50 622.50 51.86 49.78 

February 2012

 

 

 651.50 620.00 51.37 49.38 

January 2012

 

 

 639.00 605.50 49.99 46.85 

December 2011

 

 

 634.00 590.00 49.87 46.49 

 

*On 20 May 2010, we announced a 2 for 5 rights issue of   990,439,017 ordinary shares at 355 pence per share

Articles of Association

The following description is a summary of the material terms of our Articles of Association (the Articles) and applicable English law. The following description is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles.

The Company is proposing at the 2012 AGM to update its Articles to take account of the implementation of the Shareholder Rights Directive in the UK and the last parts of the Companies Act 2006 (the Companies Act), and also to provide the Company with the maximum flexibility possible. The Notice of Meeting for the 2012 AGM, available online, sets out in full the proposed amendments to the Articles for consideration by shareholders together with explanatory notes and further information.

Summary

The Articles set out the internal regulations of the Company and cover such matters as the rights of shareholders and the conduct of the Board and general meetings. Copies are available upon request and are displayed on the Company’s website. Amendments to the Articles have to be approved by at least 75% of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. Subject to company law and the Articles, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company, and may delegate authorities to Committeescommittees and day-to-day management and decision-making to individual Executive Directors. The Committeecommittee structure is set out on pages 84 and 85.page 48.

General

The Company is incorporated under the name National Grid plc and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 4031152. Under the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s objects are unrestricted.

Directors

Under the Articles, a Director must disclose any personal interest in a matter and may not vote in respect of that matter, subject to certain limited exceptions. As permitted under the Companies Act 2006, the Articles provide that the non conflicted Directors of the Company may authorise a conflict or potential conflict for a particular matter. In doing so, the non conflicted Directors must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of the shareholders as a whole.

The Directors (other than a Director acting in an executive capacity) are paid fees for their services, which in total must not exceed £2,000,000 a year or any higher sum as decided by an ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. In addition, special pay may be awarded to a Director who acts in an executive capacity, serves on a committee, performs services which the Directors consider to extend beyond the ordinary duties of a Director, devotes special attention to the business of National Grid or goes or lives abroad on the Company’s behalf. Directors may also receive reimbursement for expenses properly incurred, and may be awarded pensions and other benefits. The compensation awarded to the Executive Directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee (see page 90) and further details of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the Remuneration Report (see pages 9058 to 106)73).

The Directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of National Grid to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate principal amount of all borrowings of its groupGroup outstanding at any time must not exceed £35 billion or any other amount approved by shareholders by an ordinary resolution at a general meeting.

Directors can be appointed or removed by the Board or shareholders in a general meeting. Directors must stand for election at the first AGM following their appointment to the Board. Each Director must retire at least every three years but will be eligible for re-election. In accordance with best practice introduced

by the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors wishing to continue in office currently offer themselves for re-election annually.

No person is disqualified from being a Director or is required to vacate that office by reason of attaining a maximum age.

A Director is not required to hold shares in National Grid in order to qualify as a Director.

Rights, preferences and restrictions

(i) Dividend rights

National Grid may not pay any dividend otherwise than out of profits available for distribution under the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable provisions of English law. In addition, as a public company, National Grid may only make a distribution if, at the time of the distribution, the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its called up share capital and undistributable reserves (as defined in the Companies Act)Act 2006) and to the extent that the distribution does not reduce the amount of those assets to less than that aggregate. Subject to the foregoing, shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the shareholders, but not exceeding the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends if it considers that National Grid’s financial position justifies the payment. Except insofar as the rights attaching to any share otherwise provide, all dividends will be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up (otherwise than in advance of calls) on the shares. Any dividend or interest unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it was declared or became due for payment will be forfeited and revert to National Grid.

186National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

www.nationalgrid.com

(ii) Voting rights

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to any other provisions of the Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person will have one vote and on a poll, every shareholder will have one vote for every share which they hold. On a show of hands or poll, shareholders may cast votes either personally or by proxy and a proxy need not be a shareholder. Under the Articles, all substantive resolutions at a general meeting must be decided on a poll, and resolutions of a procedural nature are decided by a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded in accordance with the Articles.

(iii) Liquidation rights

In a winding up, a liquidator may, in each case with the sanction of a special resolution passed by the shareholders and any other sanction required under English law, (a) divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of National Grid’s assets (whether the assets are of the same kind or not) and may, for this purpose, value any assets and determine how the division should be carried out as between shareholders or different classes of shareholders, or (b) transfer any part of the assets to trustees on trust for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator determines, but in neither case will a shareholder be compelled to accept assets upon which there is a liability.

Variation of rights

Subject to applicable provisions of English law, the rights attached to any class of shares of National Grid may be varied or cancelled with the written consent of the holders of three quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

177

General meetings

AGMs must be convened each year within six months of the Company’s accounting reference date upon advance written notice of 21 clear days. Any other general meeting may be convened provided at least 14 clear days’ written notice is given, subject to annual approval of shareholders. In certain limited circumstances, the Company can convene a general meeting by shorter notice. The notice must specify, among other things, the nature of the business to be transacted, the place, the date and the time of the meeting.

Rights of non residents

There are no restrictions under National Grid’s Articles that would limit the rights of persons not resident in the UK to vote in relation to ordinary shares.

Disclosure of interests

Under the Companies Act 2006, National Grid may, by written notice, require a person whom it has reasonable cause to believe to be or to have been in the last three years interested in its shares to provide additional information relating to that interest. Under the Articles, failure to provide such information may result in a shareholder losing their rights to attend, vote or exercise any other right in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

Under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules, there is also an obligation on a person who acquires or ceases to have a notifiable interest in shares in National Grid to notify the Company of that fact. The disclosure threshold is 3% and disclosure is required each time the person’s direct and indirect holdings reach, exceed or fall below each 1% threshold thereafter.

The UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company, and also on their respective associates, during the course of an offer period. Other regulators in the UK, US and elsewhere may have, or assert, notification or approval rights over acquisitions or transfers of shares.

Material contracts

Each of our Executive Directors has a service agreement and each Non-executive Director has a letter of appointment. No contract (other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) has been entered into by National Grid within the two years immediately preceding the date of this report which is, or may be, material; or which contains any provision under which any member of National Grid has any obligation or entitlement which is material to National Grid at the date of this report.

Exchange controlsCode of Ethics

In accordance with US legal requirements, the Board has adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial professionals. This code is available on our website (where any amendments or waivers will also be posted). There are currentlywere no UK laws, decreesamendments to, or regulations that restrictwaivers of, our Code of Ethics during the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange control restrictions, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non UK resident holders of ordinary shares except as otherwise set out in Taxation below and except in respect of the governments of and/or certain citizens, residents or bodies of certain countries (described in applicable Bank of England Notices or European Union Council Regulations in force as at the date of this document).year.

TaxationCorporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards

This section discusses certain US federal income taxThe Company is listed on the NYSE and is therefore required to disclose differences in its corporate governance practices adopted as a UK tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs and ordinary shares by certain beneficial holders thereof. This discussion applies to holders who qualify for benefits under the income tax convention between the US and the UK (the Tax Convention) and are a resident of the US for the purposes of the Tax Convention and are not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes at any material time (a US Holder).

US Holders generally will be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention if they are:

the beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, and of any dividends that they receive;

an individual resident or citizen of the US, a US corporation, or a US partnership, estate, or trust (but only to the extent the income of the partnership, estate, or trust is subject to US taxation in the handslisted company, compared with those of a US resident person); andcompany.

not also a resident

The corporate governance practices of the Company are primarily based on the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) but substantially conform to those required of US companies listed on the NYSE. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which the Company’s corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under Section 303A Corporate Governance Standards of the NYSE.

The NYSE rules and the Code apply different tests for UK tax purposes.

Ifthe independence of board members.

The NYSE rules require a US Holder holds ADSs or ordinary sharesseparate nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. There is, however, no requirement for a separate
corporate governance committee in connectionthe UK. Under the Company’s corporate governance policies, all Directors on the Board discuss and decide upon governance issues and the Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the Board with regard to certain of the responsibilities of a corporate governance committee.
The NYSE rules require listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. While the Company reports compliance with the conduct of business or the performance of personal servicesCode in the UK or otherwise in connection with a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the UK, then the US Holder will not be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention. Special rules, including a limitation of benefits provision, apply in limited circumstances to ADSs or ordinary shares owned by an investment or holding company. This section does not discuss the treatment of holders described in the preceding two sentences. This section does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor. National Grid has assumed that shareholders, including US Holders, are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which they may be subject. In particular, the discussion deals only with investors that will beneficially hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes, persons that control (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of our voting stock, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security, or other integrated financial transaction, persons who are liable for the alternative minimum tax, and persons whose functional currency is not the dollar.

LOGO

each Annual Report and Accounts, 2011/12the UK requirements do not require the Company to adopt and disclose separate corporate governance guidelines.

The NYSE rules require a separate audit committee composed of at least three independent members. While the Company’s Audit Committee exceeds the NYSE’s minimum independent non-executive director membership requirements, it should be noted that the quorum for a meeting of the Audit Committee, of two independent non-executive directors, is less than the minimum membership requirements under the NYSE rules.
The NYSE rules require a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors, and prescribe criteria to evaluate the independence of the committee’s members and its ability to engage external compensation advisors. While the Code prescribes different independence criteria, the Non-executive Directors on the Remuneration Committee have each been deemed independent by the Board under the NYSE rules. Although the evaluation criteria for appointment of external advisors differ under the Code, the Remuneration Committee is solely responsible for appointment, retention and termination of such advisors.

Depositary payments to the Company

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses it incurs that are related maintenance expenses of the ADS programme. The Depositary has also agreed to pay the standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs, which consist of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, printing and distributing dividend cheques, electronic filing of US federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls. It has also agreed to reimburse the Company annually for certain investor relationship programmes or special investor relations promotional activities. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the Depositary will reimburse the Company, but the amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the Depositary collects from investors. For the period 1 April 2013 to 16 May 2014, the Company received a total of $1,955,464 in reimbursements from the Depositary consisting of $1,215,766 and $739,698 received in September 2013 and March 2014 respectively. Fees that are charged on cash dividends will be apportioned between the Depositary and the Company, see page 178.

Any questions from ADS holders should be directed to:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depositary Receipts

PO Box 30170

College Station, Texas 77842-3170

Telephone: 1-800-466-7215 (International +1-201-680-6825)

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com


178  National Grid plc187Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14


 

Other disclosures

continued

  

Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors (including, it is expected going forward, in respect of cash dividends) by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

    

Documents on display

National Grid is subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this document, may be inspected during normal business hours at our registered office 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Some of our filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Employees

We negotiate with recognised unions. It is our policy to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years. National Grid believes that it can conduct its relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

 

Exchange controls

There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange control restrictions, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non UK resident holders of ordinary shares except as otherwise set out in Taxation on page 179 and except in respect of the governments of and/or certain citizens, residents or bodies of certain countries (described in applicable Bank of England Notices or European Union Council Regulations in force as at the date of this document).

 

Exchange rates

The following table shows the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to dollars for the periods indicated.

   

Persons depositing or

withdrawing shares must pay:

 For      
  

$5.00 per 100 ADSs

(or portion of 100 ADSs)

 Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property; cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates; distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities that are distributed by the Depositary to ADS registered holders.    
  Registration or transfer fees Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when they deposit or withdraw shares.    
  Expenses of the Depositary Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement); converting foreign currency to dollars.    
  

Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the Custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 As necessary.     Dollar equivalent of £1 sterling 
        

 

          High   Low 
       

 

       

April 2014

   1.6885   1.6586  
       

March 2014

   1.6730   1.6489  
       

February 2014

   1.6758   1.6296  
       

January 2014

   1.6631   1.6345  
       

December 2013

   1.6528       1.6242  
       

 

  

 

The Company amended the deposit agreement under which the ADS representing its ordinary shares are issued to allow a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS to be charged for any cash distribution made to ADS holders, including cash dividends. ADS holders who receive cash in relation to the 2013/14 final dividend will be charged a fee of $0.02 per ADS by the Depositary prior to distribution of the cash dividend.

    Average1 
      

 

      

2013/14

   1.60  
     

2012/13

   1.57  
     

2011/12

   1.60  
     

2010/11

   1.57  
     

2009/10

   1.58  
     

 

      

 

1.  The average for each period is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period. See weighted average exchange rate on page 85.

 

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

179

 

 

  

Key milestones

Some of the key dates and actions in the corporate history of National Grid are listed below. The full history goes back much further.

   

Shareholder analysis

The following table includes a brief analysis of shareholder numbers and shareholdings as at 31 March 2014.

  
      

Size of

shareholding

 

Number of

shareholders

 

% of

   shareholders

 

Number

of shares

 

% of  

shares  

 
  

 

        
   1986 British Gas (BG) privatisation         
  

 

   

 

 
  1990 Electricity transmission network in England and Wales transferred to National Grid on electricity privatisation   

1–50

 174,219 17.6366 5,070,597 0.1316   
  

 

        
  1995 National Grid listed on the London Stock Exchange   

51–100

 269,540 27.2862 19,092,359 0.4953   
  

 

        
  1997 Centrica demerged from BG   

101–500

 427,082 43.2345 89,577,097 2.3241   
  

 

        
  1997 Energis demerged from National Grid   

501–1,000

 58,849 5.9574 41,182,963 1.0685   
  

 

        
  2000 Lattice Group demerged from BG and listed separately   

1,001–10,000

 55,016 5.5694 135,292,646 3.5101   
  

 

        
  2000 New England Electric System and Eastern Utilities Associates acquired   

10,001–50,000

 2,079 0.2105 37,261,484 0.9667   
  

 

        
  2002 Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation merged with National Grid in US   

50,001–100,000

 203 0.0206 14,546,599 0.3774   
  

 

        
  2002 National Grid and Lattice Group merged to form National Grid Transco   

100,001–500,000

 429 0.0434 104,413,484 2.709   
  

 

        
  2004 UK wireless infrastructure network acquired from Crown Castle International Corp   

500,001–1,000,000    

 122 0.0124 85,852,431 2.2274   
  

 

        
  2005 Four UK regional gas distribution networks sold and National Grid adopted as our name   

1,000,001+

 287 0.029    3,322,050,361    86.1899   
  

 

   

 

 
  2006 Rhode Island gas distribution network acquired   

Total

 987,826 100 3,854,340,021 100   
  

 

   

 

 
  2007 UK and US wireless infrastructure operations and the Basslink electricity interconnector in Australia sold   

 

Taxation

This section discusses certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs and ordinary shares by certain beneficial holders thereof. This discussion applies to holders who qualify for benefits under the income tax convention between the US and the UK (the Tax Convention) and are a resident of the US for the purposes of the Tax Convention and are not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes at any material time (a US Holder).

 

US Holders generally will be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention if they are:

 

• the beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, and of any dividends that they receive;

• an individual resident or citizen of the US, a US corporation, or a US partnership, estate, or trust (but only to the extent the income of the partnership, estate, or trust is subject to US taxation in the hands of a US resident person); and

• not also a resident of the UK for UK tax purposes.

 

If a US Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with the conduct of business or the performance of personal services in the UK or otherwise in connection with a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the UK, then the US Holder will not be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention. Special rules, including a limitation of benefits provision, apply in limited circumstances to ADSs or ordinary shares owned by an investment or holding company. This section does not discuss the treatment of holders described in the preceding two sentences. This section does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor. National Grid has assumed that shareholders, including US Holders, are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which they may be subject. In particular, the discussion deals only with investors that will beneficially hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes, persons that control (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of our voting stock, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security, or other integrated financial transaction, persons who are liable for the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income, and persons whose functional currency is not the dollar.

 
  

 

    
  2007 KeySpan Corporation acquired    
  

 

    
  2008 Ravenswood generation station sold    
  

 

    
  2010 Rights issue raised £3.2 billion    
  

 

    
  2012 New Hampshire electricity and gas distribution businesses sold    
  

 

    
  

Material contracts

Each of our Executive Directors has a service agreement and each Non-executive Director has a letter of appointment. No contract (other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) has been entered into by National Grid within the two years immediately preceding the date of this report which is, or may be, material; or which contains any provision under which any member of National Grid has any obligation or entitlement which is material to National Grid at the date of this report.

 

Property, plant and equipment

This information can be found under the heading note 11 property, plant and equipment on page 111, note 19 Borrowings on pages 119 to 121, Strategic Report pages 12 to 20, where we operate on page 166 and principal operations on pages 29 to 38.

 

    
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
           
         


Additional disclosures continued  

180  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

 

Other disclosures

continued

The statements regarding US and UK tax laws and administrative practices set forth below are based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date of this document. These laws and practices are subject to change without notice, possibly with retrospective effect. In addition, the US statements set forth below are based on the representations of The Bank of New York Mellon as depositary (the Depositary). These statements assume that each obligation provided for in, or otherwise contemplated by, the deposit agreement entered into between National Grid Transco plc (now National Grid plc), the Depositary and the registered holders of ADRs, pursuant to which ADSs have been issued, dated as of 21 November 1995 and amended and restated as of 1 August 2005, and any related agreement, will be performed in accordance with its terms. Beneficial owners of ADSs who are residents or citizens of the US will be treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for the purposes of the US Internal Revenue Code.

For the purposes of the Tax Convention, the Estate Tax Convention and UK tax considerations, we have assumed that a holder of ADRs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs and this section is based on that assumption. Despite a recent ruling in 2012 by the First-Tier Tax Tribunal in the UK that has cast doubt on this view, HM Revenue & Customs haveHMRC has stated that theyit will continue to apply their longstandingits long-standing practice of treating such an ADR holder as holding the beneficial interest in the underlying shares. As such, this is an area of some uncertainty that may be subject to further developments.

A US Holder should consult their own advisor as to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any state, local or other national laws.

Taxation of dividends

Under the Tax Convention, the UK is allowed to impose a 15% withholding tax on dividends paid to US shareholders controlling less than 10% of the voting capital of National Grid. The UK does not, however, currently impose a withholding tax on such dividends.

Cash distributions received by a US Holder with respect to their ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as foreign source dividend income subject to US federal income taxation as ordinary income, to the extent paid out of National Grid’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. The dollar amount of dividends received by certain non corporate US Holders with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares before 1 January 2013 will generally be subject to taxation at a maximumthe special reduced rate of 15% ifnormally applicable to long-term capital gains, provided National Grid (i) is eligible for the benefits of the Tax Convention and (ii) was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (PFIC).

Based on National Grid’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, National Grid believes that it was not treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its taxable years ending 31 March 20112013 and 2012.2014. In addition, based on its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its income, and relevant market and shareholder data, National Grid does not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future. Dividends paid by National Grid to corporate US Holders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations.

Taxation of capital gains

US Holders will not be liable for UK taxation on any capital gain realised on the disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares.

Sales or other taxable dispositions of ADSs or ordinary shares by a US Holder generally will give rise to US source capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the dollar value of the amount realised on the disposition and the US Holder’s dollar basis in the shares or ADSs. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss, currently subject to taxation at reduced rates for non corporate taxpayers, if the ordinary shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT)

Transfers of ordinary shares – SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount of value of the consideration will generally be payable on any agreement to transfer ordinary shares that is not completed by the execution of a duly stamped instrument of transfer to the transferee. Where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of the period of six years beginning with the date on which the agreement is made, the SDRT liability will be cancelled, and, if a claim is made within the specified period, any SDRT which has been paid will be refunded. SDRT is due whether or not the agreement or transfer of such chargeable securities is made or carried out in the UK and whether or not any party to that agreement or transfer is a UK resident. Purchases of ordinary shares completed by execution of a stock transfer form will generally give rise to a liability to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% (rounded up to the nearest £5) of the amount or value of the consideration. Paperless transfers under the CREST paperless settlement system will generally be liable to SDRT at the rate of 0.5%, and not stamp duty. SDRT is generally the liability of the purchaser and UK stamp duty is usually paid by the purchaser or transferee.

Transfers of ADSs – No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of existing ADSs or beneficial ownership of ADSs, provided that any instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer is executed outside the UK and remains at all times outside the UK. An agreement for the transfer of ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability for SDRT. A charge to stamp duty or SDRT may arise on the transfer of ordinary shares to the Depositary or The Bank of New York Mellon as agent of the Depositary (the Custodian). The rate of stamp duty or SDRT will generally be 1.5% of the value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares concerned. However, following a recent ruling in 2012 by the First-Tier Tax Tribunal in the UK, there is no 1.5% SDRT charge on the issue of ordinary shares (or, where it is integral to the raising of new capital, the transfer of ordinary shares) to the Depositary or the Custodian. The Depositary will generally be liable for the stamp duty or SDRT. In accordance with the terms of the Depositary Agreement, the Depositary will charge any tax payable by the Depositary or the Custodian (or their nominees) on the deposit of ordinary shares to the party to whom the ADSs are delivered against such deposits. If the stamp duty is not a multiple of £5, the duty will be rounded up to the nearest multiple of £5.

US information reporting and backup withholding

Dividend payments made to US Holders and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares to US Holders may be subject to information reporting to the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Such payments may be subject to backup withholding taxes unless the holder (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred.

US Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding these rules and any other reporting obligations that may apply to the ownership

188National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

www.nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

 

or disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, including reporting requirements related to the holding of certain foreign financial assets.

UK inheritance taxCorporate Governance

An individual who is domiciled in the US for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention and who is not a national of the UK for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares on the individual’s death or on a gift of the ADSs or ordinary shares during the individual’s lifetime, unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or pertain to a fixed base in the UK of an individual who performs independent personal services. Special rules apply to ADSs or ordinary shares held in trust. In the exceptional case where the ADSs or shares are subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for the tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax paid in the US.

Documents on display

National Grid is subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this document, may be inspected during normal business hours at our registered office 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Some of our filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Description of securities other than equity securities depositary fees and charges

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

Persons depositing or

Financial Statements

withdrawing shares must pay:

For:

$5.00 per 100 ADSs

(or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

  

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property; cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates; distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the Depositary to ADS registered holders.

$0.02 or less per ADS

(or a portion thereof)

Cash distributions to holders, except for distributions of cash dividends.

Registration or transfer fees

Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when they deposit or withdraw shares.

Expenses of the Depositary

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement); converting foreign currency to dollars.

Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the Custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

As necessary.

Depositary payments to the Company

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses it incurs that are related maintenance expenses of the ADS programme. The Depositary has also agreed to pay the standard out of pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs, which consist of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, printing and distributing dividend cheques, electronic filing of US Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls. It has also agreed to reimburse the Company annually for certain investor relationship programmes or special investor relations promotional activities. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the Depositary will reimburse the Company, but the amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the Depositary collects from investors. For the period 1 April 2011 to 9 May 2012, the Company received $450,000.00 in reimbursements from the Depositary.

Any questions from ADS holders should be directed to The Bank of New York Mellon:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Shareholder Correspondence

PO Box 358516

Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516

Telephone: 1-800-466-7215 (International +1-201-680-6825)

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Exchange rates

The following table shows the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to dollars for the periods indicated.

   Dollar equivalent of £1 sterling 
    High   Low 

April 2012

   1.6239     1.5830  

March 2012

   1.5981     1.5615  

February 2012

   1.5977     1.5668  

January 2012

   1.5780     1.5285  

December 2011

   1.5709     1.5391  
    

 

 

 

Average

 

2011/12

     1.60  

2010/11

     1.57  

2009/10

     1.58  

2008/09

     1.54  

2007/08

        2.01  

*The average for each period is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc189


Additional Information

 

Definitions181

   

US information reporting and backup withholding tax

Dividend payments made to US Holders and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares to US Holders may be subject to information reporting to the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Such payments may be subject to backup withholding taxes unless the holder (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred.

 

US Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding these rules and any other reporting obligations that may apply to the ownership or disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, including reporting requirements related to the holding of certain foreign financial assets.

 

UK inheritance tax

An individual who is domiciled in the US for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention and who is not a national of the UK for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares on the individual’s death or on a gift of the ADSs or ordinary shares during the individual’s lifetime, unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or pertain to a fixed base in the UK of an individual who performs independent personal services.

 

Special rules apply to ADSs or ordinary shares held in trust. In the exceptional case where the ADSs or shares are subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for the tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax paid in the US.

 

The All-employee Share Plans

The all-employee share plans allow UK- or US-based employees to participate in either HMRC (UK) or Internal Revenue Service (US) approved plans. We believe by offering participation in such plans, it encourages all employees (including Executive Directors) to become shareholders in National Grid.

 

Sharesave

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the Sharesave plan. Under this plan, participants may contribute between £5 and £250 in total each month, for a fixed period of three years, five years or both. Contributions are taken from net salary.

 

SIP

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the SIP. Contributions up to £125 are deducted from participants’ gross salary and used to purchase ordinary shares in National Grid each month. The shares are placed in trust.

 

US Incentive Thrift Plans

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the Thrift Plans, which are tax-advantaged savings plans (commonly referred to as 401(k) plans). They are DC pension plans that give participants the opportunity to invest up to applicable federal salary limits. The federal limits for calendar year 2013 are: for pre-tax contributions a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $17,500 for those under the age of 50 and $23,000 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions, up to 15% of salary. The total contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) are limited to the

 

    

lesser of 50% of compensation or $51,000. For calendar year 2014, participants may invest up to the applicable federal salary limits: for pre-tax contributions a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $17,500 for those under the age of 50 and $23,000 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions up to 15% of salary. The total contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) are limited to the lesser of 50% of compensation or $52,000.

 

ESPP

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the ESPP (commonly referred to as a 423(b) plan). Eligible employees have the opportunity to purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a 15% discounted price. Under the plan employees may contribute up to 20% of base pay each year up to a maximum annual contribution of $18,888 to purchase ADSs in National Grid.

 

The offer and listing

Price history

The following table shows the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated:

        

  

        

  

  

   

           

 

Ordinary share (pence)

   ADS ($) 
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           High  Low         High       Low   
       

 

 
       2013/14  849.50    711.00       70.07     55.16    
       2012/13  770.00    627.00       58.33     49.55    
       2011/12  660.50    545.50       52.18     45.80    
       2010/111  666.00    474.80       51.00     36.72    
       2009/10  685.50    511.00       56.59     38.25    
       2013/14 Q4  842.50    769.00       70.07     63.19    
       Q3  797.50    725.16       65.39     58.85    
       Q2  817.75    727.45       61.59     55.30    
       Q1  849.50    711.00       64.56     55.16    
       2012/13 Q4  770.00    678.00       58.33     52.81    
       Q3  724.97    679.59       58.03     54.28    
       Q2  706.13    635.56       56.72     49.55    
       Q1  689.50    627.00       55.00     49.85    
       April 2014  844.50    806.22       71.23     67.62    
       March 2014  839.50    808.00       69.86     67.02    
       February 2014  842.50    777.50       70.07     63.24    
       January 2014  809.50    769.00       66.40     63.19    
       December 2013  797.50    742.50       65.39     60.67    
       

 

 
       

 

1.  On 20 May 2010, we announced a 2 for 5 rights issue of 990,439,017 ordinary shares at 355 pence per share.

   

       

 

Unresolved SEC staff comments

There are no unresolved staff comments required to be reported.

  

  

       
       
       
       
  ��    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       


182    National Grid Annual Report and glossary of termsAccounts 2013/14

 

 

Other unaudited financial information

Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures

 

Use of adjusted profit measures

In considering the financial performance of our businesses and segments, we analyse each of our primary financial measures of operating profit, profit before tax, profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders and EPS into two components.

 

The first of these components is referred to as an adjusted profit measure, also known as a business performance measure. This is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the underlying business.

 

Adjusted results exclude exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. These items are reported collectively as the second component of the financial measures. Note 4 on page 99 explains in detail the items which are excluded from our adjusted profit measures.

 

Adjusted profit measures have limitations in their usefulness compared with the comparable total profit measures as they exclude important elements of our financial performance. However, we believe that by presenting our financial performance in two components it is easier to read and interpret financial performance between periods, as adjusted profit measures are more comparable having removed the distorting effect of the excluded items. Those items are more clearly understood if separately identified and analysed.

 

The presentation of these two components of financial performance is additional to, and not a substitute for, the comparable total profit measures presented.

 

Management uses adjusted profit measures as the basis for monitoring financial performance and in communicating financial performance to investors in external presentations and announcements of financial results.

 

Internal financial reports, budgets and forecasts are primarily prepared on the basis of adjusted profit measures, although planned exceptional items, such as significant restructuring, are also reflected in budgets and forecasts. We separately monitor and disclose the excluded items as a component of our overall financial performance.

 

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is presented on the face of the income statement under the heading operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

  Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to adjusted earnings and earnings
   Adjusted earnings is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 107.
    

 

Year ended 31 March  

     2013   2012  
    2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
    £m   £m   £m  
   

 

   Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491  
   Adjusted net finance costs (1,108)  (1,124)  (1,090) 
   Share of post-tax results of joint ventures 28   18   7  
   

 

   Adjusted profit before tax 2,584   2,533   2,408  
   Adjusted taxation (581)  (619)  (697) 
   

 

   Adjusted profit after tax 2,003   1,914   1,711  
   Attributable to non-controlling interests 12   (1)  (2) 
   

 

   Adjusted earnings 2,015   1,913   1,709  
   Exceptional items after tax 388   75   174  
   Remeasurements after tax 73   156   (122) 
   Stranded cost recoveries after tax –   9   156  
   

 

   Earnings 2,476   2,153   1,917  
   

 

   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 
   

 

Reconciliation of adjusted basic EPS to EPS

   Adjusted basic EPS is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 107.
    

 

Year ended 31 March  

     2013   2012  
    2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
    pence   pence   pence  
   

 

   Adjusted EPS 54.0   51.4   46.0  
   Exceptional items after tax 10.4   2.0   4.7  
   Remeasurements after tax 2.0   4.2   (3.3) 
   Stranded cost recoveries after tax –   0.2   4.2  
   

 

   Earnings per share 66.4   57.8   51.6  
   

 

   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  
   

 

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms to total operating profit

   Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms is discussed on page 09.
  Year ended 31 March     

 

Year ended 31 March  

   2013   2012      2013   2012  
  2014   (restated)1 (restated)1   2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
  £m   £m   £m     £m   £m   £m  
 

 

  

 

 Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491    Adjusted operating profit   
 Exceptional items 55   (84)  (122)   excluding timing differences and   
 Remeasurements – commodity     major storms 3,706   3,759   3,589  
 contracts 16   180   (94)   Major storms –   (136)  (116) 
      

 

 Stranded cost recoveries –   14   260    Adjusted operating profit   
 

 

  
 Total operating profit 3,735   3,749   3,535    excluding timing differences 3,706   3,623   3,473  
 

 

  
 

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

     Timing differences (42)  16   18  
      

 

      Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491  
      Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries 71   110   44  
      

 

   Total operating profit 3,735   3,749   3,535  
      

 

      

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

183

Commentary on consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2013

In compliance with SEC rules, we present a summarised analysis of movements in the income statement, an analysis of movements in adjusted operating profit by operating segment and a summarised analysis of movements in the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2013. This analysis reflects restated numbers presented as a result of changes to accounting standards in the year ended 31 March 2014, in particular IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. This should be read in conjunction with the 31 March 2014 unaudited commentary included on pages 85, 89, 91 and 96.

Analysis of the income statement for the years ended 31 March 2013 and 31 March 2012

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended 31 March 2013 increased by £527 million to £14,359 million driven by the UK ET business, which increased by £300 million principally due to inflationary increases in allowable revenue and higher pass-through costs. The UK GD segment also delivered an additional £114 million primarily for the same reason. Finally, US Regulated revenue was £123 million higher due to the recovery of Niagara Mohawk deferral revenues and higher FERC rate bases.

For the year ended 31 March 2012, revenue decreased £511 million compared with the year ended 31 March 2011 to £13,832 million. Increased UK ET revenue of £275 million under the regulatory RPI-X pricing formula was offset by reduced US revenues as a result of warmer winter weather leading to lower gas and electricity volumes supplied.

Operating costs

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2013 of £10,610 million were £313 million (3%) higher than prior year. The increase in costs was predominantly due to increases in pass-through costs due to the colder winter in the US and inflationary increases in our controllable costs. Additional costs of £91 million were incurred in the stabilisation of our new US enterprise resource system.

Exceptional items included in operating profit of £110 million in 2012/13 consisted of restructuring costs of £87 million, less a gain on sale of our EnergyNorth gas business and Granite State electricity business in New Hampshire of £3 million. There were also gains of £180 million on commodity contract remeasurements.

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2012 of £10,297 million were £320 million (3%) lower than the prior year. This was primarily due to adverse timing differences of £256 million and higher storm costs in the US of £116 million due to Tropical Storm Irene and the October snowstorm in Massachusetts. Other operating costs were relatively flat year on year, reflecting reduced costs in our US Regulated segment as a result of the restructuring, offset by higher costs within the UK due to inflation and additional employment costs to support both the GDFO system implementation in our UK GD business and the ongoing increase in our capital investment programme in UK ET.

Exceptional items included in operating profit of £44 million in 2011/12 consisted of restructuring charges of £101 million, environmental charges of £55 million, impairment charges of £64 million and commodity contract remeasurements of £94 million. These were offset by net gains on disposals of subsidiaries of £97 million and stranded cost recoveries of £260 million.

In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, had a material effect on the results of National Grid. These two major storms reduced operating profit by £136 million. In 2011/12, results were also affected by two major storm events,

Tropical Storm Irene and the October snowstorm in Massachusetts, which reduced operating profit by £116 million. Adjusted operating profit excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms was £3,759 million in 2012/13 (2011/12: £3,589 million). Operating profit including the impact of timing differences and major storms was £3,869 million in 2012/13 (2011/12: £3,633 million).

Total finance costs

Total finance costs for the year ended 31 March 2013 were slightly down compared with 2012 at £1,086 million, due to the reduction in the cost of our index-linked debt, offset by the cost of carrying higher debt levels and loss on disposal of financial instruments.

For the year ended 31 March 2012, total finance costs were £1,188 million, down 11% on the prior year primarily due to lower interest rates on short-term instruments; lower debt repurchase costs that had peaked in the prior year due to the use of surplus funds from the rights issue; the benefit of lower average net debt as a result of those buy backs; and a favourable variance in pension interest primarily due to a higher than expected rate of return on US pension assets.

Financial remeasurements relate to net gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. The year ended 31 March 2013 included a gain of £68 million (2011/12: £70 million loss).

Taxation

For the year ended 31 March 2013, our adjusted tax charge was £78 million lower than 2011/12, mainly due to changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years and a 2% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year, partially offset by increased taxes on higher taxable profits. As a result of this, our effective tax rate for 2012/13 was 24.4% (2011/12: 28.9%).

The 2011/12 effective tax rate before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries did not change from 2010/11 because a fall in prior period tax credits was offset, primarily by a 2% reduction in the UK corporation tax rate and a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher UK profits were taxed at UK tax rates, which are lower than those in the US.

Exceptional tax from 2012/13 included an exceptional deferred tax credit of £128 million arising from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 24% to 23% applicable from 1 April 2013. A similar reduction in the UK corporation tax rate in 2011/12 from 26% to 24% resulted in a deferred tax credit of £242 million.

Adjusted earnings and EPS

As a result of the variances described above, adjusted earnings for the year ended 31 March 2013 was £1,913 million. For the year ended 31 March 2012, adjusted earnings was £1,709 million.

The above earnings performance translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2012/13 of 5.4 pence (12%). For the year ended 31 March 2012, adjusted EPS growth was 0.6 pence (1%).


184    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Other unaudited

financial information

continued

Analysis of the adjusted operating profit by segment for the year ended 31 March 2013

UK Electricity Transmission

Net regulated revenue increased by £235 million due to an increase in regulated revenues under UK price control allowances partly offset by a £10 million increase in charges under the balancing services incentive scheme. Timing increased by £67 million, with in year over-recovery of £29 million compared with a prior year under-recovery of £38 million.

Our controllable costs increased by £8 million driven by inflation, recruitment and training costs associated with our capital investment programme and increases in contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £42 million as a result of higher asset values due to our capital investment programme.

UK Gas Transmission

Gas Transmission net regulated revenue increased by £112 million driven by increased price control revenues partly offset by lower incentive scheme performance and reduced auction revenues in our LNG storage business. There was no year-on-year timing movement due to an in year over-recovery of £17 million compared with a £17 million over-recovery in 2012/13.

Controllable costs increased by £21 million driven by inflation, an increase in our environmental provisions and increases in contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £16 million due to an increase in the underlying asset base and some one-time asset write-offs.

UK Gas Distribution

Net regulated revenue increased by £85 million driven by our regulatory RPI-X pricing formula and improved performance under incentive programmes. Timing reduced adjusted operating profit by £32 million driven by in year under-recoveries of £10 million compared with an over-recovery in the prior year of £22 million. The estimated closing under-recovered value at 31 March 2013 was £8 million.

Regulated controllable costs increased by £13 million due to: inflation, system maintenance costs and one-off contract strategy costs, partially offset by efficiencies enabled by our new front office systems. Post-retirement costs increased by £2 million as a result of increased contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £10 million driven by higher average asset values due to the capital investment programme and new front office systems. Finally, other costs decreased by £3 million, resulting in an adjusted operating profit of £794 million for the year.

US Regulated

Our US Regulated business was affected by a reduction in timing differences of £37 million due to in year under-recoveries of £20 million compared with a prior year over-recovery of £17 million (after adjusting for foreign exchange movements).

The estimated closing over-recovered value at 31 March 2013 was £110 million. This was offset by a year-on-year reduction in major storm costs of £33 million, as the financial impact of Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo was lower than that from Hurricane Irene and the Massachusetts October snowstorm in 2011/12.

Net costs incurred in the US after insurance proceeds were £33 million lower than 2011/12 (after adjusting for foreign exchange movements).

An increase of £135 million in net regulated income reflects deferral recoveries in our upstate New York businesses together with higher revenues from our capital tracker regulatory arrangements.

Regulated controllable operating costs increased by £19 million reflecting inflation and higher spend on IS outsourcing and security. Post-retirement costs increased by £29 million primarily due to reductions in discount rates. Bad debt expense reduced by £33 million in the year due to improving economic conditions and improved collections.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £17 million as a result of our capital expenditure programme in the year. Finally, other costs increased by £58 million due to increased property tax rates and assessed values, together with higher environmental costs in 2012/13. As a result, adjusted operating profit for the year was £1,254 million.

Other activities

Our Other activities were significantly affected by the cost of major storms in the year, with an additional £51 million cost incurred compared with the prior year. This was as a result of insurance costs for Superstorm Sandy incurred in our insurance captive. Some of these costs are expected to be recovered from the reinsurance market.

Our metering business made £24 million lower operating profit than the prior year as a result of the disposal of OnStream in 2012, together with the impact of third-party disputes on legacy meter pricing in our regulated metering business.

Other costs increased by £126 million, primarily representing spend on the implementation of the new US information systems and financial procedures, offset by increased revenues from the French interconnector. As a result of these movements, Other activities recorded an adjusted operating profit of £11 million for the year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

185

Analysis of the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2013

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles increased by £295 million to £5,617 million as at 31 March 2013. This increase primarily related to foreign exchange movements of £266 million and software additions of £175 million offset by amortisation of £101 million.

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £2,891 million to £36,592 million as at 31 March 2013. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,511 million on the extension of our regulated networks and foreign exchange movements of

    

Other non-current liabilities decreased by £37 million to £1,884 million, reflecting changes in the fair value of US commodity contract liabilities.

 

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liability. At 31 March 2013, net debt had increased by £1,832 million to £21,429 million as a result of debt issuances in the year, including the hybrid bonds of £2.1 billion.

 

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 accounting deficit (as restated for IAS 19 (revised)) is shown below:

£680 million, offset by £1,281 million of depreciation in the year.

 

Capital expenditure increased in each of the three regulated businesses including record amounts in our UK Transmission and US Regulated businesses.

 

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets increased by £66 million to £753 million. This was principally due to changes in the fair value of our US commodity contract assets and available-for-sale investments, and an equity investment in Clean Line Energy Partners LLC of $12.5 million by 31 March 2013.

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

    Net plan liability  

UK 

£m 

  

US 

£m 

  

Total  

£m  

    

 

    

As at 1 April 2012 (as restated)

  (668)  (2,270)  (2,938) 
    

Exchange movements

  –   (112)  (112) 
    

Current service cost

  (90)  (130)  (220) 
    

Net interest cost

  (31)  (104)  (135) 
    

Curtailments and settlements

  (21)  (44)  (65) 
    

Actuarial gains/(losses)

      
    

– on plan assets

  1,131   261   1,392  
    

– on plan liabilities

  (1,691)  (415)  (2,106) 
    

Employer contributions

  201   486   687  
    

 

    

As at 31 March 2013

  (1,169)      (2,328)      (3,497) 
    

 

    

Represented by:

      
    

Plan assets

  –   195   195  
    

Plan liabilities

  (1,169)  (2,523)  (3,692) 
    

 

    

Net plan liability

  (1,169)  (2,328)  (3,497) 
    

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables increased by £854 million to £3,201 million at 31 March 2013. Driven by the US, this primarily reflected the timing of cost recoveries from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy and an increase in trade receivables due to colder weather in February and March 2013 compared with 2012, which also led to an offsetting decrease in inventories which were £85 million lower.

 

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables increased by £366 million to £3,051 million due to increased payables and accruals relating to Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo.

 

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities of £231 million at 31 March 2013 were £152 million lower primarily due to higher tax payments made in 2012/13 and larger prior year tax credits arising in 2012/13, although these were partially offset by a larger current year tax charge.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

The net deferred tax liability increased by £341 million to £4,077 million. The main reasons for this movement were the £441 million deferred tax charge, including the impact of the reduction in the statutory tax rate for future periods of £128 million, partially offset by the deferred tax credit on actuarial losses on pensions and other post-retirement benefits.

 

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions (both current and non-current) increased by £29 million to £1,760 million as at 31 March 2013. The underlying movements included additions of £92 million and £83 million to the environmental and other provisions respectively, as well as foreign exchange movements of £65 million. The other provisions additions included £33 million of increased liabilities insured by our insurance subsidiaries. These were offset by payments of £231 million in relation to all classes of provisions.

 

    

 

The principal movements in net obligations during the year arose as a consequence of a decrease in the discount rate following declines in corporate bond yields. Actuarial gains on plan assets reflected improvements in financial markets.

 

Commitments and contingencies

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for increased by £283 million to £3,011 million a result of the continued ramp up in our capital investment programme.

 

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30 (b) on page 139.


186    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Summary consolidated

financial information

   

Financial summary (unaudited)

The financial summary set out below has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of National Grid for the five financial years ended 31 March 2014. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the Strategic Review. The information presented below for the years ended 31 March 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 has been prepared under IFRS issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU1.

 

      
 

 

31 March
2014

£m

  
  

  

   
 
 

 

    31 March
2013
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

  
 
 

 

    31 March
2012
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

  
 
 

 

    31 March
2011
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

 

    31 March  

2010  

(restated)1

£m  

   

 

   

Summary income statement

       
   

Revenue2

   14,809     14,359    13,832    14,343   14,007  
   

Operating profit

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   3,664     3,639    3,491    3,619   3,134  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   71     110    44    145   172  
      3,735     3,749    3,535    3,764   3,306  
   

Profit before tax

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,584     2,533    2,408    2,283   1,999  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   164     178    (26  151   219  
      2,748     2,711    2,382    2,434   2,218  
 
   

Profit for the year

   2,464     2,154    1,919    2,043   1,418  
   

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,015     1,913    1,709    1,627   1,447  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   461     240    208    412   (32) 
      2,476     2,153    1,917    2,039   1,415  
   

 

   

Earnings per share

       
   

Basic – continuing operations (pence)3

   66.4     57.8    51.6    56.9   46.1  
   

Diluted – continuing operations (pence)3

   66.1     57.5    51.3    56.6   45.9  
   

Basic (pence)3

   66.4     57.8    51.6    56.9   46.1  
   

Diluted (pence)3

   66.1     57.5    51.3    56.6   45.9  
   

 

 
   

Number of shares – basic (millions)4

   3,729     3,724    3,719    3,585   3,071  
   

Number of shares – diluted (millions)4

   3,748     3,742    3,738    3,604   3,084  
   

 

   

Dividends per ordinary share

       
   

Paid during the year (pence)

   40.85     39.84    37.40    37.74   36.65  
   

Approved or proposed during the year (pence)

   42.03     40.85    39.28    36.37   38.49  
   

Paid during the year ($)

   0.636     0.633    0.599    0.592   0.579  
   

Approved or proposed during the year ($)

   0.696     0.632    0.623    0.571   0.608  
   

 

   
   
   
   
   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

187

     

31 March
2014

£m

  

  31 March   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2011   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2010   

(restated)1

£m   

 
 

 

 
 

Summary statement of net assets

         
 

Non-current assets

   44,895    45,129        41,684        39,787        38,488     
 

Current assets

   7,489    9,576        5,387        6,323        5,065     
 

Assets of businesses held for sale

       –        264        290        –     
 

Total assets

   52,384    54,705        47,335        46,400        43,553     
 

Current liabilities

   (7,331  (7,445)       (6,004)       (6,826)       (6,559)    
 

Non-current liabilities

   (33,134  (37,026)       (32,001)       (30,403)       (32,800)    
 

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

       –        (87)       (110)       –     
 

Total liabilities

   (40,465  (44,471)       (38,092)       (37,339)       (39,359)    
 

Net assets

   11,919    10,234        9,243        9,061        4,194     
 

 

 
 

Shareholders’ equity

   11,911    10,229        9,236        9,052        4,182     
 

 

 
 
 

Summary cash flow statement

         
 

Cash generated from continuing operations

   4,419    4,037        4,487        4,854        4,372     
 

 

 
 

Tax (paid)/received

   (400  (287)       (259)       4        144     
 

 

 
 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

   4,019    3,750        4,228        4,858        4,516     
 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   (1,330  (6,130)       (2,371)       (4,774)       (2,332)    
 

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

   (2,972  2,715        (1,900)       (430)       (2,212)    
 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (283  335        (43)       (346)       (28)    
 

 

 
 

 

1. For the year ended 31 March 2014, the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ has resulted in a significant change in how we account for pensions and employee benefits. The numbers included in the selected financial data above for the years 31 March 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been restated to show the impact of IAS 19 (revised) had it been adopted since 2010. There have been no other significant changes in accounting standards, interpretations or policies that have a material financial impact on the selected financial data.

 

2. Items previously reported for 2010 separately as other operating income have been included within revenue.

 

3. Items previously reported for 2010 – 2013 have been restated to reflect the impact of the bonus element of the rights issue and the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

4. Number of shares previously reported for 2010 – 2013 have been restated to reflect the impact of the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

       

    

     

    


188    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Definitions and

glossary of terms

Our aim is to use plain English in this Annual Report and Accounts. However, where necessary, we do use a number of technical terms and/or abbreviations and we summarise the principal ones below, together with an explanation of their meanings. The descriptions below are not formal legal definitions.

 

A

American Depositary Shares (ADSs)

Securities of National Grid listed on the New York Stock Exchange, each of which represents five ordinary shares. They are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts or ADRs.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)

Meeting of shareholders of the Company held each year to consider ordinary and special business as provided in the Notice of AGM.

appreciative inquiry summit

An organisational development method which focuses on increasing what an organisation does well rather than on eliminating what it does badly.

 

B

bar

A unit of pressure, approximately equivalent to 14.5 pounds per square inch.

Board

The Board of Directors of the Company (for more information see pages 843 and 9)171 to 173).

bps

Basis point (bps) is a unit that is equal to 1/100th of 1% and is typically used to denote the movement in a percentage based metric such as interest rates or RoE. A 0.1% change in a percentage represents 10 basis points.

BritNed

BritNed Development Limited.

 

C

called up share capital

Shares (common stock) that have been issued and have been fully paid for.

 

Ccarrying value

The amount at which an asset or a liability is recorded in the Group’s statement of financial position and the Company’s balance sheet.

circuit

See route length.

the Company, the Group, National Grid, we, our or us

We use the terms ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘National Grid’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’ to refer to either National Grid plc itself or to National Grid plc and/or all or certain of its subsidiaries, depending on context.

consolidated financial statements

Financial statements that include the results and financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries together as if they were a single entity.

called up share capital

Shares (common stock) that have been issued and have been fully paid for.

carrying value

The amount at which an asset or a liability is recorded in the balance sheet.

circuit

See route length.

the Company, National Grid, we, our or us

We use terms ‘the Company’, ‘National Grid’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’ to refer to either National Grid plc itself or to National Grid plc and its subsidiaries collectively, depending on context.

contingent liabilities

Possible obligations or potential liabilities arising from past events for which no provision has been recorded, but for which disclosure in the financial statements is made.

 

D

Dth

Decatherm, being an amount of energy equal to 1 million British thermal units (BTUs), equivalent to approximately 293 kWh.

 

DDB

Defined benefit, relating to our UK or US (as the context requires) final salary pension schemes.

DC

Defined contribution, relating to our UK or US (as the context requires) pension schemes to which National Grid, as an employer, pays contributions based on a percentage of employees’ salaries.

DECC

The Department of Energy & Climate Change, the UK Government ministry responsible for energy and climate change.

decoupling

See revenue decoupling.

deferred tax

For most assets and liabilities, deferred tax is the amount of tax that will be payable or receivable in respect of that asset or liability in future tax returns as a result of a difference between the carrying value for accounting purposes in the statement of financial position or balance sheet and the value for tax purposes of the same asset or liability.

delivery body

Under the Energy Act 2013, and subject to secondary legislation due to be in force in summer 2014 (which will set out detailed roles and responsibilities for all market participants), National Grid’s electricity system operator function will provide independent evidence and analysis to the UK Government to inform its decisions on the key rules and parameters to achieve the Government’s policy objectives under EMR. As proposed, National Grid will administer the capacity mechanism, including running the annual capacity auctions, manage the allocation of contracts for difference to low carbon generators and report to the Government annually on performance against the Government’s delivery plan.

derivative

A financial instrument or other contract where the value is linked to an underlying index, such as exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices. In most cases, contracts for the sale or purchase of commodities that are used to supply customers or for our own needs are excluded from this definition.

Directors/Executive Directors/Non-executive Directors

The Directors/Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors of the Company whose names are set out on page 43 of this document.

dollars or $

Except as otherwise noted all references to dollars or $ in this Annual Report areand Accounts relate to the US currency.

 

190National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

www.nationalgrid.comStrategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

189

 

 

E

earnings per share (EPS)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent allocated to each shareordinary share.

Electricity Market Reform (EMR)

An energy policy initiative, introduced by the Energy Act 2013, designed to provide greater financial certainty to investors in both low carbon and conventional generation in order to meet environmental targets and maintain security of common stock.supply, and to do so at the lowest cost to consumers.

employee engagement index

A key performance indicator, based on the percentage of favourable responses to certain indicator questions repeated in each employee survey, which provides a measure of how employees think, feel and act in relation to National Grid. Research shows that a highly engaged workforce leads to increased productivity and staffemployee retention, therefore we use employee engagement as a measure of organisational health in relation to business performance.

equity

In financial statements, the amount of net assets attributable to shareholders.

Estate Tax Convention

The Estate Tax Convention is the convention between the US and the UK for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to estate and gift taxes.

EU

The European Union, being the economic and political union of 27 member states located in Europe.

Exchange Act

The Securities Exchange Act 1934, as amended.

 

F

FERC

The US Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

finance lease

A lease where the asset is treated as if it was owned for the period of the lease and the obligation to pay future rentals is treated as if they were borrowings. Also known as a capital lease.

financial year

For National Grid this is an accounting year ending on 31 March. Also known as a fiscal year.

FRS

A UK Financial Reporting Standard as issued by the UK Accounting Standards Board.Financial Reporting Council (FRC). These apply to the Company’s individual financial statements on pages 177155 to 183,159, which are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.

 

G

Grain LNG

National Grid Grain LNG Limited.

Great Britain

England, Wales and Scotland.

GW

Gigawatt, being an amount of power equal to 1 billion watts (109 watts).

GWhH

Gigawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 billion watts of power for a period of one hour.HMRC

HM Revenue & Customs. The UK tax authority.

 

HVDC

High voltage, direct current electric power transmission which uses direct current for the bulk transmission of electrical power, in contrast with the more common alternating current systems.

 

I

IAS or IFRS

An International Accounting Standard or International Financial Reporting Standard, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). IFRS is also used as the term to describe international generally accepted accounting principles as a whole.

individual financial statements

Financial statements of a company on its own, not including its subsidiaries or joint ventures.

ISO 9001

ISO 9001 specifies requirements for quality management systems and processes where an organisation needs to demonstrate its ability to consistently provide product that meets applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

 

J

joint venture

A company or other entity which is controlled jointly with other parties.

 

K

KeySpan

KeySpan Corporation and its subsidiaries, acquired by National Grid on 24 August 2007.

kV

Kilovolt, being an amount of electric force equal to 1,000 volts.

kWh

Kilowatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1,000 watts of power for a period of one hour.

 

L

Lifetime Allowance

The Lifetime Allowance is an overall ceiling on the amount of UK tax privileged pension savings that any one individual can draw.

LIPA

The Long Island Power Authority.

LNG

Liquefied natural gas, being natural gas that has been condensed into a liquid form, typically at temperatures at or below -161°C (-258°F).

lost time injury

An incident arising out of National Grid’s operations which leads to an injury where the employee or contractor normally has time off the following day or shift following the incident. It relates to one specific (acute) identifiable incident which arises as a result of National Grid’s premises, plant or activities, which was reported to the supervisor at the time and was subject to appropriate investigation.

lost time injury frequency rate (IFR)

The number of lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12 month period.

 

LOGO

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12MNational Grid plc191


Additional InformationMADPU

The Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities.

 

DefinitionsMSA

The managed services agreement, under which the Company maintained and glossary of terms continuedoperated the electricity transmission and distribution system on Long Island owned by LIPA, which was transitioned to a third party with effect from 31 December 2013.

 

M

MW

Megawatts,Megawatt, being an amount of power equal to 1 million watts.

MWh

Megawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 million watts of power for a period of one hour.

mbar


A unit of pressure equal to 1/1,000 bar, or approximately 0.0145 pounds per square inch.190    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

Definitions and

glossary of terms

continued

N

National Grid Metering (NGM)

National Grid Metering Limited, National Grid’s UK regulated metering business.

New England

The term refers to a region within the northeastern US that includes the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. National Grid’s New England operations are primarily in the states of Massachusetts New Hampshire and Rhode Island.

northeastern US

The northeastern region of the US, comprising the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont.

 

NYPSC

The New York Public Service Commission.

 

O

Ofgem

The UK Office of Gas and Electricity Markets, part of the UK Gas and Electricity Markets Authority (GEMA), which regulates the energy markets in the UK.

OnStream

Utility Metering Services Limited, an unregulated UK metering business, sold by National Grid on 24 October 2011.

ordinary shares

Voting shares entitling the holder to part ownership of a company. Also known as common stock. National Grid’s ordinary shares have a nominal value of 11 17/43 pence.

 

P

PAS 55

PAS (Publicly Available Specification) 55 is a universal benchmark published by the British Standards Institution for the optimal management of physical assets.

Personal Lifetime Allowance

The lifetime allowance applicable to individuals who registered their pre 6 April 2006 UK pension benefits for protection.

price control

The mechanism by which Ofgem sets restrictions on the amounts of revenue we are allowed to collect from customers in our UK businesses. The allowed revenues are intended to cover efficiently incurred operational expenditure, capital expenditure and financing costs, including a return on equity invested.

 

PSA

The 15 year power supply agreement with LIPA which came into effect on 28 May 2013, under which the Company supplies electricity to communities and businesses across Long Island.

 

R

rate base

The base investment on which the utility is authorised to earn a cash return. It includes the original cost of facilities, minus depreciation, an allowance for working capital and other accounts.

rate plan

The term given to the mechanism by which a US utility regulator sets terms and conditions for utility service including, in particular, tariffs and rate schedules. The term can mean a multi-year plan that is approved for a specified period, or an order approving tariffs and rate schedules that remain in effect until changed as a result of a future regulatory proceeding.proceedings. Such proceedings can be commenced through a filing by the utility or on the regulator’s own initiative.

regulated controllable operating costs

Total operating costs under IFRS less depreciation and certain regulatory costs where, under our regulatory agreements, mechanisms are in place to recover such costs in current or future periods.

regulatory asset value (RAV)

The value ascribed by Ofgem to the capital employed in the relevant licensed business. It is an estimate of the initial market value of the regulated asset base at privatisation, plus subsequent allowed additions at historical cost, less the deduction of annual regulatory depreciation. Deductions are also made to reflect the value realised from the disposal of certain assets that formed part of the regulatory asset base. It is also indexed to the RPI to allow for the effects of inflation.

return on capital employed (RoCE)

The return on capital employed metric is designed to give an alternative comparison between the UK and US businesses showing the overall return on capital provided by both debt and equity. The calculation reflects regulatory treatments of costs.

return on equity (RoE)

A performance metric measuring returns from the investment of shareholders’ funds. It is a financial ratio of a measure of earnings divided by an equity base.

Group return on equity (Group RoE)

The Group return on equity calculation provides a measure of the performance of the whole Group compared with the amounts invested by the Group in assets attributable to equity shareholders. The Group return on equity measure is calculated using the Group capital employed in accordance with the definition used in the RoCE measures, adjusted for Group net debt and goodwill.

US regulated return on equity (US RoE)

US regulated return on equity is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by the relevant regulator. This US operational return measure is calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure. This is a post-tax US GAAP metric as calculated annually (on a calendar year to 31 December).

UK regulated return on equity (UK RoE)

UK regulated return on equity is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by Ofgem. These returns are calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure, at the assumed cost of debt and that UK taxation paid is at the level assumed by Ofgem.

revenue decoupling

Revenue decoupling is the term given to the elimination of the dependency of a utility’s revenue on the volume of gas or electricity transported. The purpose of decoupling is to eliminate the disincentive a utility otherwise has to encourage energy efficiency programmes.

return on equity (ROE)

A performance metric measuring returns from the investment of shareholders’ funds. It is a financial ratio of a measure of earnings divided by an equity base.

RIIO

The revised regulatory framework issued by Ofgem which will bewas implemented in the next round ofeight year price controls planned to start in April 2013.

RIIO-T1

The first RIIO price control for UK Transmission, planned to take effect for a period of eight years fromwhich started on 1 April 2013.

RIIO-GD1

RIPUC

The first RIIO price control for UK Gas Distribution, planned to take effect for a period of eight years from 1 April 2013.Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission.

return on capital employed (RoCE)

Financial metric expressing a measure of post-tax operating profit as a percentage of capital (debt and equity) invested in the business.

route length

The route length of an electricity transmission line is the geographical distance from the start tower to the end tower. In most cases in the UK, and in many cases in the US, the transmission line consists of a double circuit for additional reliability. In such cases, the circuit length is twice the route length.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

191

RPI

The UK retail price index as published by the Office for National Statistics.

 

192National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


www.nationalgrid.com

S

Scope 1 emissions

Scope 1 emissions are direct greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions that occur from sources that are owned or controlled by the Company, for example, emissions from combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, vehicles, etc.

Scope 2 emissions

Scope 2 accounts for GHGemissions are greenhouse gas emissions from the generation of purchased electricity consumed by the Company. Purchased electricity is defined as electricity that is purchased or otherwise brought into the organisational boundary of the Company. Scope 2 emissions physically occur at the facility where electricity is generated.

SEC

The US Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial regulator for companies with registered securities in the US, including National Grid and certain of its subsidiaries.

SF6

Sulphur hexafluoride, an inorganic, colourless, odourless and non-flammable greenhouse gas. SF6SF6 is used in the electrical industry as a gaseous dielectric medium for high voltage circuit breakers, switchgear and other electrical equipment. The Kyoto protocol estimated that the global warming potential over 100 years of SF6 is 23,900 times more potent than that of CO2.

share premium

The difference between the amountsamount shares are issued for and the nominal value of those shares.

standard cubic metre

A quantity of gas which at 15°C and atmospheric pressure (1.013 bar) occupies the volume of 1m3.

stranded cost recoveries

The recovery of historical generation-related costs in the US, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by us.

swaptions

STEM

Science, technology, engineering and mathematics; the Company is currently looking to recruit people with skills in these subjects.

subsidiary

A company or other entity that is controlled by National Grid.

swaption

A swaption gives the buyer, in exchange for an option premium, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap at some specified date in the future. The terms of the swap are specified on the trade date of the swaption.

subsidiary

A company or other entity that is controlled by National Grid.

 

T

TPCR4taxes borne

The current UK Transmission price control,Those taxes that represent a cost to the Company and which was extended forare reflected in our results.

taxes collected

Those taxes that are generated by our operations but which do not affect our results; we generate the period from 1 April 2012commercial activity giving rise to 31 March 2013.these taxes and then collect and administer them on behalf of HMRC.

treasury shares

Shares that have been repurchased but not cancelled.

tonne

A unit of mass equal to 1,000 kilogrammes, equivalent to approximately 2,205 pounds.

tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e)

A measure of GHGgreenhouse gas emissions in terms of the equivalent amount of carbon dioxide.

treasury shares

Shares that have been repurchased but not cancelled. These shares can then be allotted to meet obligations under the Company’s employee share schemes.

TWh

Terawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 billion watts of power for a period of 1,000 hours.

 

U

UK

The United Kingdom, comprising England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

UK Corporate Governance Code 2012 (the Code)

Guidance, issued by the Financial Reporting Council, on how companies should be governed, applicable to UK listed companies including National Grid. It replaces the Combined Code.

UK GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the UK. These differ from IFRS and from US GAAP.

US

The United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

US GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the US. These differ from IFRS and from UK GAAP.

US state regulators (state utility commissions)

In the US, public utilities’ retail transactions are regulated by state utility commissions, including the New York Public Service Commission (NYPSC), the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities (MADPU), and the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (RIPUC) and the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (NHPUC).

 

value added

V

vanilla return

Metric used by OfgemValue added is a measure to definecapture the allowed rate of return withinvalue created through investment attributable to equity holders, being the price control reviews for our UKchange in total regulated businesses. Our calculation uses IFRS business performance operating profit adjusted for various items to reflectand non-regulated assets including goodwill (both at constant currency) plus the replacement of certain IFRS based accounting treatments withcash dividend paid in the year less the growth in net debt (at constant currency). This is then presented on an absolute and a regulatory based treatment. Primarily these items are depreciation, capital costs, pensions and taxation. The adjusted IFRS operating profit is divided by the regulatory asset value inflated to mid year to generate a percentage rate of return.per share basis.

 

value growth

LOGOValue growth is the growth in the value of our regulated and non-regulated assets including goodwill plus dividend less net debt, on a per share basis.

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc193


 

Additional Information

Summary consolidated financial information

Financial summary (unaudited)

The financial summary set out below has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of192    National Grid for the five financial years ended 31 March 2012. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the Business Review. The information presented below for the years ended 31 March 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 has been prepared under IFRS issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU.

    

31 March
2012

£m

  

31 March
2011

£m

   

31 March
2010

£m

  

31 March
2009

£m

  

31 March
2008

£m

 

Summary income statement

       

Revenue (ii)

   13,832    14,343     14,007    15,687    11,498  

Operating profit

       

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   3,495    3,600     3,121    2,915    2,595  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   44    145     172    (292  369  
   3,539    3,745     3,293    2,623    2,964  

Profit before tax

       

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,585    2,473     1,974    1,770    1,829  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   (26  151     219    (376  353  
   2,559    2,624     2,193    1,394    2,182  

Profit for the year from continuing operations

   2,038    2,163     1,389    922    1,575  

Profit for the year

   2,038    2,163     1,389    947    3,193  

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

       

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   1,828    1,747     1,418    1,259    1,275  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   208    412     (32  (315  1,915  
    2,036    2,159     1,386    944    3,190  

Earnings per share

       

Basic – continuing operations (pence) (iii)

   57.1    62.9     47.5    31.2    50.4  

Diluted – continuing operations (pence) (iii)

   56.8    62.5     47.3    31.1    50.2  

Basic (pence) (iii)

   57.1    62.9     47.5    32.0    102.4  

Diluted (pence) (iii)

   56.8    62.5     47.3    31.8    101.9  

Number of shares – basic (millions) (iv)

   3,565    3,431     2,917    2,939    3,115  

Number of shares – diluted (millions) (iv)

   3,584    3,450     2,930    2,956    3,130  

Dividends per ordinary share

       

Paid during the year (pence)

   37.40    37.74     36.65    33.94    29.50  

Approved or proposed during the year (pence)

   39.28    36.37     38.49    35.64    33.00  

Paid during the year ($)

   0.599    0.592     0.579    0.523    0.593  

Approved or proposed during the year ($)

   0.623    0.571     0.608    0.549    0.663  

194National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/122013/14


 

Want more

information or help?

 Capita Asset Services

 For queries aboutordinary shares:

The Bank of New York Mellon

For queries aboutAmerican
Depositary Shares
:

Further information about National Grid including share price and interactive tools can be found on our website:

www.nationalgrid.com

 

Have you received unsolicited investment advice?

Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited advice or offers, whether over the telephone, through the post or by email. If you receive any such unsolicited communication please check the company or person contacting you is properly authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) before getting involved. You can check at www.fca.org.uk/ consumers/protect-yourself and can report calls from unauthorised firms to the FCA by calling 0800 111 6768.

LOGO

0871 402 3344

Calls cost 8 pence per minute plus
network extras. Lines are open
8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to
Friday, excluding public holidays.
If calling from outside the
UK: +44 (0)20 7098 1198

Textphone: 18001 0871 664 0532

 

 

LOGO

1-800-466-7215

If calling from outside the US:

+1-201-680-6825

 

 

LOGO

    

31 March
2012

£m

  

31 March
2011

£m

  

31 March
2010

£m

  

31 March
2009

£m

  

31 March
2008

£m

 

Summary statement of net assets

      

Non-current assets

   41,684    39,787    38,488    37,712    30,830  

Current assets

   5,387    6,323    5,065    6,755    5,435  

Assets of businesses held for sale

   264    290            1,506  

Total assets

   47,335    46,400    43,553    44,467    37,771  

Current liabilities

   (6,004  (6,826  (6,559  (7,026  (7,146

Non-current liabilities

   (31,998  (30,395  (32,783  (33,457  (25,188

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

   (87  (110          (63

Total liabilities

   (38,089  (37,331  (39,342  (40,483  (32,397

Net assets

   9,246    9,069    4,211    3,984    5,374  

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

   

 

9,239

 

  

 

  

 

9,060

 

  

 

  

 

4,199

 

  

 

  

 

3,970

 

  

 

  

 

5,356

 

  

 

Summary cash flow statement

      

Cash generated from operations

      

Continuing operations

   4,487    4,854    4,372    3,564    3,265  

Discontinued operations

               (8  10  
   4,487    4,854    4,372    3,556    3,275  

Tax (paid)/received

   (259  4    144    (143  (110

Net cash inflow from operating activities

   4,228    4,858    4,516    3,413    3,165  

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   (2,371  (4,774  (2,332  (1,998  (3,023

Net cash flows used in financing activities

   (1,900  (430  (2,212  (877  (1,592

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (43  (346  (28  538    (1,450

(i)Since the implementation of IFRS by the Company, there have been no significant changes in accounting standards, interpretations or policies that have a material financial impact on the selected financial data. Comparatives for 2008 have been restated for the finalisation of the fair value exercise on the completion of the acquisition of KeySpan.
(ii)Items previously reported for 2008-2010 separately as ‘other operating income’ have been included within revenue.
(iii)Items previously reported for 2008-2011 have been restated to reflect the impact of the bonus element of the rights issue and the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.
(iv)Number of shares has been restated to reflect the impact of the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

LOGO

 

Annual Report and Accounts 2011/12National Grid plc195www.mybnymdr.com


Email: shrrelations@ cpushareownerservices.com

Additional Information

Useful information

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Visit the National Grid share portal

www.nationalgridshareholders.com

Email: nationalgrid@capita.co.uk

LOGO

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depositary Receipts

PO Box 30170

College Station, Texas 77842-3170

LOGO

National Grid Share Register

Capita Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

Financial calendar

The following dates have been announced or are indicative:

 

American Depositary Shares

The Company has amended the deposit agreement under which the ADS representing its ordinary shares are issued to allow a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS to be charged for any cash distribution made to ADS holders, including cash dividends. ADS holders who receive cash in relation to the 2013/14 final dividend will be charged a fee of $0.02 per ADS by the Depositary prior to the distribution of the cash dividend.

 

Electronic communications

To receive an email notifying you as soon as new shareholder information is available to view online, including your electronic tax voucher, sign up for electronic communications. Simply go to the National Grid share portalwww.nationalgridshareholders.com and once you have registered, click on the ‘manage your account’ link and follow the on screen instructions to change your communication preference.

Manage your shareholding online via the National Grid share portal:

 Have your dividends paid direct to your bank account instead of receiving cheques

  Choose to receive your dividends in shares, via our scrip dividend scheme

  Register your AGM votes

  Get copies of your dividend tax vouchers and view your dividend payment history

  Update your address details

30 May 2012

Ordinary shares go ex-dividend for 2011/12

1 June 2012

Record date for 2011/12 final dividend

8 June 2012

Scrip reference price announced

18 July 2012

Scrip election date

30 July 2012

2012 Annual General Meeting and interim management statement

15 August 2012

2011/12 final dividend paid to qualifying ordinary shareholders

15 November 2012

2012/13 half year results

28 November 2012

Ordinary go ex-dividend shares

30 November 2012

Record date for 2012/13 interim dividend

16 January 2013

2012/13 interim dividend paid to qualifying ordinary Shareholders

January/February 2013

Interim management statement

May 2013

2012/13 preliminary results
4 June 2014Ordinary shares go ex-dividend for 2013/14
6 June 2014Record date for 2013/14 final dividend
11 June 2014Scrip reference price announced
27 June 2014Scrip election date
28 July 20142014 AGM and interim management statement
20 August 20142013/14 final dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
7 November 20142014/15 half-year results
19 November 2014Ordinary shares go ex-dividend
21 November 2014Record date for 2014/15 interim dividend
7 January 20152014/15 interim dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
January/February 2015    Interim management statement
May 20152014/15 preliminary results

Dividends

The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 25.3527.54 pence per ordinary share ($2.01662.3107 per ADS) to be paid on 1520 August 20122014 to shareholders on the register as at 16 June 2012.2014. Further details in respect of dividend payments can be found on page 58.

07. If you live outside the UK, you may be able to request that your dividend payments arebe converted into your local currency.

Have your dividends paid directly into your bank or building society account:

Your dividend reaches your account on the payment day

   It is more secure – cheques do sometimes get lost in the post

  No more trips to the bank

It is more secure – cheques do sometimes get lost in the post

No more trips to the bank

Elect to receive your dividends as additional shares:

   Join our scrip dividend scheme

  No stamp duty or commission to pay


 

Join our scrip dividend scheme

No stamp duty or commission to pay

Electronic communications – help save paper

To receive an email notifying you as soon as there is new shareholder information for you to view online, sign up for electronic communications via the National Grid Share Portalwww.nationalgridshareholders.com and follow the on screen instructions on the ‘Ecommunications’ link. It only takes a few minutes to register, just have your 11 digit Investor Code (IVC) to hand.

The National Grid Share Portal is a secure online site where you can:

View your holdings and get an indicative value

View your dividend payment history

Get copies of your dividend tax vouchers

Update your address details

Buy and sell shares

Register your AGM proxy votes

Sign up for electronic communications

Share price

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 17/43 pence nominal value each and ADSs, which represent five ordinary shares. The following graph represents the movement of National Grid’s share price during 2011/12. A graph showing the total shareholder return over the last five years is available on page 1.

LOGO

National Grid ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol NG and the ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol NGG.

Share dealing

Capita Share Dealing Services offer our European Economic Area resident shareholders a range of quick and easy share dealing services:services by post, online or telephone from 10p per share (plus stamp duty as applicable). Dealing at live prices is available online or by telephone, different fees apply.

 

Buy more shares – £20 flat fee (plus stamp duty)

Sell all your shares by post– 1 to 150 shares – 10p per share (maximum £10); 151 shares or more – £15 flat fee

Donate all your shares free of charge to ShareGift

Visit www.capitadeal.com/nationalgrid or call Capita Share Dealing free on 0800 022 3374 for details and terms and conditions.This is not a recommendation to take any action. High street banks may also offer share dealing services. If you have any doubt as to what action you should take, please contact an authorised financial advisor.

ShareGift

ShareGift:If you only have only a small number of shares which would cost more for you to sell than they are worth, you may wish to consider donating them to the charity.

ShareGift is a registered charity (no. 1052686) which specialises in accepting such shares as donations. For more information visitwww.sharegift.orgwww.sharegift.org.uk or contact Capita Registrars.Asset Services.

Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs):

Corporate ISAs for National Grid shares are available from Stocktrade. For more information, call Stocktrade on 0131 240 0443, emailisa@stocktrade.co.uk or write to Stocktrade, 81 George6th floor, Atria One, 144 Morrison Street, Edinburgh EH2 3ES.EH3 8BR.

National Grid plc was incorporated on 11 July 2000. The Company is registered in England and Wales No. 4031152, with its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company’s agent in the United States is National Grid USA, Attn: General Counsel, 40 Sylvan Road, Waltham, MA 02451.

196National Grid plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2011/12


 

Designed and produced by

C O N R A N   D E S I G N   G R O U P

LOGO

Printed on Revive 100 Uncoated paper. This paper is made from 100% de-inked post consumer waste, independently certified in accordance with the FSC (Forest Stewardship Council). The paper is manufactured at a mill that is certified to the ISO 14001 environmental management standards. All of the pulp is bleached using an elemental chlorine free (ECF) process and the inks used are all vegetable oil based.

Printed at Pureprint Group Ltd, ISO 14001, FSC certified and CarbonNeutral®


Want more information or help?

Capita Registrars

For queries aboutordinary shares:

The Bank of New York Mellon

For queries aboutAmerican Depositary Shares:

Further information about National Grid including share price and interactive tools can be found on our website:www.nationalgrid.com.

Have you received unsolicited

investment advice?

Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited advice or offers, whether over the telephone, through the post or by email. If you receive any such unsolicited communication please check the company or person contacting you is properly authorised by the FSA before getting involved.

You can check at www.fsa.gov.uk/ pages/register/ and can report calls from unauthorised firms to the FSA by calling 0845 606 1234.

LOGO

0871402 3344

Calls cost 8p per minute plus

network extras. Lines are

open 8.30am to 5.30pm,

Monday to Friday.

If calling from outside the

UK: +44 (0)20 7098 1198.

Textphone: 18001 0871 664 0532.

LOGO

1 800 466 7215

If calling from outside the US:

+1-201-680-6825.

LOGO

Visit the National Grid Share Portal

www.nationalgridshareholders.com

Email: nationalgrid@

capitaregistrars.com

LOGO

www.bnymellon.com/

shareowner

Email: shrrelations@

bnymellon.com

LOGO

National Grid Share Register,

Capita Registrars, The Registry,

34 Beckenham Road,

Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

LOGO

The Bank of New York Mellon,

Shareholders Correspondence,

PO Box 358516, Pittsburgh,

PA 15252-8516

Cautionary Statementstatement

This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ending 31 March 20122014 for National Grid and its subsidiaries. It contains the Directors’ Report and Financial Statements, together with the Independent Auditor’s Reportindependent auditors’ report thereon, as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Directors’ Report, comprising pages 806 to 10773 and 184160 to 189,187, has been drawn up in accordance with the requirements of English law, and liability in respect thereof is also governed by English law. In particular, the liability of the Directors for these reports is solely to National Grid.

This document contains certain statements that are neither reported financial results nor other historical information. These statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements include information with respect to our financial condition, our results of

operations and businesses, strategy, plans and objectives. Words such as ‘anticipates’, ‘expects’, ‘should’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘outlook’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘targets’, ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘continue’, ‘project’ and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in or

implied by such forward-looking statements. Many of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties relate to factors that are beyond our ability to control or estimate precisely, such as changes in laws or regulations, announcements from and decisions by governmental bodies or regulators (including the timeliness of consents for construction projects); the timing of construction and delivery by third parties of new RIIO approach in the UK);generation projects requiring connection; breaches of, or changes in, environmental, climate change and health and safety laws or regulations, including breaches or other incidents arising

from the potentially harmful nature of our activities; network failure or interruption, the inability to carry out critical non network operations and damage to infrastructure, due to adverse weather conditions including the resultimpact of major storms as well as the results of climate change or due to the failure of or unauthorised access to or deliberate breaches of our IT systems or otherwise;and supporting technology; performance against regulatory targets and standards and against our peers with the aim of delivering stakeholder expectations regarding costs and efficiency savings, including those related to investment programmes and internal transformation projects;projects (including our US financial systems and our controls over financial reporting); and customers and counterparties (including financial institutions) failing to perform their obligations to the Company. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in this document include fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price indices; restrictions and conditions (including filing requirements) in our borrowing and debt arrangements, funding costs and access to financing; regulatory requirements for us to maintain financial resources in certain parts of our business and restrictions on some subsidiaries’ transactions such as paying

dividends, lending or levying charges; inflation; the delayed timing of recoveries and payments in our regulated businesses and whether aspects of our activities are contestable; the funding requirements and performance of our pension schemes and other post-retirement benefit schemes; the loss of key personnel or the abilityfailure to attract, train or retain qualified personnelemployees with the necessary competencies, including leadership skills, and any significant disputes arising with our employees or the breach of laws or regulations by our employees; and the failure to respond to market developments and grow our business to deliver our strategy, as well as incorrect or unforeseen assumptions or conclusions (including financialunanticipated costs and tax impacts and other unanticipated effects)liabilities) relating to business development activity, including assumptions in connection with joint ventures.

The effects of these factors on National Grid are difficult to predict.

For further details regarding these and other assumptions, risks and uncertainties that may impactaffect National Grid, please read the Business Review section includingStrategic Report and the ‘Risk factors’Risk factors on pages 41167 to 43169 of this document. In addition, new factors emerge from time to time and we cannot assess the potential impact of any such factor on our activities or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual future results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Except as may be required by law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to update any of its forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document.

The contents of any website references in this document do not form part of this document.

Designed and produced by

C O N R A N  D E S I G N  G R O U  P

LOGO

Printed on Amadeus 100% Recycled Offset paper. The paper is independently certified according to the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC). The manufacturing mill holds the ISO 14001 environmental certification and the EU Eco-label (EMAS).

Printed by Pureprint Group, ISO 14001, FSC® certified and CarbonNeutral®.


LOGO


Further Information

Exchange Rates

The following table sets forth the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to US dollars for the periods indicated and as at the latest practicable date, 83 June 2012.

As at 8 June 2012 — 1.54162014.

 

        High         Low    

June 2012*

  1.5536 1.5407

May 2012

  1.6220 1.5392
       High          Low    

June 2014*

  1.6757  1.6738

May 2014

  1.6992  1.6706

 

 

 *  For the period to 83 June 2012, the latest practicable date.2014.

Share ownership

At 83 June 2012,2014, the latest practicable date, none of the directors had an individual beneficial interest amounting to greater than 1% of the Company’s shares.

Material interests in shares

As at 9 June 2011, The following summarizes the significant changes in the percentage ownership held by our major shareholders during the past three years:

Capital Group Companies, Inc. held 5.04% of our outstanding share capital.capital as at 9 June 2011. Their shareholding increased to 10. 91% of our outstanding share capital as at 31 March 2013 and that such holdings increased as at 5 April 2013 to 11.02 %. As noted on page 184174 of the 2011/20122013/2014 Annual Report and Accounts, we have been notified that Capital Group Companies, Inc. held 10.02%11.103% of our outstanding share capital as at 31 March 2012. 2014 which percentage remains unchanged as at 3 June 2014.

Since 31 March 2012,2014, we have not been notified of any other subsequent significant change in the percentage of shares held by the shareholders, listed on page 184174 of the 2011/20122013/2014 Annual Report and Accounts.

Price history

The following table sets forth the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated.

 

   Ordinary Share 
(Pence)
 ADS ($)
     High       Low       High       Low   

June 2012*

 664.50 646.50 51.64 50.03

May 2012

 689.50 647.50 55.00 49.93
    Ordinary Share 
(Pence)
  ADS ($)
      High        Low        High        Low   

June 2014*

  897.92  874.50  75.09  73.15

May 2014

  895.50  835.86  74.86  70.42

 

 

 *  For the period to 83 June 2012,2014, the latest practicable date.

Subsequent Events

None applicable.NONE APPLICABLE


Exhibits

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, National Grid has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to them. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreement and (i) may be intended not as statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties to such agreements if those statements turn out to be inaccurate, (ii) may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to such other party or parties and that either have been reflected in the company’s filings or are not required to be disclosed in those filings, (iii) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors and (iv) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date or dates as may be specified in such agreements.

In accordance with the instructions to Item 2(b)(i) of the Instructions to Exhibits to the Form 20-F, National Grid agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a copy of any instrument relating to long-term debt that does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of National Grid and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.


        

Description

       

1.1

    

Articles of Association of National Grid plc adopted by Special Resolution passed on 2730 July 2009, effective 1 October 2009.2012.

   Incorporated by reference

2(a)

    

Amended and restated Deposit Agreement dated as of 1 August 200523 May 2013 among National Grid plc and The Bank of New York.York Mellon, as Depository, and all Owners and Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder. (Exhibit 2 (a)1 to National Grid plc Form 20-FF-6 dated 17 June 200815 May 2013 File No. 1-14958)333-178045)

   Incorporated By Referenceby reference

2(b).1

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 26 July 2010 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).1 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 13 June 2011 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated By Referenceby reference

2(b).2

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 18 February 2011 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (NO(no 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).2 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 13 June 2011 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated By Referenceby reference

2(b).3

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 22 February 2012 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).3 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

   Filed herewithIncorporated by reference

2(b).4

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 21 December 2011 among National Grid USA and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c relating to a €4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Filed herewith

2(b).5

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 2 August 2011 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).5 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

2(b).5

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 27 March 2013 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).5 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

2(b).6

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 10 September 2012 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).6 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

2(b).7

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 12 September 2013 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Filed herewith

2(b).8

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 20 December 2013 among National Grid USA, National Grid North America Inc. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid USA €4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

   Filed herewith

4(c).1

Service Agreement among National Grid plc and Mark Fairbairn 23 January 2007. (Exhibit 4 (c).2 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 19 June 2007 File No. 1-14958).

Incorporated by reference

4(c).2

    

Service Agreement among The National Grid plc and Steven Holliday dated 1 April 2006. (Exhibit 4.(c).3 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 19 June 2007 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).3.2

    

Service Agreement among The National Grid Group plc and Andrew Bonfield dated 1 November 2010. (Exhibit 4(c).20 to National Grid Company plc and Steve LucasForm 20-F dated 13 June 2002. (Exhibit 4.5 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 20042011 File No.No 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).4.3

    

Service Agreement among National Grid Transco plc, National Grid Company plc and Nicholas Winser dated 28 April 2003. (Exhibit 4.8 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).5.4

    

Employment Agreement among National Grid plc, National Grid USA and Thomas King dated 11 July 2007. (Exhibit 4 (c).9 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 17 June 2008 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference


4(c).5

Service Agreement among National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and John Mark Pettigrew dated 28 February 2014.

Filed Herewith

4(c).6

    

Letter of Appointment — Linda Adamany. (Exhibit 4 (c).9 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 19 June 2007 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).7

Letter of Appointment — Appointment—Philip Aiken. (Exhibit 4 (c).11 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 17 June 2008 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).7

Letter of Appointment—Sir Peter Gershon. (Exhibit 4(c).10 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).8

    

Letter of Appointment — John AllanAppointment—Paul Golby. (Exhibit 4.104(c).11 to National Grid Transcoplc Form 20-F dated 1512 June 20052012 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).9

    

Letter dated 7 March 2006 to John Allan relating to appointment as chairman of Remuneration Committee.Appointment—Ruth Kelly. (Exhibit 4 (c).8.24(c).14 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 2012 June 2006 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference


4(c).10

Letter of Appointment — Sir Peter Gershon.

Filed herewith

4(c).11

Letter of Appointment — Paul Golby.

Filed herewith

4(c).12

Letter of Appointment — Ken Harvey. (Exhibit 4.10 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 20042012 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).13.10

    

Letter of Appointment — Sir John Parker (Exhibit 4.12 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).14

Letter of Appointment — Ruth Kelly.

Filed herewith

4(c).15

Letter of Appointment — Stephen Pettit. (Exhibit 4.13 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).16

Letter of Appointment — Appointment—Maria Richter. (Exhibit 4.14 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).17.11

    

Letter of Appointment — George Rose.Appointment—Nora Mead Brownell. (Exhibit 4.154(c).13 to National Grid Transcoplc Form 20-F dated 166 June 20042013 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).18.12

Letter of Appointment—Mark Williamson. (Exhibit 4(c).14 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).13

Letter of Appointment—Jonathan Dawson. (Exhibit 4(c).15 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).14

Letter of Appointment—Therese Esperdy.

Filed Herewith

4(c).15

    

National Grid plc Deferred Share Plan. (Exhibit 4.2 to National Grid plc S-8 dated 28 July 2011 File No. 333-175852)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).18.16

    

National Grid Executive Share Option Plan 2002. (Exhibit 4 (c) to National Grid Group Form 20-F dated 21 June 2002 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).19.17

    

National Grid Group Share Matching Plan 2002. (Exhibit 4 (c) to National Grid Group Form 20-F dated 21 June 2002 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).20.18

    

National Grid Transco Performance Share Plan 2002 (as approved 23 July 2002 by a resolution of the shareholders of National Grid Group plc, adopted 17 October 2002 by a resolution of the Board of National Grid Group plc, amended 26 June 2003 by the Share Schemes Sub-Committee of National Grid Transco plc, and amended 5 May 2004 by the Share Schemes Sub-Committee of National Grid Transco plc). (Exhibit 4.19 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).21.19

    

National Grid Executive Share Option Scheme. (Exhibit 4D to National Grid Group S-8 dated 26 July 2001 File No. 333-65968)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).22.20

    

Lattice Group Short Term Incentive Scheme (approved by a resolution of the shareholders of BG Group plc effective 23 October 2000; approved by a resolution of the Board of National Grid Transco plc on 30 April 2004; amended by resolutions of the Board of Lattice Group plc effective on 21 October 2002 and 13 May 2004). (Exhibit 4.23 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

   Incorporated by reference

4(c).23.21

    

Service Agreement among The National Grid plc and Andrew Bonfield dated 1 November 2010.USA Companies’ Defined Contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. (Exhibit 4(c).204.2 to National Grid plc Form 20-FS-8 dated 13 June 201123 October 2012 File No 1-148958)No. 14958)

   Incorporated by reference

8

    

List of subsidiaries.subsidiaries

   Filed herewith

12.1

    

Certification of Steve Holliday pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

   Filed herewith

12.2

    

Certification of Andrew Bonfield pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

   Filed herewith


13.1

    

Certifications of Steve Holliday and Andrew Bonfield furnished pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act (such certifications are not deemed filed for purpose of Section 18Section18 of the Exchange Act and not incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act).

   Filed herewith


15

    

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm to National Grid plcplc.

   Filed herewith


The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 NATIONAL GRID PLC
 By:  /s/ Andrew Bonfield  
   Andrew Bonfield  
   Finance Director  

London, England

125 June 20122014